BLACK & DECKER CORP
10-Q, 1998-08-12
METALWORKG MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: REXX ENVIRONMENTAL CORP, 10-Q, 1998-08-12
Next: BOEING CO, 10-Q, 1998-08-12



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q

[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 For the quarterly period ended June 28, 1998

                                       or

[ ]  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR 15 (d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to

Commission File Number:                                  1-1553


                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland                                                  52-0248090
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction                (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of incorporation or organization)                 

701 East Joppa Road                              Towson, Maryland    21286
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                           (Zip Code)

                                 (410) 716-3900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

                                 Not Applicable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (Former name, former address,  and former fiscal 
                      year, if changed since last report.)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. X YES NO

The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of June 28, 1998: 92,956,594

The exhibit  index as required by item 601(a) of  Regulation  S-K is included in
this report.



<PAGE>
                                      -2-


                THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES


                                INDEX - FORM 10-Q


                                  June 28, 1998





                                                                            Page

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Consolidated Statement of Earnings (Unaudited) For the Three
   Months and Six Months Ended June 28, 1998 and June 29, 1997                 3
                                                              -----------------

Consolidated Balance Sheet
    June 28, 1998 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1997                            4
                                                   ----------------------------

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Unaudited)
   For the Six Months Ended June 28, 1998 and June 29, 1997                    5
                                                           --------------------

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
   For the Six Months Ended June 28, 1998 and June 29, 1997                    6
                                                           --------------------

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)                         7
                                                      -------------------------

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
   Results of Operations                                                      14
                        ------------------------------------------------------

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk                    26
                                                          --------------------


PART II - OTHER INFORMATION                                                   27
                           ---------------------------------------------------

SIGNATURES                                                                    31
          --------------------------------------------------------------------







<PAGE>
                                      -3-


PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS (Unaudited)
The Black & Decker Corporation and Subsidiaries
(Dollars in Millions Except Per Share Amounts)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                       Three Months Ended                    Six Months Ended
                                                 June 28, 1998  June 29, 1997          June 28, 1998  June 29, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>                    <C>            <C>       
Sales                                               $  1,169.7     $  1,182.2             $  2,178.0     $  2,197.2
   Cost of goods sold                                    771.9          761.8                1,430.2        1,412.3
   Selling, general, and
      administrative expenses                            285.5          316.1                  565.4          607.3
   Write-off of goodwill                                     -              -                  900.0              -
   Restructuring and exit costs                              -              -                  140.0              -
   Gain on sale of businesses                             36.5              -                   36.5              -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income (Loss)                                  148.8          104.3                 (821.1)         177.6
   Interest expense (net of
      interest income)                                    29.8           30.6                   58.2           61.2
   Other expense                                           2.7            3.6                    2.4            5.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (Loss) Before Income
   Taxes                                                 116.3           70.1                 (881.7)         110.5
   Income taxes                                           57.9           24.6                   31.3           38.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Earnings (Loss)                                 $     58.4     $     45.5             $   (913.0)    $     71.8
===================================================================================================================


Net Earnings (Loss) Per Common
   Share-- Basic                                      $    .62        $   .48                $ (9.65)       $   .76
===================================================================================================================
Shares Used in Computing Basic
   Earnings Per Share (in Millions)                       94.1           94.5                   94.6           94.4
===================================================================================================================


Net Earnings (Loss) Per Common
   Share-- Assuming Dilution                          $    .61        $   .47                $ (9.65)       $   .75
===================================================================================================================
Shares Used in Computing Diluted
   Earnings Per Share (in Millions)                       95.8           96.1                   94.6           96.1
===================================================================================================================


Dividends Per Common Share                            $    .12        $   .12                $   .24        $   .24
===================================================================================================================
<FN>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
</FN>
</TABLE>




<PAGE>
                                      -4-


<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
The Black & Decker Corporation and Subsidiaries
(Dollars in Millions Except Per Share Amount)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                                            (Unaudited)
                                                                          June 28, 1998         December 31, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                        <C>         
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents                                                 $       204.1              $      246.8
Trade receivables                                                                 815.7                     931.4
Inventories                                                                       765.0                     774.7
Other current assets                                                              205.1                     125.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total Current Assets                                                         1,989.9                   2,078.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, Plant, and Equipment                                                    781.3                     915.1
Goodwill                                                                          935.7                   1,877.3
Other Assets                                                                      510.7                     489.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          $     4,217.6              $    5,360.7
===================================================================================================================

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Short-term borrowings                                                     $        89.1              $      178.3
Current maturities of long-term debt                                               60.6                      60.5
Trade accounts payable                                                            355.3                     372.0
Other accrued liabilities                                                         822.3                     761.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total Current Liabilities                                                    1,327.3                   1,372.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term Debt                                                                  1,658.1                   1,623.7
Deferred Income Taxes                                                              55.6                      57.7
Postretirement Benefits                                                           283.0                     304.2
Other Long-Term Liabilities                                                       192.3                     211.1
Stockholders' Equity
Common stock, par value $.50 per share
   (outstanding: June 28, 1998--92,956,594 shares;
   December 31, 1997--94,842,544 shares)                                           46.5                      47.4
Capital in excess of par value                                                  1,145.3                   1,278.2
Retained earnings (deficit)                                                      (373.7)                    562.0
Accumulated other comprehensive income                                           (116.8)                    (96.2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total Stockholders' Equity                                                     701.3                   1,791.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          $     4,217.6              $    5,360.7
===================================================================================================================
<FN>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
</FN>
</TABLE>




<PAGE>
                                      -5-


<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Unaudited)
The Black & Decker Corporation and Subsidiaries
(Dollars in Millions Except Per Share Amounts)


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Accumulated
                                       Outstanding              Capital in    Retained    Other Com-          Total
                                            Common       Par     Excess of    Earnings    prehensive  Stockholders'
                                            Shares      Value    Par Value   (Deficit)        Income         Equity
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>      
Balance at December 31, 1996            94,248,807    $  47.1   $  1,261.7   $   380.2    $   (56.6)      $ 1,632.4
Comprehensive income:
   Net earnings                                 --         --           --        71.8           --            71.8
   Foreign currency translation
      adjustments, less effect of
      hedging activities (net of tax)           --         --           --          --        (34.2)          (34.2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income (loss)                     --         --           --        71.8        (34.2)           37.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividends ($.24 per share)                 --         --           --       (22.7)          --           (22.7)
Common stock issued under
   employee benefit plans                  253,935         .2          6.6          --           --             6.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at June 29, 1997                94,502,742    $  47.3   $  1,268.3   $   429.3    $   (90.8)      $ 1,654.1
===================================================================================================================

Balance at December 31, 1997            94,842,544    $  47.4   $  1,278.2   $   562.0    $   (96.2)      $ 1,791.4
Comprehensive income:
   Net loss                                     --         --           --      (913.0)          --          (913.0)
   Foreign currency translation
      adjustments, less effect of
      hedging activities (net of tax)           --         --           --          --        (20.6)          (20.6)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income (loss)                     --         --           --      (913.0)       (20.6)         (933.6)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividends ($.24 per share)                 --         --           --       (22.7)          --           (22.7)
Purchase and retirement of
   common stock                         (2,876,000)      (1.4)      (153.3)         --           --          (154.7)
Common stock issued under
   employee benefit plans                  990,050         .5         20.4          --           --            20.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at June 28, 1998                92,956,594    $  46.5   $  1,145.3   $  (373.7)   $  (116.8)      $   701.3
===================================================================================================================
<FN>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
</FN>
</TABLE>





<PAGE>
                                      -6-


<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)
The Black & Decker Corporation and Subsidiaries
(Dollars in Millions)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Six Months Ended
                                                                                 June 28, 1998       June 29, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>                  <C>       
Operating Activities
Net earnings (loss)                                                                $    (913.0)         $     71.8
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to cash flow
   from operating activities:
   Gain on sale of businesses                                                            (36.5)                  -
   Non-cash charges and credits:
     Goodwill write-off                                                                  900.0                   -
     Restructuring charges and exit costs                                                140.0                   -
     Depreciation and amortization                                                        81.6               110.5
   Other                                                                                   5.6                (2.6)
   Changes in selected working capital items (excluding, for 1998,
     effects of household products business sold):
     Trade receivables                                                                    (3.3)                2.1
     Inventories                                                                         (53.5)             (177.1)
     Trade accounts payable                                                                2.8                29.9
   Restructuring spending                                                                (13.0)                  -
   Other assets and liabilities                                                         (104.6)             (136.5)
   Net decrease in receivables sold                                                          -               (76.0)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Cash Flow From Operating Activities                                                     6.1              (177.9)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sale of business                                                           288.0                   -
Proceeds from disposal of assets                                                           3.9                 4.2
Capital expenditures                                                                     (59.8)              (85.0)
Cash inflow from hedging activities                                                      168.7               219.4
Cash outflow from hedging activities                                                    (166.0)             (208.6)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Cash Flow From Investing Activities                                                   234.8               (70.0)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Cash Flow Before Financing Activities                                                 240.9              (247.9)
Financing Activities
Net decrease in short-term borrowings                                                    (84.6)             (101.6)
Proceeds from long-term debt (including revolving credit facility)                       576.4               544.0
Payments on long-term debt (including revolving credit facility)                        (569.7)             (186.1)
Redemption of preferred stock of subsidiary                                              (41.7)                  -
Purchase of common stock                                                                (154.7)                  -
Issuance of common stock                                                                  15.3                 2.9
Cash dividends                                                                           (22.7)              (22.7)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Cash Flow From Financing Activities                                                  (281.7)              236.5
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                                                   (1.9)               (4.1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decrease In Cash And Cash Equivalents                                                    (42.7)              (15.5)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                         246.8               141.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash And Cash Equivalents At End Of Period                                         $     204.1          $    126.3
===================================================================================================================
<FN>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                      -7-


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
The Black & Decker Corporation and Subsidiaries


NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying  unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared
in  accordance  with the  instructions  to Form 10-Q and do not  include all the
information and notes required by generally accepted  accounting  principles for
complete  financial  statements.  In the opinion of  management,  the  unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements  include all adjustments  consisting only of
normal recurring  accruals  considered  necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position and the results of operations.
     Operating results for the three- and six-month periods ended June 28, 1998,
are not  necessarily  indicative  of the results that may be expected for a full
fiscal  year.  For  further  information,  refer to the  consolidated  financial
statements  and notes included in the  Corporation's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1997.
    Effective  January 1, 1998, the Corporation  adopted  Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 130, Reporting  Comprehensive  Income. SFAS No.
130 requires that, as part of a full set of financial statements,  entities must
present  comprehensive  income,  which  is  the  sum  of net  income  and  other
comprehensive    income.    Other   comprehensive    income   represents   total
non-stockholder changes in equity. The Corporation has included its presentation
of comprehensive income in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Changes in
Stockholders'  Equity for the six months  ended June 28, 1998 and June 29, 1997.
Comprehensive income for the three months ended June 28, 1998 and June 29, 1997,
was $57.6  million  and $55.2  million,  respectively.  In  connection  with the
adoption of SFAS No. 130, the  Corporation  has changed the  designation  of its
"Equity  adjustment from translation"  component of stockholders'  equity in the
accompanying  Consolidated  Balance Sheet to  "Accumulated  other  comprehensive
income."
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,  which is required
to be adopted for years  beginning  after June 15, 1999.  Early adoption of SFAS
No.  133 is  permitted  as of the  beginning  of any  fiscal  quarter  after its
issuance. SFAS No. 133 will require the Corporation to recognize all derivatives
on the balance  sheet at fair value.  Derivatives  that do not qualify as hedges
under the new  standard  must be adjusted  to fair value  through  income.  If a
derivative  qualifies as a hedge,  depending on the nature of the hedge, changes
in the fair value of  derivatives  will  either be offset  against the change in
fair  value of the  hedged  assets,  liabilities,  or firm  commitments  through
earnings or  recognized in other  comprehensive  income until the hedged item is
recognized in earnings.  The  ineffective  portion of a  derivative's  change in
value will be immediately recognized in earnings.
     The  Corporation  has not yet  determined  when it will adopt SFAS No. 133,
although  early  adoption is considered  likely due to the new  standard's  more
favorable  treatment of certain foreign currency hedges than that afforded under
prior accounting standards. Further, the Corporation has not yet determined what
effect SFAS No.133 will have on its earnings and financial position.


<PAGE>
                                      -8-


NOTE 2: STRATEGIC REPOSITIONING
Overview:  A comprehensive  strategic  repositioning plan, designed to intensify
focus on core operations and improve operating performance,  was approved by the
Corporation's Board of Directors on January 26, 1998. As announced,  the program
includes the following  components:  (i)  divestiture of the household  products
business in North  America,  Latin  America,  and  Australia,  the  recreational
products  business,  and the glass  container-forming  and inspection  equipment
business;  (ii) the  repurchase  of up to 10% of the  Corporation's  outstanding
common  stock  over  a  two-year  period;  and  (iii)  a  restructuring  of  the
Corporation's  remaining  businesses.  Also on January  26,  1998,  the Board of
Directors  elected to authorize a change in the basis upon which the Corporation
evaluates goodwill for impairment.

Divestitures: The Corporation has taken actions to divest its household products
business in North America,  Latin America, and Australia,  recreational products
business,  and glass  container-forming  and inspection equipment business.  The
Corporation has elected to retain the cleaning and lighting  products  component
of the household  products  business.  The  recreational  products and household
products businesses are components of the Consumer and Home Improvement Products
(Consumer)  segment;  the  glass   container-forming  and  inspection  equipment
business is a component of the Commercial and Industrial  Products  (Commercial)
segment.
    In May 1998, the Corporation announced that it had entered into a definitive
agreement with Windmere-Durable Holdings, Inc. for the sale of the Corporation's
household  products  business  (other than certain  assets  associated  with the
Corporation's   cleaning  and  lighting   products,   such  as  the  Dustbuster,
SnakeLight,  ScumBuster,  and  FloorBuster  products) in North America,  Central
America,  the  Caribbean,  and South America  (excluding  Brazil) for a purchase
price of $315.0 million.  The Corporation closed the sale to Windmere,  with the
exception of the sale of the household  products business in Mexico, on June 26,
1998,  and received gross  proceeds of $288.0  million.  Gross proceeds of $27.0
million from the sale of the household  products business in Mexico,  which were
held in escrow at June 28, 1998 pending regulatory  approval,  were reflected in
the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance Sheet as "Other current assets" at June
28,  1998,  and were  received  in July 1998.  As part of the  transaction,  the
Corporation  retained  certain  liabilities  and agreed to  license  the Black &
Decker name to Windmere in existing household product categories for a period of
six and one-half years on a  royalty-free  basis,  with  extension  options upon
request  of  Windmere  and  at  the   discretion   of  the   Corporation   on  a
royalty-bearing basis. At the request of Windmere, additional product categories
may be licensed at the Corporation's  option on a royalty-bearing  basis. During
the six months ended June 28, 1998, the  Corporation  also completed the sale of
its  household  products  business in  Australia,  the proceeds  from which were
immaterial.  The  Corporation  continues in its efforts to divest its  household
products business in Brazil.
    As  more  fully  described  in Note 8 of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements,  subsequent to June 28, 1998, the Corporation  announced that it had
signed a definitive agreement to recapitalize its recreational products business
and  had  entered  into a  contract  to sell  its  glass  container-forming  and
inspection equipment business. These transactions are expected to close in 1998.


<PAGE>
                                      -9-


    The  aforementioned  sales of the  household  products  business  and  glass
container-forming  and inspection equipment business and recapitalization of the
recreational products business are expected to yield gross cash proceeds of over
$700 million and net cash proceeds of approximately  $550 million.  Net proceeds
from  the  sales or  recapitalization  of these  businesses,  augmented  by cash
generated by remaining operations,  have been and are expected to be utilized in
the repurchase of up to 10% of the Corporation's outstanding common stock and to
fund the restructuring program described below.
    Sales of the  businesses  divested and to be divested,  in  aggregate,  were
$146.9  million and $174.8 million for the three months ended June 28, 1998, and
June 29, 1997,  and $287.8  million and $327.6  million for the six months ended
June 28, 1998, and June 29, 1997, respectively.

Repurchase  of Common  Stock:  On  January  26,  1998,  the  Board of  Directors
authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  10%,  or  9,484,254   shares,   of  the
Corporation's  outstanding common stock over a two-year period. A combination of
net proceeds from the sale of divested  businesses  and cash flow from remaining
operations  have  been and will be used to fund the  stock  repurchase  program.
Prior to the  receipt of  proceeds  from the sale of  divested  businesses,  the
Corporation also may utilize its existing borrowing facilities to fund a portion
of the stock repurchase program.
    During  the six months  ended June 28,  1998,  the  Corporation  repurchased
2,876,000  shares of common stock at an aggregate  cost of $154.7  million.  The
aggregate cost of $154.7  million is net of $.7 million in premiums  received in
connection with the  Corporation's  sale of put options on 400,000 shares of its
common stock.

Restructuring  Charge:  The  restructuring  program,  announced in January 1998,
which will be  completed  over a period of two  years,  is being  undertaken  to
reduce fixed costs and  simplify  the supply chain and new product  introduction
processes.  During the first quarter of 1998,  the  Corporation  commenced  this
program and recognized a  restructuring  charge in the amount of $140.0 million.
The  Corporation  anticipates  that  additional  restructuring  charges  will be
recognized over the course of the two-year program.
    The major component of the  restructuring  charge relates to the elimination
of  approximately  3,700 positions.  As a result,  an accrual of $102.7 million,
principally  associated with European  businesses in the Consumer  segment,  was
included in the  restructuring  charge.  Included in that severance  accrual was
$8.1 million related to severance actions taken in the businesses to be divested
and with  respect to the  closure  of a  facility  in  Kuantan,  Malaysia,  that
manufactures  household products predominantly for sale in the United States and
was not included in the assets sold with the household products business.
    To reduce  fixed  costs  and  simplify  the  supply  chain  and new  product
introduction processes, the Corporation is taking actions to rationalize certain
manufacturing,  sales, and administrative operations resulting in the closure of
a number of facilities.  As a result,  the restructuring  charge also included a
$27.5 million write-down to fair value--less,  if applicable,  costs to sell--of
certain  land,  buildings,  and  equipment.   Included  in  that  $27.5  million
write-down  was $9.0 million  related to the closure of the  Malaysian  facility
described above. The remainder of the write-down to fair value primarily relates
to long-lived assets of European businesses in the Consumer segment.

<PAGE>
                                      -10-


    The remaining  restructuring charge of $9.8 million,  principally associated
with  European  businesses  in the Consumer  segment,  relates to the accrual of
future  expenditures,  principally  consisting  of lease and  other  contractual
obligations, for which no future benefit will be realized.

Change in Accounting  for  Goodwill:  On a periodic  basis through  December 31,
1997,  the  Corporation  estimated  the  future  undiscounted  cash flows of the
businesses  to which  goodwill  related in order to determine  that the carrying
value of the goodwill had not been impaired.
     As a  consequence  of the strategic  repositioning  plan,  the  Corporation
elected  to  change  its  method  of  measuring  goodwill   impairment  from  an
undiscounted  cash flow approach to a discounted  cash flow  approach  effective
January 1, 1998.  On a periodic  basis,  the  Corporation  estimates  the future
discounted  cash flows of the  businesses to which goodwill  relates.  When such
estimate of the future  discounted  cash flows,  net of the  carrying  amount of
tangible  net  assets,  is less  than  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill,  the
difference will be charged to operations. For purposes of determining the future
discounted  cash  flows  of  the  businesses  to  which  goodwill  relates,  the
Corporation,  based upon historical results,  current projections,  and internal
earnings  targets,  determines the projected future operating cash flows, net of
income tax payments, of the individual  businesses.  These projected future cash
flows are then discounted at a rate corresponding to the Corporation's estimated
cost of capital, which also is the hurdle rate used by the Corporation in making
investment decisions. Future discounted cash flows for the recreational products
business, the glass container-forming and inspection equipment business, and the
household  products  business in North  America,  Latin  America,  and Australia
include an estimate of the proceeds from the eventual  sale of such  businesses,
net of associated  selling  expenses and taxes.  The  Corporation  believes that
measurement of the value of goodwill  through a discounted cash flow approach is
preferable in that such a measurement  facilitates the timely  identification of
impairment of the carrying  value of  investments  in businesses  and provides a
more current and,  with respect to the  businesses  to be sold,  more  realistic
valuation than the undiscounted approach.
     In  connection  with the  Corporation's  change in  accounting  policy with
respect to  measurement of goodwill  impairment,  $900.0 million of goodwill was
written off  through a charge to  operations  during the first  quarter of 1998.
That  goodwill  write-off  represented  a per-share  net loss of $9.51 both on a
basic and diluted  basis for the  six-month  period  ended June 28,  1998.  That
write-down,  which relates to goodwill  associated  with the security  hardware,
plumbing products,  and fastening and assembly systems businesses and includes a
$40.0  million  write-down  of goodwill  associated  with a business to be sold,
represents the amount  necessary to write-down  the carrying  values of goodwill
for those businesses to the Corporation's best estimate,  as of January 1, 1998,
of  those  businesses'  future  discounted  cash  flows  using  the  methodology
described  in the  preceding  paragraph.  This  change  represents  a change  in
accounting principle which is indistinguishable from a change in estimate.


<PAGE>
                                      -11-


NOTE 3: INVENTORIES
The  components of inventory at the end of each period,  in millions of dollars,
consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         June 28, 1998          December 31, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                        <C>    
FIFO cost
   Raw materials and work-in-process                                           $ 205.1                    $ 199.4
   Finished products                                                             584.7                      599.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 789.8                      798.8
Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO inventory value                                    (24.8)                     (24.1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               $ 765.0                    $ 774.7
===================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

    Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost or  market.  The cost of United
States  inventories is based primarily on the last-in,  first-out (LIFO) method;
all other inventories are based on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.


NOTE 4: GOODWILL
In connection with the Corporation's change in accounting policy with respect to
measurement  of goodwill  impairment  as  discussed  in Note 2,  goodwill in the
amount of $900.0  million was written off through a charge to operations  during
the first quarter of 1998, and has been reflected in the Consolidated  Statement
of Earnings as  "Write-off  of goodwill" for the six months ended June 28, 1998.
That  write-down,  which  relates  to  goodwill  associated  with  the  security
hardware,  plumbing products,  and fastening and assembly systems businesses and
includes a $40.0 million write-down of goodwill associated with a business to be
sold,  represents  the amount  necessary to  write-down  the carrying  values of
goodwill for those businesses to the Corporation's best estimate,  as of January
1, 1998, of those businesses' future discounted cash flows using the methodology
described in Note 2.
    In  addition,  goodwill  related  to the  Corporation's  household  products
business was written off in connection with the sale of that business during the
quarter ended June 28, 1998.
    Goodwill at the end of each period, in millions of dollars, was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         June 28, 1998          December 31, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                        <C>     
Goodwill                                                                      $1,513.3                   $2,499.9
Less accumulated amortization                                                    577.6                      622.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             $   935.7                   $1,877.3
===================================================================================================================
</TABLE>




<PAGE>
                                      -12-


NOTE 5: LONG-TERM DEBT
In June  1998,  a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Corporation  issued  senior
unsecured  notes that were guaranteed by the Corporation in the amount of $300.0
million.  Of that amount,  $150.0 million bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.55%
and are due in 2007,  and $150.0  million bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.05%
and are due in 2028.  Proceeds from the issuance of the senior  unsecured  notes
were used to repay  indebtedness  outstanding under the Corporation's  unsecured
revolving credit facility.
    Indebtedness of  subsidiaries of the Corporation in the aggregate  principal
amounts of $903.4 million and $776.0  million were included in the  Consolidated
Balance  Sheet at June 28, 1998 and December 31, 1997,  respectively,  under the
captions  short-term  borrowings,  current  maturities  of long-term  debt,  and
long-term debt.

NOTE 6: SALE OF RECEIVABLES
As more fully described in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements
included  in the  Corporation's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended
December  31,  1997,  the  Corporation   voluntarily   terminated  its  sale  of
receivables  program  in  December  1997 as the  program  was no  longer  deemed
necessary  to support  its  liquidity  requirements.  As of June 29,  1997,  the
Corporation  had sold $136.0  million of  receivables  under this  program.  The
discount on sale of receivables is included in "Other expense."

NOTE 7: INTEREST EXPENSE (NET OF INTEREST INCOME)
Interest  expense  (net of  interest  income)  for each  period,  in millions of
dollars, consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                Three Months Ended                        Six Months Ended
                                        June 28, 1998    June 29, 1997            June 28, 1998    June 29, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>                      <C>              <C>  
Interest expense                                $35.7            $32.1                    $72.3            $65.4
Interest (income)                                (5.9)            (1.5)                   (14.1)            (4.2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                $29.8            $30.6                    $58.2            $61.2
===================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

NOTE 8:  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On June 29,  1998,  the  Corporation  announced  that it had signed a definitive
agreement with an affiliate of Cornerstone Equity Investors, LLC to recapitalize
its recreational  products business,  True Temper Sports. In connection with the
transaction,  the  Corporation  will receive  $202.7  million in cash and retain
approximately  6% of  preferred  and common  stock  valued at  approximately  $4
million.  The transaction is expected to close during the third quarter of 1998,
subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions.



<PAGE>
                                      -13-


   On July 14,  1998,  the  Corporation  announced  that it had  entered  into a
definitive agreement with Bucher Holding A.G., of Switzerland, to sell its glass
container-forming  and inspection  equipment business,  Emhart Glass, for $194.0
million.  Net proceeds,  after costs and taxes, are expected to approximate $150
million.  The transaction is expected to close by mid-October  1998,  subject to
receipt  of  regulatory   approvals  and   satisfaction  of  customary   closing
conditions.




<PAGE>
                                      -14-


ITEM  2       MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


OVERVIEW
The  Corporation  reported net earnings of $58.4  million or $.61 per share on a
diluted basis for the  three-month  period ended June 28, 1998.  Included in net
earnings for the quarter ended June 28, 1998,  was an after-tax  gain on sale of
businesses  of $4.2 million  ($36.5  million  before tax) or $.04 per share on a
diluted basis. Excluding the gain on sale of businesses, net earnings were $54.2
million or $.57 per diluted share for the quarter ended June 28, 1998,  compared
to net  earnings of $45.5  million or $.47 per share on a diluted  basis for the
comparable period in 1997.
    During the quarter ended June 28, 1998, the  Corporation  closed the sale of
its household  products business  (excluding  certain assets associated with the
Corporation's cleaning and lighting products) in North America, Central America,
the Caribbean,  and South America  (excluding Mexico and Brazil).  Proceeds from
the sale of the household  products business in Mexico (excluding certain assets
related to the cleaning and lighting  business in that country),  held in escrow
at June 28,  1998  pending  regulatory  approval,  were  received  in July 1998.
Subsequent to June 28, 1998, the Corporation entered into definitive  agreements
to recapitalize its recreational  products business,  True Temper Sports, and to
sell its glass  container-forming  and  inspection  equipment  business,  Emhart
Glass.  The sales or  recapitalization  of these  three  businesses,  which will
complete part of the Corporation's strategic repositioning plan, are expected to
yield  gross  cash  proceeds  of over  $700  million  and net cash  proceeds  of
approximately $550 million.
       The Corporation  reported a net loss of $913.0 million or $9.65 per share
on a diluted basis for the six-month period ended June 28, 1998, compared to net
earnings of $71.8 million or $.75 per share on a diluted basis for the six-month
period ended June 29, 1997. Excluding the effects of the restructuring charge of
$140.0 million ($100.0  million after tax) and the goodwill  write-off of $900.0
million, both recognized in the first quarter of 1998, and the after-tax gain on
sale of businesses  recognized in the second  quarter of 1998,  net earnings for
the six months  ended June 28, 1998,  would have been $82.8  million or $.86 per
share on a diluted basis.


STRATEGIC REPOSITIONING
As more fully described in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
on January 26, 1998, the Board of Directors  approved a comprehensive  strategic
repositioning of the Corporation, consisting of three separate elements.
    The  first  element  of the  strategic  repositioning  plan is to focus  the
Corporation on its core  operations-that is, those strategic businesses that the
Corporation  believes are capable of delivering superior operating and financial
performance.  As a  result,  the  Corporation  has  taken  actions  to divest or
recapitalize its non-strategic businesses,  which consist of True Temper Sports,
Emhart  Glass,  and the  household  products  business in North  America,  Latin
America, and Australia.
    During the quarter ended June 28, 1998, the  Corporation  closed the sale of
its  household  products  business  in  North  America,   Central  America,  the
Caribbean,  and South America  (excluding  Mexico and Brazil) and received gross
proceeds of $288.0 million. Gross proceeds of 


<PAGE>
                                      -15-


$27.0 million from the sale of the household  products business in Mexico,  held
in escrow at June 28, 1998 pending  regulatory  approval,  were  received by the
Corporation in July 1998.  During 1998, the Corporation  also completed the sale
of its household  products business in Australia.  The Corporation  continues to
pursue the sale of its household products business in Brazil. In connection with
the sale of the household products  businesses,  the Corporation will retain its
cleaning and lighting product lines,  which include the  Dustbuster(R)  cordless
vacuum.  Subsequent to June 28, 1998, the  Corporation  entered into  definitive
agreements to  recapitalize  True Temper  Sports and to sell Emhart  Glass.  The
sales or  recapitalization  of these businesses are expected to yield gross cash
proceeds  of over $700  million  and net cash  proceeds  of  approximately  $550
million.
    The pre-tax gain on sale of  businesses of $36.5 million ($4.2 million after
tax)  recognized  by the  Corporation  during the quarter  ended June 28,  1998,
represents the gain on the sale of the household  products  business  (excluding
certain assets associated with the cleaning and lighting product lines) in North
America,  Central America, the Caribbean,  and South America (excluding Brazil),
and is net of losses  recognized in connection with the agreement to sell Emhart
Glass and the  anticipated  sale of the household  products  business in Brazil.
Because True Temper Sports, Emhart Glass, and the household products business in
North  America,  Latin  America,  and Australia are not treated as  discontinued
operations under generally accepted accounting principles, they remain a part of
the Corporation's  reported results from continuing operations until their sale.
Under the accounting  prescribed by Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 121,  Accounting  for the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and for
Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed of, the Corporation is required to reflect the
long-lived  assets of these businesses at the lower of their carrying amounts or
their expected fair value less costs to sell and has ceased  depreciation of the
businesses'   fixed  assets  and  amortization  of  goodwill  related  to  these
businesses during the period held for sale.
    The net proceeds from the sales of these businesses,  augmented by free cash
flow generated by the remaining  businesses,  have been and will be used to fund
the second element of the strategic  repositioning  plan-the repurchase of up to
10% of the  Corporation's  outstanding  common  shares  over a two-year  period.
During the six months ended June 28, 1998, the Corporation repurchased 2,876,000
common  shares  at an  aggregate  cost of  $154.7  million,  which is net of $.7
million in premiums  received in connection with the  Corporation's  sale of put
options on 400,000  shares of its common stock.  During the period from June 29,
1998, through August 11, 1998, the Corporation purchased an additional 1,408,500
common shares at an aggregate cost of $81.0 million, which is net of $.7 million
in premiums  received in connection with the  Corporation's  further sale of put
options on 400,000 shares of its common stock.
    The third  element  of the  strategic  repositioning  plan  involves a major
restructuring  program. That restructuring program is being undertaken to reduce
fixed  costs and to  simplify  the  supply  chain and new  product  introduction
processes. As part of the restructuring program, the Corporation expects to make
significant  changes to its  European  power tools and  accessories  business by
consolidating   distribution  and  transportation   and  centralizing   finance,
marketing,  and support services. These changes in Europe will be accompanied by
investment in  state-of-the-art  information  systems similar to the investments
being made in the North  American  business.  In addition,  the worldwide  power
tools and  accessories  business will  rationalize its  manufacturing  plant and
design  center  network,  resulting in the closure of a number of  manufacturing
plants and 


<PAGE>
                                      -16-


design centers.  The restructuring  program also will include actions to improve
the cost position of other businesses.
    This restructuring  program is estimated to result in a pre-tax charge of up
to $225 million,  of which $140.0 million was recognized in the first quarter of
1998,  with the  balance  to be  recognized  as the  program  progresses  over a
two-year period.  The Corporation  expects to recognize an additional portion of
the total  anticipated  restructuring  charge in the  third  quarter  of 1998 in
connection  with a voluntary  retirement  program  offered to  employees  in the
United States.  In addition to the  restructuring  charge,  related  expenses of
approximately  $60 million will be charged to operations  over a two-year period
as the  restructuring  program  progresses.  These related  expenses,  which are
incremental to the plans being  implemented,  do not qualify as restructuring or
exit costs under generally accepted accounting principles.
    The major  component  of the $140.0  million  restructuring  charge  ($100.0
million  net of tax)  recognized  in the first  quarter  of 1998  related to the
accrual  of  severance  benefits  in the amount of $102.7  million,  principally
associated with European  businesses in the Consumer  segment.  During the three
and six months ended June 28, 1998, the Corporation recognized $22.8 million and
$28.4 million of expenses,  respectively,  related to the restructuring  program
and divestitures in operating  income.  Included in those  restructuring-related
expenses were  inventory  write-downs  associated  with products in the retained
cleaning and lighting  business that will be discontinued.  Cash spending on the
restructuring  program  during 1998 is expected to range  between $80 million to
$100 million.
    Benefits from the  restructuring  charge taken in the first quarter of 1998,
estimated  at more than $60  million  on an  annual,  pre-tax  basis  once fully
implemented,  are not expected to become evident until some time in 1999, as the
1998 benefits are likely to be offset by related  expenses  associated  with the
program. As indicated in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements,
the severance accrual included in the $140.0 million  restructuring charge taken
in the first quarter of 1998 related to the elimination of  approximately  3,700
positions. As the Corporation shifts certain production and other activities, it
is anticipated that an additional 1,300 positions will be created.  As a result,
the Corporation's  estimate of annual, pre-tax savings in excess of $60 million,
expected once the  restructuring  actions taken in the first quarter of 1998 are
fully  implemented,  reflects the savings from a net reduction of  approximately
2,400 positions.
    As a  consequence  of the  strategic  repositioning  plan,  the  Corporation
elected  to  change  its  method  of  measuring  goodwill   impairment  from  an
undiscounted  cash flow approach to a discounted  cash flow approach,  effective
January 1, 1998.  The  Corporation  believes  that  measurement  of the value of
goodwill  through the discounted cash flow approach,  as more fully described in
Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,  is preferable in that the
discounted  cash flow  measurement  facilitates  the  timely  identification  of
impairment of the carrying  value of  investments  in businesses  and provides a
more current and, with respect to the businesses to be sold, realistic valuation
than the  undiscounted  approach.  The  adoption  of this  discounted  cash flow
approach,  however, may result in greater earnings volatility since decreases in
projected  discounted cash flows of certain businesses will, as discussed above,
result in timely recognition of future impairment.



<PAGE>
                                      -17-


    In connection with this change in accounting with respect to the measurement
of goodwill  impairment,  a non-cash  charge of $900.0  million  was  recognized
during the first  quarter of 1998  ($9.51 per share both on a basic and  diluted
basis for the six months ended June 28, 1998).  The $900.0  million  write-down,
which relates to goodwill  associated with the Corporation's  security hardware,
plumbing  products,  and fastening and assembly  systems business and includes a
$40.0  million  write-down  of goodwill  associated  with a business to be sold,
represents  the amount  necessary to reduce the carrying  values of goodwill for
those businesses to the Corporation's  best estimate,  as of January 1, 1998, of
those businesses'  future discounted cash flows using the methodology  described
in Note 2 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  As a result  of the
goodwill  write-off  and the cessation of goodwill  amortization  related to the
businesses to be sold, goodwill amortization declined from $15.9 million for the
three months  ended June 29, 1997 ($31.9  million for the first half of 1997) to
$5.9  million for the three  months  ended June 28, 1998 ($12.4  million for the
first half of 1998).


SALES
The following chart sets forth an analysis of the consolidated  changes in sales
for the three- and six-month periods ended June 28, 1998 and June 29, 1997.

<TABLE>
                                           ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN SALES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                             For the Three Months Ended               For the Six Months Ended
(Dollars in Millions)                     June 28, 1998     June 29, 1997          June 28, 1998     June 29, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                            <C>               <C>                    <C>               <C>     
Total sales                                    $1,169.7          $1,182.2               $2,178.0          $2,197.2
Unit volume                                           2%                1%                     3%                -%
Price                                                (1)%              (1)%                   (1)%              (1)%
Currency                                             (2)%              (2)%                   (3)%              (2)%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in total sales                                (1)%              (2)%                   (1)%              (3)%
===================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

    The  Corporation  operates in two  business  segments:  Consumer,  including
consumer  and  professional  power tools and  accessories,  household  products,
security hardware,  outdoor products (composed of electric lawn and garden tools
and  recreational  products),   plumbing  products,  and  product  service;  and
Commercial, including fastening and assembly systems and glass container-forming
and  inspection  equipment.  As  discussed  above  and  in  Note 2 of  Notes  to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  the  Corporation  has sold  the  household
products  business  (excluding  assets associated with the cleaning and lighting
product lines retained by the Corporation) in North America, Australia,  Central
America,  the Caribbean,  and South America (excluding Brazil), has entered into
agreements to  recapitalize  True Temper  Sports and sell Emhart  Glass,  and is
pursuing the sale of the household  products business in Brazil.  The results of
operations and financial  positions of these  businesses will be included in the
consolidated  financial  statements  through  the dates of  consummation  of the
respective transactions.



<PAGE>
                                      -18-


    The  following  chart sets forth an  analysis of the change in sales for the
three and six months ended June 28,  1998,  compared to the three and six months
ended June 29, 1997, by geographic area for each business segment.

<TABLE>
                                           ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN SALES
                                 FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1998

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                              United States            Europe                  Other                      Total
(Dollars in Millions)    3 Months   6 Months    3 Months     6 Months    3 Months  6 Months       3 Months   6 Months
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                        <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>     
Consumer
Total sales                $610.7   $1,094.1      $279.0       $544.6      $123.3    $221.7       $1,013.0   $1,860.4
Unit volume                     6%         6%          6%           6%        (12)%      (8)%            3%         4%
Price                          (1)%       (1)%         -%           -%         (1)%      (2)%           (1)%       (1)%
Currency                        -%         -%         (4)%         (6)%        (5)%      (5)%           (2)%       (2)%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                5%         5%          2%           -%        (18)%     (15)%            -%         1%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commercial
Total sales                $ 71.6   $  142.6      $ 63.1       $130.3      $ 22.0    $ 44.7       $  156.7   $  317.6
Unit volume                    (5)%       (9)%        (1)%          6%        (27)%     (21)%           (8)%       (5)%
Price                          (1)%        -%          1%           -%         (1)%      (1)%            -%         -%
Currency                        -%         -%         (3)%         (5)%        (5)%      (4)%           (2)%       (3)%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (6)%       (9)%        (3)%          1%        (33)%     (26)%          (10)%       (8)%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Consolidated
Total sales                $682.3   $1,236.7      $342.1       $674.9      $145.3    $266.4       $1,169.7   $2,178.0
Unit volume                     4%         4%          5%           6%        (15)%     (11)%            2%         3%
Price                          (1)%       (1)%         -%           -%         (1)%      (1)%           (1)%       (1)%
Currency                        -%         -%         (4)%         (6)%        (5)%      (5)%           (2)%       (3)%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in total sales           3%         3%          1%           -%        (21)%     (17)%           (1)%       (1)%
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

    The negative  effects of a stronger  United States  dollar  compared to most
major foreign  currencies  caused a decrease in the  Corporation's  consolidated
sales  from the prior  year's  level of 2% and 3% for the  three and six  months
ended June 28, 1998,  respectively.  Pricing actions had a 1% negative effect on
sales for both the three-and  six-month periods ended June 28, 1998, compared to
the  corresponding  periods  in  1997.  Unit  volume  increased  by 2%  for  the
three-month period ended June 28, 1998,  compared to the prior year's level. For
the  six-month  period  ended June 28,  1998,  unit volume rose 3% over the 1997
level.
    Unit  volume in the  Consumer  segment for the three  months  ended June 28,
1998,  increased by 3% compared to the corresponding  quarter in 1997 while, for
the six months ended June 28, 1998, unit volume exceeded the 1997 level by 4%.

<PAGE>
                                      -19-


    Sales  in  the  Corporation's  Consumer  businesses  in  the  United  States
increased by 5% for both the three- and  six-month  periods ended June 28, 1998,
over  the  1997  levels.   Excluding  the  sales  declines  experienced  by  the
Corporation's  accessories business and, most significantly,  household products
business  in the  three  and six  months  ended  June  28,  1998,  sales  in the
Corporation's  other domestic Consumer businesses for those periods exceeded the
prior year's levels.
    Sales  increased  at  double-digit  rates  during the  three- and  six-month
periods  ended  June 28,  1998,  over the  corresponding  periods in 1997 in the
domestic plumbing products and recreational  products  businesses.  Sales in the
domestic power tools  business  increased at a high  single-digit  rate and at a
double-digit  rate during the three- and six-month  periods ended June 28, 1998,
respectively,  compared  to the  corresponding  periods  in  1997.  Sales in the
security hardware business  increased at a double-digit rate for the three-month
period ended June 28, 1998,  and at a  mid-single  digit rate for the  six-month
period ended June 28, 1998, both compared to the corresponding  periods in 1997.
Sales in the domestic  accessories  business decreased by mid-single digit rates
for the three-  and  six-month  periods  ended June 28,  1998,  compared  to the
corresponding  1997 periods  principally  due to SKU  reduction  efforts in that
business.  The domestic power tools business  benefited from the strength of the
DEWALT(R) professional power tools line, due largely to products introduced over
the past year, and of outdoor  products during the three- and six-month  periods
ended June 28, 1998, but those benefits were partially offset by weakness during
the same periods in sales of consumer  power tools.  Sales gains in the domestic
security  hardware  business during 1998 were driven by the  introduction of the
AccessOneTM  Remote  Keyless  Entry  lock and The  Society  Brass  CollectionTM,
principally  in the  second  quarter  of  1998.  The  sales  increases  in these
businesses  were  partially  offset  by  sharply  lower  sales  in the  domestic
household  products  business in the three and six months  ended June 28,  1998,
compared to the corresponding  periods in 1997. The most significant declines in
the  household  products  business  were  in  the  cleaning  products  category,
specifically  with respect to the ScumBusterTM  cordless  submersible  scrubber.
While the Corporation sold the domestic  household products business on June 26,
1998, it has retained the cleaning and lighting  product lines.  The Corporation
anticipates  that  negative  comparisons  to the prior year with  respect to the
retained  cleaning and lighting  business as well as negative sales  comparisons
for the businesses sold or to be sold will continue to affect the  Corporation's
1998 results.
    Excluding the  significant  negative  effect of changes in foreign  exchange
rates, sales in the Corporation's  Consumer  businesses in Europe improved by 6%
for both the three and six months  ended June 28, 1998,  from the  corresponding
periods in 1997.  Increased sales in Europe of consumer and  professional  power
tools and accessories,  outdoor lawn and garden tools,  security  hardware,  and
product service during the three and six months ended June 28, 1998, as compared
to the prior year's  levels more than offset  declines  during those  periods in
sales of household products.
    Sales of the Corporation's Consumer businesses in Other geographic areas for
the  three  and six  months  ended  June  28,  1998,  decreased  by 13% and 10%,
respectively,  from the same periods in 1997,  excluding the negative  effect of
changes in foreign  exchange  rates during 1998.  The  continuing  effect of the
Asian  economic  crisis as well as sales  weakness in Latin  America,  excluding
Mexico, were the principal reasons for the decline.
<PAGE>
                                      -20-


    Excluding the negative effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, sales in
the Corporation's  Commercial businesses decreased by 8% and 5% during the three
and six months ended June 28, 1998, respectively,  from the prior year's levels.
Despite  lower  automotive  sales  during  1998 due to  softness in Asia and the
effects of the  General  Motors  strike in the United  States  during the second
quarter of 1998,  sales in the  Corporation's  fastening  and  assembly  systems
business increased at a low single-digit rate for the three and six months ended
June 28,  1998,  compared to the  corresponding  periods in 1997,  exclusive  of
negative  currency  effects.  This sales  growth was more than offset by sharply
lower  sales,  exclusive  of  negative  currency  effects,  in the Emhart  Glass
business  during the three and six months ended June 28,  1998,  compared to the
comparable periods in 1997.


EARNINGS
Operating income for the three-month  period ended June 28, 1998,  excluding the
gain on sale of  businesses of $36.5  million,  was $112.3  million,  or 9.6% of
sales,  compared  to $104.3  million,  or 8.8% of sales,  for the  corresponding
period in 1997. An operating  loss of $821.1  million was recognized for the six
months ended June 28, 1998,  compared to operating  income of $177.6 million for
the  corresponding  period in 1997.  Excluding the effects of the $140.0 million
restructuring  charge  and  the  $900.0  million  write-off  of  goodwill,  both
recognized in the first  quarter of 1998,  and of the $36.5 million gain on sale
of businesses recognized in the second quarter of 1998, operating income for the
first  half of 1998 was $182.4  million,  or 8.4% of sales,  compared  to $177.6
million, or 8.1% of sales, for the first half of 1997.
    Operating results for the three and six months ended June 28, 1998, included
$22.8 million and $28.4 million,  respectively,  of expenses directly related to
the strategic  repositioning  plan that do not qualify as  restructuring or exit
costs under generally  accepted  accounting  principles  ("restructuring-related
expenses").  Included in these amounts is the write-down to net realizable value
of cleaning and lighting  inventories  that will be  discontinued  in connection
with the assumption of those product lines in North America by the Corporation's
power tool business.  Excluding the effects of both these  restructuring-related
expenses  and the  gain  on sale of  businesses,  operating  income  would  have
increased by 30% from $104.3  million,  or 8.8% of sales,  for the quarter ended
June 29, 1997, to $135.1 million,  or 11.5% of sales, for the quarter ended June
28, 1998.  Excluding the effects of these  restructuring-related  expenses,  the
restructuring  charge,  the  goodwill  write-off,   and  the  gain  on  sale  of
businesses,  all  recognized in the first half of 1998,  operating  income would
have increased by 19% from $177.6 million,  or 8.1% of sales, for the six months
ended June 29, 1997,  to $210.8  million,  or 9.7% of sales,  for the six months
ended  June  28,  1998.  In  addition  to  the   realization  of  benefits  from
restructuring  actions taken in 1998, a major contributor to these  improvements
was the $10.0  million  and $19.5  million  reduction  in the level of  goodwill
amortization  experienced  in the  three and six  months  ended  June 28,  1998,
respectively,  as compared to the corresponding  periods in 1997, as a result of
the goodwill write-off and cessation of amortization of goodwill associated with
the businesses to be sold. The lower level of goodwill amortization  experienced
in the first half of 1998 will continue in future periods.

<PAGE>
                                      -21-


    Improvements in operating income as a percentage of sales, exclusive of, for
the six months  ended  June 28,  1998,  the  restructuring  charge and  goodwill
write-off  and, for the three and six months  ended June 28,  1998,  the gain on
sale of businesses and  restructuring-related  expenses, were experienced in the
Corporation's  domestic power tools and accessories business,  European security
hardware business,  plumbing products business,  recreational products business,
and fastening and assembly systems business,  offset by decreased  profitability
in the household products and Emhart Glass businesses,  in the domestic security
hardware business, and in the power tools and accessories businesses outside the
United States.
    Gross  margin  as a  percentage  of  sales  was  34.0%  and  35.6%  for  the
three-month periods ended June 28, 1998, and June 29, 1997, respectively.  Gross
margin as a percentage  of sales was 34.3% for the first half of 1998,  compared
to 35.7% for the first  half of 1997.  The  decline in gross  margin  during the
three and six months ended June 28, 1998, compared to the corresponding  periods
in 1997  primarily  resulted from adverse  foreign  exchange  effects on product
costs,  principally  in the  European  operations,  competitive  pressures  that
continued to constrain pricing, and  restructuring-related  expenses,  partially
offset by increased productivity net of inflation.
    Selling,  general, and administrative  expenses as a percentage of sales for
the three-month period ended June 28, 1998, were 24.4% compared to 26.7% for the
comparable period in 1997. Selling,  general,  and administrative  expenses as a
percentage  of sales for the six-month  period ended June 28, 1998,  were 26.0%,
compared to 27.6% for the comparable period in 1997. These improvements were the
result of lower goodwill amortization in the three and six months ended June 28,
1998, compared to the corresponding periods in 1997, as a result of the goodwill
write-off and cessation of amortization of goodwill related to the businesses to
be sold, as well as benefits realized from restructuring actions taken in 1998.
    Net  interest  expense  (interest  expense less  interest  income) was $29.8
million  and $58.2  million  for the three and six months  ended June 28,  1998,
respectively,  compared to $30.6 million and $61.2 million for the three and six
months  ended  June 29,  1997,  respectively.  The lower  level of net  interest
expense in the three and six months  ended June 28,  1998,  as  compared  to the
corresponding  periods in 1997 was primarily the result of more  favorable  debt
mix in 1998  coupled  with a lower  level of net debt  (total debt less cash and
cash equivalents) due to improved cash flows from operating activities in 1998.
    The Corporation maintains a portfolio of interest rate hedge instruments for
the purpose of managing interest rate exposure. During the six months ended June
28, 1998, the  Corporation's  portfolio was reduced as a result of the following
scheduled  maturities:  (i) variable to fixed rate  interest  rate swaps with an
aggregate  notional  principal  amount of $50.0 million;  (ii) fixed to variable
rate interest rate swaps with an aggregate  notional  principal amount of $100.0
million;  (iii) rate basis swaps with an aggregate  notional principal amount of
$50.0 million;  and (iv) interest rate swaps that swapped from fixed rate United
States dollars into fixed rate Japanese yen with an aggregate notional principal
amount of $15.0 million.  The Corporation also reduced its portfolio as a result
of its  termination  of fixed to variable  interest rate swaps with an aggregate
notional   principal  amount  of  $250.0  million  and  of  termination  by  the
counterparties  of fixed to variable  rate interest rate swaps with an aggregate
notional  principal  amount of $300.0 million.  Deferred gains 

<PAGE>
                                      -22-


and losses on the early  termination of interest rate swaps as of June 28, 1998,
were not significant.  Partially offsetting these decreases in the interest rate
hedge  portfolio,  the  Corporation  entered  into new  fixed to  variable  rate
interest  rate  swaps  with an  aggregate  notional  principal  amount of $250.0
million during the six months ended June 28, 1998.
    Other  expense for the three- and  six-month  periods  ended June 28,  1998,
principally  consisted  of  currency  losses.  Other  expense for the three- and
six-month  periods ended June 29, 1997,  primarily  included the discount on the
sale of receivables.
    Income tax expense of $57.9  million for the  quarter  ended June 28,  1998,
included  income  tax  expense of $32.3  million  related to the gain on sale of
businesses  recognized during that quarter.  Excluding the taxes associated with
the gain on sale of businesses,  the Corporation's  reported tax rate would have
been 32% in the  second  quarter of 1998,  compared  to a tax rate of 35% in the
second quarter of 1997.
    Income tax expense of $31.3  million  was  recognized  on the  Corporation's
pre-tax loss of $881.7 million for the six months ended June 28, 1998. Excluding
the income tax benefit of $40.0  million  related to the  pre-tax  restructuring
charge of $140.0  million and the  non-deductible  write-off  of goodwill in the
amount of $900.0 million,  both recognized in the first quarter of 1998, and the
$32.3 million of tax expense recognized on the gain on sale of businesses in the
second quarter of 1998, the Corporation's  reported tax rate would have been 32%
in the first six months of 1998, compared to a tax rate of 35% in the first half
of 1997.
    This  decrease in the  effective  tax rate in 1998  resulted  from the lower
amount  of  goodwill  amortization,  which  is not  tax  deductible,  in 1998 as
compared to 1997 due to the $900.0  million  write-off of goodwill that occurred
in the first quarter of 1998 as a result of the  Corporation's  change in method
of measuring goodwill impairment.
    The  Corporation  reported net earnings of $58.4 million,  or $.62 per basic
share and $.61 per diluted  share,  for the three  months  ended June 28,  1998.
Excluding the after-tax gain on sale of businesses of $4.2 million recognized in
the second quarter of 1998,  net earnings were $54.2 million,  or $.58 per basic
share and $.57 per diluted  share,  for the  three-month  period  ended June 28,
1998,  compared to $45.5  million,  or $.48 per basic share and $.47 per diluted
share, for the three-month period ended June 29, 1997.
    The Corporation  reported a net loss of $913.0  million,  or $9.65 per share
both on a basic and diluted basis, for the six-month period ended June 28, 1998,
principally  as a result of the  restructuring  charge  and  goodwill  write-off
during  that  period.  Because the  Corporation  reported a net loss for the six
months ended June 28, 1998, the calculation of reported  earnings per share on a
diluted basis excludes the impact of stock options since their  inclusion  would
be  anti-dilutive--that   is,  decrease  the  per-share  loss.  For  comparative
purposes,  however,  the Corporation  believes that the dilutive effect of stock
options  should be considered  when  evaluating  the  Corporation's  performance
excluding  the  restructuring  charge and  goodwill  write-off.  If the dilutive
effect of stock options were  considered,  net earnings,  excluding the goodwill
write-off and the after-tax restructuring charge and gain on sale of businesses,
would have been $82.8  million or $.86 per share on this  diluted  basis for the
six-month period ended June 28, 1998,  compared to net earnings of $71.8 million
or $.75 per share on a diluted  basis for the  six-month  period  ended June 29,
1997.


<PAGE>
                                      -23-


Interest Rate Sensitivity
As a result of the  significant  changes  during the six  months  ended June 28,
1998, described above, in the Corporation's  interest rate hedge portfolio,  the
following table provides  information as of June 28, 1998, about that portfolio.
This table  should be read in  conjunction  with the  information  contained  in
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  under  the  heading  "Interest  Rate  Sensitivity"  included  in the
Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.


<TABLE>
Notional Principal Amounts and Interest Rate Detail by Contractual Maturity Dates
                                                                                                              
<CAPTION>
                                                           Year Ending Dec. 31,                                     Fair Value
                              6 Mos. Ending    -------------------------------------------                           (Assets)/
(U.S. Dollars in Millions)    Dec. 31, 1998     1999        2000        2001        2002    Thereafter     Total   Liabilities
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>      
Interest Rate Derivatives
Interest Rate Swaps
   (all U.S. dollar denomi-
   nated except for U.S. rates
   to foreign rates)
Fixed to variable rates               $   --  $   --      $ 50.0      $   --      $   --     $  250.0   $  300.0    $      .7
   Average pay rate (a)
   Average receive rate                                     5.54%                                6.02%      5.94%
Variable to fixed rates               $200.0  $   --      $   --      $   --      $   --     $     --   $  200.0    $     (.6)
   Average pay rate                     7.17%                                                               7.17%
   Average receive rate (b)
Fixed U.S. rates to fixed
   foreign rates (c)
      To Japanese yen                 $   --  $100.0      $   --      $   --      $   --     $     --   $  100.0    $   (23.3)
        Average pay rate (in
           Japanese yen) (d)                    1.99%                                                       1.99%
        Average receive rate                    6.66%                                                       6.66%
      To deutsche marks               $   --  $100.0      $   --      $   --      $   --     $    --    $  100.0    $   (15.3)
        Average pay rate  (in
           deutsche marks) (e)                  4.73%                                                       4.73%
        Average receive rate                    6.64%                                                       6.64%
      To Dutch guilders               $   --  $ 50.0      $   --      $   --      $   --     $    --    $   50.0    $    (8.1)
        Average pay rate (in
           Dutch guilders) (f)                  4.58%                                                       4.58%
        Average receive rate                    6.77%                                                       6.77%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

(a)  The average pay rate is based upon 6-month forward LIBOR.

(b)  The average receive rate is based upon 3-month forward LIBOR.

(c)  The indicated  fair values of interest rate swaps that swap from fixed U.S.
     rates to fixed foreign rates include the fair values of the exchange of the
     notional  principal  amounts  at the end of the  swap  terms as well as the
     exchange of interest streams over the life of the swaps. The fair values of
     the  currency  exchange  are also  included in the  disclosures  of foreign
     currency  exchange rate sensitivity  included in the  Corporation's  Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.

(d)  The average pay rate (in Japanese  yen) is based upon a notional  principal
     amount of 10.9 billion Japanese yen.

(e)  The average pay rate (in deutsche marks) is based upon a notional principal
     amount of 153.3 million deutsche marks.

(f)  The average pay rate (in Dutch guilders) is based upon a notional principal
     amount of 85.9 million Dutch guilders.

</FN>
</TABLE>



<PAGE>
                                      -24-


FINANCIAL CONDITION
Operating activities provided cash of $6.1 million for the six months ended June
28, 1998, compared to $101.9 million of cash used before the sale of receivables
for the  corresponding  period  in 1997.  This  increased  cash  generation  was
principally the result of improved working capital  management in the six months
ended June 28, 1998, as compared to the corresponding period in 1997.
    Investing  activities for the six months ended June 28, 1998,  provided cash
of $234.8  million due  principally to the receipt of $288.0 million of proceeds
from the sale of the  household  products  business  in North  America and Latin
America,  excluding  Mexico and Brazil.  Excluding  the $288.0  million of sales
proceeds, investing activities for the six months ended June 28, 1998, used cash
of $53.2  million  compared to $70.0  million in cash used in the  corresponding
period in 1997. This lower cash usage in 1998 primarily  resulted from a reduced
level  of  capital  expenditures  in the  first  half  of 1998  compared  to the
corresponding period in 1997.
    Financing  activities  used cash of $281.7  million for the six months ended
June 28, 1998,  compared to cash  generated  of $236.5  million in the first six
months of 1997.  The  increase in cash used in financing  activities  during the
first half of 1998 over the  corresponding  period in 1997 was  principally  the
result of cash expended for the stock repurchase  program and for the redemption
of preferred stock of a subsidiary,  coupled with lower borrowing levels in 1998
due, in part, to increased  cash from  operating  activities  and the receipt of
proceeds from the sale of a portion of the household products business.
    During the six months ended June 28, 1998, a wholly owned  subsidiary of the
Corporation  issued $300.0 million of fixed rate,  senior  unsecured  notes that
were guaranteed by the  Corporation,  of which $150.0 million is due in 2007 and
the balance is due in 2028.  Proceeds of that debt  issuance  were used to repay
borrowings  outstanding  under the Corporation's  revolving credit facility.  In
addition,  during  that  period,  the  Corporation  retired  $182.2  million  of
long-term indebtedness in advance of their scheduled maturities.  As a result of
changes in the Corporation's debt portfolio, average debt maturity was 6.1 years
at June 28, 1998,  compared to 3.9 years at December 31, 1997.  These changes in
the  Corporation's  debt  portfolio,  coupled with changes in the  Corporation's
interest rate hedge portfolio  described above, had the effect of decreasing the
Corporation's  variable  rate debt to total debt ratio from 63% at December  31,
1997, to 39% at June 28, 1998.

<PAGE>
                                      -25-


    In addition to measuring its cash flow  generation  and usage based upon the
operating, investing, and financing classifications included in the Consolidated
Statement of Cash Flows,  the Corporation also measures its free cash flow. Free
cash flow, a measure  commonly  employed by bond rating  agencies and banks,  is
defined by the  Corporation  as cash  available  for debt  reduction  (including
short-term  borrowings),  prior to the effects of cash  received  from  divested
businesses,  issuances of equity, and sales of receivables and to the effects of
cash paid for stock repurchases and for the redemption of stock of subsidiaries.
Free  cash  flow,  a more  inclusive  measure  of the  Corporation's  cash  flow
generation than cash flow from operating activities included in the Consolidated
Statement  of  Cash  Flows,  considers  items  such  as cash  used  for  capital
expenditures and dividends, as well as net cash inflows or outflows from hedging
activities.  During  the  six  months  ended  June  28,  1998,  the  Corporation
experienced  negative free cash flow of $98.0 million  compared to negative free
cash flow of $183.3  million for the  corresponding  period in 1997.  This $85.3
million  improvement  in free cash flow  during  the first half of 1998 over the
1997 level was primarily the result of improved working capital management.


FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q includes  statements that constitute "forward
looking  statements"  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933  and  Section  21E of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and  that are
intended to come within the safe harbor  protection  provided by those sections.
By their nature, all forward looking statements involve risks and uncertainties.
Actual  results may differ  materially  from those  contemplated  by the forward
looking statements for a number of reasons, including but not limited to: market
acceptance  of the new products  introduced  in 1997 and 1998 and  scheduled for
introduction  in 1998;  the level of sales  generated  from  these new  products
relative  to  expectations,  based on the  existing  investments  in  productive
capacity and  commitments  of the  Corporation to fund  advertising  and product
promotions  in  connection  with the  introduction  of these new  products;  the
ability of the Corporation and its suppliers to meet scheduled timetables of new
product  introductions;  unforeseen  competitive pressure or other difficulty in
maintaining   mutually   beneficial   relationships  with  key  distributors  or
penetrating new channels of distribution;  adverse changes in currency  exchange
rates or raw material  commodity prices,  both in absolute terms and relative to
competitors' risk profiles; delays in or unanticipated  inefficiencies resulting
from  manufacturing  and  administrative  reorganization  actions in progress or
contemplated  by the  strategic  repositioning  described  in the  Corporation's
Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31,  1997,  and updated
herein;  and the continuation of modest economic growth in the United States and
Europe and gradual improvement in the economic environment in Asia.
    In  addition  to the  foregoing,  the  Corporation's  ability to realize the
anticipated benefits during 1998 and in the future of the restructuring  actions
undertaken in 1998 is dependent upon current market  conditions,  as well as the
timing and  effectiveness  of the relocation or  consolidation of production and
administrative  processes.  The ability to realize the benefits  inherent in the
balance  of  the  restructuring  actions  is  dependent  on  the  selection  and
implementation of economically  viable projects in addition to the restructuring
actions taken to date. The ability to achieve certain


<PAGE>
                                      -26-


sales and profitability targets and cash flow projections also is dependent upon
the Corporation's ability to identify appropriate selected acquisitions that are
complementary to the repositioned  business units at acquisition prices that are
consistent with these objectives.
    There can be no assurance that the Corporation  will consummate the sales of
the household  products business in Brazil and the glass  container-forming  and
inspection   equipment  business  and  complete  the   recapitalization  of  the
recreational  products business.  Further, the Corporation's  ability to realize
aggregate proceeds from the sales of the household products business  (excluding
certain assets associated with the Corporation's cleaning and lighting products)
in  North  America  and  Latin  America,   excluding   Brazil,   and  the  glass
container-forming  and inspection business and from the  recapitalization of the
recreational  products  business  of  over  $700  million  on a gross  basis  or
approximately  $550 million on a net basis,  is dependent  upon, with respect to
the sale of the glass  container-forming and inspection equipment business,  the
Corporation's  receipt  of  regulatory  and other  necessary  approvals  and the
satisfaction  of  customary  closing   conditions,   and  with  respect  to  the
recapitalization  of the  recreational  products  business,  the satisfaction of
customary closing conditions.


ITEM 3       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Information  required  under this Item is  included  in Item 2 of Part I of this
report  under  the  caption  "Interest  Rate  Sensitivity"  and in  the  seventh
paragraph under the caption  "Earnings" and is incorporated by reference herein.
In addition,  reference is made to Item 7A of the Corporation's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997.


<PAGE>
                                      -27-


                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION


PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 1       LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The  Corporation  is involved  in various  lawsuits  in the  ordinary  course of
business. These lawsuits primarily involve claims for damages arising out of the
use of the  Corporation's  products  and  allegations  of patent  and  trademark
infringement.  The Corporation is also involved in litigation and administrative
proceedings involving employment matters and commercial disputes.  Some of these
lawsuits  include  claims for  punitive  as well as  compensatory  damages.  The
Corporation, using current product sales data and historical trends, actuarially
calculates the estimate of its current exposure for product liability claims for
amounts in excess of  established  deductibles  and  accrues  for the  estimated
liability  as  described  above up to the limits of the  deductibles.  All other
claims and lawsuits are handled on a case-by-case basis.
    The Corporation also is involved in lawsuits and administrative  proceedings
with respect to claims involving the discharge of hazardous  substances into the
environment.  Certain of these claims assert  damages and liability for remedial
investigations  and cleanup costs with respect to sites at which the Corporation
has been identified as a potentially  responsible  party under federal and state
environmental laws and regulations (off-site).  Other matters involve sites that
the  Corporation  currently owns and operates or has previously  sold (on-site).
For off-site  claims,  the Corporation  makes an assessment of the cost involved
based on  environmental  studies,  prior  experience at similar  sites,  and the
experience of other named parties. The Corporation also considers the ability of
other  parties to share costs,  the  percentage  of the  Corporation's  exposure
relative to all other parties,  and the effects of inflation on these  estimated
costs.  For on-site  matters  associated  with  properties  currently  owned, an
assessment  is made as to  whether an  investigation  and  remediation  would be
required under applicable  federal and state law. For on-site matters associated
with properties  previously sold, the Corporation considers the terms of sale as
well as applicable  federal and state laws to determine if the  Corporation  has
any remaining  liability.  If the  Corporation  is determined to have  potential
liability for properties currently owned or previously sold, an estimate is made
of the total cost of  investigation  and  remediation  and other potential costs
associated with the site.
    The  Corporation's  estimate of the costs  associated  with  legal,  product
liability,  and environmental exposures is accrued if, in management's judgment,
the  likelihood  of a loss  is  probable.  These  accrued  liabilities  are  not
discounted. Insurance recoveries for environmental and certain general liability
claims are not recognized until realized.
    As of June 28, 1998, the  Corporation  had no known probable but inestimable
exposures for awards and  assessments in connection with  environmental  matters
and other litigation and  administrative  proceedings that could have a material
effect on the Corporation.



<PAGE>
                                      -28-


    Management  is of the  opinion  that  the  amounts  accrued  for  awards  or
assessments in connection with the  environmental  matters and other  litigation
and administrative  proceedings to which the Corporation is a party are adequate
and, accordingly,  ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material
adverse effect on the Corporation.


ITEM 2       CHANGES IN SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
As indicated in Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  in June
1998, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation issued senior unsecured notes
(the "Debt Securities") that were guaranteed by the Corporation.  Closing on the
sale of the Debt Securities  occurred on June 26, 1998, and the title and amount
of the Debt Securities  were as follows:  $150,000,000 of 6.55% Senior Notes due
2007 and  $150,000,000  of 7.05% Senior Notes due 2028. The Debt Securities were
unconditionally  and  irrevocably  guaranteed  by the  Corporation.  The initial
purchasers  of  the  Debt  Securities   were  Lehman  Brothers  Inc.,   Citicorp
Securities,  Inc.,  NationsBanc  Montgomery Securities LLC, and Chase Securities
Inc. The Debt Securities were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration
in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and may be resold in reliance upon
the exemption to the registration requirements provided by Rule 144A. All of the
Debt  Securities  were sold for cash and the Price to  Investors,  Discounts and
Commissions, and Proceeds to Issuers were are follows:

<TABLE>
===================================================================================================================
<CAPTION>
                                                Price to               Discounts and                Proceeds to
                                             Investors(1)                Commissions                   Issuer(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                             <C>                    <C>         
Per 2007 Note..........................           99.703%                        .65%                    99.053%
Total .................................     $149,554,500                    $975,000               $148,579,500
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per 2028 Note.........................            99.837%                       .875%                    98.962%
Total.................................      $149,755,500                  $1,312,500               $148,443,000
===================================================================================================================

<FN>
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from June 26, 1998.

(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Issuer estimated at $550,000.
</FN>
</TABLE>

    As indicated in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements under
the heading  "Repurchase of Common Stock," in connection with the  Corporation's
stock  repurchase  program the Corporation sold put options on 400,000 shares of
its Common Stock during the first six months of 1998.  The put options were sold
in a series of transactions with an investment banking firm subject to customary
transfer  restrictions  in reliance  upon the  exemption  from  registration  in
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. The Corporation  received  aggregate
premiums of $.7 million in connection with these  transactions.  Each of the put
options is exercisable on a single fixed date specified in the option  contract.
The average  strike price of the put options sold during the first six months of
1998 was $53.11 per share.




<PAGE>
                                      -29-


ITEM 5       OTHER INFORMATION
As  indicated  in  the  Proxy   Statement   distributed  to  the   Corporation's
stockholders in connection with the 1998 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders,  it is
expected that the  Corporation's  1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "1999
Meeting") will be held on April 27, 1999.
    Stockholders  wishing to submit a proposal to be considered for inclusion in
the  Corporation's  proxy  statement for the 1999 Meeting in accordance with the
provisions of Rule 14a-8 under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"),  must submit the proposal in writing and the proposal must
be received by the Corporation on or before November 3, 1998.
    The advance notice provisions  included in the Corporation's  Bylaws provide
that  stockholders  wishing to bring business  before a  stockholders'  meeting,
among other things,  must give written notice to the Corporation of the business
to be  introduced  at the  meeting  and  the  notice  must  be  received  by the
Corporation's  Corporate Secretary not less than 90 nor more than 110 days prior
to the  meeting.  As a  result,  with the  exception  of  stockholder  proposals
submitted in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange
Act, to be properly  brought before the 1999 Meeting,  business  introduced by a
stockholder of the Corporation must be received by the  Corporation's  Corporate
Secretary on or before January 27, 1999, but not before January 7, 1999.






<PAGE>
                                      -30-


ITEM 6     EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

Exhibit No.                         Description
  2(a)(i)     Transaction Agreement dated as of May 10, 1998, by and between The
              Black & Decker Corporation and Windmere-Durable Holdings, Inc.*

  2(a)(ii)    Amendment  No.  1 to  Transaction  Agreement  dated as of June 26,
              1998,  by  and  between  The  Black  &  Decker   Corporation   and
              Windmere-Durable Holdings, Inc.*

  2(b)(i)     Reorganization,  Recapitalization  and  Stock  Purchase  Agreement
              dated as of June  29,  1998,  by and  between  The  Black & Decker
              Corporation, True Temper Sports, Inc. and TTSI LLC.*

  2(b)(ii)    Amendment  No. 1 to  Reorganization,  Recapitalization  and  Stock
              Purchase  Agreement dated as of August 1, 1998, by and between The
              Black & Decker  Corporation,  True Temper  Sports,  Inc.  and TTSI
              LLC.*

  2(c)        Transaction  Agreement  dated as of July 12, 1998,  by and between
              The Black & Decker Corporation and Bucher Holding AG.*

  3           Bylaws of the Corporation, as amended.

  4           Indenture dated as of June 26, 1998, by and between Black & Decker
              Holdings Inc., as Issuer, the Corporation,  as Guarantor,  and The
              First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee.

 11           Computation of Earnings Per Share.

 12           Computation of Ratios.

 27           Financial Data Schedule.
- ---------------------

*   Certain schedules and attachments have been omitted.  The Corporation agrees
    to provide a copy of these  schedules and  attachments to the Securities and
    Exchange Commission upon request.

On April 15, 1998, the  Corporation  filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  This Current  Report on Form 8-K,  filed
pursuant to Item 5 of that Form,  stated that the  Corporation  had reported its
earnings for the quarter ended March 29, 1998. The  Corporation did not file any
other reports on Form 8-K during the three-month period ended June 28, 1998.

All other items were not applicable.


<PAGE>
                                      -31-


                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION


                               S I G N A T U R E S


Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  the
registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                                          THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION

                                          By    /s/ THOMAS M. SCHOEWE
                                                   Thomas M. Schoewe
                                                   Senior Vice President and 
                                                   Chief Financial Officer




                                          Principal Accounting Officer

                                          By    /s/ STEPHEN F. REEVES
                                                   Stephen F. Reeves
                                                   Vice President and Controller




Date:   August 12, 1998


                                                                 EXHIBIT 2(a)(i)













                              TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of May 10, 1998

                                 By and Between

                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION

                                       and

                         WINDMERE-DURABLE HOLDINGS, INC.




















<PAGE>






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01      Definitions.......................................  1

                                   ARTICLE II

                            TRANSACTIONS AND CLOSING

         Section 2.01      Closing Transactions..............................  1
         Section 2.02      Exchange Consideration............................  3
         Section 2.03      Closing...........................................  4
         Section 2.04      Adjustment of Exchange Consideration..............  4

                                   ARTICLE III

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

         Section 3.01      Representations and Warranties of Seller..........  6

                                   ARTICLE IV

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Section 4.01      Representations and Warranties of Buyer...........  6

                                    ARTICLE V

                       COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF SELLER

         Section 5.01      Conduct of Business...............................  7
         Section 5.02      Access to Information; Confidentiality............  8
         Section 5.03      Change of Lockbox Accounts........................  9
         Section 5.04      Access to Information; Cooperation After Closing..  9
         Section 5.05      Maintenance of Insurance Policies.................  9
         Section 5.06      Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation; etc.............. 10




<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                        COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER

         Section 6.01      Confidentiality................................... 12
         Section 6.02      Provision and Preservation of and Access to 
                           Certain Information; Cooperation.................. 12
         Section 6.03      Insurance; Financial Support Arrangements......... 13
         Section 6.04      Use of Intellectual Property...................... 14
         Section 6.05      Certain Environmental Investigations.............. 14
         Section 6.06      Nonsolicitation of Employees, etc................. 15


                                   ARTICLE VII

                     COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

         Section 7.01      Further Assurances................................ 16
         Section 7.02      Certain Filings; Consents......................... 16
         Section 7.03      Public Announcements.............................. 16
         Section 7.04      Intellectual Property............................. 16
         Section 7.05      HSR Act........................................... 17
         Section 7.06      Certain Environmental Insurance Matters........... 17
         Section 7.07      Legal Privileges.................................. 18



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS

         Section 8.01      Employees and Employee Benefit Matters............ 18

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         Section 9.01      Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party....... 18
         Section 9.02      Conditions to Obligation of Buyer................. 19
         Section 9.03      Conditions to Obligation of Seller................ 20
         Section 9.04      Effect of Waiver.................................. 20



<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE X

                            SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 10.01     Survival.......................................... 20
         Section 10.02     Indemnification................................... 22
         Section 10.03     Procedures........................................ 23
         Section 10.04     Limitations....................................... 25

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   TERMINATION

         Section 11.01     Termination....................................... 26
         Section 11.02     Effect of Termination............................. 27

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.01     Notices........................................... 27
         Section 12.02     Amendments; Waivers............................... 28
         Section 12.03     Expenses; Taxes................................... 29
         Section 12.04     Successors and Assigns............................ 29
         Section 12.05     Disclosure........................................ 29
         Section 12.06     Construction...................................... 29
         Section 12.07     Entire Agreement.................................. 30
         Section 12.08     Governing Law..................................... 30
         Section 12.09     Counterparts; Effectiveness....................... 30
         Section 12.10     Jurisdiction...................................... 31
         Section 12.11     Severability...................................... 31
         Section 12.12     Captions.......................................... 31
         Section 12.13     Bulk Sales........................................ 31



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBITS


EXHIBIT A                  Definitions

EXHIBIT B                  Representations and Warranties of Seller

EXHIBIT C                  Representations and Warranties of Buyer

EXHIBIT D                  Employees and Employee Benefit Matters

EXHIBIT E                  Additional Matters Relating to Product Liability 
                           Issues


<PAGE>


                                   ATTACHMENTS


Attachment I               Opening Statement

Attachment II              Form of Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption 
                           Agreement

Attachment III             Form of Assignment of United States Trademarks, 
                           Trademark Registrations and Applications for 
                           Registration

Attachment IV              Form of Assignment of Foreign Trademarks, Trademark 
                           Registrations and Applications for Registration

Attachment V               Form of Assignment of United States Patents and 
                           Patent Applications

Attachment VI              Form of Assignment of Foreign Patents and 
                           Applications for Patents

Attachment VII             Form of Trademark License Agreement

Attachment VIII            Form of Assignment of U.S. Copyrights

Attachment IX              Form of Assignment of Mexican Trademarks, Trademark 
                           Registrations and Applications for Registration

Attachment X               Form of Cross License Agreement

Attachment XI              Exchange Consideration Allocation Schedule

Attachment XII             Certain Intellectual Property Assets

Attachment XIII            Consents and Approvals Required Prior to Closing

Attachment XIV             HPG Financial Statements

Attachment XV              Certain Active Employees

Attachment XVI             Form of Distribution Services Agreement (United 
                           States)

Attachment XVII            Form of Distribution Services Agreement (Latin 
                           America)

Attachment XVIII           Form of Services Agreement (United States and Canada)

Attachment XIX             Form of Services Agreement (GPA)


<PAGE>

Attachment XX              Form of Services Agreement (Mexico)

Attachment XXI             Form of Services Agreement (Latin American Group and 
                           CCA)

Attachment XXII            Form of Services Agreement (Colombia)

Attachment XXIII           Form of Services Agreement (Chile)

Attachment XXIV            Form of Services Agreement (Peru)

Attachment XXV             Form of Services Agreement (Argentina)

Attachment XXVI            Form of Services Agreement (Puerto Rico)

Attachment XXVII           Form of Services Agreement (Venezuela)

Attachment XXVIII          Asheboro Facility

Attachment XXIX            Opinion of Seller's Counsel



<PAGE>
                                   -1-


                              TRANSACTION AGREEMENT


         This Transaction  Agreement (together with the Exhibits,  Schedules and
Attachments hereto, this "Agreement") is made as of the 10th day of May 1998, by
and among The Black & Decker Corporation, a Maryland corporation ("Seller"), and
Windmere-Durable  Holdings,  Inc., a Florida corporation ("Buyer"), on behalf of
itself and its wholly owned Subsidiaries ("Buyer Companies").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,   Seller,   through   certain  of  its  direct  and   indirect
Subsidiaries, is engaged in the HPG Business;

         WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement,  Seller desires to transfer or to cause the Affiliated Transferors to
transfer  substantially  all of the assets held, owned by or used to conduct the
HPG  Business,  and to  assign  certain  liabilities  associated  with  the  HPG
Business,  to Buyer or Buyer Companies designated by Buyer, and Buyer desires to
receive or to cause such  designated  Buyer Companies to receive such assets and
assume such liabilities; and

         WHEREAS,  in  connection  with the sale of the HPG  Business  to Buyer,
Seller  and Buyer  desire to enter  into  certain  agreements  and  arrangements
ancillary to such sale;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section  1.01  Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used in this  Agreement
shall have the meanings specified in this Agreement or in Exhibit A.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            TRANSACTIONS AND CLOSING

         Section  2.01 Closing  Transactions.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  the parties agree that at the Closing,
among other things:

                  (i) Seller and the  Affiliated  Transferors  will  transfer or
         cause to be transferred to Buyer or Buyer Companies designated by Buyer
         all Transferred Assets and Buyer or Buyer Companies designated by Buyer
         will assume all Assumed Liabilities in accordance with this Agreement;


<PAGE>
                                   -2-


                  (ii)  to  effect  the  transfer  of  certain  assets  and  the
         assumption of  liabilities  contemplated  by the foregoing  clause (i),
         Seller or the Affiliated Transferors,  as the case may be, and Buyer or
         Buyer Companies shall execute and deliver the Assignment and Assumption
         Agreements;

                  (iii) to effect  the  transfer  by  Seller  or the  Affiliated
         Transferors of certain rights in respect of Intellectual  Property used
         or held for use exclusively in connection with the HPG Business, Seller
         or the  Affiliated  Transferors,  as the case may be, shall execute and
         deliver the Intellectual Property Assignment Agreements;

                  (iv) to effect the  license  of  certain  rights in respect of
         Intellectual  Property,  Seller or the Affiliated  Transferors,  as the
         case may be,  and  Buyer  or  Buyer  Companies  shall  execute  (a) the
         Trademark  License Agreement in the form contemplated by Attachment VII
         to this Agreement, and (b) the Cross License Agreement;

                  (v) Seller or the Affiliated Transferors,  as the case may be,
         and Buyer or Buyer  Companies,  as the case may be,  shall  execute and
         deliver the  Services  Agreements;  provided,  however that Buyer shall
         have the right to  decline  to enter  into any or all of such  Services
         Agreements by notice given to Seller at any time prior to Closing;

                  (vi) Seller or the Affiliated Transferors, as the case may be,
         and Buyer or Buyer  Companies,  as the case may be,  shall  execute and
         deliver the  Distribution  Services  Agreement  (United States) and the
         Distribution   Services   Agreement   (Latin   America)  in  the  forms
         contemplated by Attachment XVI and Attachment XVII to this Agreement;

                  (vii) Seller or the  Affiliated  Transferors,  as the case may
         be,  and Buyer or Buyer  Companies,  as the case may be, to the  extent
         requested by Buyer,  shall execute and deliver sublease  agreements for
         the sublease by Buyer or Buyer Companies,  as the case may be, relating
         to the facilities  located in Richmond Hill,  Ontario,  Canada,  Miami,
         Florida,  and  Bosques  de Las  Lomas,  Mexico  and  shared  by the HPG
         Business and Seller's power tools business,  on terms and conditions to
         be  negotiated in good faith prior to the Closing  consistent  with the
         terms and conditions of the applicable lease for such shared facilities
         (including  rent and expense  reimbursement  on a pro rata basis taking
         into  account the space used by the HPG  Business and the space used by
         Seller's  power tools  business) and on such other terms and conditions
         as may be agreed to by Seller and Buyer.  Such subleases  shall be on a
         month-to-month basis with 30 days advance written notice being required
         to terminate the subleases, but in no event shall expire later than the
         close of business on February 28, 1999;

                  (viii) Seller or the Affiliated  Transferors,  as the case may
         be, and Buyer or Buyer  Companies  shall  execute  and deliver a supply
         agreement  relating to the continued supply, at Seller's option,  for a
         period  commencing  on the Closing Date and ending on the date on which
         the Trademark  License  Agreement  terminates in respect of the Black &
         Decker  trademark,  of  products  and  related  parts,  accessories  or
         attachments  manufactured  or sold by the HPG  Business  following  the
         Closing for sale by Seller  Companies at the service centers and outlet
         stores of Seller Companies, on terms and conditions to be negotiated


<PAGE>
                                      -3-


         in good faith prior to the Closing, it being understood and agreed that
         the  price  of such  products  to  Seller  Companies  shall be equal to
         Buyer's  standard cost of production  calculated on a basis  consistent
         with current practices plus 15%;

                  (ix) Seller or the Affiliated Transferors, as the case may be,
         and Buyer or Buyer  Companies,  as the case may be,  shall  execute and
         deliver a lease agreement for the lease of the Kuantan Facility and any
         related  fixtures and equipment at the Kuantan Facility for a period of
         up to six months  following  the Closing Date at a rental rate equal to
         the reasonable out-of-pocket costs to Seller Companies of the continued
         operation of the Kuantan Facility during the lease term plus $1.00, and
         an agreement  providing Buyer with a right of first refusal on the sale
         by  Seller  Companies  of any  excess  manufacturing  equipment  at the
         Kuantan  Facility  that  Seller  Companies  decide  not to use in their
         businesses;

                  (x) Seller or the Affiliated Transferors,  as the case may be,
         and Buyer or Buyer  Companies,  as the case may be,  shall  execute and
         deliver a lease agreement for the lease of the Asheboro  Property for a
         period  expiring  on  September  30,  1999,  on  terms  and  conditions
         consistent with Attachment XXVIII to this Agreement;

                  (xi) Buyer Companies shall pay and deliver to Seller,  for its
         own account and as agent for the Affiliated  Transferors,  $315,000,000
         in  immediately  available  funds by wire  transfer  to an  account  or
         accounts  designated  by Seller  (which  account shall be designated by
         Seller by written  notice to Buyer at least two Business  Days prior to
         the  Closing  Date,  or such  shorter  notice as Buyer  shall  agree to
         accept); and

                  (xii) At Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer: (A) in a form
         agreed to by both Buyer and Seller,  the  instruments  of conveyance in
         form sufficient  under Applicable Law to convey fee simple title to the
         Queretaro Property,  and (B) a No Lien Certificate issued by the Public
         Registry of Property and Commerce in Queretaro, which confirms that fee
         simple title to the  Queretaro  Property is vested in Seller,  and that
         the  Queretaro  Property  is free and clear of all  Liens,  other  than
         Permitted Liens;  provided,  however, that if it is impractical because
         of  the  legal  formalities  in  Mexico  to  complete  and  record  the
         instruments of conveyance on the Closing Date, the parties hereto agree
         that the Closing shall be consummated and such legal  formalities  will
         be completed as soon as practicable after the Closing Date.

         Section 2.02 Exchange Consideration.

         (a)  The  consideration  to  be  paid  to  Seller  and  the  Affiliated
Transferors  for the  Transferred  Assets (the "Exchange  Consideration")  shall
consist of the following:

                  (i) subject to  adjustment  in  accordance  with Section 2.04,
         $315,000,000 in cash (as so adjusted,  the "Adjusted  Purchase Price");
         and

                  (ii)  the  assumption  by  Buyer   Companies  of  the  Assumed
         Liabilities in accordance with the Transaction Documents.


<PAGE>
                                      -4-


         (b) The  Exchange  Consideration  shall be  allocated  to and among the
respective  Transferred  Assets in the manner  contemplated  by Attachment XI to
this  Agreement.  Seller and Buyer  agree that the  allocation  of the  Exchange
Consideration contemplated by Attachment XI to this Agreement is consistent with
the value of the  Transferred  Assets and the  principles of Section 1060 of the
Code and the regulations thereunder.  Seller and Buyer agree that they shall use
the  allocation of the Exchange  Consideration  determined  in  accordance  with
Attachment  XI to this  Agreement in any Tax Returns or other  reports that deal
with the Contemplated Transactions and are filed with any Tax Authority.

         Section 2.03 Closing.  The closing (the "Closing") of the  Contemplated
Transactions  shall take place at the offices of Miles &  Stockbridge  P.C.,  10
Light Street, Baltimore,  Maryland 21202, on the 15th day following the delivery
by Seller to Buyer of the audited financial  statements  contemplated by Section
9.02(g)  (or the  next  Business  Day if the 15th  day is not a  Business  Day),
provided, however, that unless the Buyer agrees otherwise, the Closing shall not
occur  prior  to  June  9,  1998,  and,  provided  further,  that  if all of the
conditions  to  Closing  set forth in  Article  IX have not been  satisfied  (or
waived)  as of  that  date  and if  closing  on that  date  therefore  would  be
impractical,  the Closing  shall take place on the fifth  Business Day following
the satisfaction or waiver (by the party entitled to waive the condition) of all
conditions  to the  Closing  set forth in Article  IX, or at such other time and
place as the parties to this Agreement may agree. The Closing will occur at 9:00
a.m. on the Closing Date.

         Section 2.04 Adjustment of Exchange Consideration.

         (a) Promptly  following the Closing Date, but in no event later than 60
days after the Closing Date,  Seller shall, at its expense,  with the assistance
of Buyer,  prepare and submit to Buyer a statement of net tangible  assets (and,
if  applicable,  net working  capital)  setting  forth,  in  reasonable  detail,
Seller's  calculation of the Net Tangible  Assets as of the close of business on
the day prior to the  Closing  Date (the  "Proposed  Final  Net  Tangible  Asset
Amount")  and in  addition,  if the Closing Date is any day after June 28, 1998,
Seller's  calculation of the amount of the difference (the "Proposed Net Working
Capital  Change  Amount")  between  the Net  Working  Capital as of the close of
business on the day prior to the Closing Date (the "Closing Net Working  Capital
Amount")  and the Net  Working  Capital as of the close of  business on June 28,
1998 (the "June 28 Net Working Capital Amount"). In the event Buyer disputes the
correctness  of the Proposed Final Net Tangible Asset Amount or the Proposed Net
Working  Capital  Change  Amount,  Buyer shall notify  Seller of its  objections
within 45 days after receipt of Seller's  calculation  of the Proposed Final Net
Tangible  Asset Amount and the Proposed Net Working  Capital  Change  Amount and
shall set forth,  in writing  and  reasonable  detail,  the  reasons for Buyer's
objections.  If Buyer  fails to deliver  such notice of  objections  within such
time, Buyer shall be deemed, for purposes of this Section 2.04, to have accepted
Seller's  calculation.  To the extent  Buyer does not object,  in writing and in
reasonable  detail as required and within the time period  contemplated  by this
Section 2.04(a) to a matter in the statement of net tangible assets  (including,
but not  limited  to,  matters  impacting  Net  Working  Capital)  prepared  and
submitted by Seller, Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted Seller's calculation
and presentation in respect of the matter and the matter shall not be considered
to be in dispute.  Seller and Buyer shall  endeavor in good faith to resolve any
matters  disputed under this Section 2.04 within 20 days after Seller's  receipt
of Buyer's notice of  objections.  If they are unable to do so, Seller and 


<PAGE>
                                      -5-


Buyer shall select a nationally  known  independent  accounting firm (other than
Ernst & Young LLP or Grant  Thornton  LLP) to resolve the matters in dispute and
only those  matters (in a manner  consistent  with Section  2.04(b) and with any
matters not in dispute),  and the  determination  of such firm in respect of the
correctness of each matter  remaining in dispute shall be conclusive and binding
on Seller and Buyer. With respect to each disputed matter,  the determination of
such firm as to the appropriate  amount shall not exceed the higher amount or be
less than the lower amount  asserted by Buyer or Seller for such disputed matter
on or before the date of Seller's  receipt of Buyer's notice of objections.  The
Net Tangible  Assets as of the close of business on the day prior to the Closing
Date, and, if applicable,  the amount of the difference  between the Closing Net
Working Capital Amount and the June 28 Net Working  Capital  Amount,  as finally
determined  pursuant  to this  Section  2.04(a)  (whether by failure of Buyer to
deliver   notice  of  objection,   by  agreement  of  Seller  and  Buyer  or  by
determination of the independent  accountants  selected as set forth above), are
referred to herein respectively as the "Final Net Tangible Asset Amount" and the
"Final Net Working Capital Change Amount."

         (b) The Proposed  Final Net  Tangible  Asset  Amount,  the Proposed Net
Working Capital Change Amount, the Final Net Tangible Asset Amount and the Final
Net Working  Capital  Change Amount shall be  determined in accordance  with the
accounting  principles,   policies,   practices  and  methods  utilized  in  the
preparation of the Opening  Statement,  as disclosed in the notes to the Opening
Statement  and,  to the  extent  applicable,  the  notes to the  special-purpose
statement  of net  assets as of March 29,  1998,  which is  included  in the HPG
Financial  Statements,  except as  otherwise  set forth in Note E to the Opening
Statement.  Seller shall  provide  Buyer with notice of the time and location at
which  all  procedures  relating  to the  determination  of  inventory  will  be
undertaken  with respect to  determination  of the  Proposed  Final Net Tangible
Asset Amount and the Proposed Net Working Capital Change Amount and shall permit
Buyer and its  representatives  to be  present to  coordinate  and  observe  the
counting   procedure   performed   and  to  take  such   test   counts  as  such
representatives of Buyer consider appropriate in the circumstances.

         (c) If the Final Net Tangible  Asset Amount is equal to or greater than
$107,500,000,  there shall be no  adjustment  of the Exchange  Consideration  on
account of the Final Net Tangible Asset Amount.  If the Final Net Tangible Asset
Amount  is less  than  $107,500,000,  the  difference  shall be paid to Buyer by
Seller with simple interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment
at a floating rate per annum equal to the per annum interest rate announced from
time to time by Citibank,  N.A. as its prime rate in effect.  Such payment shall
be made in immediately  available  funds not later than five Business Days after
the  determination  of the Final Net Tangible Asset Amount by wire transfer to a
bank account designated in writing by Buyer.

         (d) If the Closing  Date is any day after June 28,  1998,  the Exchange
Consideration shall be subject to adjustment on account of the Final Net Working
Capital  Change  Amount as provided in this  Section  2.04(d).  If the Final Net
Working  Capital  Change Amount is zero or constitutes a decrease of the Closing
Net Working Capital Amount from the June 28 Net Working  Capital  Amount,  there
shall be no adjustment of the Exchange Consideration on account of the Final Net
Working  Capital Change Amount.  If the Final Net Working  Capital Change Amount
constitutes an increase of the Closing Net Working  Capital Amount over the June
28 Net Working Capital Amount,  Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the
Net Working Capital  


<PAGE>
                                      -6-


Adjustment  Amount (as hereinafter  defined),  together with interest thereon as
provided  below in this Section  2.04(d).  The "Net Working  Capital  Adjustment
Amount"  shall  equal the  lesser of (i) the Final Net  Working  Capital  Change
Amount or (ii) the amount of the excess of the Final Net  Tangible  Asset Amount
over  $107,500,000.  Interest shall accrue on the Net Working Capital Adjustment
Amount from the Closing Date to the date of payment at a floating rate per annum
equal to the per annum  interest rate  announced  from time to time by Citibank,
N.A. as its prime rate in effect.  Payment of the Net Working Capital Adjustment
Amount and accrued interest thereon shall be made in immediately available funds
not later  than five  Business  Days  after the  determination  of the Final Net
Working  Capital Change Amount by wire transfer to a bank account  designated in
writing by Seller.

         (e) Seller  shall make  available  and shall cause Ernst & Young LLP to
make  available,  in accordance  with  reasonable  and  customary  practices and
professional  standards  and subject to such  reasonable  conditions  as Ernst &
Young LLP shall impose, the books, records, documents and work papers underlying
the preparation  and review of the Opening  Statement and the calculation of the
Proposed  Final Net Tangible  Asset Amount and the Proposed Net Working  Capital
Change Amount.  Buyer shall make available and shall cause Grant Thornton LLP to
make  available,  in accordance  with  reasonable  and  customary  practices and
professional  standards  and  subject  to such  reasonable  conditions  as Grant
Thornton LLP shall impose, the books, records, documents and work papers created
or prepared by or for Buyer in connection  with the review of the Proposed Final
Net Tangible  Asset Amount,  the Proposed Net Working  Capital Change Amount and
the other matters contemplated by Section 2.04(a).

         (f) The fees and expenses,  if any, of the accounting  firm selected to
resolve any disputes between Seller and Buyer in accordance with Section 2.04(a)
shall be paid one-half by Seller and one-half by Buyer.


                                   ARTICLE III

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

         Section  3.01   Representations   and  Warranties  of  Seller.   Seller
represents and warrants to Buyer as set forth in Exhibit B.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Section 4.01  Representations and Warranties of Buyer. Buyer represents
and warrants to Seller as set forth in Exhibit C.


<PAGE>
                                      -7-


                                    ARTICLE V

                       COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF SELLER

         Section 5.01 Conduct of  Business.  Except with the written  consent of
Buyer (which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed),  as set
forth in Schedule 5.01, as permitted  below or required by Applicable Law, or in
accordance  with the terms  and  conditions  of  Contracts  entered  into in the
ordinary  course of business and consistent with past practices and in existence
on the date of this Agreement, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing
Date,  Seller Companies shall conduct the HPG Business in all material  respects
in accordance with the historical and customary  operating practices relating to
the conduct of the HPG Business and shall use reasonable  commercial  efforts to
preserve intact the HPG Business and the  relationships of Seller Companies with
third parties in connection  with the HPG Business,  and Seller  Companies shall
not:

                  (i) except for  expenditures  contemplated by the 1998 capital
         expenditure plan for the HPG Business, make any capital expenditure, or
         group of related capital expenditures,  relating to the HPG Business in
         excess of $500,000 in the aggregate;

                  (ii) sell or dispose of more than an  aggregate of $500,000 of
         assets that would constitute  Transferred Assets if owned, held or used
         by any Seller  Companies  on the  Closing  Date (other than the sale of
         Inventory  in the  ordinary  course of  business  consistent  with past
         practices or obsolete  Inventory  whether or not in the ordinary course
         of business,  and the sale of surplus  equipment and materials  arising
         out of or relating to the closing of the Kuantan Facility);

                  (iii) sell,  transfer,  license or otherwise dispose of (other
         than in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practices
         to suppliers, vendors, or other Persons doing work for the HPG Business
         as part of such work for the HPG  Business) any  Intellectual  Property
         used exclusively in the HPG Business;

                  (iv)   terminate  the  coverage  of  any  policies  of  title,
         liability, fire, workers' compensation,  property and any other form of
         insurance  covering the  operations of the HPG  Business,  except where
         such policies are replaced by policies that are  substantially  similar
         in all material respects to the terminated policies;

                  (v) settle any lawsuit or claim if such  settlement  imposes a
         material continuing  non-monetary obligation on the HPG Business or any
         of the Transferred Assets;

                  (vi)  grant  any  new or  modified  severance  or  termination
         arrangement  or  increase or  accelerate  in any  material  respect any
         amount  payable  under the  severance  or  termination  pay policies in
         effect on the date of this  Agreement  with respect to any  Transferred
         Employee; or

                  (vii) except as otherwise may be permitted or required by this
         Agreement or Applicable Law, adopt or amend in any material respect any
         Employee  Plan or Benefit


<PAGE>
                                      -8-


         Arrangement  in  respect of any  Transferred  Employee  or,  other than
         compensation increases in the ordinary course of business, with respect
         to any  Transferred  Employee  at a level of Vice  President  or above,
         increase  the  compensation  or  fringe  benefits  of such  Transferred
         Employee  or pay any  benefit  not  required  by any  Employee  Plan or
         Benefit Arrangement with respect to such Transferred Employee.

         Section 5.02      Access to Information; Confidentiality.

         (a) Except as may be necessary to comply with any Applicable Laws, from
the date of this Agreement  until the Closing Date,  Seller  Companies shall (i)
give Buyer and its  Representatives  reasonable  access to the records of Seller
Companies  relating to the HPG Business  during normal  business  hours and upon
reasonable  prior  notice,  (ii) give Buyer and its  Representatives  reasonable
access to any facilities the possession of which will be transferred to Buyer at
Closing during normal  business hours and upon  reasonable  prior notice,  (iii)
furnish to Buyer and its  Representatives  such financial and operating data and
other information  relating to the HPG Business as Buyer may reasonably  request
and (iv)  instruct the  employees  and  Representatives  of Seller  Companies to
provide  reasonable  cooperation  to  Buyer  in its  investigation  of  the  HPG
Business.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  subject to the
limitations  set forth in the first sentence of this Section  5.02(a),  from the
date of this  Agreement  to the  Closing  Date Seller  shall (i) use  reasonable
commercial  efforts  to enable  Buyer and its  Representatives  to  conduct,  at
Buyer's expense,  business and financial reviews,  investigations and studies as
to the  operation of the HPG  Business,  including  any tax,  operating or other
efficiencies  that may be achieved  and (ii) give Buyer and its  Representatives
access upon reasonable request to information relating to the HPG Business.

         (b) For a period  commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date
on which the Trademark  License  Agreement  terminates in respect of the Black &
Decker  trademark,  Seller  Companies will treat and hold as  confidential,  any
confidential  information relating primarily to the operations or affairs of the
HPG  Business.  In the event any Seller  Companies are requested or required (by
written  request  for   information  or  documents  in  any  legal   proceeding,
interrogatory,  subpoena,  civil  investigative  demand or similar process or by
Applicable Law) to disclose any such confidential information, then Seller shall
notify  Buyer  promptly of the  request or  requirement  so that  Buyer,  at its
expense, may seek an appropriate  protective order or waive compliance with this
Section 5.02(b). If, in the absence of a protective order or receipt of a waiver
hereunder,  any Seller  Companies  are, on the advice of counsel,  compelled  to
disclose such  confidential  information,  Seller  Companies may so disclose the
confidential  information,  provided  that  Seller  Companies  shall  use  their
reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will
be accorded to such  confidential  information.  The  provisions of this Section
5.02(b)  shall  not  be  deemed  to  prohibit  the  disclosure  of  confidential
information  relating to the  operations  or affairs of the HPG  Business by any
Seller  Companies to the extent  reasonably  required (i) to prepare or complete
any required Tax Returns or financial statements, (ii) in connection with audits
or other  proceedings  by or on behalf  of a  Governmental  Authority,  (iii) in
connection  with any insurance  claims,  (iv) to the extent  necessary to comply
with any Applicable  Laws or (v) to provide  services to any Buyer  Companies in
accordance  with the terms and conditions of any of the  Transaction  Documents.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the provisions of this Section 5.02(b) shall not
apply to information that (i) is or becomes  publicly  available 


<PAGE>
                                      -9-


other than as a result of a disclosure by any Seller Company, (ii) is or becomes
available to a Seller Company on a non-confidential basis from a source that, to
Seller's  knowledge,  is not prohibited from  disclosing  such  information by a
legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation or (iii) is or has been independently
developed by a Seller  Company  (other than solely for the HPG  Business).  This
Section  5.02(b) shall not apply to the disclosure of  confidential  information
concerning the household products  businesses of Seller Companies  headquartered
in countries other than the Designated  Countries or to the use, license or sale
of Intellectual Property not constituting Transferred Assets.

         Section 5.03 Change of Lockbox Accounts. Immediately after the Closing,
Seller shall take such steps as Buyer may  reasonably  request to cause Buyer to
be substituted as the sole party having control over any lockbox or similar bank
account maintained exclusively by the HPG Business to which customers of the HPG
Business  directly make payments in respect of the HPG Business or to direct the
bank at which any such lockbox or similar  account is maintained to transfer any
payments made thereto to an account established by Buyer.

         Section 5.04 Access to Information; Cooperation After Closing.

         (a) On and after the Closing Date,  Seller shall,  and shall cause each
of the other  Seller  Companies  to, at their  expense (i) afford  Buyer and its
Representatives  reasonable  access upon  reasonable  prior notice during normal
business  hours, to all employees,  offices,  properties,  agreements,  records,
books and affairs of Seller  Companies to the extent  relating to the conduct of
the HPG Business prior to the Closing and (ii)  cooperate  fully with Buyer with
respect to matters  relating  to the  conduct of the HPG  Business  prior to the
Closing,  including,  without  limitation,  in the  defense  or  pursuit  of any
Transferred  Asset or Assumed  Liability  or any claim or action that relates to
occurrences  involving the HPG Business  prior to the Closing Date. In addition,
Seller shall cause its  independent  accountants  to make  available  their work
papers in respect of the HPG Financial  Statements and the financial  statements
contemplated by Section 9.02(g).

         (b) Subject to and consistent with the obligations of senior management
to  continue  to manage and operate  the HPG  Business,  Seller  shall cause the
members of the senior  management  team of the HPG  Business to make  themselves
available  to  assist  Buyer  and  their   representatives  in  the  review  and
preparation of offering  memoranda and related  documents to be used by Buyer in
the financing of the Contemplated Transactions,  and shall cause its independent
accountants to provide  comfort  letters in customary form at Buyer's expense in
connection  with such financing and in connection  therewith  shall provide such
representation  letters  to  its  independent   accountants  as  are  reasonably
required.

         Section 5.05  Maintenance  of Insurance  Policies.  Except as otherwise
provided  in  Exhibit D, on and after the date of this  Agreement  and until the
Closing Date, Seller shall not take or fail to take any action if such action or
inaction,  as the case may be, would adversely  affect the  applicability of any
insurance  (including  reinsurance) in effect on the date of this Agreement that
covers all or any part of the assets that would constitute Transferred Assets if
owned,  held  or used by any  Seller  Companies  on the  Closing  Date,  the HPG
Business or the Transferred Employees. Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit D
or as may  otherwise be 


<PAGE>
                                      -10-


agreed in  writing  by the  parties,  Seller  shall not have any  obligation  to
maintain the  effectiveness  of any such insurance policy after the Closing Date
or to make any monetary payment in connection with any such policy,  unless such
monetary  payment  relates to a period prior to Closing under a policy in effect
prior to Closing.

         Section 5.06 Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation; etc.

         (a) Seller  covenants  and agrees,  as an  inducement to Buyer to enter
into this Agreement and to consummate the Contemplated  Transactions,  that: (i)
with  respect  to  Additional  Products  (as  defined in the  Trademark  License
Agreement),  for a period  commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date
on which the Trademark  License  Agreement  terminates in respect of the Black &
Decker  trademark  ("Period  One"),  and (ii) with respect to products  that are
Designated Products as of the date of this Agreement, for a period commencing on
the  Closing  Date and ending on the date that is the fifth  anniversary  of the
date on which the Trademark License Agreement terminates in respect of the Black
& Decker  trademark (the "Fifth  Anniversary  Date"),  no Seller Company (for so
long but only for so long as it  remains a Seller  Company)  will,  directly  or
indirectly,  carry on or participate in the ownership,  management or control of
any Competing Business (as hereinafter defined). "Competing Business" shall mean
(i) during  Period One, any  business  enterprise  that sells in any  Designated
Countries  any of the  Additional  Products  or  products  that  are  Designated
Products as of the date of this Agreement, and (ii) during the period commencing
on the day after the date of  termination  of Period One and ending on the Fifth
Anniversary Date, any business enterprise that sells in any Designated Countries
any products that are Designated Products as of the date of this Agreement.

         (b) Nothing  contained in this Section 5.06 shall limit or restrict the
right of any Seller  Company to hold and make  investments  in securities of any
Person that has securities listed on a national  securities exchange or admitted
to trading  privileges  thereon or  actively  traded in a  generally  recognized
over-the-counter  market, provided that the aggregate equity interest therein of
Seller  Companies  does not exceed  five  percent of the  outstanding  shares or
interests  in such Person at the time of Seller  Companies'  investment  therein
provided  that such Seller  Company  does not take any active  management  role.
Notwithstanding  any provisions of this Section 5.06 to the contrary,  if Seller
or any other Seller Company acquires securities of any Person that is engaged in
a Competing Business, Seller Companies shall not be deemed to be in violation of
this  Section  5.06,  provided  that  (A)  (i) at the  time of  acquisition  the
Competing  Business  represents  less  than  10% of the  gross  revenues  of the
acquired Person for the acquired  Person's most recently  completed  fiscal year
and (ii)  Seller  Companies  use  reasonable  commercial  efforts  to divest the
operations of such Competing Business subsequent to such acquisition,  or (B) at
the time of acquisition the Competing Business represents less than five percent
of the gross  revenues of the  acquired  Person for the acquired  Person's  most
recently completed fiscal year.

         (c) Nothing  contained in this Section 5.06 shall limit or restrict the
right of any Seller Company to engage in any business  outside of the Designated
Countries  or to  sell  any  Designated  Products  to  Persons  outside  of  the
Designated  Countries so long as the Seller Company in connection  with the sale
of any such Designated  Products to Persons outside of the Designated  Countries
takes commercially  reasonable steps to ensure that the Designated Products will
not be sold in the Designated  Countries by such Persons.  Nothing  contained in
this  Section  5.06 shall


<PAGE>
                                      -11-


limit or restrict the right of any Seller Company to sell new products purchased
from Buyer or Buyer  Companies  on or after the Closing  Date,  new  products in
inventory at or for the Seller  Companies'  service centers,  company stores and
outlet stores or  reconditioned  products (or any related parts,  accessories or
attachments)  of the HPG  Business  through  Seller  Companies'  service  center
network  (consisting of both owned and authorized  service  centers) in a manner
consistent  with  past  practices  or  in  accordance  with  any  agreements  or
arrangements between a Seller Company and the HPG Business.

         (d)  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  this  Section  5.06  to  the
contrary,  Seller  Companies  shall  not be deemed  to be in  violation  of this
Section 5.06 to the extent that,  following the Closing,  Seller  Companies sell
Designated  Products (i) that are in the Inventory of Seller Companies at or for
the Seller  Companies'  service centers,  company stores and outlet stores as of
the  Closing  Date (or  result  from raw  materials  or work in  process  in the
Inventory of Seller Companies at or for the Seller  Companies'  service centers,
company  stores and  outlet  stores as of the  Closing  Date) or (ii) to fulfill
contracts,  agreements,  commitments,  sales or purchase orders or other similar
instruments  of  any  kind,  whether  oral  or  written,  at or for  the  Seller
Companies' service centers, company stores and outlet stores as in effect on the
Closing  Date.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  this  Section  5.06 to the
contrary,  Seller  Companies  shall  not be deemed  to be in  violation  of this
Section 5.06 to the extent that,  following the Closing,  Seller  Companies sell
Cleaning and Lighting Products.

         (e)  From  and  after  the  date  of this  Agreement  until  the  first
anniversary  of the Closing  Date,  Seller  Companies  shall not,  without prior
written approval of Buyer employ any non-exempt  (within the meaning of the Fair
Labor Standards Act) Transferred Employee. In addition,  from and after the date
of this  Agreement  until the fifth  anniversary  of the Closing Date, no Seller
Company  shall,  without  the  prior  written  approval  of Buyer,  directly  or
indirectly  solicit any individual  who was a non-exempt  (within the meaning of
the Fair Labor  Standards  Act)  Transferred  Employee to  terminate  his or her
employment relationship with Buyer or Buyer Companies;  provided,  however, that
the foregoing shall not apply to individuals  hired as a result of the use of an
independent employment agency (so long as the agency was not directed to solicit
a particular  individual or a class of individuals  that could only be satisfied
by  employees  of  Buyer  Companies)  or as a  result  of the  use of a  general
solicitation (such as an advertisement)  not specifically  directed to employees
of Buyer  Companies.  From and after the date of this Agreement  until the fifth
anniversary of the Closing Date, no Seller Company will induce or seek to induce
any  contractor,  supplier,  client or customer of Buyer or Buyer  Companies  to
terminate their relationship with Buyer or Buyer Companies in respect of the HPG
Business.

         (f) Seller  recognizes and agrees that a breach by Seller  Companies of
any of the covenants and agreements in this Section 5.06 could cause irreparable
harm to Buyer, that Buyer's remedies at law in the event of such breach would be
inadequate,  and that,  accordingly,  in the event of such breach a  restraining
order or injunction or both may be issued against Seller Companies,  in addition
to any other rights and remedies that may be available to Buyer under Applicable
Law. If this Section 5.06 is more  restrictive  than permitted by the Applicable
Laws of the jurisdiction in which Buyer seeks enforcement  hereof,  this Section
5.06 shall be limited to the extent  required to permit  enforcement  under such
Applicable Laws.


<PAGE>
                                      -12-


                                   ARTICLE VI

                        COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER

         Section  6.01  Confidentiality.   Buyer  agrees  that  all  information
provided  or  otherwise  made  available  in  connection  with the  Contemplated
Transactions,  to Buyer or any of its  Representatives  shall be  treated  as if
provided under the Confidentiality Agreement (whether or not the Confidentiality
Agreement is in effect or has been terminated).  With the exception of the sixth
paragraph of the  Confidentiality  Agreement,  which shall  continue to apply in
accordance  with  the  terms  of the  Confidentiality  Agreement  following  the
Closing, the other terms of the Confidentiality  Agreement shall no longer apply
following  the Closing.  Nothing in this Section 6.01,  however,  shall limit or
otherwise  restrict the  applicability of any other  confidentiality  or similar
provisions included in the Transaction Documents.

         Section  6.02  Provision  and  Preservation  of and  Access to  Certain
Information; Cooperation.

         (a) Prior to the Closing Date,  Buyer shall provide to Seller  promptly
upon its receipt thereof copies of all  environmental  audit and similar reports
with respect to facilities  the possession of which will be transferred to Buyer
at the Closing.  Buyer shall  provide to Seller a copy of all sampling  results,
boring logs,  analyses and other data and reports  regarding  any  environmental
review conducted by Buyer immediately upon obtaining them.

         (b) On and after the Closing Date,  Buyer shall  preserve all books and
records of the HPG Business for a period of six years  commencing on the Closing
Date  (or in the case of books  and  records  relating  to Tax,  employment  and
employee  matters,  until such time as Seller notifies Buyer in writing that all
statutes  of  limitations  to which  such  records  relate  have  expired),  and
thereafter,  not to destroy or dispose of such records  without giving notice to
Seller of such pending  disposal and offering Seller such records.  In the event
Seller has not requested such materials  within 90 days following the receipt of
notice  from Buyer,  Buyer may  proceed to destroy or dispose of such  materials
without any liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall be entitled to
destroy or dispose of any books and records of the HPG  Business on or after the
tenth anniversary of the Closing Date.

         (c) From and after the  Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall at its expense (i)
afford Seller and its  Representatives  reasonable  access upon reasonable prior
notice during normal  business  hours,  to all employees,  offices,  properties,
agreements, records, books and affairs of Buyer relating to the HPG Business and
provide  copies of such  information  concerning  the HPG Business as Seller may
reasonably request in connection with the matters  contemplated by Section 2.04,
the   preparation  of  any  Tax  Returns,   in  connection  with  any  judicial,
quasi-judicial,   administrative,  Tax,  audit  or  arbitration  proceeding,  in
connection with the preparation of any financial  statements or reports required
in accordance  with  Applicable  Laws and in connection  with the defense of any
third  party  claims or  allegations  that  relate to or may relate to  Excluded
Liabilities  and (ii)  cooperate  fully  with  Seller  for any  proper  purpose,
including,  without  limitation,  the  defense  of or  pursuit  of any  Excluded
Liability,  Excluded  Asset or  Indemnified  Claim,  or any 


<PAGE>
                                      -13-


third  party claim or action that  relates to an  Excluded  Liability,  Excluded
Asset or Indemnified Claim.

         Section 6.03 Insurance; Financial Support Arrangements.

         (a) Buyer  acknowledges and agrees that as of the Closing Date, neither
Buyer,  the HPG Business,  any property  owned or leased by any of the foregoing
nor any of the directors,  officers,  employees (including,  without limitation,
the  Transferred  Employees) or agents of any of the  foregoing  will be insured
under any  insurance  policies  maintained  by Seller or any of its  Affiliates,
except (i) in the case of certain  claims  made  policies,  to the extent that a
claim has been  reported  as of the Closing  Date,  (ii) in the case of a policy
that is an occurrence  policy,  to the extent the accident,  event or occurrence
that results in an insurable loss occurs prior to the Closing Date and has been,
is or will be  reported  or  noticed to the  respective  carrier by Buyer or any
Seller  Company in accordance  with the  requirements  of such  policies  (which
claims Seller shall, at Buyer's cost and expense,  pursue  diligently on Buyer's
behalf and the net proceeds of which claims (except to the extent they relate to
Excluded Liabilities) shall be remitted promptly to Buyer upon receipt thereof),
and (iii) as  otherwise  provided  in  Exhibit D or agreed to in  writing by the
parties. Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit D or as otherwise may be agreed
to in writing by the parties, from and after the Closing Date, Seller shall have
no obligation of any kind to maintain any form of insurance  covering all or any
part of the Transferred Assets, the HPG Business or the Transferred Employees.

         (b) From and after the Closing Date,  Buyer agrees to reimburse  Seller
within 30 days of  receipt  of an  invoice  for any self  insurance,  retention,
deductible,  retrospective  premium,  cash  payment for reserves  calculated  or
charged on an incurred loss basis and similar  items,  including but not limited
to associated  administrative  expenses and allocated loss adjustment or similar
expenses (collectively,  "Insurance  Liabilities") allocated to the HPG Business
by Seller on a basis  consistent  with past practices  resulting from or arising
under any and all current or former insurance  policies  maintained by Seller or
any of its Affiliates to the extent that such Insurance Liabilities relate to or
arise out of Assumed  Liabilities or any activities of Buyer. Buyer agrees that,
to the extent any of the insurers  under the insurance  policies,  in accordance
with the terms of the  insurance  policies,  requests  or  requires  collateral,
deposits or other  security to be provided  with  respect to claims made against
such insurance policies relating to or arising from Assumed  Liabilities,  Buyer
shall  provide the  collateral,  deposits or other  security or, upon request of
Seller,  will replace any  collateral,  deposits or other  security  provided by
Seller or any of its Affiliates.

         (c) Buyer  agrees  that,  for a period of six years  commencing  on the
Closing Date, to the extent it maintains  product liability or similar insurance
coverage,  Buyer will use reasonable  efforts (at Seller's cost to the extent of
any additional  cost therefor,  provided that, in the event there will be such a
cost, Buyer will give Seller a reasonable period of time to determine whether it
desires to incur such cost before Buyer commits to such coverage with respect to
Seller) to include Seller and its Affiliates as an additional insured/loss payee
on any such  policies in respect of which  Seller or its  Affiliates  has or may
have an insurable  interest  with respect to the HPG Business,  the  Transferred
Assets, any of the Assumed Liabilities or any facilities the possession of which
will be transferred to Buyer at the Closing.  Seller agrees, for a period of six
years  commencing on the Closing Date, to include Buyer  Companies as additional
insured/loss  payees 


<PAGE>
                                      -14-


on any product liability  policies or similar  insurance  coverage of Seller (at
Buyer's cost to the extent of any additional  cost  therefor,  provided that, in
the event there will be such a cost,  Seller will give Buyer a reasonable period
of time to determine whether it desires to incur such cost before Seller commits
to such  coverage  with respect to Buyer) as to all claims or  occurrences  that
constitute Excluded Liabilities.

         (d) Buyer agrees  that,  not later than  December  31,  1998,  and in a
manner  reasonably  satisfactory  to Seller,  Buyer  shall in good faith seek to
release  Seller and its  Affiliates  from all  obligations  under all  Financial
Support Arrangements.

         (e) If, at any time after the Closing  Date,  (i) any amounts are drawn
on or paid under any Financial  Support  Arrangement  where Seller or any of its
Affiliates  is  obligated to  reimburse  the Person  making such payment or (ii)
Seller or any of its Affiliates  pays any amounts under,  or any fees,  costs or
expenses relating to, such Financial Support Arrangement, Buyer shall pay Seller
such amounts promptly after receipt from Seller of notice thereof accompanied by
written evidence of the underlying payment obligation and payment thereof.

         (f) In the  event  that  Buyer  fails to  ensure  that  Seller  and its
Affiliates are unconditionally released from all obligations under the Financial
Support  Arrangements  not later than December 31, 1998,  Buyer shall either (i)
promptly deposit with Seller cash in an amount equal to the aggregate  principal
or stated amount, as may be applicable,  of the Financial  Support  Arrangements
not so released or (ii) provide  back-up letters of credit issued by one or more
commercial  banks reasonably  satisfactory to Seller,  payable to Seller in such
aggregate  principal  or  stated  amount  and  otherwise  in form and  substance
reasonably  satisfactory  to  Seller  with  respect  to such  Financial  Support
Arrangements. Any cash deposited with Seller in accordance with clause (i) shall
be held by Seller in a segregated  interest-bearing account and shall be used by
Seller solely to satisfy its payment  obligations  in respect of such  Financial
Support Arrangements, and the unused portion of any cash (including interest) so
deposited with Seller shall be returned to Buyer promptly  following the release
of Seller Companies with respect to, or any other  termination of, the Financial
Support Arrangement.

         Section  6.04 Use of  Intellectual  Property.  Buyer  acknowledges  and
agrees that except as otherwise  specifically  contemplated  by the  Transaction
Documents,  no  Buyer  Company  is  obtaining  any  rights  in  or  to  use  any
Intellectual   Property.    Buyer   further   acknowledges   and   agrees   that
notwithstanding  any  provision  to the contrary in the  Transaction  Documents,
except as  permitted by the  Trademark  License  Agreement or the Cross  License
Agreement, Buyer shall not use, and Buyer shall cause its Affiliates not to use,
any  trademark,  logo or tradename of Seller or any  Affiliate of Seller  (other
than those listed on Attachment  XII as  Transferred  Assets and  transferred to
Buyer under the terms of this Agreement) or any trademarks, logos or trade names
that  are   confusingly   similar   thereto  or  that  are  a   translation   or
transliteration thereof into any language or alphabet.

         Section 6.05 Certain Environmental Investigations.

         (a) Buyer agrees that,  if Buyer decides to conduct prior to Closing an
environmental audit or similar review of the HPG Business that involves testing,
drilling or sampling at any 


<PAGE>
                                      -15-


facility,  possession  of which is  contemplated  to be  transferred  to a Buyer
Company at Closing,  Buyer will so advise Seller and will give Seller sufficient
prior written notice to enable Seller's Representatives to be present during any
such testing,  drilling or sampling, and to review and comment on any work plans
related to such  audit or  review.  Buyer  further  agrees to arrange  for split
samples  to be taken in  connection  with any  such  audit or  review,  with any
additional  costs  therefor to be paid by Seller.  Except with  respect to split
samples, Buyer agrees that it will conduct such testing,  drilling, or sampling,
including  disposal of all materials  associated with such  activities,  such as
drill cuttings,  wastewater,  and sampling  equipment,  at Buyer's sole cost and
expense and in accordance  with all  Applicable  Laws,  including  Environmental
Laws.  If  the  Closing  contemplated  by  the  Transaction   Documents  is  not
consummated  for any reason,  Buyer agrees to restore each facility at which any
such  testing,   drilling  or  sampling  was  conducted  to  reasonable  working
condition.

         (b) Except to the extent  Buyer is  otherwise  required  to take action
itself in accordance with Applicable Law, all information  obtained from Buyer's
environmental  review shall be kept  confidential and Buyer shall not provide it
to any Person other than its advisors and Seller,  and in the event that Buyer's
environmental review discloses conditions at any of Seller's facilities that may
require  notice to a  Governmental  Authority  prior to  Closing,  Seller  shall
determine  what  reporting,  if any,  is  necessary  and shall  conduct any such
reporting.

         Section 6.06 Nonsolicitation of Employees, etc. From and after the date
of this Agreement until the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, neither Buyer
nor any Buyer  Companies  shall,  without the prior written  approval of Seller,
directly or indirectly  solicit any individual  who is a non-exempt  (within the
meaning  of the Fair  Labor  Standards  Act)  employee  of a Seller  Company  to
terminate his or her employment  relationship with Seller  Companies;  provided,
however,  that the foregoing shall not apply to individuals hired as a result of
the use of an  independent  employment  agency  (so long as the  agency  was not
directed to solicit a particular individual or a class of individuals that could
only be satisfied by employees of Seller Companies) or as a result of the use of
a general  solicitation (such as an advertisement) not specifically  directed to
employees  of Seller  Companies.  Buyer  recognizes  and agrees that a breach by
Buyer or Buyer  Companies of any of the covenants and agreements in this Section
6.06 could cause  irreparable harm to Seller,  that Seller's  remedies at law in
the event of such breach  would be  inadequate,  and that,  accordingly,  in the
event of such breach a  restraining  order or  injunction  or both may be issued
against Buyer or Buyer  Companies,  in addition to any other rights and remedies
that may be available to Seller  under  Applicable  Law. If this Section 6.06 is
more  restrictive than permitted by Applicable Laws of the jurisdiction in which
Seller  seeks  enforcement  hereof,  this  Section  6.06 shall be limited to the
extent required to permit enforcement under such Applicable Laws.


<PAGE>
                                      -16-


                                   ARTICLE VII

                     COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

         Section 7.01 Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement,  each party shall use reasonable  commercial efforts to take, or
cause to be  taken,  all  actions  and to do,  or cause to be done,  all  things
necessary or desirable  under  Applicable  Laws to consummate  the  Contemplated
Transactions. Seller and Buyer shall execute and deliver, and shall cause Seller
Companies and Buyer  Companies,  as  appropriate or required and as the case may
be, to execute and deliver such other  documents,  certificates,  agreements and
other  writings and to take such other  actions as may be necessary or desirable
to consummate or implement the Contemplated Transactions, specifically including
the reading and formalization of a public deed in Spanish,  in front of a Notary
Public in  Queretaro,  Mexico,  and the  recordation  of said public deed in the
applicable  governmental  office or registry.  Except as otherwise expressly set
forth in the Transaction  Documents,  nothing in this Section 7.01 shall require
any Seller  Companies or Buyer Companies to make any payments in order to obtain
any  consents  or  approvals  necessary  or  desirable  in  connection  with the
consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

         Section  7.02  Certain  Filings;   Consents.  Seller  and  Buyer  shall
cooperate  with one  another  (i) in  determining  whether  any  action by or in
respect of, or filing with,  any  Governmental  Authority  is  required,  or any
actions, consents, approvals or waivers are required to be obtained from parties
to  any  material  Contracts,   in  connection  with  the  consummation  of  the
Contemplated  Transactions  and (ii) subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  in taking  such  actions  or  making  any such  filings,  furnishing
information  required in connection  therewith and seeking  timely to obtain any
such actions, consents, approvals or waivers.

         Section 7.03 Public  Announcements.  Prior to the  Closing,  Seller and
Buyer shall  consult with each other before  issuing any press release or making
any  public  statement  with  respect  to  this  Agreement  or the  Contemplated
Transactions  and,  except as may be required by  Applicable  Law or any listing
agreement  with any national or  international  securities  exchange,  shall not
issue any such press  release or make any such  public  statement  prior to such
consultation.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no provision of this  Agreement
shall  relieve  Buyer  from any of its  obligations  under  the  Confidentiality
Agreement,  or terminate any of the  restrictions  imposed upon Buyer by Section
6.01.

         Section 7.04 Intellectual Property.

         (a) Buyer  acknowledges  and agrees that Buyer Companies shall hold all
Intellectual Property constituting part of the Transferred Assets subject to any
licenses  thereof  granted by Seller  Companies  prior to the Closing  Date and,
other than in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practices to
suppliers,  vendors, or other Persons doing work for the HPG Business as part of
such work for the HPG  Business,  Seller  will not take any  action  to  impair,
encumber,  impede or invalidate such Intellectual  Property prior to the Closing
Date.


<PAGE>
                                      -17-


         (b)  Buyer  further  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  the  transfer  of
Intellectual Property  constituting  Transferred Assets to Buyer Companies shall
not affect the right of Seller  Companies to use,  disclose or otherwise  freely
deal with any  know-how,  trade  secrets  and other  technical  information  not
constituting  Transferred Assets,  except to the extent otherwise limited in the
Cross License Agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 5.06.

         Section 7.05 HSR Act. Seller and Buyer shall take all actions necessary
or appropriate  to cause the prompt  expiration or termination of any applicable
waiting  periods  under  the HSR Act and the  Mexican  Federal  Law of  Economic
Competition  in respect of the  Contemplated  Transactions,  including,  without
limitation,   complying  as  promptly  as  practicable  with  any  requests  for
additional information.

         Section 7.06 Certain Environmental Insurance Matters. The provisions of
this Section 7.06 shall not have any effect on any  insurance  policies of Buyer
or Buyer  Companies.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  to the  contrary  in this
Agreement,  this Section 7.06 shall  constitute  Seller's and Buyer's  agreement
regarding  the  allocation  of insurance  proceeds  with respect to matters that
arise under or relate to Environmental  Laws that are comprised,  in whole or in
part, of  Environmental  Liabilities  that constitute  Assumed  Liabilities (the
"Environmental   Insurance   Claims").   Buyer  acknowledges  and  agrees  that,
notwithstanding any other provisions of the Transaction Documents,  Seller shall
control  the  Environmental  Insurance  Claims  and  shall  have  the  right  to
compromise or settle any Environmental Insurance Claims; provided, however, that
without the prior written  consent of Buyer,  Seller shall not have the right to
enter into any  compromise or settlement of any  Environmental  Insurance  Claim
that (i)  imposes  any  liability,  obligation  or  responsibility  on any Buyer
Company  or  (ii)  imposes  any  condition,  restriction  or  limitation  on the
operation or conduct of the HPG Business. Seller agrees to act in good faith and
with  reasonable  prudence to  maximize  recovery  (after  costs and Taxes) with
respect to the  Environmental  Insurance  Claims and shall allocate any recovery
received with respect to such  Environmental  Insurance  Claims,  first,  to the
costs  incurred  to collect  such  recovery  (whether  incurred  before or after
Closing)  and,  second,  to all net Tax costs  related  to such  recovery.  With
respect to any recovery remaining (the "Remaining Recovery"):

                  (i) if the recovery  applies to  liabilities  that are Assumed
         Liabilities and to liabilities  that are not Assumed  Liabilities,  and
         the recovery was not  designated as arising from  specific  liabilities
         (e.g., a global settlement with an insurance carrier),  Seller will pay
         Buyer  an  amount  equal  to the  Remaining  Recovery  multiplied  by X
         multiplied  by  (one  minus  Y);  where  X  equals  the  total  of  the
         Environmental  Insurance Claims  (estimated by Seller as of the date of
         recovery)   under  said  insurance   policies   divided  by  the  total
         environmental and other claims by Seller under said insurance policies;
         and Y equals Seller's past expenditures on said liabilities  divided by
         the  sum  of  (A)  Seller's  past   expenditures  in  respect  of  said
         liabilities  and (B) the  total  estimated  expenditures  to be made by
         Seller or Buyer in respect of said liabilities  (estimated by Seller as
         of the date of recovery), or

                  (ii) if the recovery was designated as arising from a specific
         liability  that is an  Assumed  Liability,  Seller  will pay  Buyer the
         Remaining Recovery multiplied by (one minus Y).


<PAGE>
                                      -18-


Any   obligations   assumed  in  any  such   compromise  or  settlement  of  the
Environmental  Insurance Claims shall be apportioned between Seller and Buyer in
the same  proportion as a recovery  would be allocated  pursuant to this Section
7.06.

         Section  7.07  Legal  Privileges.  Except  as to  attorney-client  work
product and other  legal  privileges  with  respect to the  negotiation  of, and
matters relating to, the Contemplated Transactions, Seller and Buyer acknowledge
and agree that all attorney-client, work product and other legal privileges that
may exist with  respect to the  Transferred  Assets,  Excluded  Assets,  Assumed
Liabilities or Excluded  Liabilities  shall, from and after the Closing Date, be
deemed common privileges of Seller and Buyer to the extent that Seller and Buyer
have  common  interests  in the  matter.  Both  Seller  and Buyer  shall use all
commercially  reasonable  efforts  after the Closing  Date to preserve  all such
privileges and neither Seller nor Buyer shall knowingly waive any such privilege
without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed).


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS

         Section 8.01 Employees and Employee Benefit Matters.  The parties agree
as to employee and employee benefit matters as set forth in Exhibit D.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         Section  9.01  Conditions  to  the  Obligations  of  Each  Party.   The
obligations  of Seller and Buyer to  consummate  the  Closing are subject to the
satisfaction (or waiver) of the following conditions:

         (a) any  applicable  waiting  period  under the HSR Act relating to the
Contemplated  Transactions  shall have  expired or been  terminated  without any
action  being taken by a  Governmental  Authority  that  restrains,  prevents or
results in a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG Business;

         (b) no provision  of any  Applicable  Law and no judgment,  injunction,
order or decree shall restrain or prohibit the transactions  contemplated hereby
or shall  exist  which  would  materially  limit  or  adversely  effect  Buyer's
ownership or control of the  Transferred  Assets,  and there shall not have been
threatened,  nor shall there be pending,  any action or  proceeding by or before
any  court  or  Governmental  Authority  challenging  any  of  the  Contemplated
Transactions  or seeking  monetary  relief by reason of the  consummation of the
Contemplated  Transactions  that reasonably could be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the HPG Business; and


<PAGE>
                                      -19-


         (c) all  actions by or in respect of or filings  with any  Governmental
Authority  required  to permit  the  Contemplated  Transactions  shall have been
obtained.

         Section 9.02  Conditions  to Obligation of Buyer.  The  obligations  of
Buyer to consummate  the Closing are subject to the  satisfaction  (or waiver by
Buyer) of the following further conditions:

         (a)  (i)  Seller  shall  have  performed  in  all  respects  all of its
obligations under the Transaction Documents required to be performed by it on or
prior to the Closing Date,  (ii) the  representations  and  warranties of Seller
contained in the  Transaction  Documents  shall be true and correct at and as of
the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date, as if made at and as of
each such date,  except that those  representations  and warranties which are by
their express terms made as of a specific date shall be true and correct only as
of such date, in each case except for inaccuracies  that could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the HPG  Business  (except  with
respect to the  representations  and  warranties  contained in Sections B.01 and
B.02,  which shall be true and correct  subject only to the exceptions set forth
therein),  and (iii)  Buyer  shall  have  received  a  certificate  signed by an
executive officer of Seller to the foregoing effect;

         (b) since March 29, 1998, no event has occurred that has had a Material
Adverse Effect on the HPG Business;

         (c) Seller or the applicable  Affiliated Transferor shall have executed
and delivered, on or before the Closing Date, the Transaction Documents that are
required to be signed by a Seller Company;

         (d) Seller or the applicable Affiliated Transferor, as the case may be,
shall  have  obtained  the  consents,   approvals  or  permits  contemplated  by
Attachment XIII to this Agreement;

         (e) Seller or the applicable  Affiliated Transferor shall have prepared
and  delivered  on or before the  Closing  Date a patent  docket and a trademark
docket,  each of which  shall set forth with  particularity  and  accuracy  with
respect to all  Intellectual  Property that  constitute  Transferred  Assets all
actions  known as of the date of  preparation  that are  required to be taken to
maintain such Intellectual  Property within the six months following the Closing
Date;

         (f) Buyer shall have received an opinion of Miles & Stockbridge P.C. in
the form attached hereto as Attachment XXIX to this Agreement; and

         (g) Buyer shall have received audited  financial  statements of the HPG
Business  consisting of the balance  sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and
the related statements of operations,  owners' equity and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, together with the opinion
of Ernst & Young LLP  thereon,  which  opinion  shall state that such  financial
statements  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP and shall be  without
qualification, and unaudited financial statements of the HPG Business consisting
of the balance sheet as of March 28, 1998, and statements of operations and cash
flows for the quarter then ended.


<PAGE>
                                      -20-


         Section 9.03  Conditions  to Obligation  of Seller.  The  obligation of
Seller to consummate  the Closing is subject to the  satisfaction  (or waiver by
Seller) of the following further conditions:

         (a)  (i)  Buyer  shall  have  performed  in  all  respects  all  of its
obligations under the Transaction Documents required to be performed by Buyer at
or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) the  representations  and warranties of Buyer
contained in the  Transaction  Documents  shall be true and correct at and as of
the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date, as if made at and as of
each such date,  except that those  representations  and warranties which are by
their express terms made as of a specific date shall be true and correct only as
of such date, in each case except for inaccuracies  that could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the HPG  Business  (except  with
respect to the  representations  and  warranties  contained in Sections C.01 and
C.02,  which shall be true and correct  subject only to the exceptions set forth
therein),  and (iii)  Seller  shall  have  received a  certificate  signed by an
executive officer of Buyer to the foregoing effect; and

         (b) Buyer or the  applicable  Buyer  Company  shall have  executed  and
delivered,  on or before the Closing Date,  the  Transaction  Documents that are
required to be signed by a Buyer Company.

         Section  9.04 Effect of Waiver.  Any waiver by Buyer of the  conditions
specified  in clause  (ii) of Section  9.02(a),  and any waiver by Seller of the
conditions  specified in clause (ii) of Section 9.03, if made  knowingly,  shall
also be deemed a waiver of any claim for  Damages as the  result of the  matters
waived.


                                    ARTICLE X

                            SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 10.01 Survival.

         (a) None of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of
the parties contained in any Transaction Document or in any certificate or other
writing delivered pursuant to any Transaction Document or in connection with any
Transaction Document shall survive the Closing, except for:

                  (i) the  representations  and  warranties in Sections B.01 and
         B.02 shall survive indefinitely;

                  (ii) the  representations and warranties in Section B.13 shall
         not survive the Closing Date;

                  (iii) the  representations  and  warranties  in  Section  B.15
         relating to  Intellectual  Property (other than patents and copyrights)
         and the representations and warranties in Sections B.07 and B.15 to the
         extent  but only to the  extent  they  relate  to title to  


<PAGE>
                                      -21-


         Transferred  Assets  shall  survive  for a period  of six years and six
         months from the Closing Date;

                  (iv) the  representations  and warranties in Sections B.16 and
         B.18 shall survive until 30 days after the expiration of the applicable
         statute of limitations (or extensions or waivers thereof);

                  (v) the  representations  and  warranties  in Exhibit B (other
         than (A) those  Sections  of  Exhibit  B  referenced  in the  preceding
         clauses (i), (ii) and (iv), (B) those representations and warranties in
         Section B.15 relating to Intellectual  Property (other than patents and
         copyrights)  and (C) those  representations  and warranties in Sections
         B.07 and B.15 to the extent but only to the extent they relate to title
         to Transferred  Assets) shall survive for a period of one year from the
         Closing Date;

                  (vi) the  representations  and warranties in Sections C.01 and
         C.02 shall survive indefinitely;

                  (vii) the  representations  and warranties in Exhibit C (other
         than those  Sections of Exhibit C referenced  in the  preceding  clause
         (v)) shall survive for a period of one year from the Closing Date; and

                  (viii)  those  covenants  and  agreements  set  forth  in  the
         Transaction  Documents  that, by their terms,  are to have effect after
         the  Closing  Date shall  survive  for the period  contemplated  by the
         covenants  and  agreements,  or if no period is  expressly  set  forth,
         indefinitely.

The  representations,  warranties,  covenants and  agreements  referenced in the
preceding  clauses (i) and (iii)  through  (viii) are  referred to herein as the
"Surviving  Representations or Covenants." It is understood and agreed that, (i)
before the Closing the remedies  expressly  set forth in Article XI are the sole
and exclusive remedies for any breach of any representation,  warranty, covenant
or agreement and (ii)  following the Closing the sole and exclusive  remedy with
respect to any breach of any  representation,  warranty,  covenant or  agreement
(other  than (1)  with  respect  to a  breach  of the  terms  of a  covenant  or
agreement, as to which Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, shall be entitled to
seek  specific  performance  or other  equitable  relief and (2) with respect to
claims for fraud) shall be a claim for Damages (whether by contract,  in tort or
otherwise,  and whether in law, in equity or both) made pursuant to this Article
X.

         (b) Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  Buyer for itself,
its Affiliates and their respective Representatives and successors, effective as
of the  Closing,  releases  and  discharges  Seller,  its  Affiliates  and their
respective  Representatives  from any and all Damages  (whether by contract,  in
tort or both, and whether in law, in equity or both),  rights of subrogation and
contribution and remedies of any nature whatsoever,  known or unknown,  relating
to or arising out of Environmental  Liabilities or Environmental Laws, in either
case,  arising in connection with or in any way relating to the HPG Business and
constituting an Assumed Liability.


<PAGE>
                                      -22-


         Section 10.02 Indemnification.

         (a)  Effective  as of the Closing and  subject to the  limitations  set
forth in Section 10.04(a),  Buyer hereby  indemnifies  Seller and its Affiliates
and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees and agents against,  and
agrees to hold them  harmless  from any and all Damages  incurred or suffered by
any of them arising out of (i) any  misrepresentation,  breach or nonfulfillment
of any  Surviving  Representation  or Covenant  made or to be performed by Buyer
Companies pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents, (ii) except as otherwise
contemplated  by  Sections  10.02(b)(iv),  10.04(b)(ii)  and D.18,  any  Assumed
Liabilities  (including,   without  limitation,  Buyer's  (or  any  other  Buyer
Company's)  failure to perform or in due  course pay or  discharge  any  Assumed
Liability), (iii) any Financial Support Arrangement,  (iv) any matters for which
indemnification  is provided under Exhibit D (it being understood that the terms
of such indemnification shall be governed by and subject to the terms of Exhibit
D) or (v) any  Environmental  Laws to the extent such liabilities  arise out of,
relate  to, are based on or result  from any action  taken (or a failure to take
action) or any event  occurring on or after the Closing  Date.  Other than costs
associated  with  split  samples,   Buyer  hereby  indemnifies  Seller  and  its
Affiliates  and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents
against,  and agrees to hold them harmless from any and all Damages  incurred or
suffered  by any of them  arising  out of or related  in any way to any  actions
taken by Buyer Companies or any of their  Representatives in connection with any
environmental audit or similar review of the HPG Business that involves testing,
drilling or sampling at any facility  possession of which is  contemplated to be
transferred to a Buyer Company at Closing,  including,  without limitation,  (A)
personal injury,  wrongful death,  economic loss or property damage claims,  (B)
claims for natural resource damages, (C) violations of Applicable Law or (D) any
Damages with respect thereto.

         (b)  Effective  as of the Closing and  subject to the  limitations  set
forth in Section  10.04(b),  Seller hereby  indemnifies Buyer and its Affiliates
and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees and agents against,  and
agrees to hold them  harmless  from any and all Damages  incurred or suffered by
any of them  arising out of or related in any way to (i) any  misrepresentation,
breach or nonfulfillment of any Surviving  Representation or Covenant made or to
be performed by the Seller Companies pursuant to any Transaction Document,  (ii)
any Excluded Liability or any other liability or obligation of the HPG Business,
other than Assumed  Liabilities  (provided  that nothing  herein shall  diminish
Seller's  obligations pursuant to Section  10.04(b)(ii)),  to the extent arising
out of,  relating to, based on or resulting  from actions  taken (or failures to
take  action),  events  occurring or  conditions  existing  prior to the Closing
(including, without limitation, Seller's (or any other Seller Company's) failure
to perform or in due course pay or discharge any Excluded Liability),  (iii) any
matters  for  which  indemnification  is  provided  under  Exhibit  D (it  being
understood  that the  terms of such  indemnification  shall be  governed  by and
subject to the terms of Exhibit D) or (iv)  Asheboro  Closing Costs in an amount
equal to 50% of the first  $20,000,000 of Asheboro Closing Costs and 100% of all
Asheboro Closing Costs in excess of $20,000,000.


<PAGE>
                                      -23-


         Section 10.03 Procedures.

         (a) If  Seller  or any of its  Affiliates  or any of  their  directors,
officers,  employees and agents, shall seek indemnification  pursuant to Section
10.02(a),  or if  Buyer  or any of its  Affiliates  or any of  their  directors,
officers,  employees and agents, shall seek indemnification  pursuant to Section
10.02(b),  the Person seeking  indemnification  (the "Indemnified  Party") shall
give written notice to the party from whom such  indemnification  is sought (the
"Indemnifying  Party")  promptly  (and in any event  within  30 days)  after the
Indemnified Party (or, if the Indemnified Party is a corporation, any officer or
employee of the  Indemnified  Party)  becomes  aware of the facts giving rise to
such claim for indemnification (an "Indemnified Claim") specifying in reasonable
detail the factual  basis of the  Indemnified  Claim,  stating the amount of the
Damages, if known, the method of computation thereof,  containing a reference to
the provision of the Transaction  Documents in respect of which such Indemnified
Claim  arises  and  demanding   indemnification  therefor.  The  failure  of  an
Indemnified  Party to provide notice in accordance with this Section 10.03 shall
not  constitute a waiver of that party's claims to  indemnification  pursuant to
Section 10.02, except to the extent that (i) any such failure or delay in giving
notice causes the amounts paid by the Indemnifying Party to be greater than they
otherwise would have been or otherwise  results in prejudice to the Indemnifying
Party or (ii) such notice is not  delivered to the  Indemnifying  Party prior to
the expiration of the applicable  survival period set forth in Section 10.01. If
the  Indemnified   Claim  arises  from  the  assertion  of  any  claim,  or  the
commencement  of any suit,  action,  proceeding or Remedial  Action brought by a
Person that is not a party  hereto (a "Third Party  Claim"),  any such notice to
the Indemnifying  Party shall be accompanied by a copy of any papers theretofore
served on or delivered to the  Indemnified  Party in connection  with such Third
Party Claim.  With respect to any Third Party Claim asserted or brought prior to
the Closing Date,  notice of such Third Party Claim shall be deemed to have been
delivered on the Closing Date.

         (b)  (i)  Upon  receipt  of  notice  of a  Third  Party  Claim  from an
         Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 10.03(a),  the Indemnifying Party
         will be  entitled to assume the defense and control of such Third Party
         Claim subject to the provisions of this Section 10.03, provided that in
         the case of  matters  involving  actions or claims  that,  if not first
         paid,  discharged or otherwise complied with would result in a material
         interruption  or  cessation  of the  conduct of the HPG  Business,  the
         Indemnifying   Party  shall  act  promptly  to  avoid,  to  the  extent
         practicable, any such effects on the HPG Business. After written notice
         by the Indemnifying  Party to the Indemnified  Party of its election to
         assume the defense and control of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying
         Party shall not be liable to such Indemnified  Party for any legal fees
         or  expenses   subsequently  incurred  by  such  Indemnified  Party  in
         connection therewith.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.3 to
         the contrary,  if the  Indemnifying  Party does not assume  defense and
         control of a Third Party Claim as provided in this  Section  10.3,  the
         Indemnified  Party  shall  have the right to defend  such  Third  Party
         Claim,  subject to the  limitations set forth in this Section 10.03, in
         such manner as it may deem appropriate.  Whether the Indemnifying Party
         or the  Indemnified  Party is defending and  controlling any such Third
         Party  Claim,  it  shall  select  counsel,  contractors,   experts  and
         consultants of recognized standing and competence, shall take all steps
         necessary in the  investigation,  defense or  settlement  thereof,  and
         shall at all  times  diligently  and  promptly  pursue  the  resolution


<PAGE>
                                      -24-


         thereof.  The party  conducting the defense  thereof shall at all times
         act as if all  Damages  relating  to the Third Party Claim were for its
         own account and shall act in good faith and with reasonable prudence to
         minimize  Damages  therefrom.  The Indemnified  Party shall,  and shall
         cause  each of its  Affiliates,  directors,  officers,  employees,  and
         agents to,  cooperate fully with the  Indemnifying  Party in connection
         with any Third Party Claim.

                  (ii) Subject to the  provisions of Section  10.03(b)(iii)  and
         Section  10.03(b)(iv),  the  Indemnifying  Party shall be authorized to
         consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment  arising from,
         any Third Party Claims,  and the  Indemnified  Party shall consent to a
         settlement  of, or the entry of any judgment  arising from,  such Third
         Party Claims;  provided,  that the Indemnifying  Party shall (1) pay or
         cause to be paid all amounts arising out of such settlement or judgment
         concurrently with the effectiveness thereof; (2) shall not encumber any
         of the assets of any  Indemnified  Party or agree to any restriction or
         condition that would apply to such Indemnified  Party or to the conduct
         of that party's  business;  and (3) shall obtain, as a condition of any
         settlement or other resolution,  a complete release of each Indemnified
         Party  against any and all damages  resulting  from,  arising out of or
         incurred with respect to such  settlement or other  resolution.  Except
         for the foregoing, no settlement or entry of judgment in respect of any
         Third Party Claim shall be  consented to by any  Indemnifying  Party or
         Indemnified  Party  without  the express  written  consent of the other
         party.

                  (iii)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  10.03(b)(i),
         Buyer shall  manage all  Remedial  Actions  conducted  with  respect to
         facilities which constitute  Transferred  Assets,  provided that Seller
         and its Representatives  shall have the right,  consistent with Buyer's
         right to manage such  Remedial  Actions as  aforesaid,  to  participate
         fully  in  all  decisions  regarding  any  Remedial  Action,  including
         reasonable   access  to  sites  where  any  Remedial  Action  is  being
         conducted,  reasonable access to all documents,  correspondence,  data,
         reports or information regarding the Remedial Action, reasonable access
         to employees and  consultants of Buyer with knowledge of relevant facts
         about the  Remedial  Action  and the right to attend all  meetings  and
         participate in any telephone or other  conferences  with any Government
         Authority or other third party regarding the Remedial Action.

                  (iv)  In the  case  of  the  indemnification  contemplated  by
         Section 10.02(b)(iii), in the event that the Indemnifying Party desires
         to settle the matters referenced therein or consent to the entry of any
         judgment arising  thereunder and the Indemnified Party does not wish to
         consent to such settlement or entry of judgment,  the Indemnified Party
         shall  have no  obligation  to consent  to the  settlement  or entry of
         judgment  provided that it agrees in writing to pay and be  responsible
         for 100% of any Damages;  provided that the Indemnified Party shall not
         be required to consent to any settlement or agree to be responsible for
         the payment of Damages  thereafter  incurred with respect to any matter
         the  settlement or entry of judgment of which would require the consent
         of  such  Indemnified  Party  pursuant  to  Section  10.03(b)(ii).  The
         obligation of an Indemnified Party that rejects any proposed settlement
         offer or entry of any such judgment to pay and be responsible  for 100%
         of any Damages in accordance  with this Section  10.03(b)(iv)  shall be
         conditioned upon and subject to the payment by the Indemnifying  Party,
         within five 


<PAGE>
                                      -25-


         Business Days of the date such  Indemnified  Party provides the written
         agreement  contemplated  by the preceding  sentence,  of an amount,  in
         immediately  available  funds,  equal  to  the  portion  of  the  total
         settlement  that would  have been  payable  by the  Indemnifying  Party
         according to the percentage sharing arrangement contemplated by Section
         10.04(b)(ii).   Thereafter,  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  be  solely
         responsible  for any  Damages and for the defense of the matter that is
         the  subject  of  the  proposed   settlement   or  entry  of  judgment.
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnifying Party may, at its option
         and expense, participate in the defense of any Indemnified Claim.

                  (v) In  furtherance of and not in limitation of the provisions
         of this Section 10.03,  with respect to product  liability  matters and
         other matters  contemplated by Exhibit E, Seller and Buyer covenant and
         agree as set forth in Exhibit E.

         (c) If the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party are unable to
agree with respect to a procedural  matter arising under Section  10.03(b)(iii),
the  Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party shall,  within 10 days after
notice of disagreement given by either party,  agree upon a third-party  referee
("Referee"), who shall be an attorney and who shall have the authority to review
and resolve the disputed matter.  The parties shall present their differences in
writing  (each  party  simultaneously  providing  to the  other  a  copy  of all
documents  submitted)  to the Referee  and shall  cause the Referee  promptly to
review  any  facts,  law or  arguments  either  the  Indemnifying  Party  or the
Indemnified Party may present. The Referee shall be retained to resolve specific
differences  between the parties  within the range of such  differences.  Either
party may request  that all  discussions  with the Referee by either party be in
each other's  presence.  The decision of the Referee  shall be final and binding
unless both the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified Party agree. The parties
shall share equally all costs and fees of the Referee.

         (d) If an Indemnifying Party makes any payment on an Indemnified Claim,
the Indemnifying  Party shall be subrogated,  to the extent of such payment,  to
all rights and remedies of the  Indemnified  Party to any insurance  benefits or
other claims of the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim.

         Section 10.04 Limitations.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents:

         (a) Buyer  shall  only  have  liability  to Seller or any other  Person
hereunder with respect to the representations and warranties described in clause
(i) of Section  10.02(a) if such  matters  were the subject of a written  notice
given by the  Indemnified  Party pursuant to Section  10.03(a) within the period
following  the Closing  Date  specified  for each  respective  matter in Section
10.01.

         (b)  Seller  shall  only have  liability  to Buyer or any other  Person
hereunder:

                  (i)  with  respect  to  the   representations  and  warranties
         described in clause (i) of Section 10.02(b), (y) to the extent that the
         aggregate  Damages of all  Indemnified  Parties  as the result  thereof
         exceed  $3,500,000  but  are  not  greater  than  an  amount  equal  to
         $3,500,000 plus 25% of the Adjusted Purchase Price (it being understood
         that Seller's 


<PAGE>
                                      -26-


         maximum   liability   under   Section   10.02(b)(i)   with  respect  to
         representations and warranties and this Section 10.04(b)(i) shall be an
         amount equal to 25% of the Adjusted  Purchase  Price),  and (z) if such
         matters were the subject of a written  notice given by the  Indemnified
         Party  pursuant to Section  10.03(a)  within the period  following  the
         Closing Date  specified for each  respective  matter in Section  10.01;
         provided,  however,  that such $3,500,000  threshold shall not apply to
         any such breach of representation or warranty in respect of the Black &
         Decker Trademarks (as defined in the Trademark License Agreement).

                  (ii) with respect to  Environmental  Liabilities  constituting
         Assumed  Liabilities,  to the extent of 75% of the first  $5,000,000 in
         aggregate  Damages,  and 100% of the  aggregate  Damages  in  excess of
         $5,000,000,  in each case only to the extent  incurred  and paid within
         five years following the Closing Date by all Indemnified Parties as the
         result  thereof  based  on  the  use  of  the  facilities  constituting
         Transferred Assets as of the Closing Date; and

                  (iii) with respect to the matters  described in clause (ii) of
         Section 10.02(b), there shall be no limitation on Seller's liability.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   TERMINATION

         Section 11.01 Termination.  The Transaction Documents may be terminated
at any time prior to the Closing:

                  (i) by mutual written agreement of Seller and Buyer;

                  (ii) by  Seller  or Buyer if the  Closing  shall not have been
         consummated by July 31, 1998;  provided,  however,  that neither Seller
         nor Buyer may  terminate  the  Transaction  Documents  pursuant to this
         clause (ii) if the Closing shall not have been  consummated by July 31,
         1998,  by reason of the failure of such party or any of its  Affiliates
         to  perform in all  material  respects  any of its or their  respective
         covenants or agreements contained in the Transaction Documents;

                  (iii)  by  either  Seller  or  Buyer  if  there  shall  be any
         Applicable   Law  or  regulation   that  makes   consummation   of  the
         Contemplated   Transactions  illegal  or  otherwise  prohibited  or  if
         consummation  of  the  Contemplated   Transactions  would  violate  any
         nonappealable  final  order,  decree or  judgment  of any  Governmental
         Authority having competent jurisdiction;

                  (iv) by Buyer if the  representations and warranties of Seller
         shall not be true and  correct  as at any date  prior to  Closing or if
         Seller  shall have  failed to perform all of the  covenants  and comply
         with all of the provisions  required by any Transaction  Document to be
         performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing,  unless such


<PAGE>
                                      -27-


         matters  would  not  rise to the  level  of a  failure  of the  Closing
         condition  contemplated  by  Section  9.02(a)  if  Seller  fails  to so
         perform, comply or otherwise cure such matter within 15 days of receipt
         of notice from Buyer of such matter; and

                  (v) by Seller if the  representations  and warranties of Buyer
         shall not be true and  correct  as at any date  prior to  Closing or if
         Buyer shall have failed to perform all of the covenants and comply with
         all of  the  provisions  required  by any  Transaction  Document  to be
         performed  or complied  with by it on or before the  Closing,  but only
         unless  such  matters  would not rise to the level of a failure  of the
         Closing condition  contemplated by Section 9.03(a) if Buyer fails to so
         perform, comply or otherwise cure such matter within 15 days of receipt
         of notice from Seller of such matter.

Any party desiring to terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to this Section 11.01
shall  give  written  notice of such  termination  to the other  parties to this
Agreement.

         Section 11.02 Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated as
permitted by Section 11.01,  such termination  shall be without liability of any
party  (or any  Affiliate,  stockholder,  director,  officer,  employee,  agent,
consultant  or  Representative  of  such  party)  to any  other  party  to  this
Agreement;  provided,  however,  that if the Contemplated  Transactions  fail to
close as a result of a breach of the provisions of any  Transaction  Document by
Seller  or Buyer,  such  party  shall be fully  liable  for any and all  Damages
incurred or suffered by the other party as a result of all such  breaches if the
other party is ready,  willing  and able to  otherwise  satisfy its  obligations
under the Transaction Documents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the provisions
of Sections 6.01 and 12.03,  the second sentence of Section  10.02(a),  and this
Section 11.02 shall survive any termination hereof pursuant to Section 11.01.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.01 Notices.  All notices,  requests and other communications
to any party  hereunder  shall be in  writing  (including  telecopy  or  similar
writing) and shall be given,

                  if to Seller:

                           The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland  21286
                           Attention:  Senior Vice President and
                                            Chief Financial Officer
                           Telecopy: (410) 716-3318


<PAGE>
                                      -28-


                  with a copy to:

                           The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland  21286
                           Attention:  Senior Vice President and
                                            General Counsel
                           Telecopy:  (410) 716-2660

                                            and

                           Miles & Stockbridge P.C.
                           10 Light Street
                           Baltimore, Maryland  21202
                           Attention:  Glenn C. Campbell
                           Telecopy:  (410) 385-3700

                  if to Buyer:

                           Windmere-Durable Holdings, Inc.
                           5980 Miami Lakes Drive
                           Miami Lakes, Florida  33014-2467
                           Attention:  Harry D. Schulman
                           Telecopy:  (305) 364-0635

                  with a copy to:

                           Greenberg Traurig
                           1221 Brickell Avenue
                           Miami, Florida  33131
                           Attention:  Paul Berkowitz
                           Telecopy:  (305) 579-0717

or to such other address or telecopy number and with such other copies,  as such
party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties. Each
such notice,  request or other  communication shall be effective (i) if given by
telecopy,  when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified in
this  Section  12.01 and evidence of receipt is received or (ii) if given by any
other means,  upon  delivery or refusal of delivery at the address  specified in
this Section 12.01.

         Section 12.02 Amendments; Waivers.

         (a) Any provision of the Transaction Documents may be amended or waived
prior to the  Closing  Date if,  and only if,  such  amendment  or  waiver is in
writing and signed, in the case of an amendment,  by Seller and Buyer, or in the
case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.


<PAGE>
                                      -29-


         (b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right,  power or
privilege under any  Transaction  Document shall operate as a waiver thereof nor
shall any  single or  partial  exercise  thereof  preclude  any other or further
exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  power or  privilege.  The
rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by law.

         Section  12.03  Expenses;  Taxes.  Except as otherwise  provided in the
Transaction  Documents,  all costs and expenses  incurred in connection with the
Transaction Documents shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) all real estate transfer and similar taxes or
governmental  charges  resulting  from  or  relating  to  the  transfer  of  the
Transferred  Assets  to  Buyer  Companies  by  Seller  or any of the  Affiliated
Transferors,  shall be borne one-half by Seller and one-half by Buyer,  (ii) all
sales, use and similar taxes or governmental  charges (other than value added or
similar taxes for which Buyer or Buyer  Companies can obtain a credit or refund)
resulting  from or relating to the transfer of the  Transferred  Assets to Buyer
Companies  by  Seller  or any of the  Affiliated  Transferors,  shall  be  borne
one-half by Seller and  one-half by Buyer,  and (iii) all value added or similar
taxes for which Buyer or Buyer  Companies can obtain a credit or refund shall be
borne  solely by Buyer  and Buyer  Companies.  Each of Buyer  and  Seller  shall
reimburse  the other for one-half of such fees and taxes and charges paid by the
other  promptly upon  presentation  of a demand  therefor  consistent  with this
Section 12.03.  Any property taxes that are assessed on an annual basis and have
been paid by Seller  Companies prior to Closing shall be prorated at Closing and
Buyer shall reimburse Seller Companies for amounts attributable to any period or
portion thereof on or after the Closing Date.

         Section 12.04 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of the Transaction
Documents  shall be binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of the  parties  and
their  respective  successors  and assigns;  provided  that no party may assign,
delegate  or  otherwise  transfer  any of its rights or  obligations  under this
Agreement  without the consent of the other party,  except that Buyer may assign
its rights and delegate its obligations hereunder to any Buyer Company, provided
that Buyer shall remain  responsible for the fulfillment of all such obligations
and shall remain fully liable hereunder for its own actions or omissions and the
actions or omissions of any such assignee as if such rights and  obligations had
not been assigned or delegated, and the Buyer may assign its rights hereunder to
NationsBank, N.A., as collateral agent for Buyer's lenders.

         Section  12.05  Disclosure.   Certain  information  set  forth  in  the
Disclosure  Schedules has been included and disclosed  solely for  informational
purposes  and may not be  required  to be  disclosed  pursuant  to the terms and
conditions of the Transaction Documents.  The disclosure of any such information
shall not be deemed to  constitute  an  acknowledgement  or  agreement  that the
information is required to be disclosed in connection  with the  representations
and  warranties  made in the  Transaction  Documents or that the  information is
material,  nor shall any  information  so included  and  disclosed  be deemed to
establish a standard of materiality  or otherwise used to determine  whether any
other information is material.

         Section 12.06 Construction.  As used in the Transaction Documents,  any
reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders,
the plural  shall  include the  singular,  and the  singular  shall  include the
plural.  With  regard to each and every term and  


<PAGE>
                                      -30-


condition of the Transaction  Documents,  the parties  understand and agree that
the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if
at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such
term  or  condition  or  any  agreement  or  instrument   subject   hereto,   no
consideration  shall be given to the  issue of which  party  actually  prepared,
drafted or requested any term or condition of the Transaction Documents.

         Section 12.07 Entire Agreement.

         (a) The  Transaction  Documents and any other  agreements  contemplated
thereby  (including,  to the extent  contemplated  herein,  the  Confidentiality
Agreement) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the
subject   matter  of  such   documents  and  supersede  all  prior   agreements,
understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, between the parties with
respect to the subject matter thereof.

         (b) The parties hereto  acknowledge  and agree that no  representation,
warranty,  promise,  inducement,  understanding,  covenant or agreement has been
made or relied upon by any party hereto other than those  expressly set forth in
the Transaction Documents. Without limiting the generality of the disclaimer set
forth in the preceding  sentence,  (i) neither  Seller nor any of its Affiliates
has made or shall be deemed to have made any  representations or warranties,  in
any presentation or written information relating to the HPG Business given or to
be given in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, in any filing made or
to be  made  by or on  behalf  of  Seller  or  any of its  Affiliates  with  any
Governmental  Authority,  and no  statement,  made in any such  presentation  or
written  materials,  made in any such  filing  or  contained  in any such  other
information shall be deemed a representation or warranty hereunder or otherwise,
and (ii) Seller,  on its own behalf and on behalf of the other Seller Companies,
expressly  disclaims  any  implied  warranties,  including  but not  limited  to
warranties   of  fitness   for  a   particular   purpose   and   warranties   of
merchantability. Buyer acknowledges that Seller has informed them that no Person
has  been   authorized  by  Seller  or  any  of  its   Affiliates  to  make  any
representation  or warranty in respect of the HPG Business or in connection with
the Contemplated Transactions, unless in writing and contained in this Agreement
or in any of the Transaction Documents to which they are a party.

         (c) Except as  expressly  provided  herein or in any other  Transaction
Document, no Transaction Document or any provision thereof is intended to confer
upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

         Section 12.08 Governing Law. Except as otherwise provided in any of the
Transaction Documents,  this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall
be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York
(without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof).

         Section 12.09 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same
effect as if the  signatures  thereto and hereto were upon the same  instrument.
This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received
a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto.


<PAGE>
                                      -31-


         Section 12.10  Jurisdiction.  Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to
enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection
with, any of the Transaction Documents or the Contemplated Transactions shall be
brought in the United  States  District  Court for the Southern  District of New
York (or, if subject matter jurisdiction is unavailable,  in the state courts of
the State of New York), and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive
jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate  appellate court) in any such
suit,  action or  proceeding  and waives any  objection  to venue laid  therein.
Process  in any such  suit,  action  or  proceeding  may be  served on any party
anywhere in the world.  Without  limiting the foregoing,  Seller and Buyer agree
that  service of process  upon such party at the address  referred to in Section
12.01,  together  with written  notice of such  service to such party,  shall be
deemed effective service of process upon such party.

         Section 12.11 Severability.  Any provision of the Transaction Documents
that is  prohibited  or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to such
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the   extent  of  such   prohibition   or
unenforceability   without   invalidating   the  remaining   provisions  of  the
Transaction  Documents  or  affecting  the  validity or  enforceability  of such
provision  in  any  other  jurisdiction.  To the  extent  any  provision  of the
Transaction  Documents is determined to be  prohibited or  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction Seller and Buyer agree to use reasonable  commercial  efforts,  and
agree to cause the other Seller  Companies or Buyer  Companies,  as the case may
be, to use reasonable commercial efforts, to substitute one or more valid, legal
and enforceable  provisions that, insofar as practicable  implement the purposes
and intent of the prohibited or unenforceable provision.

         Section  12.12   Captions.   The  captions   herein  are  included  for
convenience  of  reference  only and shall be  ignored  in the  construction  or
interpretation hereof.

         Section 12.13 Bulk Sales.  Buyer hereby waives compliance by Seller and
each Affiliated  Transferor,  in connection with the Contemplated  Transactions,
with the  provisions of Article 6 of the Uniform  Commercial  Code as adopted in
the States of Connecticut,  Maryland and North  Carolina,  and as adopted in any
other states or jurisdictions  where any of the Transferred  Assets are located,
and any other  applicable bulk sales laws with respect to or requiring notice to
Seller's  (or any  Affiliated  Transferor's)  creditors,  as the  same may be in
effect on the Closing  Date.  Seller shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless  Buyer
against any and all  liabilities  (other than  liabilities in respect of Assumed
Liabilities) which may be asserted by third parties against Buyer as a result of
noncompliance with any such bulk sales law.


<PAGE>
                                      -32-



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective authorized officers on the day and year first above
written.

                                  THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION


                                  By:  /s/  CHARLES E. FENTON
                                       Charles E. Fenton
                                       Senior Vice President and General
                                            Counsel


                                  WINDMERE-DURABLE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                  By:  /s/  DAVID M. FRIEDSON
                                       David M. Friedson
                                       Chairman, President and Chief
                                            Executive Officer


<PAGE>






                                      
                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                                   DEFINITIONS


(a)      The following terms have the following meanings:

         "Affiliate"  means, with respect to any Person,  any Person directly or
indirectly  controlling,  controlled by, or under common control with such other
Person. For purposes of determining  whether a Person is an Affiliate,  the term
"control"  shall mean the  possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the power to
direct  or cause the  direction  of the  management  and  policies  of a Person,
whether through ownership of securities, contract or otherwise.

         "Affiliated  Transferors" means any Seller Company that owns any of the
assets that would constitute Transferred Assets if owned, held or used by Seller
or any of its Affiliates on the Closing Date or is liable for any of the Assumed
Liabilities.

         "Applicable  Law" means,  with  respect to any Person,  any domestic or
foreign,  federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance,  rule, administrative
interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, decree or other requirement
of any Governmental  Authority  (including any Environmental  Law) applicable to
such Person or any of their respective properties,  assets, officers, directors,
employees, consultants or agents (in connection with such officer's, director's,
employee's, consultant's or agent's activities on behalf of such Person).

         "Asheboro  Closing  Costs" means the  following  cash closing  costs in
respect of the Asheboro Property:  (a) employee severance benefits in respect of
employees  working  at  the  Asheboro  property,  (b)  dismantle,   freight  and
installation costs, (c) travel and living expenses in connection with relocation
to the Queretaro Property,  (d) contract  engineering and recruitment  expenses,
(e) any  special  bonus  arrangements  for  employees  working  at the  Asheboro
Property  as of the  Closing  Date that are  agreed to in  writing by Seller and
Buyer, and (f) cleanup and maintenance costs after relocation.

         "Asheboro   Property"   means  the  property   located  at  1758  South
Fayetteville Street, Asheboro, North Carolina 27203.

         "Assignment  and  Assumption   Agreements"  means  the  Bill  of  Sale,
Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreements  to be  entered  into by  Seller  and an
Affiliated  Transferor  and Buyer and a Buyer  Company in respect of each of the
countries  where  Transferred  Assets are located as of the Closing Date, in the
form  contemplated  by  Attachment  II (with such  changes as may be required to
satisfy any requirements of Applicable Law in any country or jurisdiction  where
such Transferred Assets are located) and any other similar agreements or further
assurances  documents  contemplated by this Agreement  executed and delivered by
Seller and an Affiliated  Transferor and Buyer and a Buyer Company in connection
with the sale,  assignment and transfer by Seller or an Affiliated Transferor of
Transferred Assets and the assumption by a Buyer Company of Assumed Liabilities,
as the same may be amended from time to time.

         "Assumed  Liabilities"  means all liabilities and obligations of Seller
Companies,  to the extent  relating to or arising out of the operation,  affairs
and conduct of the HPG Business,  the Transferred  Assets or the HPG Leases,  of
any kind, character or description, whether liquidated or unliquidated, known or
unknown,  fixed or  contingent,  accrued  or  unaccrued,  absolute,  determined,
determinable  or  indeterminable  or  otherwise,  whether  or not  reflected  or
reserved against in the Opening Statement or in the calculation of the Final Net
Tangible Asset Amount and whether  presently in existence or arising  hereafter,
except for Excluded Liabilities, including but not limited to the following:

                  (i)  all  liabilities  and  obligations  relating  to the  HPG
Business or the  Transferred  Assets (and, to the extent provided in clauses (a)
or (d) below,  in connection with the Cleaning and Lighting  Products),  whether
accrued,  liquidated,  contingent,  matured  or  unmatured,  at or  prior to the
Closing,  that (a) are set forth on,  reflected  or  referred  to in the Opening
Statement  (including  those  liabilities  relating to the Cleaning and Lighting
Products),  (b)  are  disclosed  in any of the  Disclosure  Schedules  delivered
hereunder, (c) would be subject to disclosure in any of the Disclosure Schedules
delivered in connection with any of Seller's  representations and warranties but
for the  materiality  standards  contained in such  representation  and warranty
(provided that any such  liabilities  or obligations  covered by this clause (c)
shall not, in the aggregate,  exceed an amount that reasonably could be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG Business), (d) are reflected in the
Final Net Tangible  Asset Amount as determined  in accordance  with Section 2.04
herein (including without limitation  accounts payable and reserves reflected as
contra-asset accounts) or (e) are otherwise a liability or obligation that Buyer
is expressly assuming pursuant to this Agreement;

                  (ii) all liabilities  and obligations  arising under Contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practices,
whether or not the  Contracts  have been  completed or  terminated  prior to the
Closing  Date,   including,   without  limitation,   any  such  liabilities  and
obligations  arising from or relating to the performance or  non-performance  of
such Contracts by the HPG Business, a Buyer Company or any other Person, whether
arising  prior to, on or after  the  Closing  Date,  except to the  extent  they
constitute Excluded Liabilities;

                  (iii)  all   liabilities   and   obligations   in  respect  of
Transferred  Employees,  and  beneficiaries of employees and former employees of
the HPG Business,  including,  without  limitation,  liabilities and obligations
under or  relating  to WARN or any  similar  state or  local  law to the  extent
relating to or arising out of any actions  taken by Buyer  Companies on or after
the Closing  Date,  except to the extent  otherwise  provided in Exhibit D to be
retained by Seller;

                  (iv) all liabilities and obligations in respect of Transferred
Employees and  dependents  and  beneficiaries  of  Transferred  Employees  under
Employee Plans and Benefit Arrangements, except to the extent otherwise provided
in Exhibit D to be retained by Seller;

                  (v) all  liabilities  and  obligations  relating  to claims of
manufacturing or design defects with respect to any product manufactured or sold
or service provided by the HPG Business on or after the Closing Date (other than
any product in the finished goods inventory of Seller  Companies as of the close
of business on the day preceding the Closing Date),  including  liabilities  and
obligations  in respect of  investigations  regarding  product  safety,  product
recall and  related  matters,  except to the  extent  they  constitute  Excluded
Liabilities;

                  (vi) all  liabilities  and  obligations  relating  to warranty
obligations or services with respect to any product sold or service  provided by
the HPG Business prior to, on or after the Closing Date;

                  (vii) all Environmental Liabilities, whether arising prior to,
on or after the  Closing  Date,  to the extent  relating  to or  arising  out of
conditions at the Queretaro Property;

                  (viii) all  liabilities  and  obligations  relating to the HPG
Leases, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing Date;

                  (ix) all  liabilities  and  obligations  (except to the extent
they  constitute  Environmental  Liabilities,  which  shall be  governed  by the
foregoing  clause (vii)) relating to the  Occupational  Safety and Health Act of
1970,  as  amended,  and  any  regulations,   decisions  or  orders  promulgated
thereunder,  together  with any  state or local  law,  regulation  or  ordinance
pertaining to worker, employee or occupational safety or health in effect as the
same may be amended, supplemented or superseded, whether arising prior to, on or
after the Closing Date, as the same relates to the HPG Business;

                  (x) all liabilities  and obligations  arising from or relating
to  governmental,  judicial  or  adversarial  proceedings  (public or  private),
litigation,   suits,  arbitration,   disputes,   claims,  causes  of  action  or
investigations  (collectively,  "Proceedings")  to the  extent  arising  from or
relating to the HPG Business or any Transferred Assets,  whether or not accrued,
liquidated,  contingent,  matured,  unmatured,  or known or unknown to Seller or
Buyer at or prior to the Closing,  except for  liabilities  and obligations of a
type  contemplated by the foregoing  clause (v), which shall be governed by such
clause;

                  (xi) all liabilities and obligations relating to the ownership
by  Buyer  Companies  or any of  their  successors  of the  Transferred  Assets,
directly or  indirectly  relating  to or arising  under the  Employee  Plans and
Benefit  Arrangements  or relating to the  Transferred  Employees,  the lease of
properties under the HPG Leases or otherwise, or the conduct of the HPG Business
or any other business, in each case, from and after the Closing Date, including,
without limitation, any and all Proceedings in respect thereof; and

                  (xii) a pro rata portion of all ad valorem real property taxes
for the portion of the taxable year ending on the Closing Date.

         "Benefit   Arrangements"   means   all  life  and   health   insurance,
hospitalization,  retirement,  savings, bonus, deferred compensation,  incentive
compensation,  severance pay,  disability  and fringe benefit plans,  holiday or
vacation  pay,  profit  sharing,  seniority,  and  other  policies,   practices,
agreements or statements of terms and conditions providing employee or executive
compensation  or benefits to Transferred  Employees or any of their  dependents,
maintained by Seller Companies, other than an Employee Plan.

         "Business  Day" means a day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or other day
on which  commercial  banks in New York,  New York are authorized or required by
law to close.

         "Cleaning and Lighting Products" means hand held vacuums, upright floor
vacuums,   battery  powered   bathroom  and  outdoor  cleaners  sold  under  the
Scumbuster(R) name,  flexible  flashlights,  flexible lanterns,  leashlights and
rechargeable  lights,  together  in each case with any  related  accessories  or
attachments.

         "Closing Date" means the date of the Closing.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Confidentiality  Agreement"  means the letter agreement dated February
3, 1998, by and between Seller and Buyer, as the same has been or may be amended
from time to time.

         "Contemplated  Transactions" means the transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Documents.

         "Contracts" means all contracts,  agreements,  leases (including leases
of real property),  licenses,  commitments, sales and purchase orders, and other
undertakings of any kind, whether written or oral,  relating  exclusively to the
HPG Business,  except to the extent that any of the foregoing  constitute any of
the Employee Plans, Benefit Arrangements or funding vehicles associated with any
of the Employee Plans or Benefit Arrangements.

         "Cross License Agreement" means the Intellectual Property Cross License
Agreement in the form contemplated by Attachment X.

         "Damages"  means all  demands,  claims,  actions  or causes of  action,
assessments,  losses, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities,  judgments, awards,
fines, sanctions, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement,  including,
without limitation,  reasonable costs, fees and expenses of attorneys,  experts,
accountants,  appraisers,  consultants,  witnesses,  investigators and any other
agents or representatives of such Person (with such amounts to be determined net
of any resulting Tax benefit actually received or realized and net of any refund
or reimbursement  of any portion of such amounts actually  received or realized,
including, without limitation,  reimbursement by way of insurance or third party
indemnification),  but  specifically  excluding  (i) any  costs  incurred  by or
allocated to an Indemnified Party with respect to time spent by employees of the
Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, (ii) any lost profits or opportunity
costs (except to the extent assessed in connection with a third-party claim with
respect to which the Person  against which such damages are assessed is entitled
to  indemnification  hereunder),  and  (iii)  the  decrease  in the value of any
Transferred  Asset to the extent that such  valuation is based on any use of the
Transferred Asset other than its use as of the Closing Date.

         "Designated Countries" means the countries located in the Caribbean and
North, Central and South America, but excluding Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay.

         "Designated Products" means coffeemakers,  espresso makers,  cappuccino
makers, toasters,  toaster ovens, steamers,  choppers, can openers, mixers, food
processors,  irons, breadmakers,  skillets,  electric knives, blenders, juicers,
grills,  kettles  and  wafflebakers,  together  in each  case  with any  related
accessories or attachments,  and all products in the foregoing  categories under
development  in the HPG  Business as of the Closing Date or that have been under
development in the HPG Business at any time during the year prior to the Closing
Date,  but  excluding  step  stools,  Cleaning  and  Lighting  Products,   shop,
construction and similar vacuums, and VersaPak(R) rechargeable battery packs and
chargers, together in each case with related accessories or attachments.

         "Disclosure Schedules" means the Disclosure Schedules dated the date of
this Agreement relating to this Agreement.  Matters disclosed in one Schedule of
the Disclosure Schedules shall be applicable to such Schedule only.

         "Employee  Plans"  means  each  "employee  benefit  plan" as defined in
Section  3(3) of ERISA,  maintained  or  contributed  to by Seller or any of its
Affiliates  which  provides  benefits to  employees of the HPG Business or their
dependents.

         "Environmental  Claim" means any written or oral notice, claim, demand,
action, suit,  complaint,  proceeding or other communication by any third Person
alleging  liability  or  potential   liability   (including  without  limitation
liability  or  potential  liability  for  investigatory  costs,  cleanup  costs,
governmental response costs, natural resource damages, property damage, personal
injury,  fines or penalties)  arising out of, relating to, based on or resulting
from (i) the presence, discharge, emission, release or threatened release of any
Hazardous  Substances at any location,  (ii) circumstances  forming the basis of
any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Laws, or (iii) otherwise
relating to obligations or liabilities under any Environmental Laws.

         "Environmental Laws" means any and all past, present or future federal,
state, local and foreign statutes,  laws,  regulations,  ordinances,  judgments,
orders,  permits,  codes,  or  injunctions,  which (i) imposes  liability for or
standards  of  conduct  concerning  the  manufacture,   processing,  generation,
distribution,  use, treatment, storage, disposal, cleanup, transport or handling
of Hazardous Substances including, The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of
1976, as amended,  The Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended,  The Superfund  Amendment and Reauthorization
Act of 1984,  as amended,  The Toxic  Substances  Control  Act, as amended,  the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, to the extent it relates
to the  handling of and  exposure to  hazardous  or toxic  materials  or similar
substances,  and any other  so-called  "Superfund"  or  "Superlien"  law or (ii)
otherwise relates to the protection of human health or the environment.

         "Environmental Liabilities" means all liabilities to the extent arising
in connection with or in any way relating to the HPG Business or Seller's or any
of its  Affiliates'  use or  ownership  thereof,  whether  vested  or  unvested,
contingent  or  fixed,  actual  or  potential,  which  arise  under or relate to
Environmental Laws including,  without  limitation,  (i) Remedial Actions,  (ii)
personal injury,  wrongful death, economic loss or property damage claims, (iii)
claims for natural  resource  damages,  (iv) violations of Applicable Law or (v)
any Damages with respect thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Environmental
Liabilities  shall not  include  any  increased  liabilities  resulting  from or
arising out of a use of a facility  constituting  a Transferred  Asset after the
Closing other than the use of the facility as of the Closing Date.

         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security act of 1974, as
amended.

         "Excluded Assets" means:

                  (i)  all  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  Seller  Companies,
including,  without limitation, cash and cash equivalents used as collateral for
letters  of credit,  deposits  with  utilities,  insurance  companies  and other
Persons,  except to the extent  taken into account in the  determination  of the
Final Net Tangible Asset Amount;

                  (ii) all  original  books and records  that  Seller  Companies
shall be required to retain pursuant to any Applicable Law (in which case copies
of such books and records to the extent  relating to the HPG  Business  shall be
provided to Buyer),  or that portion of such  records  that contain  information
relating to any business or activity of Seller  Companies  not forming a part of
the HPG Business,  or any employee of a Seller Company that is not a Transferred
Employee;

                  (iii) all Tax assets of any Seller  Companies,  other than Tax
assets relating to sales and use taxes,  gross receipts  taxes,  property taxes,
licenses,  employee and employer  withholding and  unemployment  taxes and other
non-income related taxes;

                  (iv) all  assets of Seller  Companies  not held or owned by or
used exclusively in connection with the HPG Business;

                  (v) all rights and claims of Seller Companies under any of the
Transaction  Documents and the  agreements and  instruments  delivered to Seller
Companies by Buyer Companies pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents;

                  (vi) all  accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable  or similar
claims or rights (whether or not billed or accrued) of the HPG Business from any
Seller Companies;

                  (vii) all trade accounts receivable, trade notes receivable or
similar  trade  claims or rights  (whether  or not billed or accrued) of the HPG
Business  relating  to the sale of  products by an  Affiliated  Transferor  to a
Person  other  than a Seller  Company  for sale  outside  of the  United  States
(excluding Puerto Rico) or Canada;

                  (viii) all capital stock or any other securities of any Seller
Companies or any other Person;

                  (ix)  all  GE  Intellectual   Property  and  all  Intellectual
Property  not used or held for use  exclusively  in the HPG  Business,  it being
understood and agreed that the only  Intellectual  Property  deemed used or held
for use  exclusively  in the HPG Business  that is  registered or as to which an
application for  registration  is pending is listed as  "Transferred  Assets" on
Attachment XII;

                  (x) all assets related to Excluded Liabilities;

                  (xi)  all  rights  and  claims  of  Seller  Companies  against
SAI/Earle Palmer Brown  Promotions,  or any of its  predecessors,  successors or
affiliates,  in  connection  with the design,  manufacture,  purchase or sale of
"Sharpei puppets" sold and/or packaged with irons sold by the HPG Business prior
to the Closing Date;

                  (xii)  all  ownership   and  leasehold   interests  of  Seller
Companies in respect of the  facility,  real  property,  fixtures and  equipment
located  at  or  constituting  the  Kuantan  Facility,   except  to  the  extent
specifically contemplated within the definition of Transferred Assets;

                  (xiii) all accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable or similar
claims or rights of Seller Companies arising out of or relating to any judgments
entered by a court or  arbitrator  prior to the Closing  Date in favor of Seller
Companies in respect of Designated Products;

                  (xiv)  all  rights,  claims,  credits  and  assets  of  Seller
Companies  arising out of or relating to media barter  contracts,  agreements or
arrangements of Seller Companies;

                  (xv) all  Inventory  (and any related  parts,  accessories  or
attachments)  that is owned by  Seller  Companies  and  held  for  sale,  use or
consumption by Seller's national disposition center (i.e.,  Nashville facility),
service  centers,  outlet  stores and  company  stores in the  United  States or
Canada,  and all returned  goods that are being held for  reconditioning  or are
being considered for  reconditioning  by Seller's  national  disposition  center
(i.e., Nashville facility), service centers, outlet stores and company stores in
the United States or Canada;

                  (xvi) all assets  related to Cleaning and  Lighting  Products,
except for accounts receivable and prepaid expenses;

                  (xvii)  the 28 mold  presses  identified  as  relating  to the
Cleaning and Lighting  Products  located at the Asheboro  Property and listed on
Schedule A; and

                  (xviii)  all  assets  (other  than   Inventory)   relating  to
operations in the Designated  Countries other than the United States  (excluding
Puerto Rico) and Canada, and other than the manufacturing  operations located at
the Queretaro Property.

         "Excluded Liabilities" means the following liabilities and obligations:

                  (i) all liabilities  and  obligations of Seller  Companies not
arising out of the conduct of the HPG Business, except as otherwise specifically
provided in the Transaction Documents;

                  (ii)  except  as  otherwise   specifically   provided  in  the
Transaction  Documents,  all liabilities or obligations for any Tax arising from
or with respect to the Transferred  Assets or the operations of the HPG Business
prior to the Closing,  other than Tax  liabilities  or  obligations  relating to
sales and use taxes, gross receipts taxes,  property taxes,  licenses,  employee
and employer  withholding and unemployment  taxes and other  non-income  related
taxes;

                  (iii) all  liabilities or  obligations,  whether  presently in
existence or arising  after the date of this  Agreement,  in respect of accounts
payable,  notes payable  (including  intercompany  promissory  notes and similar
financing  arrangements)  or  similar  obligations  (whether  or not  billed  or
accrued) to Seller Companies, except for amounts accrued by the HPG Business and
not billed by Seller  Companies  to the HPG  Business as of the Closing  Date in
respect of accounts payable,  notes payable or similar  obligations  relating to
specific  services  provided to and specific  expenses paid on behalf of the HPG
Business by Seller Companies;

                  (iv) all  liabilities  or  obligations,  whether  presently in
existence  or  arising  after  the  date of the  Agreement,  relating  to  fees,
commissions  or  expenses  owed  to  any  broker,  finder,   investment  banker,
accountant,  attorney  or other  intermediary  or  advisor  employed  by  Seller
Companies in connection with the Contemplated Transactions;

                  (v) all liabilities or obligations retained by Seller pursuant
to Exhibit D;

                  (vi) all liabilities or obligations related to Excluded Assets
and not otherwise  included in the Assumed  Liabilities by express  provision of
this Agreement;

                  (vii) all  liabilities  or  obligations  related  to claims of
manufacturer  or design  defects with  respect to any  products  sold or service
provided by the HPG Business  prior to, on or after the Closing Date,  including
liabilities  and  obligations  in respect of  investigations  regarding  product
safety, product recall and related matters, to the extent but only to the extent
relating  to  products  manufactured  or sold prior to the  Closing  Date or any
product in the finished goods  inventory of Seller  Companies as of the close of
business on the day preceding the Closing Date;

                  (viii) all  Environmental  Liabilities,  whether arising prior
to, on or after the Closing  Date,  to the extent  arising out of actions  taken
prior to the Closing Date,  (1) relating to the disposal by Seller  Companies or
any of their  predecessors  or  respective  agents prior to Closing of Hazardous
Substances  at any location  that at the time of such disposal were not owned or
leased by a Seller Company or any of its  predecessors,  it being understood and
agreed that the migration of Hazardous  Substances in soil or groundwater from a
facility included in the Transferred Assets to surrounding  properties shall not
be considered a disposal of Hazardous Substances,  or (2) relating to or arising
out of conditions  at, or the current or former  operations  at, any  facilities
other than the Queretaro Property;

                  (ix) all Environmental Liabilities,  whether arising prior to,
on or after  the  Closing  Date,  relating  to the  operations  at the  Asheboro
Property or Kuantan Facility prior to the Closing Date;

                  (x) all liabilities or obligations, whether presently existing
or arising after the date of this Agreement,  relating directly or indirectly to
(i) the home security  alarm systems and related  products  (including,  but not
limited to, digital dialers) business previously  conducted by Seller Companies,
and (ii) the  Agreement  of Sale dated  August 1, 1991,  by and between  Black &
Decker Monitoring Services,  Inc., Black & Decker (U.S.) Inc. and Monital Signal
Corporation; and

                  (xi) all  liabilities  or  obligations  relating  directly  or
indirectly to the litigation  titled Emerson Electric Co. v. Black & Decker Inc.
pending in the United  States  District  Court for the Southern  District of New
York.

         "Financial  Support   Arrangements"  means  the  agreements  listed  in
Schedule B.10 as "Financial Support Arrangements."

         "GAAP" means Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles as in effect on
the date of the Agreement, consistently applied.

         "GE Intellectual  Property" means the Intellectual  Property identified
as such on Table 2 in Attachment XII.

         "Governmental   Authority"  means  any  foreign,   domestic,   federal,
territorial,   state  or  local   governmental   authority,   quasi-governmental
authority,  instrumentality,  court, government or self-regulatory organization,
commission, tribunal or organization or any regulatory,  administrative or other
agency,  or any political or other  subdivision,  department or branch of any of
the foregoing.

         "Hazardous  Substances"  means (i)  substances  defined  as  "hazardous
substances,"   "hazardous  materials"  or  "hazardous  waste"  pursuant  to  The
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended, or The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, (ii)
substances  defined  as  "hazardous  wastes"  in  the  regulations  adopted  and
publications  promulgated pursuant to any of said laws, (iii) substances defined
as "toxic substances" in The Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended,  and (iv)
petroleum,  its  derivatives and petroleum  products,  and asbestos and asbestos
containing materials.

         "HPG Business" means (i) the household  products  business as presently
conducted by Seller Companies involving the manufacturing,  marketing or sale in
the Designated Countries of the Designated  Products,  (ii) the manufacturing or
sale of Designated  Products (or components thereof) at the Kuantan Facility and
(iii) the purchase or sourcing of Designated  Products (or  components  thereof)
for import and sale by Seller Companies into the Designated Countries.

         "HPG  Financial   Statements"  means  the   special-purpose   financial
statements attached in Attachment I and Attachment XIV to this Agreement.

         "HPG Leases" means the real property leases listed on Schedule  B.07(d)
relating to the facilities used  exclusively by the HPG Business,  and any other
real  property  leases  entered into after the date of this  Agreement and on or
prior to the Closing Date with the consent of Buyer, exclusively for the benefit
of the HPG Business,  as the same may be amended and  supplemented  from time to
time,  including  the  interests of Seller  Companies  in any related  fixtures,
improvements and personal property located therein.

         "HSR Act" means the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements  Act of
1976, as amended.

         "Intellectual  Property"  means all  patents,  copyrights,  technology,
know-how,  processes,  trade secrets,  inventions,  proprietary data,  formulae,
research and development data and computer  software  programs;  all trademarks,
trade names,  service marks and service names; all registrations,  applications,
recordings,  licenses and common-law rights relating thereto,  all rights to sue
at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereto,  including
the right to receive  all  proceeds  and  damages  therefrom,  and all rights to
obtain  renewals,   continuations,   divisions  or  other  extensions  of  legal
protections  pertaining thereto;  and all other United States, state and foreign
intellectual property owned by Seller Companies on the Closing Date.

         "Intellectual  Property Assignment  Agreements" means the Assignment of
United  States   Trademarks,   Trademark   Registrations  and  Applications  for
Registration, the Assignment of Foreign Trademarks,  Trademark Registrations and
Applications  for  Registration,  the  Assignment of United  States  Patents and
Patent  Applications,  the  Assignment of Foreign  Patents and  Application  for
Patents,  the  Assignment  of U.S.  Copyrights,  and the  Assignment  of Mexican
Trademarks,  Trademark  Registrations and Applications for Registration,  in the
forms contemplated by Attachments III, IV, V, VI, VIII and IX to this Agreement,
and such other assignment agreements as Buyer may reasonably request in order to
effect the change of title to the  Intellectual  Property  contemplated  by such
Attachments.

         "Inventory" means all items of inventory notwithstanding how classified
in the  financial  records of Seller  Companies,  including  all raw  materials,
work-in-process,  finished goods, reconditioned products and to be reconditioned
products.

         "Kuantan  Facility"  means the  manufacturing  facility  located at Lot
109A, KWS. Perinbustrain Gebeng, P.O. Box 6, Kuantan, Pahang 26080, Malaysia.

         "Licensed Software" shall mean any software used by and material to the
operation  of the  HPG  Business  that  constitutes  Transferred  Assets,  which
software constitutes "off-the-shelf" software or is licensed by Seller Companies
pursuant to a Contract.

         "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset,  any mortgage,  lien,  claim,
pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of
such asset.

         "Material Adverse Effect" means (i) with respect to the HPG Business, a
material adverse effect on the assets, properties, business, financial condition
or results of  operations  of the HPG  Business  taken as a whole,  or (ii) with
respect  to  any  other  Person,  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  assets,
properties,  business,  financial  condition  or results of  operations  of such
Person and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         "Net Tangible Assets" means (i) all Transferred Assets,  minus (ii) all
Assumed  Liabilities,  calculated in accordance  with the practices and policies
that were employed in the preparation of the Opening Statement,  determined,  in
each case,  consistent with the Opening Statement and the notes thereto,  except
as provided in Note E thereto.

         "Net Working  Capital" means (i) Net Tangible  Assets,  minus (ii) real
property,  equipment and capitalized software,  other fixed assets and all other
non-current assets, plus (iii) all non-current  liabilities of the HPG Business,
calculated in  accordance  with the practices and policies that were employed in
the preparation of the Opening Statement,  determined,  in each case, consistent
with the Opening  Statement and the notes thereto,  except as provided in Note E
thereto.

         "Non US Benefit  Arrangements" means Benefit Arrangements in respect of
Non US Transferred Employees.

         "Non US Transferred  Employees" means Transferred Employees who are not
US Transferred Employees.

         "Opening   Statement"   means  the  "Base   Business"   column  of  the
special-purpose  combining  statement of net assets of the HPG Business at March
29, 1998,  together with the notes thereto,  as included in the Other  Financial
Information section of Attachment I to this Agreement.

         "Owned  Software"  shall  mean  software  used by and  material  to the
operation of the HPG Business that constitutes  Transferred Assets that has been
designed and developed by Seller Companies  separate from any Licensed  Software
as set forth and described on Schedule B.19.

         "Permitted Liens" means any of the following:

                  (i) Liens for Taxes that (x) are not yet due or  delinquent or
(y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

                  (ii) statutory Liens or landlords', carriers', warehousemen's,
mechanic's,  suppliers',  materialmen's  or  other  like  Liens  arising  in the
ordinary course of business with respect to amounts not yet overdue for a period
of 60 days or amounts being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

                  (iii) easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar
charges or encumbrances on real property interests, that, individually or in the
aggregate,  do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of operation of
the HPG Business or the use of any such real property for its current uses;

                  (iv)  with  respect  to  real   property,   title  defects  or
irregularities  that do not in the aggregate  materially  impair the value of or
the use of such real property for its current use;

                  (v) rights  and  licenses  granted  to others in  Intellectual
Property  that have been  disclosed to Buyer prior to Buyer's  execution of this
Agreement,  that are not material to the HPG  Business  taken as a whole or that
have no effect upon the Transferred Assets;

                  (vi) with  respect to any of the HPG  Leases  where any Seller
Company is a lessee, any Lien affecting the interest of the landlord thereunder;

                  (vii) with respect to the Queretaro Property, the encroachment
of a structure  from the  neighboring  facility  across a shared  property line,
approximately eight meters into the Queretaro Property;

                  (viii) a lease of  approximately  750 square  feet of space at
the Queretaro  Property to BanaMex,  which operates an automated  teller machine
and office for the use of the employees at the Queretaro Property; and

                  (ix)  Encumbrances  disclosed  in the  Disclosure  Schedule or
taken into account in the Opening Statement.

         "Person" means an individual, a corporation,  a general partnership,  a
limited partnership, a limited liability company, limited liability partnership,
an  association,  a trust or any  other  entity  or  organization,  including  a
government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

         "Queretaro  Property"  means the  property  located at Accesco III SIN,
Fracc., Industrial Benito Juarez, Queretaro, QRO. 76130, Mexico.

         "Remedial  Action(s)" means the investigation,  clean-up or remediation
of  environmental  contamination or damage caused by, related to or arising from
the generation, use, handling,  treatment,  storage,  transportation,  disposal,
discharge,  release,  or emission of Hazardous  Substances,  including,  without
limitation,  investigations,  response,  removal and remedial  actions under The
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended,  corrective action under The Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act of
1976, as amended,  and clean-up  requirements under similar state  Environmental
Laws.

         "Representatives"   means  (i)  with  respect  to  Buyer,  any  of  the
"Representatives"  as defined  in the  Confidentiality  Agreement  and (ii) with
respect  to  Seller,  each  of its  respective  directors,  officers,  advisors,
attorneys, accountants, employees or agents.

         "Seller Companies" means Seller and its Subsidiaries.

         "Services  Agreements" means the Services  Agreement (United States and
Canada),  Services  Agreement  (GPA),  Services  Agreement  (Mexico),   Services
Agreement  (Latin  American  Group  and  CCA),  Services  Agreement  (Colombia),
Services  Agreement  (Chile),  Services  Agreement  (Peru),  Services  Agreement
(Argentina),   Services   Agreement   (Puerto   Rico)  and  Services   Agreement
(Venezuela), in the forms contemplated by Attachments XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII,
XXIII,  XXIV, XXV, XXVI and XXVII to this Agreement,  as the same may be amended
from time to time.

         "Subsidiary"  as it relates to any Person,  shall mean with  respect to
any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of
which  such  Person,  either  directly  or through  or  together  with any other
Subsidiary  of such  Person,  owns  more  than  50% of the  voting  power in the
election of directors or their equivalents,  other than as affected by events of
default.

         "Tax Authority" shall mean a foreign or United States federal, state or
local   Governmental   Authority  having   jurisdiction   over  the  assessment,
determination, collection or imposition of any Tax, as the context requires.

         "Tax  Returns"  means  all  returns  (including  information  returns),
declarations,  reports, estimates and statements regarding Taxes, required to be
filed with any Tax Authority.

         "Taxes" means all taxes,  charges,  fees, levies or other  assessments,
including  without  limitation,  all net income,  gross income,  gross receipts,
sales, use, ad valorem,  transfer,  franchise,  profits,  license,  withholding,
payroll, employment, excise, estimated,  severance, stamp, occupation,  property
or other  taxes,  customs,  duties,  fees,  assessments  or  charges of any kind
whatsoever,  together with any interest and any  penalties,  additions to tax or
additional amounts imposed by any Tax Authority.

         "Transaction  Documents"  means  this  Agreement,  the  Assignment  and
Assumption  Agreements,  the  Services  Agreements,  the  Intellectual  Property
Assignment  Agreements,  the Cross  License  Agreement,  the  Trademark  License
Agreement,   the  Distribution  Services  Agreement  (United  States),  and  the
Distribution Services Agreement (Latin America), and any exhibits or attachments
to any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended from time to time.

         "Transferred  Assets"  means,  other than Excluded  Assets,  all of the
assets, properties,  rights, licenses,  permits, Contracts, causes of action and
business  of every  kind and  description  as the same now exist  (except to the
extent  transferred in the ordinary course  consistent with past practices prior
to the Closing  Date) or exists on the Closing  Date,  wherever  located,  real,
personal  or  mixed,  tangible  or  intangible,  owned  by,  leased by or in the
possession of Seller or any Affiliated  Transferor,  whether or not reflected in
the books and records  thereof,  and held or used  exclusively in the conduct of
the HPG Business as the same now exist (except to the extent  transferred in the
ordinary  course  consistent  with past practices  prior to the Closing Date) or
exists on the Closing Date,  and all assets of the HPG Business  acquired by any
Seller Company, on or prior to the Closing Date and not disposed of prior to the
Closing  Date  in  accordance  with  this  Agreement,  and  including,   without
limitation,  except as otherwise specified herein, all direct or indirect right,
title and interest of Seller or any Affiliated Transferor in, to and under:

                  (i) the  Queretaro  Property,  together  with  all  buildings,
fixtures,  easements,  rights of way, and improvements thereon and appurtenances
thereto to the extent relating to the HPG Business;

                  (ii) the rights and  interests of Seller  Companies  under the
HPG Leases;

                  (iii) all personal  property and interests therein (other than
Intellectual  Property  and other than that  located at the  Kuantan  Facility),
including  machinery,  equipment,  furniture,  office equipment,  communications
equipment,  vehicles, storage tanks, spare and replacement parts, fuel and other
tangible  property (and interests in any of the  foregoing)  owned by any Seller
Company that are used exclusively in connection with the HPG Business;

                  (iv) all Inventory that is owned by Seller  Companies and held
for sale, use or consumption exclusively in the HPG Business;

                  (v) all Contracts;  provided,  however that the license of the
Spacemaker(R) trademark shall be limited to the Designated Countries;

                  (vi) all accounts,  accounts  receivable and notes  receivable
whether or not billed,  accrued or otherwise recognized in the Opening Statement
or taken  into  account in the  determination  of the Final Net  Tangible  Asset
Amount,  together  with any unpaid  interest  or fees  accrued  thereon or other
amounts due with respect thereto of Seller Companies that relate  exclusively to
the HPG Business, and any security or collateral for any of the foregoing;

                  (vii) all expenses that have been prepaid by Seller  Companies
relating  exclusively  to the operation of the HPG  Business,  including but not
limited to ad valorem Taxes, lease and rental payments;

                  (viii) all of  Seller's  or any of Seller  Companies'  rights,
claims,  credits,  causes of action or rights of set-off  against  Persons other
than  Seller  Companies  relating   exclusively  to  the  HPG  Business  or  the
Transferred Assets,  including,  without  limitation,  unliquidated rights under
manufacturers' and vendors' warranties;

                  (ix)  all  Intellectual   Property  (other  than  Intellectual
Property constituting an Excluded Asset) used or held for use exclusively in the
HPG Business,  including the goodwill of the HPG Business symbolized thereby, it
being understood and agreed that the only  Intellectual  Property deemed used or
held for use  exclusively  in the HPG Business that is registered or as to which
an application for registration is pending is listed as "Transferred  Assets" on
Attachment XII;

                  (x) all transferable  franchises,  licenses,  permits or other
governmental  authorizations owned by, or granted to, or held or used by, Seller
Companies and exclusively related to the HPG Business;

                  (xi)  except to the  extent a Seller  Company is  required  to
retain the originals  pursuant to any  Applicable Law (in which case copies will
be provided to Buyer), all business books, records, files and papers, whether in
hard copy or computer  format,  of a Seller Company used  exclusively in the HPG
Business, including, without limitation, books of account, invoices, engineering
information, sales and promotional literature,  trademark and service mark legal
files, other legal files, archival materials comprising  historical  advertising
and sales information  relating to Transferred  Assets and Designated  Products,
manuals and data, sales and purchase correspondence, lists of present and former
suppliers,  lists of present  and former  customers,  personnel  and  employment
records of  present or former  employees,  documentation  developed  or used for
accounting, marketing, engineering, manufacturing, or any other purpose relating
to the conduct of the HPG Business at any time prior to the  Closing,  except to
the extent relating to Excluded Liabilities;

                  (xii) the right to  represent  to third  parties that Buyer is
the successor to the HPG Business;

                  (xiii) all insurance  proceeds  (except to the extent relating
to  Excluded  Assets or  Excluded  Liabilities  or to the extent  relating to or
arising  out of  Environmental  Insurance  Claims),  net  of  any  retrospective
premiums,  deductibles,  retention or similar amounts, arising out of or related
to damage,  destruction or loss of any property or asset of or used  exclusively
in connection  with the HPG Business to the extent of any damage or  destruction
that  remains  unrepaired,  or to the  extent  any  property  or  asset  remains
unreplaced at the Closing Date;

                  (xiv) the equipment in the Kuantan Facility listed on Schedule
A, which assets shall be included in the  calculation  of the Final Net Tangible
Asset Amount; and

                  (xv)  accounts  receivable  and prepaid  expenses  relating to
Cleaning and Lighting  Products in the United States  (except for the operations
located in Miami, Florida) and Canada.

         "US Benefit  Arrangements" means Benefit  Arrangements in respect of US
Transferred Employees.

         "US Transferred  Employees" means Transferred Employees employed by the
HPG Business in the United States.

         "WARN" means the Worker Adjustment  Retraining and Notification Act, as
amended.

(b) "To the knowledge," "known by" or "known" (and any similar phrase) means (i)
with respect to Seller, to the knowledge of any of the Chief Financial  Officer,
the General Counsel, the Treasurer or the Controller of Seller, or the President
of the HPG  Business,  and shall be deemed to  include a  representation  that a
reasonable  investigation or inquiry of the subject matter thereof has been made
of such  individuals,  (ii) with  respect  to  Buyer,  to the  knowledge  of the
President,  Chief Financial Officer,  the General Counsel,  the Treasurer or the
Controller  of Buyer,  and shall be deemed to  include a  representation  that a
reasonable  investigation or inquiry of the subject matter thereof has been made
of such individuals.

(c) Each of the  following  terms is defined in the Section  set forth  opposite
such term:

                  Term                                                   Section

         Active Employee....................................................D.01
         Adjusted Purchase Price............................................2.02
         Agreement......................................................Preamble
         Buyer..........................................................Preamble
         Buyer Companies................................................Preamble
         Buyer's Mexico Plan................................................D.13
         Buyer's Pension Plan...............................................D.07
         Closing............................................................2.03
         Closing Net Working Capital Amount.................................2.04
         Competing Business.................................................5.06
         CSA................................................................E.05
         Encumbrances.......................................................   A
         Environmental Insurance Claims.....................................7.06
         Exchange Consideration.............................................2.02
         Fifth Anniversary Date.............................................5.06
         Final Net Tangible Asset Amount....................................2.04
         Final Net Working Capital Change Amount............................2.04
         Indemnified Claim.................................................10.03
         Indemnified Party.................................................10.03
         Indemnifying Party................................................10.03
         Insurance Liabilities..............................................6.03
         June 28 Net Working Capital Amount.................................2.04
         Leased Real Property...............................................B.07
         Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount..............................2.04
         Owned Real Property................................................B.07
         PBGC...............................................................B.18
         Period One.........................................................5.06
         Proceedings.......................................................    A
         Proposed Final Net Tangible Asset Amount...........................2.04
         Proposed Net Working Capital Change Amount.........................2.04
         Referee...........................................................10.03
         Remaining Recovery.................................................7.06
         Seller.........................................................Preamble
         Seller's Canada Plan...............................................D.15
         Seller's Mexico Plan...............................................D.13
         Seller's Pension Plan..............................................D.07
         Seller's Puerto Rico Plan..........................................D.14
         Seller's Savings Plan..............................................D.08
         Successor Canada Plan..............................................D.15
         Successor Puerto Rico Plan.........................................D.14
         Successor Savings Plan.............................................D.08
         Surviving Representations or Covenants............................10.01
         Third Party Claim.................................................10.03
         Transferred Employees..............................................D.01
         UL.................................................................E.05
         Year 2000 Compliant................................................B.19


<PAGE>






                                     
                                                                       EXHIBIT B


                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER


         Seller hereby represents and warrants prior to Buyer, that:

         B.01     Corporate  Existence  and  Power.  Each  of  Seller  and  each
Affiliated  Transferor is a corporation duly incorporated,  validly existing and
in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the  state  or   jurisdiction  of  its
incorporation and has all corporate powers,  and has all governmental  licenses,
authorizations,  consents and approvals required to carry on the HPG Business as
now conducted,  except where the failure to have such licenses,  authorizations,
consents  and  approvals  has not had, and could not  reasonably  be expected to
have, a Material  Adverse  Effect on the HPG  Business.  Each of Seller and each
Affiliated Transferor, as the case may be, is duly qualified to do business as a
foreign  corporation  in each  jurisdiction  where the character of the property
owned or leased by it or the nature of its  activities  make such  qualification
necessary  to carry on the HPG  Business  as now  conducted,  except  where  the
failure to be so qualified has not had, and could not  reasonably be expected to
have, a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG Business.

         B.02     Corporate   Authorization.   The   execution,   delivery   and
performance  by Seller  of each of the  Transaction  Documents  to which it is a
party and the consummation by Seller of the Contemplated Transactions are within
its corporate  powers and have been duly  authorized by all necessary  corporate
action on its part. The execution,  delivery and performance by Seller Companies
other than Seller of the  Transaction  Documents to which a Seller Company other
than  Seller is a party  and the  consummation  by such  Seller  Company  of the
Contemplated  Transactions are within such Seller Company's corporate powers and
as of Closing will have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate  action
on  its  part.  Each  of  the  Transaction  Documents  to  which  it is a  party
constitutes or will constitute at Closing a legal,  valid and binding  agreement
of the applicable Seller Company,  enforceable against it in accordance with its
terms (i) except as  enforceability  may be limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in
effect  relating to or affecting  creditors'  rights  generally,  including  the
effect  of  statutory  and  other  laws  regarding  fraudulent  conveyances  and
preferential  transfers and (ii) subject to the  limitations  imposed by general
equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in
a proceeding at law or in equity).

         B.03     Governmental   Authorization.   The  execution,  delivery  and
performance by each Seller Company of the Transaction Documents to which it is a
party  require no action by or in respect  of, or  consent  or  approval  of, or
filing with, any Governmental Authority other than:

                            (i) compliance  with any applicable  requirements of
         the HSR Act;

                           (ii)  actions,  consents,  approvals  or filings  set
         forth in  Schedule  B.03 or  otherwise  expressly  referred  to in this
         Agreement; and

                           (iii) such other consents, approvals, authorizations,
         permits and  filings  the failure to obtain or make would not have,  in
         the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG Business.

         B.04  Non-Contravention.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  B.04,  the
execution,  delivery and  performance by Seller or any Affiliated  Transferor of
the Transaction Documents do not and will not (i)(A) contravene or conflict with
the  charter  or bylaws of Seller or any  Affiliated  Transferor,  (B)  assuming
compliance with the matters referred to in Section B.03,  contravene or conflict
with or constitute a violation of any  provisions of any  Applicable Law binding
upon Seller or any Affiliated Transferor that is applicable to the HPG Business;
(C) assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section B.03, constitute
a  default  under or give  rise to any  right of  termination,  cancellation  or
acceleration  of, or to a loss of any benefit  relating  exclusively  to the HPG
Business to which Seller or any  Affiliated  Transferor is entitled  under,  any
Contract  binding  upon  Seller  or  any  Affiliated   Transferor  and  relating
exclusively to the HPG Business or by which any of the Transferred  Assets is or
may be bound or any license,  franchise, permit or similar authorization held by
Seller or any  Affiliated  Transferor  relating  exclusively to the HPG Business
except,  in the  case of  clauses  (B) and  (C),  for  any  such  contravention,
conflict, violation, default,  termination,  cancellation,  acceleration or loss
that could not  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect on the
HPG  Business or (ii) result in the  creation or  imposition  of any Lien on any
transferred Asset, other than Permitted Liens.

         B.05 Financial Statements.

                  (a) The Opening Statement is presented fairly, in all material
respects, and in conformity with GAAP (except as set forth in the notes thereto)
applied on a basis consistent in all material  respects with the manner in which
the HPG  Business  reported as of December 31, 1997 its  financial  position for
inclusion in the audited consolidated financial statements of Seller.

                  (b)  The  HPG  Financial  Statements  present  fairly,  in all
material respects, the financial position and results of operations at the dates
and for the periods set forth  therein,  in conformity  with GAAP (except as set
forth in the notes thereto).

         B.06  Absence of Certain  Changes.  Except  for  matters  that would be
permitted in  accordance  with Section 5.01 if they  occurred  after the date of
this Agreement or as set forth in Schedule B.06, from March 30, 1998 to the date
of this  Agreement,  there  has not  been any  material  adverse  change  in the
business,  financial  condition or results of operations of the HPG Business and
there has not been:

                  (a) any event or  occurrence  that has had a Material  Adverse
Effect on the HPG Business;

                  (b) any damage,  destruction  or other casualty loss affecting
the HPG  Business  or any assets  that would  constitute  Transferred  Assets if
owned,  held or used  by  Seller  or any of the  Affiliated  Transferors  on the
Closing Date that has had a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG Business;

                  (c)  any  transaction  or  commitment  made,  or any  Contract
entered into, by Seller or any Affiliated  Transferor  relating primarily to the
HPG Business or any assets that would  constitute  Transferred  Assets if owned,
held or used by Seller or any of the Affiliated  Transferors on the Closing Date
(including the  acquisition or disposition of any assets) or any  termination or
amendment by Seller or any Affiliated  Transferor of any Contract or other right
relating  primarily to the HPG  Business,  in either  case,  material to the HPG
Business  taken as a whole,  other  than  transactions  and  commitments  in the
ordinary   course  of  business   consistent   with  past  practices  and  those
contemplated by this Agreement;

                  (d) any sale or other disposition of more than an aggregate of
$500,000 of assets  (other than the sale of Inventory in the ordinary  course of
business consistent with past practices,  the sale of obsolete Inventory whether
or not in the ordinary course of business,  any sale made in the ordinary course
of business and the sale of surplus  equipment and  materials  arising out of or
relating  to  the  closing  of  the  Kuantan  Facility)  that  would  constitute
Transferred Assets if owned, held or used by any Seller Companies on the Closing
Date;

                  (e) any increase in the  compensation of any current  employee
of the  HPG  Business  at a  level  of  vice  president  or  above,  other  than
nondiscretionary  increases  pursuant to Employee Plans or Benefit  Arrangements
disclosed in Schedule B.18 or referenced in Exhibit D; and

                  (f) any cancellation,  compromise, waiver or release by Seller
or any  Affiliated  Transferor  of any claim or right  (or a series  of  related
rights and  claims)  related  to the HPG  Business,  other  than  cancellations,
compromises,  waivers or releases in the ordinary course of business  consistent
with past practices.

         B.07 Sufficiency of and Title to the Transferred Assets.

                  (a)  Except as set forth in  Schedule  B.07,  the  Transferred
Assets, together with the services to be provided to Buyer Companies pursuant to
the Services Agreements, the Distribution Services Agreement (United States) and
the  Distribution  Services  Agreement  (Latin  America),  and the  Intellectual
Property to be licensed to Buyer  pursuant to the Trademark  License  Agreement,
and the Cross License Agreement, and the subleases contemplated by Section 2.01,
constitute,  and on the  Closing  Date will  constitute,  all of the  assets and
services  that are necessary or  appropriate  to permit the operation of the HPG
Business in  substantially  the same manner as such  operations  have heretofore
been conducted.

                  (b)  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  B.07,  subject  to the
receipt of any consents or approvals of any other Person,  upon  consummation of
the  Contemplated  Transactions,  Buyer will have acquired  good and  marketable
title in and to,  or a valid  leasehold  interest  in,  each of the  Transferred
Assets (except for the Intellectual  Property as to which no  representation  is
made in this Section  B.07),  free and clear of all Liens,  except for Permitted
Liens.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  B.07,  subject  to the  receipt of any
consents or approvals  of any other Person set forth in Schedules  B.03 and B.04
or  referenced  in  Section  B.03,  upon   consummation   of  the   Contemplated
Transactions,  Buyer  will be in a  position  to  operate  the HPG  Business  in
substantially the same manner as operations have heretofore been conducted.

                  (c) Schedule  B.07  includes a true and  complete  list of all
real property owned by Seller Companies (or real property which Seller Companies
have a right to acquire in  connection  with the  operation of the HPG Business)
which is  included  in the  Transferred  Assets  (collectively,  the "Owned Real
Property").  Schedule  B.07 sets forth (i) the  address of each  parcel of Owned
Real Property and (ii) the owner of such Owned Real Property.

                  (d) Schedule  B.07  includes a true and  complete  list of all
agreements  (together  with any  amendments  thereof)  pursuant to which  Seller
Companies  lease,  sublease or otherwise  occupy  (whether as landlord,  tenant,
subtenant or other  occupancy  arrangement)  any real  property  used in the HPG
Business  (collectively,  the "Leased Real Property").  Schedule B.07 sets forth
(i) the address of each parcel of Leased Real Property and (ii) the owner of the
leasehold, subleasehold or occupancy interest for each Leased Real Property.

         B.08 No Undisclosed Liabilities.  There are no liabilities of Seller or
any Affiliated  Transferor  relating to the HPG Business that constitute Assumed
Liabilities  of any kind  whatsoever,  whether  accrued,  contingent,  absolute,
determined, determinable or otherwise, other than:

                  (a)  liabilities  disclosed  in or provided for in the Opening
Statement and liabilities for matters taken into account in the determination of
the Final Net Tangible Asset Amount;

                  (b)  liabilities  (i) disclosed in Schedule B.08, (ii) related
to any contract,  agreement, lease, license, commitment, sales or purchase order
or other  undertaking or matter  disclosed in the Disclosure  Schedules or (iii)
related to any Employee Plan or Benefit Arrangements  identified in Exhibit D or
disclosed in Schedule B.18; and

                  (c)  liabilities  incurred in the ordinary  course of business
consistent with past practices since March 29, 1998.

         B.09  Litigation.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  B.09,  there is no
action,  suit,  investigation or proceeding pending against, or to the knowledge
of Seller,  threatened against or affecting, the HPG Business or any Transferred
Asset before any  Governmental  Authority  that could  reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG Business.

         B.10 Material Contracts.

                  (a)  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  B.10 and  except  for
Contracts that do not constitute  Assumed  Liabilities,  Seller Companies,  with
respect to the HPG Business, are not parties to or otherwise bound by or subject
to:

                           (i) any written employment,  severance, consulting or
         sales representative  Contract which contains an obligation  (excluding
         commissions)  to pay more than  $100,000  per year and  constitutes  an
         Assumed Liability;

                           (ii) any Contract  containing  any covenant  limiting
         the freedom of Seller  Companies,  with  respect of the HPG Business or
         the  operations of the HPG Business,  to engage in any line of business
         or  compete  with any  Person in any  geographic  area in any  material
         respect if such Contract will be binding on Buyer  Companies  after the
         Closing;

                           (iii)  any  Contract  in  effect  on the date of this
         Agreement  relating to the disposition or acquisition of the assets of,
         or any interest in, any business  enterprise  which  relates to the HPG
         Business other than in the ordinary course of business  consistent with
         past practices;

                           (iv) any Financial Support Arrangements;

                           (v) any  indebtedness  for borrowed  money of the HPG
         Business that would constitute an Assumed  Liability if in existence on
         the Closing Date, with a principal amount in excess of $500,000; or

                           (vi) any offset agreement  entered into in connection
         with an  international  sales  transaction and relating to any Contract
         that  imposes on the HPG  Business an  obligation  to perform that will
         continue in effect on or after the Closing Date.

                  (b)  Except as  disclosed  in  Schedule  B.10,  each  Contract
disclosed in Schedule  B.10 is a legal,  valid and binding  obligation of Seller
(or the applicable  Affiliated  Transferor)  enforceable  against Seller (or the
applicable  Affiliated  Transferor)  in  accordance  with its terms  (except  as
limited by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or
other  similar  laws  now  or  hereafter  in  effect  relating  to or  affecting
creditors'  rights  generally,  including the effect of statutory and other laws
regarding fraudulent conveyances and preferential transfers,  and subject to the
limitations imposed by general equitable  principles  regardless of whether such
enforceability  is considered  in a proceeding at law or in equity),  and Seller
(or the applicable  Affiliated  Transferor) is not in default and has not failed
to perform any  obligation  thereunder,  and, to the knowledge of Seller,  there
does not exist any event,  condition or omission which would constitute a breach
or default (whether by lapse of time or notice or both) by any other Person.  As
of the date of this Agreement, Seller has not received any notification from any
other Person party to any of the Contracts disclosed in Schedule B.10 of a claim
of default by Seller.

         B.11 Licenses and Permits.  To the  knowledge of Seller,  except as set
forth in Schedule B.11,  Seller (or the appropriate  Affiliated  Transferor) has
all licenses, franchises, permits and other similar authorizations affecting, or
relating  in any way to, the HPG  Business  required  by law to be  obtained  by
Seller (or the  appropriate  Affiliated  Transferor) to permit Seller to conduct
the HPG  Business  in  substantially  the same  manner as the HPG  Business  has
heretofore been conducted.

         B.12 Finders' Fees. Except for Goldman, Sachs & Co., whose fees will be
paid  by  Seller,  there  is no  investment  banker,  broker,  finder  or  other
intermediary  that has been  retained  by or is  authorized  to act on behalf of
Seller who might be  entitled to any fee or  commission  from Seller or Buyer or
any of their Affiliates upon consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

         B.13 Environmental Compliance. Except as disclosed in Schedule B.13 and
except as  reserved  against or referred  to in the  Opening  Statement,  to the
knowledge of Seller the HPG Business is and has been in  substantial  compliance
with all applicable  Environmental Laws, and has obtained all permits,  licenses
and other authorizations that are required under applicable  Environmental Laws,
except where the failure to be in  compliance  or to have  obtained all material
permits, licenses and other authorizations has not had, and cannot reasonably be
expected to have, a Material  Adverse Effect on the HPG Business.  Except as set
forth in  Schedule  B.13 and except as  reserved  against or  referred to in the
Opening  Statement,  to the  knowledge of Seller (i) the HPG Business is and has
been in  material  compliance  with the terms  and  conditions  under  which the
permits,  licenses and other authorizations referenced in the preceding sentence
were  issued or  granted,  (ii) Seller  Companies  hold all permits  required by
Environmental  Laws  that are  necessary  and  appropriate  to  conduct  the HPG
Business as  presently  conducted  in all  material  respects and to operate the
Transferred  Assets and the Asheboro  Property in all material  respects as they
are presently operated; (iii) no suspension,  cancellation or termination of any
permit referred to in clause (ii) is pending or threatened;  (iv) Seller has not
received  written  notice of any  material  Environmental  Claim  relating to or
affecting  the HPG  Business  or the  Transferred  Assets,  and there is no such
threatened  Environmental Claim; (v) Seller, in connection with the HPG Business
or the  Transferred  Assets,  has not entered into,  agreed in writing to, or is
subject to any  judgment,  decree,  order or other  similar  requirement  of any
Governmental  Authority  under  any  Environmental  Laws;  and (vi) no event has
occurred and no circumstance exists that is reasonably likely to give rise to or
serve as a basis for any Environmental Liability;  except in the case of clauses
(i) through (vi) where such failure,  event or other  circumstance  has not had,
and cannot  reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG
Business.

         B.14  Compliance  with Laws.  Except as set forth in Schedule B.14, for
violations  or  infringements  of  Environmental  Laws,  and for  violations  or
infringements  that have not had, and may not  reasonably be expected to have, a
Material  Adverse  Effect on the HPG  Business,  to the  knowledge of Seller the
operation of the HPG Business and condition of the  Transferred  Assets have not
violated  or  infringed,  and do not  violate or  infringe,  in any  respect any
Applicable  Law or any order,  writ,  injunction  or decree of any  Governmental
Authority.

         B.15 Intellectual Property.  With respect to Intellectual Property that
constitute Transferred Assets, except as set forth in Schedule B.15:

                  (a) Seller (or an Affiliated  Transferor) owns, free and clear
of all Liens other than Permitted Liens,  and subject to any licenses  disclosed
in Schedule  B.15 or that in the  aggregate are not material to the HPG Business
as a whole granted by Seller  Companies  prior to the Closing  Date,  all right,
title and interest in such Intellectual Property;

                  (b) the use of such  Intellectual  Property in connection with
the operation of the HPG Business as conducted  during the past three years does
not conflict with, infringe upon or violate the intellectual  property rights of
any other Persons;

                  (c) Seller (or an Affiliated  Transferor) has the right to use
all such  Intellectual  Property  used by the HPG Business and necessary for the
continued  operation  of the HPG  Business in the same manner as its  operations
have  been  conducted  during  the  past  three  years  and  the  list  of  such
Intellectual Property comprising patents, patent applications,  trademark and/or
service  mark  registrations  and  applications  that is  included in Table 1 of
Attachment XII sets forth a complete and accurate list of all such  Intellectual
Property that constitutes Transferred Assets;

                  (d)  Seller  (or an  Affiliated  Transferor)  is the  owner of
record  of  the  pending  patent  applications  and  issued  patents  and of the
applications or issued registrations for trademarks and service marks comprising
Intellectual  Property  included in Table 1 of Attachment XII in each country or
state of  application  or  registration,  and each trademark or service mark and
each issued patent constituting such Intellectual  Property is subsisting and in
full force and effect;

                  (e) Upon the consummation of the Closing hereunder,  (i) Buyer
will be vested with all of Seller's  (or the  Affiliated  Transferors')  rights,
title and interest in, and Seller's (or the Affiliated  Transferors') rights and
authority to use in connection  with the HPG Business,  all of the  Intellectual
Property that constitute Transferred Assets and (ii) such Intellectual Property,
together with the Intellectual Property licensed to Buyer in accordance with the
Cross License  Agreement and Trademark License Agreement and any other interests
in Intellectual Property transferred hereunder will collectively constitute such
rights and  interests  in  Intellectual  Property  which are  necessary  for the
continued  operation  of the HPG  Business  as a whole in the same manner as its
operations have heretofore been conducted during the past three years; and

                  (f)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  Section  B.15,
Seller  makes no  representation  or  warranty,  and no such  representation  or
warranty shall be implied,  that any of such  Intellectual  Property included in
Table 1 of Attachment XII not  constituting a trademark or service mark is valid
or enforceable.

         B.16     Taxes.

                  (a)  Except as set forth in  Schedule  B.16,  Seller  and each
Affiliated  Transferor has exercised  reasonable care in the preparation of, and
has duly and timely filed,  all applicable Tax Returns with respect to all Taxes
required to be filed to the date  hereof  and, as of the Closing  Date will have
exercised reasonable care in the preparation of, and will have timely filed, all
applicable  Tax Returns with respect to Taxes required to have been filed to the
Closing Date,  except for Taxes  relating to periods that close on or before the
Closing Date that under  Applicable Law are not obligations of Buyer  Companies.
Except as set forth in  Schedule  B.16,  all Taxes  shown on the Tax  Returns or
pursuant  to any  declarations  or  assessments  received  by  Seller  and  each
Affiliated  Transferor  (including  estimated  Taxes)  have been duly and timely
paid,  except for Taxes  relating to periods that close on or before the Closing
Date that under  Applicable Law are not obligations of Buyer  Companies,  and no
such Taxes have created a Lien (other than a Permitted  Lien)  against or impair
the ability to transfer the Transferred Assets to Buyer Companies free and clear
of any Lien (other than a Permitted  Lien) in accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement.  Except as set forth in Schedule B.16, all such Tax Returns are true,
correct and  complete,  except for Taxes  relating  to periods  that close on or
before the Closing Date that under  Applicable Law are not  obligations of Buyer
Companies.  Except as set forth in Schedule B.16, there exists no Tax deficiency
or unpaid Tax assessed or proposed by any Governmental  Authority against Seller
or any Affiliated Transferor, except for Taxes relating to periods that close on
or before the Closing  Date that under  Applicable  Law are not  obligations  of
Buyer Companies.

                  (b) As of the date of this Agreement, Schedule B.16 contains a
list of all states and other jurisdictions where Seller Companies have filed Tax
Returns during the past three years with respect to Transferred Assets.

                  (c) None of the Assumed Liabilities is or may be an obligation
to make (i) a payment that will not be deductible by Buyer  Companies under Code
section  280G;  or (ii) a  payment  under  any  tax  allocation  or tax  sharing
agreement  or in respect  of any  liability  for the Taxes of any  Person  under
Treasury  regulation  section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local
or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

                  (d) None of the  Transferred  Assets  consists of stock in any
corporation (whether or not it currently holds any assets) that is or has been a
member of any consolidated,  combined, unitary or other similar group in respect
of any Taxes.

         B.17  Insurance.  Schedule B.17 contains a correct and complete list of
all material  policies of  insurance  held by any Seller  Companies  that are in
effect on the date of this  Agreement or in calendar years 1997 or 1996 and that
insure the HPG  Business.  Schedule  B.17  contains  an  accurate  and  complete
description  of any  provision  contained in said  policies  which  provides for
retrospective or retroactive premium adjustment.  None of the insurance carriers
listed in Schedule  B.17 are related to or  affiliated  with Seller,  other than
Shenandoah  Insurance,  Inc.  Seller  has  not  received  notice  or  any  other
indication from any insurer or agent (other than Shenandoah Insurance,  Inc.) of
any  intent to cancel or not to renew any of the  insurance  policies  listed in
Schedule B.17,  except for cancellations or failures to renew that will occur as
a result of the Closing.  No Seller Company has been refused any insurance,  nor
has any Seller Company's coverage been limited by any insurance carrier to which
it has applied for insurance or with which it has carried  insurance  during the
last five  years,  except as  limited by  insurance  carrier's  internal  policy
regarding maximum coverage and limits.

         B.18 Employee Benefit Matters.

                  (a) Schedule B.18 lists each Employee Plan or material Benefit
Arrangement  (other  than  Benefit   Arrangements  as  to  which  Buyer  has  no
obligations  hereunder) which covers  Transferred  Employees and each collective
bargaining agreement covering Transferred Employees.

                  (b) Except as set forth in Schedule B.18,  with respect to the
HPG Business:

                           (i) neither Seller nor any member of its  "Controlled
         Group" (defined as any  organization  which is a member of a controlled
         group of organizations within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b), (c),
         (m)  or  (o))  has  ever  contributed  to or  had  any  liability  to a
         multi-employer  plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA, which could
         reasonably  be  expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the HPG
         Business;

                           (ii) no  fiduciary  of any funded  Employee  Plan has
         engaged  in a  nonexempt  "prohibited  transaction"  (as  that  term is
         defined in Section  4975 of the Code and  Section  406 of ERISA)  which
         could  subject  Buyer to a penalty tax  imposed by Section  4975 of the
         Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA;

                           (iii) no Employee Plan that is subject to Section 412
         of the Code has incurred an "accumulated funding deficiency" within the
         meaning of Section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived;

                           (iv) each Employee Plan and Benefit  Arrangement  has
         been  established  and   administered  in  all  material   respects  in
         accordance with its terms and in compliance with Applicable Law;

                           (v) no Employee Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA has
         incurred  any  material  liability  under such title other than for the
         payment  of  premiums  to  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation
         ("PBGC"),  all of which to the  knowledge of Seller have been paid when
         due;

                           (vi)  no  defined  benefit  Employee  Plan  has  been
         terminated;  nor have there been any "reportable  events" (as that term
         is defined in Section  4043 of ERISA and the  regulations  thereunder),
         other than  reportable  events arising  directly from the  Contemplated
         Transactions, which would present a risk that an Employee Plan would be
         terminated by the PBGC in a distress termination;

                           (vii) each  Employee  Plan  intended to qualify under
         Section 401 of the Code has received a determination  letter that it is
         so  qualified  and no  event  has  occurred  with  respect  to any such
         Employee  Plan  which  could  cause the loss of such  qualification  or
         exemption;

                           (viii) with respect to each  Employee  Plan listed in
         Schedule B.18,  Seller has made available to Buyer the most recent copy
         (where  applicable)  of (1) the  plan  document;  (2) the  most  recent
         determination  letter;  (3) any summary plan description;  and (4) Form
         5500;

                           (ix) with respect to the Transferred Employees, there
         are  no  post-retirement   medical  or  health  plans,   dental  plans,
         hospitalizations,  life  insurance  or other plans or  arrangements  in
         effect;

                           (x) there are no  actions,  claims or  investigations
         pending or, to the knowledge of Seller threatened, against any Employee
         Plan, Benefit Arrangement,  or any administrator,  fiduciary or sponsor
         thereof with  respect to the HPG  Business,  other than benefit  claims
         arising in the normal  course of  operation  of such  Employee  Plan or
         Benefit Arrangement; and

                           (xi)  except  as  otherwise   expressly  provided  in
         Exhibit D, the consummation of the Contemplated  Transactions in and of
         themselves  will not entitle any  individual  to severance  pay that is
         payable by Buyer Companies, and will not accelerate the time of payment
         or vesting,  or increase the amount of any compensation or benefits due
         any  Transferred  Employee to the extent such  compensation or benefits
         are the responsibility of any Buyer Companies.

         B.19 Software Applications.

                  (a)  Software  Applications:  Year 2000.  All of the Owned and
Licensed  Software has been considered in Year 2000 remediation  plans developed
by the HPG  Business.  Except as otherwise  set forth on Schedule  B.19,  Seller
represents  that to its  knowledge  the  Owned  Software  will  operate  without
interruption  and/or  malfunction due to the recognition and processing of dates
on and  beyond  January 1,  2000,  except to the extent  that a failure to do so
could not  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the HPG
Business ("Year 2000 Compliant").

                  (b) Licensed Software.  Seller's interest in Licensed Software
reflected  by  a  Contract   listed  on  Schedule  B.19,   subject  to  consents
contemplated by Schedule B.04 or Schedule B.19, is transferrable to Buyer.

                  (c) No Errors; Non-Conformity. The Owned Software is free from
defects  in  workmanship  and  materials,  except  for  defects  that  could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG Business.

                  (d) No Bugs or Viruses.  Seller has not knowingly  altered its
data to create a bug or virus  which  would  cause  either the Owned or Licensed
Software  to be fully  dysfunctional,  and there  are no such  bugs or  viruses,
except  in  either  case to the  extent  that  such  bugs or  viruses  could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the HPG Business.

                  (e)  Passthrough  Warranties.  Seller  shall,  to  the  extent
permitted by Applicable  Law and the  applicable  manufacturer  and supplier and
provided that it is at no cost to Seller,  transfer to Buyer all  manufacturers'
and suppliers' warranties for the Licensed Software,  and the Seller shall, upon
the Buyer's reasonable request, execute such documentation reasonably acceptable
to Seller that is necessary to effectuate the transfer.

                  (f) Documentation. Seller has furnished Buyer, or will furnish
upon Buyer's request, copies of all documentation (End-User or otherwise) in its
possession relating to the use, maintenance and operation of the Owned Software.

         B.20 Real Property. Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule B.20:

                  (a) Subject only to the permitted Liens,  there are no leases,
tenancies or other occupancy  agreements,  either oral or written,  which affect
the Queretaro  Property,  and Seller has  exclusive  possession of the Queretaro
Property;

                  (b) Seller  has no notice or  knowledge  of:  (i) any  pending
improvement  liens to be made by any Governmental  Authority with respect to the
Queretaro  Property;  (ii)  any  violations  of  building  codes  and/or  zoning
ordinances  or other  governmental  regulations  with  respect to the  Queretaro
Property;  or (iii) any  pending or  threatened  condemnation  proceedings  with
respect to the Queretaro Property;

                  (c) To Seller's  knowledge,  no fact or condition exists which
would  result in the  termination  or  impairment  of  access  to the  Queretaro
Property or the  discontinuation  of  necessary  sewer,  water,  electric,  gas,
telephone or other utilities or services to the Queretaro Property;

                  (d)  All  of  the  structural  elements,  mechanical  systems,
utility  systems and roofs of the Queretaro  Property are in good working order,
ordinary wear and tear and routine maintenance excepted;

                  (e) To Seller's knowledge,  without independent investigation,
all improvements on the Queretaro Property were permitted, conforming structures
under  applicable  zoning and building  laws and  ordinances  in effect when the
improvements  were  constructed  and the present  uses  thereof  are  permitted,
conforming uses under applicable zoning and building laws and ordinances;

                  (f) All water, sewer, gas, electric,  telephone,  drainage and
other  utility  equipment  and  facilities  necessary  for the  operation of the
Queretaro  Property are installed and connected  pursuant to valid permits,  are
adequate to service the Queretaro Property and are in good operating condition;

                  (g) To Seller's knowledge,  all requirements applicable to the
Queretaro Property imposed under zoning and building laws and ordinances adopted
subsequent to the  construction of the  improvements  have been complied with to
the extent required by Applicable Law; and

                  (h) Seller is vested with good and marketable fee simple title
to the Queretaro Property subject only to the Permitted Liens.  Without limiting
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  there  are  no  so-called  "ejido"  rights
encumbering or otherwise affecting the Queretaro Property.



<PAGE>






                                      
                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER


         Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller that:

         C.01   Organization   and  Existence.   Buyer  is  a  corporation  duly
incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Florida and has all  corporate  powers,  and has all  governmental  licenses,
authorizations,  consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now
conducted,  except  where the  failure  to have such  licenses,  authorizations,
consents and approvals has not had and may not reasonably be expected to have, a
Material  Adverse  Effect on Buyer.  As of the Closing Date,  Buyer will be duly
qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the
character of the property  owned or leased by it or the nature of its activities
(after giving effect to the Contemplated  Transactions)  make such qualification
necessary  to  carry  on  its  business  as  now  conducted,  except  for  those
jurisdictions  where  failure  to be so  qualified  has  not  had,  and  may not
reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer.

         C.02 Corporate Authorization.  The execution,  delivery and performance
by Buyer  of the  Transaction  Documents  and the  consummation  by Buyer of the
Contemplated Transactions are within the corporate powers of Buyer and have been
(or,  prior to the Closing,  will have been) duly  authorized  by all  necessary
corporate  action  on the  part  of  Buyer.  Each of the  Transaction  Documents
constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer,  enforceable  against
Buyer in accordance with its terms (i) except as  enforceability  may be limited
by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or  other
similar  laws now or hereafter  in effect  relating to or  affecting  creditors'
rights  generally,  including the effect of statutory  and other laws  regarding
fraudulent  conveyances  and  preferential  transfers  and (ii)  subject  to the
limitations imposed by general equitable principles  (regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

         C.03 Governmental Authorization.  Except as set forth on Schedule C.03,
the execution,  delivery and performance by Buyer of the  Transaction  Documents
require no action by or in respect of, consents or approvals of, or filing with,
any governmental body, agency,  official or authority other than compliance with
any applicable requirements of the HSR Act.

         C.04  Non-Contravention.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance by
Buyer  of the  Transaction  Documents  do not and  will  not (i)  contravene  or
conflict with the charter or bylaws of Buyer, (ii) assuming  compliance with the
matters referred to in Section C.03, contravene or conflict with or constitute a
violation of any provision of any law, regulation,  judgment,  injunction, order
or decree  binding upon or  applicable to Buyer,  or (iii)  constitute a default
under or give rise to any right of termination,  cancellation or acceleration of
any right or  obligation  of Buyer or to a loss of any benefit to which Buyer is
entitled  under any  provision of any  agreement,  contract or other  instrument
binding  upon  Buyer  or  any  license,   franchise,  permit  or  other  similar
authorization held by Buyer,  except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), for
any such contravention, conflict, violation, default, termination, cancellation,
acceleration  or loss that could not  reasonably  be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on Buyer Companies taken as a whole.

         C.05 Finders' Fees. Except for NationsBanc  Montgomery  Securities LLC,
whose fees will be paid by Buyer, there is no investment banker,  broker, finder
or other  intermediary  that has been  retained  by or is  authorized  to act on
behalf of Buyer who might be  entitled to any fee or  commission  from Seller or
Buyer  (or  any of  their  Affiliates)  upon  consummation  of the  Contemplated
Transactions.

         C.06 Litigation.  There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding
pending against, or to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened against or affecting,
Buyer before any court or arbitrator or any  Governmental  Authority that in any
manner  challenges or seeks to prevent,  enjoin,  alter or materially  delay the
Contemplated Transactions.

         C.07   Inspections.   Buyer   acknowledges  that  Seller  has  made  no
representation or warranty as to the prospects,  financial or otherwise,  of the
HPG Business except as expressly set forth in the Transaction  Documents.  Buyer
agrees that it shall accept the Transferred  Assets and the Assumed  Liabilities
as they exist on the  Closing  Date based on  Buyer's  inspection,  examination,
determination with respect thereto as to all matters,  and without reliance upon
any express or implied  representations or warranties of any nature,  whether in
writing,  orally or  otherwise,  made by or on behalf of or  imputed  to Seller,
except as expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents.

         C.08 Financing.  Buyer has available to it cash,  marketable securities
or other investments,  or presently available sources of credit, to enable it to
consummate the Contemplated Transactions.


<PAGE>







                                                                       EXHIBIT D


                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS


I.       Employees and Employment.

         D.01  General.  On the  Closing  Date,  the  employment  of all  Active
Employees of the HPG Business  including  employees  based in the HPG  Business'
headquarters in Shelton, Connecticut,  employees based in the Asheboro Property,
the Queretaro  Property and the Kuantan  Facility,  and the employees  listed on
Attachment  XV,  shall be  transferred  to the  Buyer  Companies  such  that the
employment  of such persons  shall be  considered  continuous  employment  under
Applicable  Law.  "Active  Employee"  shall mean any  individual who is actively
employed  by any Seller  Company in  connection  with the HPG  Business or is on
authorized leave of absence,  military service (without  restriction) or lay-off
with recall rights  (without  restriction)  with respect to the HPG Business and
where applicable shall include independent contractors.  The Active Employees of
the HPG  Business who are employed at any time on or after the Closing Date with
any of the Buyer Companies are herein  collectively  referred to as "Transferred
Employees."  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Exhibit  D,  such
employment  shall be at the same workplace and on  substantially  the same terms
and  conditions as those under which such  employees  are currently  employed by
Seller  Companies  and the  employment  of each  Transferred  Employee  shall be
continued by the Buyer Companies for the maximum  applicable  termination notice
period to which the Seller  Companies may be subject under  Applicable  Law as a
result of the Contemplated Transactions. From and after the Closing Date, except
as otherwise provided herein or in the Agreement, each Buyer Company employing a
Transferred   Employee  shall  assume  all  obligations  under  any  agreements,
contracts or Applicable  Law relating to the terms and  conditions of employment
of such Transferred  Employees,  and such Buyer Company shall be responsible for
any liability or obligations  arising out of or pertaining to the termination of
employment of, hiring of or failure or refusal to hire any Transferred Employee.

         D.02 Labor  Agreements.  The Buyer  Companies  agree to  recognize  the
applicable labor unions, collective bargaining  representative,  trade unions or
work  councils  representing  any employees of the HPG Business as the exclusive
collective  bargaining  representatives of such employees with respect to wages,
hours,  fringe and other terms and  conditions  of  employment  to the extent so
recognized  by  Seller  Companies  for all such  employees  who are  within  the
appropriate bargaining unit as determined by Applicable Law. The Buyer Companies
shall  become  successor  employers  under  any labor or  collective  bargaining
agreements and agree to honor the terms of and to assume all  obligations of the
Seller Companies under applicable existing collective  bargaining  agreements in
respect of such unionized  Transferred Employees from and after the Closing Date
and all legal obligations arising from such recognition or assumption.

         D.03 Recalled or Rehired  Employees.  Buyer Companies  confirm that any
employees  of the HPG  Business  that are laid off or on leave as of the Closing
Date and who are recalled or rehired by a Buyer  Company or return from leave on
or after the Closing Date will be recalled or rehired or returned to  employment
in compliance  with any applicable  agreements,  contracts or Applicable Law and
will be accorded the benefits otherwise provided to Transferred Employees by the
Buyer Companies.

         D.04 Negotiations with Employees or Employee Representatives. If and to
the  extent  that any  provisions  of this  Agreement  are or may be  subject to
negotiation  with employees  (including  Transferred  Employees),  or applicable
labor unions,  trade unions or work councils,  by policy,  contract,  collective
agreement or  Applicable  Law, the Seller  Companies and Buyer  Companies  shall
cooperate fully in such negotiations.

         D.05 Termination and Plant Closing Notices;  WARN. Seller shall provide
any  notices  to the  Transferred  Employees  that  may be  required  under  any
Applicable Law,  including but not limited to WARN or any similar state or local
law,  with respect to events that occur prior to the Closing  Date.  Buyer shall
provide any such notices to Active Employees of the HPG Business with respect to
events that occur as a result of the Closing, and to Transferred  Employees with
respect to events that occur on and after the Closing Date. Buyer shall not take
any action  after the Closing that would cause any  termination  of employees by
the Seller  Companies  that occur on or before the Closing Date to  constitute a
"plant  closing" or "mass  layoff" under WARN or any similar state or local law,
or create any liability to the Seller Companies for employment termination under
Applicable Law.

         D.06  Immigration  Matters.  The Buyer Companies  acknowledge  that the
Contemplated  Transactions may trigger certain obligations under the immigration
laws  of the  countries  where  the  HPG  Business  operates.  Buyer  shall  use
reasonable  efforts to comply with all requirements of such immigration laws and
agrees  to make any  reasonable  and  necessary  filings  with  the  appropriate
Governmental Authority to attempt to ensure the continued employment eligibility
of the  Transferred  Employees,  including  Bruce  Duncan,  Rafael  Diaz,  David
O'Connor, Kaj Koft and Larry Baab.

II.      United States Employee Benefit Matters.

         D.07 Pension Plans.

                  (a) Seller and its Affiliates shall retain all liabilities and
obligations  in respect of benefits  accrued by  employees  of the HPG  Business
(including  Transferred  Employees)  as of the  Closing  Date  under The Black &
Decker  Pension  Plan  ("Seller's   Pension  Plan").   Accrued  benefits  of  US
Transferred  Employees  under Seller's  Pension Plan shall be fully vested as of
the Closing Date. Benefit accruals in respect of US Transferred  Employees under
Seller's  Pension  Plan  shall  cease as of the  Closing  Date.  US  Transferred
Employees  participating  in  Seller's  Pension  Plan shall not be  entitled  to
receive any such vested accrued  benefits under Seller's Pension Plan unless and
until their  employment with Buyer Companies  terminates.  No assets of Seller's
Pension Plan shall be transferred to Buyer Companies or to any employee  benefit
plan of Buyer or any of its Affiliates.

                  (b) Except as otherwise provided in Section D.07(c),  prior to
or as soon as  practicable  after the Closing  Date,  Buyer shall  designate  or
establish  a defined  benefit  pension  plan for the  benefit of US  Transferred
Employees  who were  participants  in Seller's  Pension Plan  ("Buyer's  Pension
Plan"). Buyer's Pension Plan shall cover all US Transferred  Employees,  each of
whom shall be eligible to participate  therein for a period of at least one year
following  the Closing Date on  substantially  the same terms and  conditions as
provided to the US Transferred Employees under Seller's Pension Plan immediately
prior to the  Closing  Date;  provided,  however,  that with  respect to benefit
accrual,  Buyer may offset the benefit  under the Buyer's  Pension  Plan for the
benefit accrual of US Transferred  Employees under the Seller's  Pension Plan as
of the Closing Date.

                  (c) Buyer covenants and agrees that service with Seller or any
of its Affiliates (and, to the extent applicable,  with General Electric Company
or any of its  Affiliates)  prior to the Closing Date that is recognized for any
purpose by Seller's  Pension Plan will be recognized by Buyer's Pension Plan for
such purpose.

                  (d) In lieu of adopting Buyer's Pension Plan, Buyer may make a
contribution to an individual account plan maintained by the Buyer,  and/or make
a cash  payment,  to or for the  benefit of each US  Transferred  Employee in an
amount not less than the value of the benefit that the US  Transferred  Employee
would have accrued under the Buyer's Pension Plan, after the offset for benefits
under Seller's  Pension Plan, for the one-year  period  beginning on the Closing
Date.  The Buyer shall make any such  contribution,  or cash  payment net of any
withholding  taxes,  within 120 days after the first  anniversary of the Closing
Date.

                  (e) Seller shall provide Buyer with any  information  relating
to the accrued  benefits of the US Transferred  Employees under Seller's Pension
Plan as shall be  reasonably  requested by Buyer to enable it to  calculate  the
benefits to be provided under the Buyer's Pension Plan pursuant to paragraph (b)
of this Section D.07 or the contributions or payments  otherwise  required to be
made by the Buyer pursuant to this paragraph (d) of this Section D.07.

         D.08 Savings Plans.

                  (a)  Seller  shall  cause  the  trustee  of The Black & Decker
Retirement Savings Plan ("Seller's Savings Plan") to transfer as of the transfer
date specified below, the full account balances of the US Transferred  Employees
under  Seller's  Savings  Plan, to the  Successor  Savings Plan (as  hereinafter
defined).  Such assets shall be  transferred  to the  Successor  Savings Plan in
cash,  provided that assets consisting of notes or other instruments  evidencing
loans made to  participating  US Transferred  Employees  shall be transferred in
such form to the Successor Savings Plan. Seller and Buyer shall make any and all
filings and submissions to the appropriate Governmental  Authorities,  and shall
make any necessary plan  amendments  arising in connection  with the transfer of
assets from Seller's Savings Plan to the Successor Savings Plan.

                  (b) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer shall
establish  or  designate  an  individual  account  plan  for the  benefit  of US
Transferred  Employees (the "Successor Savings Plan"),  shall take all necessary
action,  if any,  to qualify the  Successor  Savings  Plan under the  applicable
provisions of the Code and shall make any and all filings and submissions to the
appropriate  Governmental  Authorities  required to be made by it in  connection
with the transfer of assets  contemplated  hereby.  The  Successor  Savings Plan
shall  provide  that  those US  Transferred  Employees  and their  beneficiaries
covered by  Seller's  Savings  Plan shall  receive  credit for all  service  and
compensation  with  Seller  or  any  of  its  Affiliates  (and,  to  the  extent
applicable, with General Electric Company or any of its Affiliates) prior to the
Closing Date for all purposes,  to the same extent such service and compensation
are recognized  under  Seller's  Savings Plan  immediately  prior to the Closing
Date. Buyer shall take all action required or appropriate to vest fully all such
US  Transferred  Employees in their entire account  balances  transferred to the
Successor  Savings Plan and, to the extent  required under Section  411(d)(6) of
the Code, to protect and preserve all benefits,  rights and features relating to
those  account  balances  transferred  from  Seller's  Savings  Plan. As soon as
practicable  following  the  earlier of the  delivery  to Seller of a  favorable
determination  letter from the Internal Revenue Service  regarding the qualified
status of the Successor Savings Plan or the issuance of indemnities satisfactory
to Seller in its sole  discretion,  Seller  shall  cause the trustee of Seller's
Savings Plan,  subject to any election by a US Transferred  Employee to withdraw
his or her account  balance  prior to the  transfer  date in respect of Seller's
Savings Plan, to transfer the full account balances of US Transferred  Employees
under Seller's  Savings Plan as of the transfer date to the appropriate  trustee
designated  by the  Buyer  under  the  trust  agreement  forming  a part  of the
Successor  Savings  Plan;  provided,  that assets  consisting  of notes or other
instruments  evidencing  loans made to  participating  US Transferred  Employees
shall be transferred in such form to the Successor Savings Plan.

                  (c) Buyer,  effective as of the date of the transfer of assets
contemplated  by  this  Section  D.08,   assumes  all  of  the  liabilities  and
obligations  of  Seller  or any of its  Affiliates  in  respect  of the  account
balances  accumulated by US Transferred  Employees under Seller's  Savings Plan,
and the  Successor  Savings  Plan assumes all  liabilities  and  obligations  of
Seller's  Savings  Plan with  respect to all  account  balances  under  Seller's
Savings  Plan of such US  Transferred  Employees.  Neither  Buyer nor any of its
Affiliates  shall assume any other  obligations or liabilities  arising under or
attributable  to  Seller's  Savings  Plan  and  neither  Seller  nor  any of its
Affiliates shall assume any liabilities or obligations  under or attributable to
the Successor Savings Plan. Prior to the transfer of assets contemplated by this
Section D.08, Buyer Companies,  if consented to by the applicable US Transferred
Employee,   shall  withhold  from  such  US  Transferred  Employee's  pay,  loan
repayments  relating to any  outstanding  loan to such US  Transferred  Employee
under Seller's  Savings Plan and shall promptly  forward those  withholdings  to
Seller's Savings Plan.

         D.09 Health and Welfare Plans; Benefit Arrangements.

                  (a) For a period of one year following the Closing Date, Buyer
Companies shall ensure that the US Transferred  Employees are provided  benefits
that are  comparable  in the  aggregate to the health,  medical,  dental,  life,
disability  and severance  benefits in effect for the US  Transferred  Employees
immediately prior to the Closing Date.

                  (b) In furtherance  and not in limitation of the provisions of
this  Section  D.09,  as of the Closing  Date,  Buyer (i) shall,  subject to the
provisions of Section  10.02(b)(iv),  establish severance plans,  agreements and
arrangements with  substantially the same terms and conditions as those provided
under the  applicable  severance  agreements,  plans or  arrangements  listed on
Schedule  B.18,  (ii) agrees to maintain such  severance  agreements,  plans and
arrangements  for a period of at least one year  following the Closing Date, and
(iii) agrees to pay any benefits to any US  Transferred  Employees that they may
be entitled to receive under such severance  agreements,  plans or arrangements.
In furtherance  and not in limitation of the provisions of this Section D.09, as
of the Closing  Date,  Buyer or the  applicable  Buyer  Company shall assume the
obligations  of  Seller  Companies  under  the  individual   employee  severance
agreements listed on Schedule B.18.

                  (c) With respect to any US Transferred Employee (including any
beneficiary or dependent thereof),  except as expressly set forth herein, Seller
Companies shall retain (i) all  liabilities  and  obligations  arising under any
group life, accident,  medical, dental or disability plan or similar arrangement
(whether or not insured) to the extent that such liability or obligation relates
to claims  incurred  (whether or not  reported) on or prior to the Closing Date,
and (ii) all liabilities and obligations arising under any worker's compensation
laws to the extent such  liability or obligation  relates to the period prior to
the Closing Date.

                  (d) Any group  health  plan,  disability  plan or other  plans
established  or  designated  by  the  Buyer  Companies  for  the  benefit  of US
Transferred Employees shall not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect
to any preexisting condition.

                  (e) Except as otherwise  expressly provided in this Exhibit D,
effective as of the Closing,  Buyer shall assume the liabilities and obligations
of Seller  Companies  in  respect  of all US  Transferred  Employees  (and their
beneficiaries  and  dependents)  under the  Benefit  Arrangements  sponsored  or
maintained  by Seller  Companies at any time prior to the Closing  Date,  if and
only to the extent that such  liabilities  and  obligations are reflected on the
Opening Statement.

         D.10 Post-Retirement Medical and Life Insurance.

                  (a) Seller Companies shall retain responsibility for providing
health,  medical,  dental,  hospitalization,  life insurance or similar benefits
(including,  without  limitation,  reimbursement  for Medicare  premiums) to any
employee or former  employee  of the HPG  Business  (other  than US  Transferred
Employees)  who  retires or has  retired on or before the  Closing  Date.  Buyer
Companies shall be responsible for providing any post-retirement  medical,  life
or similar  benefits to US Transferred  Employees if and only to the extent that
Buyer, in its sole discretion, agrees to provide such post-retirement benefits.

                  (b)   Notwithstanding   the  provisions  of  this  Exhibit  D,
including  but not  limited  to the  provisions  of this  Section  D.10,  Seller
Companies  may amend,  modify or terminate any plans or  arrangements  providing
post-retirement  health,  medical,  dental,  hospitalization,  life insurance or
similar benefits  (including,  without  limitation,  reimbursement  for Medicare
premiums) to any  employee or former  employee of the HPG  Business,  subject in
each case to the provisions of Applicable Law.

                  (c) Buyer shall not be obligated by this  Agreement to provide
post-retirement,  health, medical,  dental,  hospitalization,  life insurance or
similar benefits  (including,  without  limitation,  reimbursement  for Medicare
premiums),  or  any  particular  level  of  such  benefits,  to  US  Transferred
Employees.

III.     Other Country Employee Benefit Matters.

         D.11  General.  For a period of one year  following  the Closing  Date,
Buyer shall ensure that the Non-US  Transferred  Employees are provided benefits
that are  comparable  in the  aggregate  to those  provided  under the  Non-U.S.
Benefit  Arrangements  as in  effect  for  those  Non-US  Transferred  Employees
immediately  prior to the Closing  Date,  it being  understood  that each Non-US
Transferred  Employee shall receive credit for all service and compensation with
Seller  Companies  and any of  their  predecessors  or  Affiliates  prior to the
Closing Date for all  purposes to the same extent that service and  compensation
are recognized immediately prior to the Closing.

         D.12  Severance/Termination  Indemnities.  In  furtherance  and  not in
limitation of the provisions of Section D.11, for a period of at least one year,
Buyer  shall  provide  severance  programs  and  termination   indemnities  with
substantially  the same terms and  conditions  as those  provided  by the Seller
Companies to the Non-US Transferred  Employees  immediately prior to the Closing
and agrees to pay any benefit to Non-US Transferred  Employees to which they may
be entitled under such severance  programs and/or  termination  indemnities with
respect  to events  that  occur as a result of the  Closing  and on or after the
Closing Date.

         D.13  Mexico  Plan.  In  furtherance  and  not  in  limitation  of  the
provisions of Section D.11:

                  (a) Except as  otherwise  provided  in  paragraph  (d) of this
Section D.13,  prior to or as soon as practicable  after the Closing Date, Buyer
shall  designate or establish a defined  benefit  pension plan ("Buyer's  Mexico
Plan") for the benefit of Non-US Transferred  Employees who were participants in
the Black & Decker,  S.A. de C.V. Pension and Seniority Premium Plans ("Seller's
Mexico Plan").  Buyer's Mexico Plan shall cover all Non-US Transferred Employees
who  were  participants  in the  Seller's  Mexico  Plan,  each of whom  shall be
eligible to participate  therein for a period of at least one year following the
Closing Date on the same terms and conditions as provided to participants  under
the Seller's Mexico Plan immediately prior to the Closing Date.

                  (b) Buyer covenants and agrees that service with the Seller or
any of its  predecessors  or  Affiliates  prior  to the  Closing  Date  that  is
recognized for any purpose under the Seller's  Mexico Plan will be recognized by
Buyer's Mexico Plan for such purpose.

                  (c) As of the Closing  Date,  Seller  shall cause the Seller's
Mexico  Plan to be  amended  to fully  vest  all  Non-US  Transferred  Employees
participating in that plan in their entire accrued benefit  determined as of the
Closing  Date.  The Seller shall cause assets of the Seller's  Mexico Plan to be
transferred to the Buyer's Mexico Plan in an amount equal to the accrued benefit
of the Non-US Transferred  Employees  participating in the Seller's Mexico Plan,
calculated  on a  discontinuance  basis as of the  Closing  Date  (increased  or
decreased by the rate of actual  investment return realized with respect to such
assets  under the Seller's  Mexico Plan for the period  between the Closing Date
and the date those  assets are  transferred  to the Buyer's  Mexico  Plan).  The
amount of the  transferred  assets shall be calculated  in  accordance  with the
actuarial assumptions, used by the Seller's Mexico Plan actuary.

                  (d) In lieu of adopting  Buyer's  Mexico Plan,  subject to the
provisions of Applicable  Law,  Buyer may make a  contribution  to an individual
account plan  maintained  by Buyer,  and/or make a cash  payment,  to or for the
benefit  of  each  Non-US  Transferred  Employee  who was a  participant  in the
Seller's  Mexico Plan in an amount not less than the value of the  benefit  that
the Non-US  Transferred  Employee  would have accrued  under the Buyer's  Mexico
Plan,  after the offset for  benefits  under the Buyer's  Mexico  Plan,  for the
one-year  period  beginning on the Closing  Date.  The Buyer shall make any such
contribution,  or cash  payment net of any  withholding  taxes,  within 120 days
after the first anniversary of the Closing Date.

                  (e) Seller shall provide Buyer with any  information  relating
to the accrued  benefits of the Non-US  Transferred  Employees under the Buyer's
Mexico Plan as shall be reasonably  requested by Buyer to enable it to calculate
the benefits to be provided  under the Buyer's Mexico Plan pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this Section D.13.

         D.14 Puerto Rico Plan.  In  furtherance  and not in  limitation  of the
provisions of Section D.11:

                  (a)  Seller  shall  cause  the  trustee  of the Black & Decker
(Puerto Rico) Inc.  401(k)/165(e)  Benefit Pension Plan  ("Seller's  Puerto Rico
Plan") to transfer,  in cash, as of the transfer date specified  below, the full
account balances of the Non-US  Transferred  Employees under the Seller's Puerto
Rico Plan to the Successor Puerto Rico Plan (as hereinafter defined). Seller and
Buyer  shall  make  any and  all  filings  and  submissions  to the  appropriate
Governmental  Authorities,  and shall make any necessary plan amendments arising
in connection  with the transfer of assets from Seller's Puerto Rico Plan to the
Successor Puerto Rico Plan.

                  (b) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer shall
establish  or  designate  an  individual  account plan for the benefit of Non-US
Transferred  Employees who were  participants  in the Seller's  Puerto Rico Plan
(the  "Successor  Puerto  Plan"),  shall take all necessary  action,  if any, to
qualify the Successor  Puerto Rico Plan under  Applicable Law and shall make any
and all filings and  submissions  to the  appropriate  Governmental  Authorities
required to be made by it in connection with the transfer of assets contemplated
hereby.  The  Successor  Puerto  Rico  Plan  shall  provide  that  those  Non-US
Transferred  Employees and their  beneficiaries  covered by Seller's Puerto Rico
Plan shall receive credit for all service and compensation with Seller or any of
its predecessors  and Affiliates prior to the Closing Date for all purposes,  to
the same extent such  service and  compensation  is  recognized  under  Seller's
Puerto Rico Plan  immediately  prior to the Closing  Date.  Buyer shall take all
action  required  or  appropriate  to vest  fully  all such  Non-US  Transferred
Employees in their entire account  balances  transferred to the Successor Puerto
Rico Plan and shall  protect and  preserve  all  benefits,  rights and  features
relating to those account  balances  transferred from Seller's Puerto Rico Plan.
As soon as  practicable  following  the  earlier  of the  delivery  to Seller of
appropriate  notification of the qualified  status of the Successor  Puerto Rico
Plan or the  issuance  of  indemnities  satisfactory  to the  Seller in its sole
discretion, Seller shall cause the trustee of Seller's Puerto Rico Plan, subject
to any election by a Non-US Transferred  Employee to withdraw his or her account
balance prior to the transfer  date in respect of Seller's  Puerto Rico Plan, to
transfer  the full  account  balances  of  Non-US  Transferred  Employees  under
Seller's  Puerto Rico Plan as of the transfer  date to the  appropriate  trustee
designated  by the Buyer  under the trust  deed  forming  part of the  Successor
Puerto Rico Plan.

                  (c) Buyer,  effective as of the date of the transfer of assets
contemplated  by  this  Section  D.14,   assumes  all  of  the  liabilities  and
obligations of Seller or any of its predecessors or Affiliates in respect of the
account  balances  accumulated by Non-US  Transferred  Employees  under Seller's
Puerto Rico Plan and the Successor  Puerto Rico Plan assumes all liabilities and
obligations  of Seller's  Puerto Rico Plan with respect to all account  balances
under Seller's Puerto Rico Plan of such Non-US  Transferred  Employees.  Neither
Buyer  nor  any  of  its  Affiliates  shall  assume  any  other  obligations  or
liabilities  arising  under or  attributable  to  Seller's  Puerto Rico Plan and
neither  Seller  nor any of its  predecessors  or  Affiliates  shall  assume any
liabilities or obligations  under or attributable  to the Successor  Puerto Rico
Plan.

         D.15  Canada  Plan.  In  furtherance  and  not  in  limitation  of  the
provisions in Section D.11:

                  (a)  Seller  shall  cause  the  trustee  of the Black & Decker
Retirement  Plan  ("Seller's  Canada  Plan")  to  transfer,  in cash,  as of the
transfer  date  specified  below,  the  full  account  balances  of  the  Non-US
Transferred  Employees  under the Seller's  Canada Plan to the Successor  Canada
Plan (as hereinafter  defined).  Seller and Buyer shall make any and all filings
and  submissions to  appropriate  Governmental  Authorities,  and shall make any
necessary plan amendments arising in connection with the transfer of assets from
Seller's Canada Plan to the Successor Canada Plan.

                  (b) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer shall
establish  or  designate  an  individual  account plan for the benefit of Non-US
Transferred  Employees who were  participants  in the Seller's  Canada Plan (the
"Successor  Canada Plan"),  shall take all necessary  action, if any, to qualify
the  Successor  Canada  Plan  under  Applicable  Law and shall  make any and all
filings and submissions to the appropriate  Governmental Authorities required to
be made by it in connection with the transfer of assets contemplated hereby. The
Successor Canada Plan shall provide that those Non-US Transferred  Employees and
their beneficiaries covered by Seller's Canada Plan shall receive credit for all
service and  compensation  with Seller or any of its predecessors and Affiliates
prior to the Closing  Date for all  purposes to the same extent such service and
compensation is recognized under Seller's Canada Plan  immediately  prior to the
Closing Date.  Buyer shall take all action required or appropriate to vest fully
all  such  Non-US  Transferred   Employees  in  their  entire  account  balances
transferred to the Successor  Canada Plan and shall,  to the extent  required by
Applicable Law, protect and preserve all benefits,  rights and features relating
to those account  balances  transferred  from  Seller's  Canada Plan. As soon as
practicable  following  delivery to Seller of  appropriate  notification  of the
qualified  status of the  Successor  Canada  Plan  under  Applicable  Law or the
issuance  of  indemnities  satisfactory  to the  Seller in its sole  discretion,
Seller  shall  cause the trustee of  Seller's  Canada Plan to transfer  the full
account balances of Non-US  Transferred  Employees under Seller's Canada Plan as
of the transfer date to the  appropriate  trustee  designated by the Buyer under
the trust deed or other funding  vehicle  forming part of the  Successor  Canada
Plan.

                  (c) Buyer,  effective as of the date of the transfer of assets
contemplated  by  this  Section  D.15,   assumes  all  of  the  liabilities  and
obligations of Seller or any of its predecessors or Affiliates in respect of the
account  balances  accumulated by Non-US  Transferred  Employees  under Seller's
Canada  Plan  and  the  Successor   Canada  Plan  assumes  all  liabilities  and
obligations of Seller's  Canada Plan with respect to all account  balances under
Seller's Canada Plan of such Non-US Transferred Employees. Neither Buyer nor any
of its Affiliates  shall assume any other  obligations  or  liabilities  arising
under or  attributable to Seller's Canada Plan and neither Seller nor any of its
predecessors or Affiliates shall assume any liabilities or obligations  under or
attributable to the Successor Canada Plan.

VII.     General.

         D.16 No Third Party  Beneficiaries.  No  provision of this Exhibit D or
any other  provision in the  Transaction  Documents shall create any third party
beneficiary  or other rights in any employee or former  employee  (including any
beneficiary  or  dependent  thereof)  of Seller or of any of its  Affiliates  in
respect of continued  employment (or  resumption of  employment)  with Seller or
Buyer,  or any of their  Affiliates,  and no  provision  of this Exhibit D shall
create any such rights in any such  individuals  in respect of any benefits that
may be provided,  directly or  indirectly,  under any  Employee  Plan or Benefit
Arrangement, or any plan or arrangement which may be established by Buyer or any
of its Affiliates.  Subject to Applicable Law, unless otherwise provided herein,
no provision of this Agreement shall constitute a limitation on rights to amend,
modify or terminate,  either before or after Closing,  any such Employee Plan or
Benefit Arrangement of the Seller or any of its Affiliates.

         D.17 Indemnification by Buyer.  Effective as of the Closing,  except as
otherwise  provided in Section  D.18,  Buyer hereby  indemnifies  Seller and its
Affiliates  and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents
against,  and agrees to hold them harmless from, any and all Damages arising out
of or pertaining to (i) the  termination  of employment of, hiring of or failure
or refusal to hire, any  Transferred  Employee on or after the Closing;  (ii) in
relation to any Transferred  Employee any  modification of the pay,  benefits or
other terms and conditions of employment of any Transferred Employee on or after
the Closing;  and (iii) any breach of any  covenants or  agreements of the Buyer
contained in this Exhibit D.

         D.18  Indemnification  by Seller.  Effective as of the Closing,  Seller
hereby  indemnifies  Buyer and its  Affiliates and their  respective  directors,
officers,  employees and agents against,  and agrees to hold them harmless from,
any liability for retrenchment  benefits,  notice pay, termination  indemnities,
severance  and other similar  arrangements,  as such  arrangements  exist on the
Closing  Date,  in respect of Non-US  Transferred  Employees who work in the HPG
Business at the Kuantan  Facility  notwithstanding  that any termination of such
employees may occur after the Closing Date; provided, however, that Seller shall
have no  liability  under this  Section  D.18 for any  increase in  retrenchment
benefits,  notice  pay,  termination  indemnities,  severance  or other  similar
benefits to the extent  relating to actions taken by Buyer  Companies  following
Closing (other than the termination of such employees).

         D.19 Miscellaneous.  Except for the obligation to employ certain Active
Employees set forth in Section D.01 on the Closing Date, nothing in this Exhibit
D shall obligate Buyer or any Buyer Company to employ any  Transferred  Employee
for any specified period.


<PAGE>







                                                                       EXHIBIT E


             ADDITIONAL MATTERS RELATING TO PRODUCT LIABILITY ISSUES


         Seller  and  Buyer  acknowledge  and agree  that each has a  continuing
interest in ensuring that claims  involving  alleged product defects and product
safety are handled by Seller  Companies and Buyer Companies after the Closing in
a manner that  minimizes  liability  of the parties and  otherwise  protects the
parties'  interests.  This Exhibit E sets forth certain  additional  procedures,
covenants and agreements  relating to product  liability and related  matters in
respect of products sold and services  provided by the HPG Business that,  among
other  things,  are  intended to enhance the parties'  ability to achieve  these
objectives.

         E.01 With respect to liabilities and obligations  relating to claims of
manufacturing  or design defects,  the parties have agreed that certain of these
liabilities and obligations will constitute Assumed  Liabilities for which Buyer
Companies will be responsible  and certain of these  liabilities and obligations
will  constitute  Excluded  Liabilities  for  which  Seller  Companies  will  be
responsible.  Because  (i) it is likely  that Buyer  Companies  may  receive the
initial  notice or claim  with  respect  to  liabilities  and  obligations  that
ultimately prove to be Seller Companies'  responsibility and vice versa and (ii)
in many cases,  particularly in the case of claims involving fire damage,  it is
critical to the defense of such claims that  products  and the location in which
the alleged incident occurs be inspected as soon as practicable,  each of Seller
and Buyer  agree to give  immediate  notice to the other party in the event that
they receive  notice of a claim  involving or  potentially  involving  claims of
manufacturing  or design  defects  where the party first  receiving  such notice
reasonably believes that the responsibility for the liability or obligation,  if
any,  will be that of the other party or if there is any doubt as to which party
ultimately will be responsible for any related liabilities or obligations.  Each
of Seller and Buyer also agree with  respect to each claim of  manufacturing  or
design  defect  that  they  will  perform  a  prompt,  diligent  and  continuing
investigation  to  determine  whether  the claim is an Assumed  Liability  or an
Excluded Liability, and agree to give immediate notice to the other party at any
time the  investigation  reveals that the  responsibility  for the  liability or
obligation,  if any, will be that of the other party if there is any doubt as to
which  party  ultimately  will be  responsible  for any related  liabilities  or
obligations. Each of Seller and Buyer agree that the party providing such notice
will  thereafter  cooperate  with the other  party to permit the other  party to
conduct its own investigation,  and the party providing such notice will provide
to the other  party  reports  on the  status of the  claim  and  subject  to the
provisions  of Article X an  opportunity  to  participate  in the defense of the
claim,  at its own cost and expense.  To expedite the review of these issues and
ensure that both parties'  rights and defenses are  preserved,  Seller and Buyer
shall provide such notice by telecopy as follows:

                  if to Seller:

                           The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland  21286
                           Attention:  Product Liability Counsel
                           Telecopy No.:  (410) 716-2379

                  if to Buyer:

                           Windmere-Durable Holdings, Inc.
                           5980 Miami Lakes Drive
                           Miami Lakes, Florida  33014-2467
                           Attention:  Harry D. Schulman
                           Telecopy:  (305) 364-0635

         E.02 To the  extent  that  either  Seller  or  Buyer  (or any of  their
directors,  officers, advisors, attorneys,  accountants,  employees, insurers or
agents)   conducts  an  investigation  or  other  inquiry  into  any  events  or
circumstances that lead to a claim of manufacturing or design defects in respect
of a product or product line generally or a specific claim or allegation and the
results of such  investigation  or  inquiry  relate to or  otherwise  affect the
liabilities or obligations of the other party hereunder, Seller or Buyer, as the
case  may be,  agree to  share  any  information  obtained  as a  result  of the
investigation  or inquiry,  in each case  subject to the express  provisions  of
Section 7.07 of this Agreement.

         E.03 To assist each of the parties to this  Agreement  with the defense
of claims  involving  allegations  of  manufacturing  or design defects and with
compliance with each parties'  respective legal obligations under this Agreement
and  otherwise,  Seller  and Buyer  each  agree  from time to time to  designate
individuals  within their  respective  organizations  as an  "Engineering/Safety
Assurance  Liaison" and a "Claims  Liaison" for the purpose of coordinating  the
defense of claims  involving  products  sold and  services  provided  by the HPG
Business.   The  initial  individuals  serving  in  these  capacities  shall  be
designated  in writing by Seller and Buyer at Closing  and,  thereafter,  may be
changed from time to time by notice to the other party.

         E.04 To assist each of the parties to this  Agreement  with the defense
of claims  involving  allegations  of  manufacturing  or design defects and with
compliance with each parties'  respective legal obligations under this Agreement
and  otherwise,  Seller and Buyer  each  agree from time to time to provide  the
other party  access to all  information  as provided in Section 5.04 and Section
6.02.  Without  limiting the  generality of those  provisions,  Seller and Buyer
acknowledge  and agree that the  aforementioned  information and access includes
the existing databases relating to consumer  complaints,  claims and litigation,
whether maintained at the headquarters of the HPG Business or otherwise,  access
to personnel  and  engineering  and design  drawings or documents  and any other
relevant information.

         E.05  Seller  and  Buyer   acknowledge   that  in  the  course  of  the
investigation  or defense of claims  involving  allegations of  manufacturing or
design product defects,  or  investigations  regarding  product safety,  product
corrective action plans,  product recalls and related matters,  Seller Companies
and Buyer Companies may require  documents from  Underwriters  Laboratories Inc.
("UL") or the  Canadian  Standards  Association  ("CSA")  relating  to UL or CSA
testing,  listing,  analysis or otherwise referring to products  manufactured by
Seller  Companies or Buyer  Companies.  Buyer, on behalf of itself and the other
Buyer Companies,  hereby consents,  and grants to Seller Companies the right and
permission  to  request  and  obtain  from UL or CSA,  and  consents  and grants
permission to UL and CSA the right to provide to Seller  Companies,  any and all
documents  relating to products or product  lines  designed or  manufactured  by
Seller  Companies,  whether or not Buyer Companies  continue to manufacture said
products  or product  lines.  Buyer  agrees to provide  to Seller  Companies  at
Seller's request such other documents as Seller reasonably  requires to evidence
and confirm Buyer's consent herein.

         E.06 With respect to claims  involving  liabilities  and obligations in
respect of investigations  regarding product safety,  product  corrective action
plans,  product recall and related  matters,  Seller and Buyer  acknowledge that
companies  frequently  are  asked  to  satisfy,  or  prefer  to  satisfy,  their
corrective  action plan obligations with the exchange of products or the sale of
substitute or  replacement  products at a specified  price,  which may include a
discount  from normal  retail  prices.  Seller and Buyer agree that it is in the
best interests of each of them and the HPG Business that product be available to
satisfy such obligations whether the ultimate responsibility for the liabilities
and  obligations  are  those of  Seller,  Buyer or  Seller  and  Buyer.  Because
following  Closing Seller no longer will have an ability to provide  products to
satisfy  such   obligations,   Buyer  agrees  to  consult  with  Seller  in  any
circumstances  in which  Seller  desires to satisfy  corrective  action  plan or
similar  obligations  with  products  of the  HPG  Business  and  to the  extent
practicable  from time to time to make  available to Seller  quantities  of such
products  reasonable  under  the  circumstances  at a  price  equal  to the  HPG
Business' standard costs of production plus specifically allocable manufacturing
variances.  With respect to claims  involving  liabilities  and  obligations  in
respect of investigations  regarding product safety,  product  corrective action
plans and  product  recall  and  related  matters  which  include  both  Assumed
Liabilities and Excluded Liabilities, Seller and Buyer agree to cooperate in the
defense of such claims.


                                                                EXHIBIT 2(a)(ii)










                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                            Dated as of June 26, 1998

                                       to

                              TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of May 10, 1998

                                 By and Between

                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION

                                       and

                         WINDMERE-DURABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
















<PAGE>





                    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO TRANSACTION AGREEMENT


         This Amendment No. 1 to Transaction  Agreement  (this  "Amendment")  is
made  as of the  26th  day of June  1998,  by and  between  The  Black &  Decker
Corporation,  a Maryland corporation ("Seller"),  and Windmere-Durable Holdings,
Inc., a Florida corporation ("Buyer").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, Seller through certain of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries
is engaged in the HPG Business;

         WHEREAS,  Seller and Buyer have  entered into a  Transaction  Agreement
dated as of May 10, 1998 (the "Agreement"),  pursuant to which Seller has agreed
to transfer or to cause the Affiliated Transferors to transfer substantially all
of the assets held, owned by or used to conduct the HPG Business,  and to assign
certain  liabilities  associated  with  the HPG  Business,  to  Buyer  or  Buyer
Companies  designated by Buyer, and Buyer has agreed to receive or to cause such
designated  Buyer  Companies to receive such assets and assume such  liabilities
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  Seller and Buyer desire to amend the  Agreement in accordance
with the terms of this Amendment;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

         Section 1.  Capitalized  terms  used but not  defined  herein  have the
meanings given to them in the Agreement.

         Section 2. The list of  Attachments  included  on pages v and vi of the
Agreement is amended by deleting  "Attachment  IX Form of  Assignment of Mexican
Trademarks,  Trademark  Registrations  and  Applications for  Registration"  and
inserting in its place and stead "Attachment IX [Intentionally Omitted]", and by
adding the following:

                  "Attachment XXX     Form of Kuantan Transition Agreement    
                   Attachment XXXI    Form of Escrow Agreement
                   Attachment XXXII   Form of Manufacturing Agreement"

         Section 3. Section 2.01(ix) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety
and the following is inserted in its place and stead:

                           "(ix)  Seller  and  Buyer  shall   execute  and
                  deliver a transition  agreement for the Kuantan Facility
                  in the  form  contemplated  by  Attachment  XXX to  this
                  Agreement, and an agreement providing Buyer with a right
                  of first refusal in the sale by Seller  Companies of any
                  excess  manufacturing  equipment at the Kuantan Facility
                  that  Seller  Companies  decide  not  to  use  in  their
                  businesses;"

         Section 4. Section 2.01(xi) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety
and the following is inserted in its place and stead:

                           "(xi) Buyer Companies shall (A) pay and deliver
                  to  Seller,  for its own  account  and as agent  for the
                  Affiliated  Transferors,   $288,000,000  in  immediately
                  available  funds  by  wire  transfer  to an  account  or
                  accounts designated by Seller (which account or accounts
                  shall be designated by Seller by written notice to Buyer
                  at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, or
                  such shorter  notice as Buyer shall agree to accept) and
                  (B) pay and deliver to the Escrow Agent under the Escrow
                  Agreement  $27,000,000 in immediately available funds by
                  wire transfer to the account  contemplated by the Escrow
                  Agreement; and"

         Section  5.  Section  2.01(xii)  of the  Agreement  is  deleted  in its
entirety and the following is inserted in its place and stead:

                           "(xii)  At  Closing,  Seller  shall  cause  its
                  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Black & Decker S.A. de C.V.,
                  and Buyer  shall  cause  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,
                  Household  Products  Limited  de Mexico,  S. de R.L.  de
                  C.V., to execute and deliver a  manufacturing  agreement
                  for the Queretaro  Property in the form  contemplated by
                  Attachment XXXII."

         Section 6. The following  provision is added as Section  2.04(g) of the
Agreement:

                           "(g)  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of
                  this Agreement and  notwithstanding  the fact that title
                  to assets used at the Kuantan Facility and the Queretaro
                  Property and Inventory  located in Colombia,  Argentina,
                  Chile or Peru will not be  transferred to Buyer or Buyer
                  Companies  on  the  Closing  Date,  in  calculating  the
                  Proposed Final Net Tangible  Asset Amount,  the Proposed
                  Net  Working  Capital  Change  Amount,   the  Final  Net
                  Tangible Asset Amount and the Final Net Working  Capital
                  Change  Amount,  Seller  and  Buyer  agree to take  into
                  account those assets located at the Kuantan Facility and
                  the  Queretaro  Property  and the  Inventory  located in
                  Colombia,  Argentina, Chile or Peru that otherwise would
                  have been Transferred  Assets as of the Closing Date had
                  title transferred at the Closing."

         Section 7. The second  sentence of Section  5.06(d) of the Agreement is
deleted in its entirety and the following  sentence is inserted in its place and
stead:

                           "Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section
                  5.06 to the  contrary,  Seller  Companies  shall  not be
                  deemed to be in  violation  of this  Section 5.06 to the
                  extent that,  following  the Closing,  Seller  Companies
                  sell (i) Cleaning  and  Lighting  Products in any of the
                  Designated  Countries,  (ii) corded or cordless  vacuums
                  (and any related  accessories or  attachments) in any of
                  the  Designated  Countries  (other  than  Chile),  (iii)
                  corded  Dustbuster and Floorbuster  vacuums in Chile, or
                  (iv) any Excess  Products  that Buyer  Companies  do not
                  purchase   pursuant  to  the  right  of  first   refusal
                  contemplated by the Manufacturing Agreement."

         Section 8.  Section  10.02(a)(ii)  is amended  by  deleting  the phrase
"Sections  10.02(b)(iv),  10.04(b)(ii)  and D.18" and inserting in its place and
stead "Sections 10.02(b)(iv) and 10.04(b)(ii)".

         Section 9. The  definition  of  "Asheboro  Closing  Costs" set forth in
Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended by inserting the phrase  "Property  (other
than  employees   dedicated  to  the  manufacturing  of  Cleaning  and  Lighting
Products)"  in lieu of the word  "property"  in clause (a), and by inserting the
phrase "(other than costs associated with Cleaning and Lighting Products)" after
the word "costs" in clause (b).

         Section 10. The  definition  of "Cleaning  and Lighting  Products"  set
forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following
is inserted in its place and stead:

                           ""Cleaning  and Lighting  Products"  means hand
                  held vacuums,  upright floor  vacuums,  battery  powered
                  bathroom   and   outdoor   cleaners   sold   under   the
                  Scumbuster(R)  name,  flexible   flashlights,   flexible
                  lanterns,  leashlights and rechargeable lights, together
                  in  each   case   with  any   related   accessories   or
                  attachments,  but excluding  corded  canister and corded
                  upright  floor  vacuums  sold in Chile  and any  related
                  accessories or attachments."

         Section  11. The  definition  of  "Designated  Countries"  set forth in
Exhibit A of the  Agreement  is revised by deleting  the phrase ",  Paraguay and
Uruguay" following the word "Brazil".

         Section  12.  The  definition  of  "Designated  Products"  set forth in
Exhibit A of the  Agreement  is deleted in its  entirety  and the  following  is
inserted in its place and stead:

                           ""Designated   Products"  means   coffeemakers,
                  espresso  makers,   cappuccino  makers,   coffee  mills,
                  toasters, toaster ovens (including those with convection
                  features),   steamers,   rice  cookers,   choppers,  can
                  openers,  mixers, food processors,  irons,  breadmakers,
                  skillets,   electric  WOKs,   electric  griddles,   slow
                  cookers,  electric knives,  blenders,  juicers,  grills,
                  kettles,  wafflebakers  and corded  canister  and corded
                  upright floor vacuums sold in Mexico,  Central  America,
                  South  America  (other than  Brazil)  and the  Caribbean
                  together  in each case with any related  accessories  or
                  attachments,   and  all   products   in  the   foregoing
                  categories  under  development in the HPG Business as of
                  the Closing Date or that have been under  development in
                  the HPG  Business  at any time  during the year prior to
                  the Closing Date,  but excluding  step stools,  Cleaning
                  and Lighting  Products,  shop,  construction and similar
                  vacuums, and VersaPak(R)  rechargeable battery packs and
                  chargers, together in each case with related accessories
                  or  attachments.  It is expressly  understood and agreed
                  that corded  canister and corded  upright  floor vacuums
                  (and any related  accessories or attachments) shall only
                  be  "Designated  Products" to the extent and only to the
                  extent sold in Mexico,  Central  America,  South America
                  (other than Brazil) and the Caribbean."

         Section 13. The definition of "Excluded  Assets" set forth in Exhibit A
of the  Agreement is amended by  inserting  the phrase  "(other  than  Inventory
representing  administrative  returns located at the national disposition center
(i.e., Nashville facility))" after the first reference to "Canada".

         Section  14.  The  definition  of  "Intellectual   Property  Assignment
Agreements"  set forth in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended by inserting the
word "and" before the phrase "the Assignment of US Copyrights,"  and by deleting
the phrase "and the Assignment of Mexican  Trademarks,  Trademark  Registrations
and Applications for Registration," and by deleting the roman numeral "IX".

         Section  15.  Exhibit A of the  Agreement  is  amended  by  adding  the
following definitions:

                           "Escrow Agent" means the escrow agent acting as
                  such  from  time to time  pursuant  to the  terms of the
                  Escrow Agreement.

                           "Escrow  Agreement"  means the Escrow Agreement
                  in the form contemplated by Attachment XXXI.

                           "Escrow  Funds"  means any funds held from time
                  to time by the Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement.

                           "Manufacturing     Agreement"     means     the
                  Manufacturing  Agreement  in the  form  contemplated  by
                  Attachment XXXII.

                           "Mexico  Closing Date" means the Mexico Closing
                  Date as defined in the Manufacturing Agreement.

         Section 16. The  definition  of  "Transaction  Documents"  set forth in
Exhibit A of the  Agreement  is deleted in its  entirety  and the  following  is
inserted in its place and stead:

                           ""Transaction  Documents" means this Agreement,
                  the Assignment and Assumption  Agreements,  the Services
                  Agreements,   the   Intellectual   Property   Assignment
                  Agreements,  the Cross License Agreement,  the Trademark
                  License Agreement, the Kuantan Transition Agreement, the
                  Manufacturing   Agreement,  the  Escrow  Agreement,  the
                  Supply Agreement contemplated by Section 2.01(viii), the
                  Distribution Services Agreement (United States), and the
                  Distribution Services Agreement (Latin America), and any
                  exhibits or attachments to any of the foregoing,  as the
                  same may be amended from time to time."

         Section 17. The definition of "Transferred Assets" set forth in Exhibit
A of the Agreement is amended by inserting  "or the Mexico  Closing Date, as the
case may be,"  following  the  phrase  "Closing  Date"  throughout  the  lead-in
language in such definition, by deleting the word "and" following the semi-colon
in clause (xiv),  by deleting the "." at the end of clause (xv) and inserting in
its place and stead ";" and by adding  the  following  proviso at the end of the
definition of "Transferred Assets":

                           "provided,  however,  that assets,  properties,
                  rights,  licenses,  permits,  Contracts,  or  causes  of
                  actions located at or relating to the Queretaro Property
                  shall  only  be  "Transferred  Assets"  on and as of the
                  Mexico Closing Date."

         Section  18. The first  sentence  of  Section  D.01 of Exhibit D of the
Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the  following is inserted in its place
and stead:

                           "On the Closing  Date,  the  employment  of all
                  Active   Employees  of  the  HPG   Business,   including
                  employees  based in the HPG  Business'  headquarters  in
                  Shelton,  Connecticut,  employees  based in the Asheboro
                  Property, and the employees listed on Attachment XV, but
                  excluding  the employees  based at the Kuantan  Facility
                  and the  Queretaro  Property,  shall be  transferred  to
                  Buyer  Companies.   On  the  Mexico  Closing  Date,  the
                  employment  of all Active  Employees of the HPG Business
                  based in the Queretaro  Property shall be transferred to
                  Buyer Companies.  Buyer and Buyer Companies shall ensure
                  that the  transfer  of  employment  of all such  persons
                  shall  be   considered   continuous   employment   under
                  Applicable Law."

         Section 19. The third sentence of the original draft of Section D.01 of
Exhibit D of the  Agreement is amended by  inserting  "(or with regard to Active
Employees of the HPG Business at the Queretaro Property,  on or after the Mexico
Closing Date)" after the phrase "Closing Date".

         Section  20.  The last  sentence  of  Section  D.02 of Exhibit D of the
Agreement  is amended by inserting  "(or with regard to Active  Employees of the
HPG Business at the Queretaro  Property,  on or after the Mexico  Closing Date)"
after the phrase "Closing Date".

         Section  21. The first  sentence  of  Section  D.03 of Exhibit D of the
Agreement  is amended by  inserting  the word  "applicable"  before  each of the
references to "Closing Date".

         Section  22. The first  sentence  of  Section  D.05 of Exhibit D of the
Agreement  is amended by inserting  "(or with regard to Active  Employees of the
HPG Business at the Queretaro  Property,  on or after the Mexico  Closing Date)"
after the phrase "Closing Date".

         Section  23. The second  sentence  of Section  D.05 of Exhibit D of the
Agreement  is  amended  by  inserting  "or  the  closing  of  the   transactions
contemplated  by  Section  7 of the  Manufacturing  Agreement"  after  the  word
"Closing"  and  before  the "," and by  inserting  "(or  with  regard  to Active
Employees of the HPG Business at the Queretaro Property,  on or after the Mexico
Closing Date)" after the phrase "Closing Date".

         Section  24. The third  sentence  of  Section  D.05 of Exhibit D of the
Agreement  is amended by inserting  "(or with regard to Active  Employees of the
HPG Business at the Queretaro  Property,  on or after the Mexico  Closing Date)"
after the phrase "Closing Date".

         Section  25. The second  sentence  of Section  D.06 of Exhibit D of the
Agreement  is  revised by  deleting  the  phrase ",  David  O'Connor,  Kaj Koft"
following the name Rafael Diaz.

         Section 26.  Section  D.11 of Exhibit D of the  Agreement is deleted in
its entirety and the following is inserted in its place and stead:

                           "D.11  General.   For  a  period  of  one  year
                  following  the  Closing  Date (or with  regard to Active
                  Employees of the HPG Business at the Queretaro Property,
                  the Mexico  Closing  Date),  Buyer shall ensure that the
                  Non-US Transferred  Employees are provided benefits that
                  are  comparable in the aggregate to those provided under
                  the Non-US Benefit  Arrangements  as in effect for those
                  Non-US  Transferred  Employees  immediately prior to the
                  Closing Date (or the Mexico  Closing  Date,  as the case
                  may  be),   it  being   understood   that  each   Non-US
                  Transferred   Employee  shall  receive  credit  for  all
                  service and  compensation  with Seller Companies and any
                  of their predecessors or Affiliates prior to the Closing
                  Date (or the Mexico  Closing  Date,  as the case may be)
                  for all  purposes to the same  extent  that  service and
                  compensation  are recognized  immediately  prior to such
                  date."

         Section 27.  Section  D.12 of Exhibit D of the  Agreement is deleted in
its entirety and the following is inserted in its place and stead:

                           "D.12  Severance/Termination   Indemnities.  In
                  furtherance  and not in limitation of the  provisions of
                  Section D.11, for a period of at least one year from the
                  Closing Date (or with regard to Active  Employees of the
                  HPG  Business  at the  Queretaro  Property,  the  Mexico
                  Closing Date),  Buyer shall provide  severance  programs
                  and termination  indemnities with substantially the same
                  terms  and   conditions  as  those  provided  by  Seller
                  Companies   to   the   Non-US   Transferred    Employees
                  immediately prior to the Closing Date (or with regard to
                  Active  Employees of the HPG  Business at the  Queretaro
                  Property, the Mexico Closing Date) and agrees to pay any
                  benefit to Non-US  Transferred  Employees  to which they
                  may be entitled  under such  severance  programs  and/or
                  termination  indemnities  with  respect  to events  that
                  occur as a result of the  Closing or the  closing of the
                  transactions   contemplated   by   Section   7  of   the
                  Manufacturing Agreement, and on or after such date."

         Section 28.  Section  D.13 of Exhibit D of the  Agreement is deleted in
its entirety and the following is inserted in its place and stead:

                           "D.13 Mexico Plan.  In  furtherance  and not in
                  limitation of the provisions of Section D.11:

                           (a)  Prior to or as soon as  practicable  after
                  the  Mexico  Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall  designate  or
                  establish  a plan  ("Buyer's  Mexico  Plan"),  providing
                  pension and  seniority  premiums  to Non-US  Transferred
                  Employees  who were  participants  in the Black & Decker
                  S.A.  de  C.V.   Pension  and  Seniority   Premium  Plan
                  ("Seller's  Mexico  Plan").  Buyer's  Mexico  Plan shall
                  cover  all  Non-US   Transferred   Employees   who  were
                  participants  in the Seller's  Mexico Plan, each of whom
                  shall   be   eligible   to   participate    therein   on
                  substantially  the same terms and conditions as provided
                  to  the  Non-US  Transferred  Employees  under  Seller's
                  Mexico  Plan  immediately  prior to the  Mexico  Closing
                  Date.  Buyer  covenants and agrees that service with the
                  Seller or any of its predecessors or Affiliates prior to
                  the  Mexico  Closing  Date  that is  recognized  for any
                  purpose   under  the   Seller's   Mexico  Plan  will  be
                  recognized by Buyer's Mexico Plan for such purpose.

                           (b) As soon as  practicable  after  the  Mexico
                  Closing  Date,  the  Seller  shall  cause  assets of the
                  Seller's  Mexico Plan to be  transferred  to the Buyer's
                  Mexico Plan in an amount that is equal to the sum of (i)
                  the accrued current liability ("ABO") as reported on the
                  funding  valuation  report of Watson Wyatt Worldwide for
                  Seller's Mexico Plan as of January 1, 1998 plus (ii) 50%
                  of  the   difference   between  the  actuarial   accrued
                  liability  ("PBO") as reported on such funding valuation
                  report under Seller's Mexico Plan and ABO as reported on
                  such funding  valuation  report.  For purposes of making
                  this  determination,  the assets and liabilities of each
                  component  of Seller's  Mexico Plan shall be  aggregated
                  and the  calculations of ABO and PBO shall relate solely
                  to the Non-US Transferred  Employees and will be updated
                  through the Mexico Closing Date.

                           (c) Upon the  transfer of assets from  Seller's
                  Mexico  Plan to  Buyer's  Mexico  Plan  as  contemplated
                  herein, Buyer and its Affiliates shall assume all of the
                  liabilities  and obligations of Black & Decker or any of
                  its Affiliates in respect of the benefit  obligations of
                  all Non-US Transferred Employees and their beneficiaries
                  under Seller's Mexico Plan.

         Section 29.  Section  D.17 of Exhibit D of the  Agreement is amended by
inserting "(or in the case of Active Employees of the HPG Business in Mexico, on
or after the Mexico  Closing  Date)" after the word "Closing" in clauses (i) and
(ii).

         Section 30.  Section  D.18 of Exhibit D of the  Agreement is deleted in
its entirety.

         Section 31.  Section D.19 of Exhibit D of the  Agreement is  renumbered
Section D.18.

         Section 32. Section D.19 of Exhibit D of the Agreement  (which is being
renumbered pursuant to Section 30 above as Section D.18) is amended by inserting
"(or in the case of Active Employees of the HPG Business in Mexico,  on or after
the Mexico Closing Date)" after the phrase "Closing Date".

         Section 33. Attachment IV is deleted in its entirety and the Assignment
of Foreign Trademarks, Trademark Registrations and Applications for Registration
attached to this Amendment as Exhibit A is inserted in its place and stead.

         Section 34. Attachment VII is deleted in its entirety and the Trademark
License  Agreement  attached to this  Amendment  as Exhibit B is inserted in its
place and stead.

         Section  35.  Attachment  X is  deleted in its  entirety  and the Cross
License  Agreement  attached to this  Amendment  as Exhibit C is inserted in its
place and stead.

         Section 36. Table 1 and Table 2 of Attachment  XII are deleted in their
entirety  and Table 1 and Table 2 attached  to this  Amendment  as Exhibit D are
inserted in their place and stead.

         Section 37. Item I.D. of Schedule B.18 to the Agreement  titled "United
States Severance  Programs" is amended by inserting "(covers all salaried exempt
employees)"  following  the  reference in number 2 to "The Black & Decker Exempt
Employees  Severance  Pay Plan,"  inserting  "(covers  all  salaried  and hourly
nonexempt employees)" following the reference in number 3 to "The Black & Decker
Nonexempt  Employees Severance Pay Plan," and adding a new number 5 in Item I.D.
as follows:  "For all employees at the Asheboro Property employed prior to April
27,  1984,  severance  benefits  consisting  of two  weeks  pay for  each of the
employee's full years of continuous  service,  plus one-half week's pay for each
additional  three months of continuous  service at the time of termination,  and
related Education & Retraining Assistance of up to $1,800 in accordance with the
Asheboro Property Employee Handbook."

         Section  38. The list of  Licensed  Software  in  Schedule  B.19 to the
Agreement is amended by adding the following:

                  Licensor         Description

                  Intemec          Bar coding for plant and D.C. operations

         Section 39. For purposes of the Agreement,  Seller and Buyer agree that
sales by the HPG Business to agencies of the United States Armed Forces for sale
in Armed Forces owned outlets and stores on Armed Forces  bases,  whether or not
such outlets or stores are located in Designated Countries,  shall be considered
sales in the United States.

         Section 40. Attachment A-2 to Schedule A to the Agreement is deleted in
its  entirety  and  Attachment  A-2  attached to this  Amendment as Exhibit E is
inserted in its place and stead.




<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto caused this Amendment to be duly
executed by their respective authorized officers on the day and year first above
written.

                                           THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION


                                           By:  /s/  MARK M. ROTHLEITNER
                                                Vice President and Treasurer


                                           WINDMERE-DURABLE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                           By:  /s/  DAVID M. FRIEDSON
                                                Chairman, President and Chief
                                                      Executive Officer


                                                                 EXHIBIT 2(b)(i)













                                 REORGANIZATION,

                  RECAPITALIZATION AND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of June 29, 1998

                                 By and Between

                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION,

                            TRUE TEMPER SPORTS, INC.

                                       AND

                                    TTSI LLC













<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01      Definitions.......................................  2

                                   ARTICLE II

                            TRANSACTIONS AND CLOSING

         Section 2.01      Reorganization of TTS Business....................  2
         Section 2.02      Recapitalization of TTSI..........................  3
         Section 2.03      Closing Transactions..............................  3
         Section 2.04      Section 338(h)(10) Election; Exchange 
                           Consideration.....................................  5
         Section 2.05      Closing...........................................  5
         Section 2.06      Estimation and Adjustment of Exchange 
                           Consideration.....................................  6
         Section 2.07      Contingent Purchase Price.........................  7

                                   ARTICLE III

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

         Section 3.01      Representations and Warranties of Parent..........  8

                                   ARTICLE IV

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Section 4.01      Representations and Warranties of Buyer...........  9

                                    ARTICLE V

                       COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF PARENT

         Section 5.01      Conduct of Business...............................  9
         Section 5.02      Access to Information; Confidentiality............ 12
         Section 5.03      Change of Lockbox Accounts........................ 13
         Section 5.04      Access to Information; Cooperation After Closing.. 13
         Section 5.05      Maintenance of Insurance Policies................. 14
         Section 5.06      Noncompetition.................................... 14

<PAGE>

         Section 5.07      Debt Financing.................................... 15
         Section 5.08      Advice of Changes................................. 15
         Section 5.09      No Hire........................................... 15




                                   ARTICLE VI

                        COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER

         Section 6.01      Confidentiality................................... 15
         Section 6.02      Provision and Preservation of and Access to 
                           Certain Information; Cooperation...................16
         Section 6.03      Insurance; Financial Support Arrangements......... 17
         Section 6.04      Use of Intellectual Property...................... 18
         Section 6.05      Conduct of TTS Business After Closing............. 19
         Section 6.06      Debt Financing.................................... 19
         Section 6.07      Certain Environmental Investigations.............. 19

                                   ARTICLE VII

                     COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

         Section 7.01      Further Assurances................................ 20
         Section 7.02      Certain Filings; Consents......................... 20
         Section 7.03      Public Announcements.............................. 20
         Section 7.04      Intellectual Property............................. 20
         Section 7.05      HSR Act........................................... 21
         Section 7.06      Certain Environmental Insurance Matters........... 21
         Section 7.07      Legal Privileges.................................. 21
         Section 7.08      Tax Matters....................................... 21
         Section 7.09      Limitations on Confidentiality Restrictions....... 24



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS

         Section 8.01      Employees and Employee Benefit Matters............ 24



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         Section 9.01      Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party....... 24
         Section 9.02      Conditions to Obligations of Buyer................ 25
         Section 9.03      Conditions to Obligation of Parent and TTSI....... 26
         Section 9.04      Updated Disclosure Schedules...................... 26
         Section 9.05      Effect of Waiver.................................. 26

                                    ARTICLE X

                            SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 10.01     Survival.......................................... 26
         Section 10.02     Indemnification................................... 28
         Section 10.03     Procedures........................................ 29
         Section 10.04     Limitations....................................... 32

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   TERMINATION

         Section 11.01     Termination....................................... 32
         Section 11.02     Effect of Termination............................. 33

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.01     Notices........................................... 33
         Section 12.02     Amendments; Waivers............................... 35
         Section 12.03     Expenses.......................................... 35
         Section 12.04     Successors and Assigns............................ 35
         Section 12.05     Disclosure........................................ 35
         Section 12.06     Construction...................................... 36
         Section 12.07     Entire Agreement.................................. 36
         Section 12.08     Governing Law..................................... 37
         Section 12.09     Counterparts; Effectiveness....................... 37
         Section 12.10     Jurisdiction...................................... 37
         Section 12.11     Severability...................................... 37
         Section 12.12     Captions.......................................... 37
         Section 12.13     Bulk Sales........................................ 37



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBITS


EXHIBIT A                  Definitions

EXHIBIT B                  Representations and Warranties of Parent

EXHIBIT C                  Representations and Warranties of Buyer

EXHIBIT D                  Employees and Employee Benefit Matters

EXHIBIT E                  Additional Matters Relating to Product Liability 
                           Issues


<PAGE>


                                   ATTACHMENTS


Attachment I               Opening Statement

Attachment II              Assignment and Assumption Agreement

Attachment III             Assignment of United States Trademarks, Trademark 
                           Registrations and Applications for Registration

Attachment IV              Assignment of Foreign Trademarks, Trademark 
                           Registrations and Applications for Registration

Attachment V               Assignment of United States Patents and Patent 
                           Applications

Attachment VI              Assignment of Foreign Patents and Applications for 
                           Patents

Attachment VII             Services Agreement

Attachment VIII            Reserved

Attachment IX              Exchange Consideration Allocation Schedule

Attachment X               Intellectual Property (Registrations and Applications
                           Therefor)

Attachment XI              Consents and Approvals Required Prior to Closing

Attachment XII             TTSI Financial Statements

Attachment XIII            Certain Active Employees

Attachment XIV             Terms of Stockholders' and Registration Rights 
                           Agreements

Attachment XV              Assignment of U.S. Copyright Registration






<PAGE>
                                  -1-


                       REORGANIZATION, RECAPITALIZATION AND
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         This  Reorganization,  Recapitalization  and Stock  Purchase  Agreement
(together with the Exhibits, Schedules and Attachments hereto, this "Agreement")
is made as of the  29th  day of June  1998,  by and  among  The  Black &  Decker
Corporation,  a Maryland  corporation  ("Parent"),  True Temper Sports,  Inc., a
Delaware  corporation  ("TTSI"),  and TTSI LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability
company ("Buyer").

                               W I T N E S E T H:

         WHEREAS,   Parent,   through   certain  of  its  direct  and   indirect
Subsidiaries,  is engaged in the TTS Business and indirectly  beneficially  owns
all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of TTSI;

         WHEREAS, subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but
prior to the  Closing,  Parent  desires  to cause  Emhart  Industries,  Inc.,  a
Connecticut  corporation  and an  indirect,  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Parent
("EII"), to make a capital  contribution of all of the assets and liabilities of
EII which are used  exclusively in or relate  exclusively to the TTS Business to
TTSI in exchange for newly issued shares of TTSI Common Stock and TTSI Preferred
Stock and TTSI desires to accept such capital contribution, to issue such shares
of TTSI Common  Stock and TTSI  Preferred  Stock and to assume and agree to pay,
satisfy and discharge such liabilities, all as more fully set forth herein;

         WHEREAS, subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but
prior to the  Closing,  TTSI  desires to acquire  from Emhart  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation and an indirect,  wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent ("Emhart"),  and
Parent  desires  to  cause  Emhart  to  sell  and  transfer  to  TTSI,   certain
Intellectual  Property used in connection  with the TTS Business in exchange for
newly issued shares of TTSI Common Stock and TTSI Preferred  Stock,  all as more
fully set forth herein;

         WHEREAS, subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but
prior to the Closing,  Parent desires to cause certain of its other Subsidiaries
to contribute  certain  assets used  exclusively  in the TTS Business to TTSI in
exchange for promissory notes from TTSI payable at Closing and TTSI's assumption
of related liabilities;

         WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement,  following the reorganization of the TTS Business contemplated by the
preceding  recitals,  Parent  desires  to cause  TTSI to incur  indebtedness  to
facilitate  the  recapitalization  of TTSI,  and Buyer desires to assist TTSI to
incur such indebtedness, all as more fully set forth herein;

         WHEREAS,  Parent  desires to cause  TTSI,  and Buyer  desires to assist
TTSI,  to use the proceeds of such  borrowings to redeem 100% of the TTSI Common
Stock and 100% of the TTSI Preferred Stock then owned by Emhart for an aggregate
consideration  of  $161,484,126  and 50% 


<PAGE>
                                  -2-


of the TTSI Common Stock and 50% of the TTSI  Preferred  Stock then owned by EII
for an aggregate consideration of $26,914,021;

         WHEREAS, following such redemption,  Buyer desires to purchase, buy and
acquire from EII and Parent desires to cause EII to sell, transfer and convey to
Buyer the  Acquired  Shares,  and Parent and Buyer  desire to enter into certain
agreements and arrangements ancillary to such transactions; and

         WHEREAS,  upon  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement,  (i) Buyer and Buyer's  Permitted  Assigns will own TTSI Common Stock
representing,  in the  aggregate,  not less than 94.18% of all of the issued and
outstanding  shares of TTSI Common Stock and TTSI Preferred Stock  representing,
in the  aggregate,  94.0% of all of the  issued and  outstanding  shares of TTSI
Preferred  Stock,  (ii) EII will own 5.82% of all of the issued and  outstanding
shares of TTSI Common Stock and 6.0% of all of the issued and outstanding shares
of TTSI Preferred Stock, and (iii) management of the TTSI Business designated by
Buyer will own any remaining shares of TTSI Common Stock.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section  1.01  Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used in this  Agreement
shall have the meanings specified in this Agreement or in Exhibit A.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            TRANSACTIONS AND CLOSING

         Section 2.01 Reorganization of TTS Business. Upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,  the parties agree that following
the execution of this Agreement and prior to  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by Sections 2.02 and 2.03, among other things:

         (a) TTSI will file an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
consistent with the terms of this Agreement as agreed to by Buyer and Parent;

         (b) Parent will cause EII to contribute the Contributed Assets to TTSI,
free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted  Liens),  and TTSI will assume
and agree to pay, satisfy and discharge all of the Assumed  Liabilities,  all as
contemplated by the Assignment and Assumption Agreement;


<PAGE>
                                  -3-


         (c) In exchange for the capital  contribution  contemplated  by Section
2.01(b),  TTSI will issue 1,000  shares of TTSI  Common  Stock and 250 shares of
TTSI Preferred Stock to EII, which upon such issuance shall be duly  authorized,
fully paid and non-assessable shares of capital stock of TTSI;

         (d) Parent shall and will cause  Emhart and, to the extent  applicable,
EII to sell, transfer and convey to TTSI the Transferred  Intellectual Property,
all as contemplated by the Intellectual Property Assignment Agreements;

         (e) In  exchange  for  the  transfer  of the  Transferred  Intellectual
Property  contemplated by Section 2.01(d),  TTSI will issue 6,000 shares of TTSI
Common Stock and 750 shares of TTSI Preferred  Stock to Emhart,  which upon such
issuance  shall be duly  authorized,  fully  paid and  non-assessable  shares of
capital stock of TTSI;

         (f) Parent (i) will  cause  TTSI to  establish  a branch in each of the
United Kingdom, Australia and Japan and (ii) will cause each of Tucker Fasteners
Limited   ("Tucker"),   Black  &  Decker   (Australasia)   Pty.   Limited  ("B&D
Australasia") and Nippon Pop Rivets & Fasteners,  Ltd.  ("Nippon") to contribute
the assets and liabilities  relating  exclusively to the TTS Business operations
in the United Kingdom, Australia and Japan, respectively, to TTSI; and

         (g) In exchange for the contributions  contemplated by Section 2.01(f),
TTSI will  issue and  deliver to each of Tucker,  B&D  Australasia  and Nippon a
promissory  note  payable in full at Closing  with an initial  principal  amount
equal to the net book value of the  respective  contributed  assets with a fixed
interest rate equal to 7.5% per annum.

         Section 2.02  Recapitalization  of TTSI. (a) Upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,  the parties agree that following
the execution of this Agreement and  immediately  prior to Closing,  among other
things,  Buyer will use  commercially  reasonable best efforts to assist TTSI in
obtaining debt financing in an aggregate  amount of not less than  $155,000,000,
together with a revolving  credit facility in the amount of $20,000,000,  in the
manner  contemplated  by the  Commitment  Letters or on other  terms  reasonably
acceptable  to Buyer,  the  proceeds  of which  will be used to  consummate  the
Redemptions and to pay off the promissory notes contemplated by Section 2.01(g).

         (b) Buyer may elect at its  option to pursue an  alternative  financing
structure,  provided  that such  structure  does not  result in any  incremental
increase in costs to TTSI.

         Section 2.03 Closing Transactions.

         (a)  Redemption  of  TTSI  Shares.  On and  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, TTSI shall:

                  (i) Redeem all of the issued and outstanding TTSI Common Stock
         and TTSI Preferred Stock owned by Emhart by making a cash payment equal
         to $161,484,126  by wire transfer of immediately  available funds to an
         account  or  


<PAGE>
                                  -4-


         accounts  of Emhart  designated  by Parent at least two  Business  Days
         prior to Closing; and

                  (ii) Redeem  1,000 shares of the issued and  outstanding  TTSI
         Common  Stock  and  125  shares  of the  issued  and  outstanding  TTSI
         Preferred  Stock  owned  by  EII by  making  a cash  payment  equal  to
         $26,914,021  by wire transfer of  immediately  available  funds to such
         account or accounts of EII  designated  by Parent at least two Business
         Days prior to Closing;

such  that,   immediately   following  the   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated by this Section  2.03(a),  EII will own 1,000 shares of TTSI Common
Stock and 125 shares of TTSI  Preferred  Stock which shares,  in the  aggregate,
will constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of TTSI.

         (b)  Acquisition  of Acquired  Shares.  On and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing:

                  (i) Parent  shall  cause EII to sell,  transfer  and convey to
         Buyer  and  Buyer's  Permitted  Assignees,  free and clear of all Liens
         (other  than  Permitted  Liens) an  aggregate  of 941.8  shares of TTSI
         Common Stock and an aggregate of 117.5 shares of TTSI Preferred  Stock;
         and

                  (ii) In consideration for the transfer of the Acquired Shares,
         Buyer shall make cash payments equalling, in the aggregate, $14,301,853
         by wire  transfer  of  immediately  available  funds to an  account  or
         accounts of EII  designated  by Parent at least two Business Days prior
         to Closing;

such that, immediately following  consummation of the transactions  contemplated
by this  Section  2.03(b),  EII  will  own  58.2  shares  of TTSI  Common  Stock
representing 5.82% of all the issued and outstanding shares of TTSI Common Stock
and 7.5 shares of TTSI Preferred Stock  representing  6.0% of all the issued and
outstanding  shares of TTSI  Preferred  Stock and  Buyer and  Buyer's  Permitted
Assignees  will  own,  in the  aggregate,  941.8  shares  of TTSI  Common  Stock
representing  94.18% of all the issued  and  outstanding  shares of TTSI  Common
Stock and 117.5 shares of TTSI  Preferred  Stock  representing  94.0% of all the
issued and outstanding shares of TTSI Preferred Stock.

         (c)  Consent and Waiver by Buyer.  By  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement,  Buyer  hereby  consents  to and  waives any rights in respect of the
redemption of TTSI Common Stock owned by EII or Emhart  contemplated  by Section
2.03(a).

         (d) Additional Closing Transactions.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  the parties agree that at the Closing,
among other things:


<PAGE>
                                  -5-


                  (i)  Parent or its  Affiliates,  as the case may be,  and TTSI
         shall execute and deliver the Services  Agreement with such  additions,
         deletions and changes as may be agreed to by Buyer and Parent; and

                  (ii) TTSI,  Buyer,  Buyer's  Permitted  Assigns  and EII shall
         execute  and  deliver  a  Stockholders'   and  a  Registration   Rights
         Agreements containing the provisions contemplated by Attachment XIV.

         Section 2.04 Section 338(h)(10) Election; Exchange Consideration.

         (a) The parties agree to make an election  under Section  338(h)(10) of
the Code (and any corresponding  elections under any applicable state, local, or
foreign  tax law)  with  respect  to the sale of the  Acquired  Shares by EII to
Buyer.

         (b) The  consideration  to be  paid to  Parent  and its  Affiliates  in
connection  with the  Contemplated  Transaction  (the "Exchange  Consideration")
shall consist of the following:

                  (i) the  aggregate  amounts  paid by TTSI to redeem  shares of
         TTSI Common Stock and TTSI Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.03(a);
         and

                  (ii) the aggregate amount paid by Buyer to EII in exchange for
         the Acquired Shares pursuant to Section 2.03(b); and

                  (iii) the aggregate amounts payable to Tucker, B&D Australasia
         and  Nippon  pursuant  to  the  promissory  notes  to be  delivered  in
         accordance  with Section  2.01(g) (as so adjusted and together with the
         amount  contemplated by Section  2.04(b)(i) and 2.04(b)(ii)  above, the
         "Adjusted Purchase Price"); and

                  (iv) the  assumption  by TTSI of the  Assumed  Liabilities  in
         accordance with the Transaction Documents.

         (c) The Exchange Consideration and each Annual Thiokol Payment shall be
allocated  to and  among  the  respective  Contributed  Assets  and  Transferred
Intellectual  Property as set forth in Attachment IX to this Agreement.  Parent,
TTSI and Buyer agree that the allocation of the Exchange  Consideration has been
negotiated by them and is consistent  with the value of the  Contributed  Assets
and the principles of Section 1060 of the Code and the  regulations  promulgated
by the Internal Revenue Service  thereunder.  Parent,  TTSI and Buyer agree that
they  shall  use the  allocation  of the  Exchange  Consideration  reflected  in
Attachment  IX to this  Agreement in any Tax Returns or other  reports that deal
with the  Contemplated  Transactions  and are filed with any Tax  Authority  and
shall  promptly  prepare and timely file such reports and  information as may be
required to report the allocation contemplated by this Section 2.04(c).

         Section 2.05 Closing.  The closing (the "Closing") of the  Contemplated
Transactions  (other than the  transactions  contemplated by Section 2.01, which
may occur on an earlier  date)  shall take  place at the  offices of  Kirkland &
Ellis,  153 East 53rd Street,  New York, New York 


<PAGE>
                                  -6-


10022, on September 24, 1998; provided,  however,  that if all of the conditions
to Closing  set forth in Article IX have not been  satisfied  (or  waived) as of
that  date and if  closing  on that date  therefore  would be  impractical,  the
Closing shall take place on the fifth Business Day following the satisfaction or
waiver (by the party  entitled to waive the  condition) of all conditions to the
Closing  set forth in Article IX, or at such other time and place as the parties
to this Agreement may agree. The Closing will occur at 10:00 a.m. on the Closing
Date.

         Section 2.06 Estimation and Adjustment of Exchange Consideration.

         (a) Not later than two  Business  Days and not more than five  Business
Days prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall deliver to Buyer a statement of net
working capital setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  Parent's  reasonable good
faith  calculation of the estimated Net Working  Capital of TTSI as of the close
of business on the day prior to the scheduled  Closing Date (the  "Estimated Net
Working Capital").  To the extent that the Estimated Net Working Capital is less
than $11,600,000,  Parent shall contribute, or cause to be contributed,  to TTSI
an amount,  in cash, equal to such deficiency.  To the extent that the Estimated
Net Working  Capital exceeds  $11,600,000,  Parent shall have the right to cause
TTSI to distribute to its shareholders at or immediately prior to the Closing an
amount, in cash, equal to such excess.

         (b) Promptly  following the Closing Date, but in no event later than 60
days after the Closing Date,  Parent shall, at its expense,  with the assistance
of Buyer and TTSI prepare and submit to Buyer a statement of net working capital
setting  forth,  in reasonable  detail,  Parent's  calculation of the actual Net
Working  Capital  of TTSI as of the  close of  business  on the day prior to the
Closing  Date after  giving  effect to any  distribution  or  contribution  made
pursuant to Section  2.06(a)  above (the  "Proposed  Final Net  Working  Capital
Amount").  In the event Buyer disputes the correctness of the Proposed Final Net
Working  Capital Amount,  Buyer shall notify Parent of its objections  within 45
days after  receipt of Parent's  calculation  of the Proposed  Final Net Working
Capital  Amount  and shall set forth,  in writing  and  reasonable  detail,  the
reasons  for  Buyer's  objections.  If Buyer  fails to  deliver  such  notice of
objections  within such time,  Buyer shall be deemed to have  accepted  Parent's
calculation.  To the extent Buyer does not object,  in writing and in reasonable
detail,  as required  and within the time period  contemplated  by this  Section
2.06(a)  to a matter  in the  statement  of net  working  capital  prepared  and
submitted by Parent, Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted Parent's calculation
and presentation in respect of the matter and the matter shall not be considered
to be in dispute.  Parent and Buyer shall  endeavor in good faith to resolve any
disputed  matters  within 20 days after  Parent's  receipt of Buyer's  notice of
objections.  If they are  unable  to do so,  Parent  and  Buyer  shall  select a
nationally  known  independent  accounting firm (other than Ernst & Young LLP or
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP to resolve the matters in dispute (in a manner  consistent
with Section 2.06(b) and with any matters not in dispute), and the determination
of such firm in respect of the  correctness of each matter  remaining in dispute
shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  on  Parent  and  Buyer.   The   independent
accountant's  determination  of Net  Working  Capital of TTSI as of the close of
business  on the day  prior to the  Closing  Date  shall  be  within  the  range
established by Parent and Buyer. The Net Working Capital of TTSI as of the close
of business on the day prior to the Closing Date, as finally determined pursuant
to this  Section  2.06(a)  (whether  by failure  of Buyer to  deliver  notice of
objection,  by  agreement  of  Parent  and  Buyer  or by  determination  of  the


<PAGE>
                                  -7-


independent  accountants  selected as set forth above), is referred to herein as
the "Final Net Working Capital Amount."

         (c) The  Proposed  Final Net Working  Capital  Amount and the Final Net
Working  Capital  Amount shall be determined in accordance  with the  accounting
principles,  policies,  practices and methods utilized in the preparation of the
Opening Statement, as disclosed in the notes to the Opening Statement, except as
otherwise set forth in Note 8 to the Opening Statement.

         (d)  If  the  Final  Net  Working   Capital   Amount  is  greater  than
$11,600,000, the difference shall be paid to Parent by TTSI with simple interest
thereon  from the  Closing  Date to the date of payment  at a floating  rate per
annum  equal to the per  annum  interest  rate  announced  from  time to time by
Citibank,  N.A. as its prime rate in effect.  If the Final Net  Working  Capital
Amount is less than $11,600,000,  the difference shall be paid to TTSI by Parent
with simple  interest  thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment at a
floating rate per annum equal to the per annum interest rate announced from time
to time by Citibank,  N.A. as its prime rate in effect.  Such  payment  shall be
made in immediately  available funds not later than five Business Days after the
determination of the Final Net Working Capital Amount by wire transfer to a bank
account designated in writing by the party entitled to receive the payment.  Any
payment  contemplated by this Section 2.06(d) shall be treated as an increase or
decrease,  as the case may be, in the amount paid pursuant to Section 2.03(a) on
a pro rata basis between Emhart and EII.

         (e) Parent  shall make  available  and shall cause Ernst & Young LLP to
make  available,  in accordance  with  reasonable  and  customary  practices and
professional  standards  and subject to such  reasonable  conditions  as Ernst &
Young LLP shall impose, the books, records, documents and work papers underlying
the preparation  and review of the Opening  Statement and the calculation of the
Proposed Final Net Working Capital  Amount.  TTSI shall make available and shall
cause KPMG Peat Marwick LLP to make available, in accordance with reasonable and
customary  practices and  professional  standards and subject to such reasonable
conditions as KPMG Peat Marwick LLP shall impose, the books, records,  documents
and work papers created or prepared by or for TTSI in connection with the review
of the  Proposed  Final  Net  Working  Capital  Amount  and  the  other  matters
contemplated by Section 2.06(a).

         (f) The fees and expenses,  if any, of the accounting  firm selected to
resolve any disputes  between Parent and TTSI in accordance with Section 2.06(b)
shall be paid one-half by Parent and one-half by TTSI.

         Section 2.07 Contingent Purchase Price.

         (a) Promptly  following  the last day of each fiscal year of TTSI after
the  Closing  Date,  but in no event later than 90 days  thereafter,  TTSI shall
prepare  and submit to Parent a  statement  of TTSI's  estimate  of the  Thiokol
Payment for the preceding  fiscal year,  setting  forth,  in reasonable  detail,
TTSI's  calculation of the Thiokol  Payment for that year together with detailed
support for such  calculation  (the  "Proposed  Annual  Thiokol  Payment") and a
certificate  of the  president  of TTSI to the effect that the  Proposed  Annual
Thiokol Payment was determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section
2.07. In the event that Parent  disputes the  correctness of the 


<PAGE>
                                  -8-


Proposed  Annual  Thiokol  Payment,  Parent shall notify TTSI of its  objections
within 45 days of receipt of TTSI's  calculation of the Proposed  Annual Thiokol
Payment and shall set forth,  in  reasonable  detail,  the reasons for  Parent's
objections.  If Parent  fails to deliver such notice of  objections  within such
time,  Parent shall be deemed to have accepted  TTSI's  calculation.  Parent and
TTSI shall,  and Buyer shall cooperate with Parent and TTSI to, endeavor in good
faith to resolve any disputed  matters  within 20 days after TTSI's receipt of a
notice of objections.  If they are unable to do so, Parent and TTSI shall select
a nationally  known  independent  accounting firm (other than Ernst & Young LLP,
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP or TTSI's independent  accountants) to resolve the matters
in dispute (in a manner consistent with Section 2.07(b) and with any matters not
in dispute), and the determination of such firm in respect of the correctness of
each matter remaining in dispute shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.
The independent  accountants  determination of the Thiokol Payment for that year
shall be within the range  established by TTSI and Parent.  The Thiokol  Payment
for that year, as finally  determined  pursuant to this Section 2.07(a) (whether
by failure of Parent to deliver notice of objections, by agreement of Parent and
TTSI or by  determination of the independent  accountants  selected as set forth
above), is referred to herein as the "Annual Thiokol Payment."

                  (b) The Annual  Thiokol  Payment  for each fiscal year of TTSI
shall be paid by TTSI to Parent with simple interest  thereon from the last date
of the  applicable  fiscal  year to the date of payment  at a floating  rate per
annum  equal to the per  annum  interest  rate  announced  from  time to time by
Citibank, N.A. (or its successors) as its prime rate. Such payment shall be made
within 5 Business Days after the determination of the Annual Thiokol Payment for
the respective fiscal year of TTSI by wire transfer to a bank account designated
by Parent.

                  (c)  TTSI  shall  make   available   and  shall  cause  TTSI's
independent  accountants to make  available,  in accordance  with reasonable and
customary  practices and  professional  standards and subject to such reasonable
conditions as TTSI's independent  accountants shall impose, the books,  records,
documents and work papers  underlying the preparation and review of the Proposed
Annual Thiokol Payment.

                  (d) The fees and  expenses,  if any,  of the  accounting  firm
selected to resolve  any  dispute  between  Parent and TTSI in  accordance  with
Section  2.07(a)  shall  be  borne  by  Parent  if the  Annual  Thiokol  Payment
determined  by the  accounting  firm  selected is closer to the end of the range
established  by TTSI or by TTSI if the Annual  Thiokol  Payment is closer to the
end of the range established by Parent.

                                   ARTICLE III

                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

         Section  3.01   Representations   and  Warranties  of  Parent.   Parent
represents and warrants to Buyer as set forth in Exhibit B.



<PAGE>
                                      -9-


                                   ARTICLE IV

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Section 4.01  Representations and Warranties of Buyer. Buyer represents
and warrants to Parent as set forth in Exhibit C.

                                    ARTICLE V

                       COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF PARENT

         Section 5.01 Conduct of  Business.  Except with the written  consent of
Buyer, as otherwise provided in this Agreement, as set forth in Schedule 5.01 or
required  by  Applicable  Law, or as  required  by the terms and  conditions  of
Contracts  either  disclosed on or not required to be disclosed on Schedule B.12
("Existing Contracts"),  from the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date,
Parent shall cause Seller  Companies and TTSI to conduct the TTS Business in all
material  respects in accordance  with the  historical  and customary  operating
practices relating to the conduct of the TTS Business and shall use commercially
reasonable   best   efforts  to  preserve   intact  the  TTS  Business  and  the
relationships of Seller Companies and TTSI with third parties in connection with
the TTS Business, and Seller Companies and TTSI shall not:

                  (i) make any capital expenditure,  or group of related capital
         expenditures  relating to the TTS Business in excess of $100,000 (other
         than  capital  expenditures  contemplated  by  the  1998  capital  plan
         previously provided to Buyer);

                  (ii) sell or dispose of more than an  aggregate of $250,000 of
         assets  that  would  constitute   Contributed   Assets  or  Transferred
         Intellectual  Property  if owned,  held or used by TTSI on the  Closing
         Date (other than the sale of Inventory  (including  obsolete  Inventory
         whether or not in the ordinary  course of business),  and any sale made
         in the ordinary course of business);

                  (iii)  notwithstanding   Section  5.01(ii),   sell,  transfer,
         license or otherwise dispose of, any Transferred  Intellectual Property
         (except for certain Intellectual  Property with registrations that will
         expire  in the  normal  course  that  will not  constitute  Transferred
         Intellectual  Property, the license or sale of Intellectual Property in
         connection  with  the  Shaft  Lab  product  line or other  licenses  of
         Intellectual  Property granted in the ordinary course of business which
         do not materially deplete the value of such Intellectual Property prior
         to Closing);

                  (iv) except as contemplated by this Agreement,  amend,  modify
         or supplement TTSI's Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws;

                  (v) issue any shares of capital  stock of TTSI or any options,
         warrants or other rights to acquire any shares of capital stock of TTSI
         or  securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for  shares of TTSI
         capital stock, except as contemplated by Section 2.01;


<PAGE>
                                      -10-


                  (vi) incur any indebtedness for money borrowed, other than the
         debt   financing   contemplated   by  Section   2.02  or   intercompany
         indebtedness  with  another  Seller  Company  cancelled  at or prior to
         Closing;

                  (vii)  terminate  or  materially  reduce the  coverage  of any
         policies of title, liability, fire, workers' compensation, property and
         any other form of insurance  covering the operations of TTSI or the TTS
         Business  other than any  termination  or  reduction  of any  insurance
         covering  Parent's  businesses  generally  or where such  policies  are
         replaced by policies  that are  substantially  similar in all  material
         respects to the terminated policies;

                  (viii) settle any material  lawsuit,  claim or other  material
         dispute nor settle any other  lawsuit,  claim or other  dispute if such
         settlement  imposes a material  continuing  non-monetary  obligation on
         TTSI  or  the  TTS  Business  or  any  of  the  Contributed  Assets  or
         Transferred  Intellectual  Property or any material monetary obligation
         that will not be  satisfied  prior to the Closing or due and payable on
         or before the one year anniversary of the Closing Date;

                  (ix) except as would not  otherwise be  prohibited  by Section
         5.01(x) below and except as would not constitute an Assumed  Liability,
         grant or implement any new or modified severance,  termination or other
         employee benefit or compensation  arrangement or increase or accelerate
         any benefits payable under the severance or termination pay policies or
         other employee benefit or compensation  arrangement with respect to any
         Transferred Employee; or

                  (x) except as  otherwise  may be permitted or required by this
         Agreement  or  Applicable  Law and  except as would not  constitute  an
         Assumed Liability,  adopt or amend in any material respect any Employee
         Plan or Benefit Arrangement in respect of any Transferred  Employee or,
         other than  compensation  increases in the ordinary course of business,
         with respect to any  Transferred  Employee whose base  compensation  is
         $75,000  or  above  of TTSI or the TTS  Business,  as the  case may be,
         increase the  compensation or fringe  benefits of any such  Transferred
         Employee  or pay any  benefit  not  required  by any  Employee  Plan or
         Benefit  Arrangement  with respect to such  Transferred  Employee as in
         effect on the date hereof.

                  (xi) fail to keep the equipment, machinery and systems used in
         the TTS  Business in  compliance,  in all material  respects,  with all
         Applicable  Laws and with all  licenses  and  permits,  and  reasonably
         maintain  all such assets and  replace any thereof  which shall be worn
         out,  lost,  stolen,  or destroyed,  in accordance  with past practices
         (other than assets that are no longer  necessary  for the  operation of
         the TTS Business);

                  (xii)  fail to  maintain  the  files  and  records  of the TTS
         Business in the usual,  regular and ordinary  manner,  consistent  with
         past practices;

                  (xiii)  fail to manage or cause to be managed  the  collection
         and payment of the accounts  receivable and accounts payable of the TTS
         Business and otherwise maintain and 


<PAGE>
                                      -11-


         manage  their  respective  inventories  and other  current  assets  and
         current  liabilities in the ordinary  course of business and consistent
         with past  practice,  including  making  payment with respect to all of
         their respective accounts payable, current maturities of long term debt
         and other current  payables in a timely  manner and in accordance  with
         the terms of such  payable  or such  indebtedness,  as the case may be,
         provided   that  no  such   indebtedness   (other   than   intercompany
         indebtedness) shall be prepaid or otherwise retired in whole or in part
         prior to the date on which such  indebtedness or portion thereof is due
         to be repaid,  it being  understood that the covenant set forth in this
         Section  5.01(xiii)  shall not prohibit Parent or the Seller  Companies
         from  disputing  any  accounts  payable in good faith,  in the ordinary
         course of business and consistent  with past practice or require Parent
         or the Seller  Companies to generally change its practices with respect
         to the  collection  and payment of  accounts  receivable  and  accounts
         payable;

                  (xiv) fail to take  commercially  reasonable  steps consistent
         with current  practices,  and to cause any relevant  Seller  Company to
         take commercially  reasonable steps consistent with current  practices,
         to protect all Transferred  Intellectual Property and take commercially
         reasonable  best  efforts to prevent  any of it from  falling  into the
         public domain;

                  (xv)  enter  into any  agreement,  contract,  lease,  license,
         commitment or instrument (or series of related  agreements,  contracts,
         leases, licenses, commitments or instruments) that would be required to
         be listed on Schedule B.12 or accelerate,  terminate,  modify or cancel
         in a manner  materially  adverse  to the TTS  Business  any  agreement,
         contract,  lease,  license,  commitment  or  instrument  (or  series of
         related  agreements,   contracts,  leases,  licenses,   commitments  or
         instruments) that is required to be listed on Schedule B.12;

                  (xvi)  impose any  material  Lien  (other than any Lien of the
         type that would constitute a Permitted Lien if in existence on the date
         hereof) upon any of the Contributed Assets or Transferred  Intellectual
         Property;

                  (xvii) make any investment in, any loan to, or any acquisition
         of the  securities  of, other than in the ordinary  course of business,
         assets of, any other Person (or series of related  investments,  loans,
         and  acquisitions)  either  involving more than $100,000 or outside the
         ordinary course of business;

                  (xviii) make any loan to, or enter into any other  transaction
         with, any of its directors, officers, or employees, other than in their
         capacity as such in connection  with employee  benefits or compensation
         arrangements  and in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with
         past practices;

                  (xix)   implement  any  layoffs  of  any  employee  who  would
         otherwise be a Transferred  Employee other than the  termination of any
         employee in the ordinary course of business;


<PAGE>
                                      -12-


                  (xx) make or pledge to make any  charitable  or other  capital
         contribution  that  would be  payable  following  the  closing  and not
         reflected  in  the  Final  Net  Working  Capital  Amount  or  otherwise
         exceeding $50,000; and

                  (xxi) commit to any of the foregoing.

         Section 5.02 Access to Information; Confidentiality.

         (a) Except as may be necessary to comply with any  Applicable  Laws and
subject  to  any  applicable  privileges  (including,  without  limitation,  the
attorney-client and work-product privileges; provided that Parent and the Seller
Companies shall use commercially  reasonable  efforts to provide access to Buyer
in a manner that does not violate any applicable  privileges),  from the date of
this Agreement until the Closing Date,  Parent,  TTSI and Seller Companies shall
(i) give Buyer and its Representatives  reasonable access to the records of TTSI
and Seller  Companies  relating to the TTS Business during normal business hours
and upon  reasonable  prior  notice,  (ii) give  Buyer  and its  Representatives
reasonable  access to any facilities the possession of which will be transferred
to Buyer at Closing  during  normal  business  hours and upon  reasonable  prior
notice  for the  purpose of Buyer's  conduct of an  environmental  audit of such
facilities   or   documentary   diligence,   (iii)  furnish  to  Buyer  and  its
Representatives such financial and operating data and other information relating
to TTSI and the TTS Business as Buyer may  reasonably  request and (iv) instruct
the  employees  and  Representatives  of TTSI and  Seller  Companies  to provide
reasonable  cooperation  to  Buyer  in its  investigation  of the TTS  Business.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, subject to the limitations set
forth in the  first  sentence  of this  Section  5.02(a),  from the date of this
Agreement to the Closing Date Parent shall (i) use reasonable commercial efforts
to enable Buyer and its Representatives to conduct, at Buyer's expense, business
and financial  reviews,  investigations  and studies as to the operation of TTSI
and the TTS Business,  including any tax,  operating or other  efficiencies that
may be  achieved  and  (ii)  give  Buyer  and its  Representatives  access  upon
reasonable  request to information  relating to TTSI and the TTS Business of the
type and with the same  level of detail as in the  ordinary  course of  business
currently is being made available to the president or chief  financial  officer,
or other senior management of the TTS Business.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
neither Buyer nor its Representatives  shall have access to personnel records of
any Seller  Companies or TTSI relating to individual  performance  or evaluation
records,  medical  histories or other  information  that in Parent's  good faith
opinion is sensitive or the disclosure of which could subject TTSI or any Seller
Companies to risk of liability.

         (b) For a period of two years after the Closing Date and,  with respect
to any  confidential  information  provided  to Parent or any  Seller  Companies
pursuant to Section 2.07, for a period of two years  thereafter,  Parent and the
Seller  Companies  will  treat  and  hold  as  confidential,   any  confidential
information  relating  primarily to the operations or affairs of TTSI or the TTS
Business.  In the event Parent or any Seller Companies are requested or required
(by  oral  or  written  request  for  information  or  documents  in  any  legal
proceeding,  interrogatory,  subpoena,  civil  investigative  demand or  similar
process or by  Applicable  Law) to disclose any such  confidential  information,
then Parent shall notify Buyer  promptly of the request or  requirement  so that
Buyer,  at its  expense,  may  seek an  appropriate  protective  order  or waive



<PAGE>
                                      -13-


compliance with this Section  5.02(b).  If, in the absence of a protective order
or receipt of a waiver  hereunder,  any Seller  Companies  are, on the advice of
counsel,  compelled to disclose such confidential  information  Parent or Seller
Companies may so disclose the confidential information,  provided that Parent or
Seller  Companies,  as the case may be, shall use  reasonable  efforts to obtain
reliable  assurance  that  confidential  treatment  will  be  accorded  to  such
confidential  information.  The provisions of this Section  5.02(b) shall not be
deemed to prohibit the disclosure of  confidential  information  relating to the
operations  or  affairs  of TTSI or the TTS  Business  by Parent  or any  Seller
Companies  to the extent  reasonably  required  (i) to prepare or  complete  any
required Tax Returns or financial statements,  (ii) in connection with audits or
other  proceedings  by  or on  behalf  of a  Governmental  Authority,  (iii)  in
connection with any insurance or benefits  claims,  (iv) to the extent necessary
to  comply  with  any  Applicable  Laws,  (v) to  provide  services  to  TTSI in
accordance with the terms and conditions of any of the Transaction  Documents or
(vi)  as  Parent  reasonably  determines  to be  necessary  and  not  materially
inconsistent  with the intentions of this Section 5.02(b) in connection with any
other similar  administrative  functions in the ordinary course of business.  In
addition,  the provisions of this Section 5.02(b) shall not apply to information
that (i) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a disclosure
by any Seller  Company,  (ii) is or becomes  available to a Seller  Company on a
non-confidential  basis  from a  source  that,  to  Parent's  knowledge,  is not
prohibited from disclosing such information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary
obligation or (iii) is or has been  independently  developed by a Seller Company
(other than  primarily  for the TTS  Business).  This Section  5.02(b) shall not
apply to the use,  license or sale of  Intellectual  Property  not  constituting
Transferred Intellectual Property.

         Section 5.03 Change of Lockbox Accounts.  Prior to or immediately after
the  Closing,  Parent shall take such steps as Buyer may  reasonably  request to
cause TTSI to be  substituted  as the sole party having control over any lockbox
or similar  bank  account  maintained  exclusively  by the TTS Business to which
customers  of the TTS  Business  directly  make  payments  in respect of the TTS
Business or to direct the bank at which any such  lockbox or similar  account is
maintained  to transfer any payments made thereto to an account  established  by
TTSI.  To the  extent  that TTSI is not  substituted  as the sole  party  having
control over any such lockbox account prior to Closing, Parent or the applicable
Seller  Company shall pay to TTSI any amount paid to such account  following the
Closing  with  respect  to  any  account  receivable  constituting  part  of the
Contributed Assets.

         Section 5.04 Access to Information;  Cooperation After Closing.  On and
after the Closing  Date and  subject to any  applicable  privileges  (including,
without limitation,  the attorney-client and work-product  privileges;  provided
that Parent and the Seller Companies shall use commercially  reasonable  efforts
to provide  access to Buyer in a manner  that does not  violate  any  applicable
privileges),  Parent shall,  and shall cause each of the other Seller  Companies
to, at their expense (i) afford Buyer and its Representatives  reasonable access
upon  reasonable  prior notice during normal  business  hours, to all employees,
offices, properties,  agreements, records, books and affairs of Seller Companies
to the extent  relating to the conduct of the TTS Business  prior to the Closing
and (ii)  cooperate  fully with Buyer with  respect to matters  relating  to the
conduct of the TTS Business prior to the Closing, including, without limitation,
in the defense or pursuit


<PAGE>
                                      -14-


of any Contributed Asset, Transferred Intellectual Property or Assumed Liability
or any claim or action that relates to  occurrences  involving  the TTS Business
prior to the Closing Date.

         Section 5.05  Maintenance  of Insurance  Policies.  Except as otherwise
provided  in  Exhibit D, on and after the date of this  Agreement  and until the
Closing Date, Parent shall not take or fail to take any action if such action or
inaction,  as the case may be, would adversely  affect the  applicability of any
insurance  (including  reinsurance) in effect on the date of this Agreement that
covers all or any part of the assets that would constitute  Contributed  Assets,
or  Transferred  Intellectual  Property  if  owned,  held or used by any  Seller
Companies  on the  Closing  Date,  TTSI,  the TTS  Business  or the  Transferred
Employees.  Except as  otherwise  provided in Exhibit D or as may  otherwise  be
agreed in writing by the parties,  Parent and its Affiliates  shall not have any
obligation to maintain the  effectiveness of any such insurance policy after the
Closing Date or to make any monetary payment in connection with any such policy.

         Section 5.06 Noncompetition.

         (a) Parent  covenants  and agrees,  as an  inducement to Buyer to enter
into this Agreement and to consummate the Contemplated Transactions,  that for a
period of five years  following the Closing Date no Seller  Company (for so long
but  only  for so long  as it  remains  a  Seller  Company)  will,  directly  or
indirectly, carry on or participate in the ownership,  management or control of,
or license Intellectual Property to be used in a manner competitive with the TTS
Business by, any business enterprise (other than the Seller Companies' ownership
interest in TTSI following Closing) that competes anywhere in the world with the
TTS  Business  as it is  being  conducted  on the  Closing  Date  (a  "Competing
Business").

         (b) Nothing  contained in this Section 5.06 shall limit or restrict the
right of any Seller  Company to hold and make  investments  in securities of any
Person that has securities listed on a national  securities exchange or admitted
to trading  privileges  thereon or  actively  traded in a  generally  recognized
over-the-counter  market, provided that the aggregate equity interest therein of
Seller  Companies  does not exceed  five  percent of the  outstanding  shares or
interests in such Person at the time of Seller  Companies'  investment  therein.
Notwithstanding  any provisions of this Section 5.06 to the contrary,  if Parent
or any other Seller Company acquires securities of any Person that is engaged in
a Competing Business, Seller Companies shall not be deemed to be in violation of
this  Section  5.06,  provided  that  (A)  (i) at the  time of  acquisition  the
Competing  Business  represents less than one-third of the gross revenues of the
acquired Person for the acquired  Person's most recently  completed  fiscal year
and (ii)  Seller  Companies  use  reasonable  commercial  efforts  to divest the
operations of such Competing Business subsequent to such acquisition,  or (B) at
the time of acquisition the Competing Business represents less than five percent
of the gross  revenues of the  acquired  Person for the acquired  Person's  most
recently completed fiscal year.

         (c) Parent  recognizes and agrees that a breach by Seller  Companies of
any of the covenants and agreements in this Section 5.06 could cause irreparable
harm to Buyer, that Buyer's remedies at law in the event of such breach would be
inadequate,  and that,  accordingly,  in the event of such breach a  restraining
order or injunction or both may be issued against Seller 


<PAGE>
                                      -15-


Companies, in addition to any other rights and remedies that may be available to
Buyer  under  Applicable  Law. If this  Section  5.06 is more  restrictive  than
permitted  by the  Applicable  Laws of the  jurisdiction  in which  Buyer  seeks
enforcement hereof, this Section 5.06 shall be limited to the extent required to
permit enforcement under such Applicable Laws.

         Section 5.07 Debt Financing.  Parent shall,  and shall cause the Seller
Companies and TTSI to, cooperate in a commercially  reasonable manner with Buyer
to  assist  Buyer  to  assist  TTSI in  obtaining  the debt  financing  for TTSI
contemplated by Section 2.02. In no event,  however,  shall Parent or any Seller
Companies be required to guaranty or  otherwise  provide any  Financial  Support
Arrangement in connection with TTSI obtaining the debt financing contemplated by
Section 2.02.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence,  in the event that Parent
elects  to  cause  TTSI to  obtain  the  bridge  financing  contemplated  by the
Commitment  Letters in order to satisfy the  financing  conditions  contained in
Article IX, Parent agrees to reimburse TTSI for  additional  fees payable to the
bridge  lenders  for the take  down of such  financing  in the  amount  of up to
$1,875,000 at Closing.

         Section 5.08 Advice of Changes.  Parent shall advise Buyer  promptly in
writing after Parent obtains knowledge of any fact that, if known as of the date
of this  Agreement,  would have been required to be set forth or disclosed in or
pursuant to this Agreement or the Schedules hereto, or which would result in the
breach  by the  Parent  or any  Seller  Company  of any of its  representations,
warranties,  covenants  or  agreements  hereunder or which could  reasonably  be
expected to result in or cause a Material Adverse Effect.

         Section 5.09 No Hire.  For a period of 12 months  following the Closing
Date, no Seller Company shall hire for  employment or offer  employment to Scott
C. Hennessy.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                        COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER

         Section  6.01   Confidentiality.   Buyer  agrees  that  all  non-public
information  provided  or  otherwise  made  available  in  connection  with  the
Contemplated  Transactions  to  Buyer  or any of its  Representatives  shall  be
treated as if provided under the  Confidentiality  Agreement (whether or not the
Confidentiality   Agreement   is  in  effect  or  has  been   terminated).   The
Confidentiality  Agreement  shall continue to apply in accordance with its terms
following the Closing to any  confidential  information  of Parent or any Seller
Company  that does not  relate to the TTS  Business  or TTSI.  In the event that
Buyer  or TTSI  is  requested  or  required  (by  oral or  written  request  for
information or documents in any legal proceeding, interrogatory, subpoena, civil
investigative  demand,  or similar process or by Applicable Law) to disclose any
such confidential information,  then Buyer and TTSI shall notify Parent promptly
of their  request or  requirement  so that Parent,  at its expense,  may seek an
appropriate  protective order or waive compliance with this Section 6.01. If, in
the absence of a  protective  order or receipt of a waiver  hereunder,  Buyer or
TTSI is, on the advice of  counsel,  compelled  to  disclose  such  confidential
information,  Buyer  or  TTSI  may so  disclose  the  confidential  information,
provided that Buyer or TTSI, as the case 


<PAGE>
                                      -16-


may be, shall use reasonable  commercial  efforts to obtain  reliable  assurance
that confidential treatment shall be accorded to such confidential  information.
The  provisions  of this  Section  6.01  shall  not be deemed  to  prohibit  the
disclosure of confidential  information relating to the operations or affairs of
TTSI or the TTS  Business  by Buyer to the  extent  reasonably  required  (i) to
prepare or complete any required  Tax Returns or financial  statements,  (ii) in
connection  with audits or other  proceedings  by or on behalf of a Governmental
Authority, (iii) in connection with any insurance or benefits claims, or (iv) to
the extent  necessary  to comply with any  Applicable  Laws.  In  addition,  the
provisions  of this Section 6.01 shall not apply to  information  that (i) is or
becomes  publicly  available  other than as a result of a disclosure  by TTSI or
Buyer, (ii) is or becomes available to TTSI or Buyer on a non-confidential basis
from a source that,  to TTSI's and Buyer's  knowledge,  is not  prohibited  from
disclosing such information by legal,  contractual or fiduciary  obligation,  or
(iii) is or has been  independently  developed by TTSI.  Nothing in this Section
6.01, however,  shall limit or otherwise restrict the applicability of any other
confidentiality or similar provisions included in the Transaction Documents.

         Section  6.02  Provision  and  Preservation  of and  Access to  Certain
Information; Cooperation.

         (a) Prior to the Closing Date,  Buyer shall provide to Parent  promptly
upon its receipt thereof copies of all  environmental  audit and similar reports
with respect to facilities  the  possession of which will be transferred to TTSI
in accordance with this  Agreement.  Buyer shall provide to Parent a copy of all
sampling results, boring logs, analysis and other data and reports regarding any
environmental review conducted by Buyer immediately upon obtaining them.

         (b) On and after the Closing  Date,  TTSI or any  successor  to the TTS
Business  shall  preserve all books and records of the TTS Business for a period
of six years commencing on the Closing Date (or in the case of books and records
relating to Tax,  employment and employee benefits  matters,  until such time as
Parent  notifies TTSI in writing that all statutes of  limitations to which such
records relate have expired), and thereafter,  not to destroy or dispose of such
records  without  giving notice to Parent of such pending  disposal and offering
Parent such records. In the event Parent has not requested such materials within
90 days  following the receipt of notice from TTSI,  TTSI may proceed to destroy
or dispose of such materials without any liability.

         (c) From and after  the  Closing  Date and  subject  to any  applicable
privileges (including,  without limitation, the attorney-client and work-product
privileges;  provided  that  Buyer and TTSI  shall use  commercially  reasonable
efforts  to  provide  access  to Parent in a manner  that does not  violate  any
applicable  privileges),  Buyer shall at its  expense (i) afford  Parent and its
Representatives  reasonable  access upon  reasonable  prior notice during normal
business  hours, to all employees,  offices,  properties,  agreements,  records,
books and affairs of Buyer, and provide copies of such  information,  including,
without  limitation,  manifests  regarding  pre-closing  disposal  of  Hazardous
Materials, concerning TTSI and the TTS Business as Parent may reasonably request
for any proper purpose,  including,  without limitation,  in connection with the
matters  contemplated  by Section 2.06, the  preparation of any Tax Returns,  in
connection  with any judicial,  quasi-judicial,  administrative,  Tax,  audit or
arbitration  proceeding,  in connection  


<PAGE>
                                      -17-


with the  preparation  of any financial  statements or reports and in connection
with the defense or prosecution  of any claims or allegations  that relate to or
may relate to Excluded  Assets or Excluded  Liabilities and (ii) cooperate fully
with Parent as reasonably requested for any proper purpose,  including,  without
limitation, the defense of or pursuit of any Excluded Liability,  Excluded Asset
or  Indemnified  Claim,  or any  claim or action  that  relates  to an  Excluded
Liability, Excluded Asset or Indemnified Claim.

         Section 6.03 Insurance; Financial Support Arrangements.

         (a) Buyer  acknowledges and agrees that as of the Closing Date, neither
TTSI, the TTS Business, any property owned or leased by any of the foregoing nor
any of the directors,  officers,  employees (including,  without limitation, the
Transferred  Employees) or agents of any of the foregoing  will be insured under
any insurance policies maintained by Parent or any of its Affiliates, except (i)
in the case of certain claims made policies, to the extent that a claim has been
reported  as of the  Closing  Date,  (ii)  in the  case of a  policy  that is an
occurrence policy, to the extent the accident,  event or occurrence that results
in an insurable  loss occurs prior to the Closing Date and has been,  is or will
be reported or noticed to the  respective  carrier by Buyer,  TTSI or any Seller
Company in  accordance  with the  requirements  of such  policies  (which claims
Parent shall, at TTSI's cost and expense, pursue diligently on TTSI's behalf and
the net proceeds of which  claims  (except to the extent they relate to Excluded
Liabilities) shall be remitted promptly to TTSI upon receipt thereof), and (iii)
as  otherwise  provided  in Exhibit D or agreed to in  writing  by the  parties.
Except as otherwise  provided in Exhibit D or as  otherwise  may be agreed to in
writing  by the  parties,  from and  after  the  Closing  Date,  Parent  and its
Affiliates  shall  have no  obligation  of any  kind  to  maintain  any  form of
insurance  covering  TTSI or all or any  part  of the  Contributed  Assets,  the
Transferred   Intellectual   Property,  the  TTS  Business  or  the  Transferred
Employees.

         (b) From and after the Closing  Date,  TTSI agrees to reimburse  Parent
within 30 days of  receipt  of an  invoice  for any self  insurance,  retention,
deductible,  retrospective  premium,  cash  payment for reserves  calculated  or
charged on an incurred loss basis and similar  items,  including but not limited
to associated  administrative  expenses and allocated loss adjustment or similar
expenses  (collectively,  "Insurance  Liabilities") allocated to TTSI or the TTS
Business by Parent on a basis  consistent with past practices  resulting from or
arising  under any and all current or former  insurance  policies  maintained by
Parent or any of its  Affiliates to the extent that such  Insurance  Liabilities
relate to or arise out of Assumed  Liabilities,  but only to the extent that the
underlying claim was that of a third party and not a Seller Company. TTSI agrees
that,  to the  extent  any of the  insurers  under the  insurance  policies,  in
accordance  with the  terms of the  insurance  policies,  requests  or  requires
collateral,  deposits or other  security to be provided  with  respect to claims
made against such insurance policies relating to or arising from TTSI or the TTS
Business, TTSI shall provide the collateral, deposits or other security or, upon
request of Parent,  will  replace any  collateral,  deposits  or other  security
provided by Parent or any of its Affiliates.

         (c) TTSI  agrees  that,  for a period  of six years  commencing  on the
Closing  Date,  to the  extent  TTSI  maintains  product  liability  or  similar
insurance coverage,  TTSI will (at Parent's 


<PAGE>
                                      -18-


cost to the extent of any additional cost therefor,  provided that, in the event
there will be such a cost, TTSI will give Parent a reasonable  period of time to
determine  whether it desires to incur  such cost  before  TTSI  commits to such
coverage  with  respect  to Parent)  include  Parent  and its  Affiliates  as an
additional insured/loss payee on any such policies in respect of which Parent or
its Affiliates has or may have an insurable interest with respect to TTSI or the
TTS Business, the Contributed Assets,  Transferred Intellectual Property, any of
the  Assumed  Liabilities  or any  facilities  the  possession  of which will be
transferred to TTSI in accordance with this Agreement prior to Closing.

         (d) Parent, TTSI and, prior to Closing,  Buyer agree that they shall in
good  faith seek to obtain the  release  of Parent and its  Affiliates  from all
obligations under all Financial Support Arrangements maintained by Parent or any
of its Affiliates in connection with TTSI or the TTS Business.

         (e) If, at any time after the Closing  Date,  (i) any amounts are drawn
on or paid under any Financial  Support  Arrangement  where Parent or any of its
Affiliates  is  obligated to  reimburse  the Person  making such payment or (ii)
Parent or any of its Affiliates  pays any amounts under,  or any fees,  costs or
expenses  relating to, any Financial Support  Arrangement,  TTSI shall indemnify
and hold Parent and its Affiliates harmless and pay Parent such amounts promptly
after receipt from Parent of notice thereof  accompanied by written  evidence of
the underlying payment obligation.

         Section  6.04 Use of  Intellectual  Property.  Each of  Buyer  and TTSI
acknowledge and agrees that except as otherwise specifically contemplated by the
Transaction  Documents  neither TTSI nor Buyer is obtaining  any rights in or to
use any Intellectual Property. Buyer and TTSI further acknowledge and agree that
notwithstanding  any  provision  to the contrary in the  Transaction  Documents,
Buyer and TTSI shall not use, and each shall cause their  respective  Affiliates
not to use,  any  trademark,  logo or  tradename  of Parent or any  Affiliate of
Parent  (other than those  listed on  Attachment X as  Transferred  Intellectual
Property  and  transferred  to Buyer under the terms of this  Agreement)  or any
trademarks,  logos or trade names that are  confusingly  similar thereto or that
are a  translation  or  transliteration  thereof  into any language or alphabet.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Buyer and TTSI shall not use,
and shall cause their respective  Affiliates not to use (i) the words "The Black
& Decker  Corporation,"  "Emhart  Inc.,"  "Emhart  Industries,  Inc.,"  "Black &
Decker," "Emhart" or any derivatives, translations or transliterations of any of
the foregoing or (ii) the words "True Temper" or any derivative,  translation or
transliteration thereof in violation of the Huffy Trademark Agreement; provided,
however,  that with  respect  to any  work-in-progress,  preprinted  stationery,
invoices,  receipts, forms, advertising and promotional materials,  training and
source  literature,  packaging  material  or  other  supplies  that  TTSI has in
inventory   after  the  Closing  which  bears  the  name  "The  Black  &  Decker
Corporation,"  "Black & Decker,"  "Emhart  Inc.," "Emhart  Industries,  Inc." or
"Emhart,"  Parent hereby  grants to TTSI a paid-up  license to use such names on
such inventory;  provided,  further, that TTSI agrees to use its reasonable best
efforts to exhaust such inventory in the ordinary  course of business as soon as
is reasonably practicable after the Closing. The provisions of this Section 6.04
shall survive the Closing indefinitely.


<PAGE>
                                      -19-


         Section 6.05 Conduct of TTS Business After Closing.  From and after the
Closing,  TTSI shall, and Buyer shall cause TTSI (and any successor or assign in
respect of the TTS  Business)  to,  conduct the TTS  Business in all respects in
accordance  with each of the 1959 TTSI Consent  Decree and the 1961 TTSI Consent
Decree for so long as either such  decree is in force and  binding  upon the TTS
Business.  The  provisions  of this  Section  6.05  shall  survive  the  Closing
indefinitely.

         Section  6.06  Debt  Financing.   Buyer  shall  use  its   commercially
reasonable best efforts to assist TTSI to obtain the debt financing contemplated
by Section  2.02.  In this regard,  and without  limiting the  generality of the
foregoing,  Buyer shall take all action within its control which is necessary or
appropriate and consistent with  commercially  reasonable best efforts to secure
the debt financing  contemplated  by the Commitment  Letters or other  financing
satisfactory to Buyer.  Buyer shall not amend or otherwise modify the Commitment
Letters (or any term or condition  thereof) in any respect that would materially
and adversely  affect the ability of TTSI to obtain such  financing  without the
prior written consent of Parent.

         Section 6.07 Certain Environmental Investigations.

                  (a) Buyer agrees that,  if Buyer  decides to conduct  prior to
Closing  an  environmental  audit or  similar  review of the TTS  Business  that
involves testing,  drilling or sampling at any facility,  possession of which is
contemplated  to be  transferred  to TTSI,  Buyer shall be  permitted  to do so,
provided  Buyer will so advise  Parent  and will give  Parent  sufficient  prior
written notice to enable Parent's  Representatives to be present during any such
testing,  drilling  or  sampling  and to review  and  comment  on any work plans
related to such  audit or  review.  Buyer  further  agrees to arrange  for split
samples to be taken in  connection  with any such auditor  review.  Buyer agrees
that it will conduct such testing, drilling, or sampling,  including disposal of
all materials  associated with such  activities,  such as drill cuttings,  waste
water,  and  sampling  equipment,  at  Buyer's  sole  cost and  expenses  and in
accordance  with all  Applicable  Laws,  including  Environmental  Laws.  If the
Closing  contemplated  by the  Transaction  Documents is not consummated for any
reason,  Buyer  agrees to  restore  each  facility  at which  any such  testing,
drilling or sampling was conducted to its condition prior to the commencement of
Buyer's environmental audit or similar review.

                  (b) All information obtained from Buyer's environmental review
shall be kept  confidential  and Buyer shall not provide it to any Person  other
than Parent. In the event that Buyer's environmental review discloses conditions
at any of Seller Companies' facilities that may require notice to a Governmental
Authority prior to Closing,  Parent shall  determine what reporting,  if any, is
necessary and shall conduct such reporting.



<PAGE>
                                      -20-


                                   ARTICLE VII

                     COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

         Section 7.01 Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement,  each party shall use  commercially  reasonable best efforts to
take,  or cause to be taken,  all  actions  and to do, or cause to be done,  all
things   necessary  or  desirable  under   Applicable  Laws  to  consummate  the
Contemplated Transactions. Parent and Buyer shall execute and deliver, and shall
cause Seller  Companies and TTSI, as appropriate or required and as the case may
be, to execute and deliver such other  documents,  certificates,  agreements and
other  writings and to take such other  actions as may be necessary or desirable
to consummate or implement the  Contemplated  Transactions.  Except as otherwise
expressly set forth in the Transaction  Documents,  nothing in this Section 7.01
shall require any Seller Companies,  TTSI or Buyer to make any payments in order
to obtain any consents or approvals  necessary or desirable in  connection  with
the  consummation  of the  Contemplated  Transactions  (other than any  payments
specifically required by the term of any Contract).

         Section  7.02  Certain  Filings;   Consents.  Parent  and  Buyer  shall
cooperate with one another and use their respective commercially reasonable best
efforts  (i) in  determining  whether  any action by or in respect of, or filing
with,  any  Governmental  Authority  is  required,  or  any  actions,  consents,
approvals  or waivers are  required to be obtained  from parties to any material
Contracts, in connection with the consummation of the Contemplated  Transactions
and (ii) subject to the terms and conditions of this  Agreement,  in taking such
actions  or  making  any  such  filings,   furnishing  information  required  in
connection  therewith and seeking  timely to obtain any such actions,  consents,
approvals or waivers.

         Section 7.03 Public  Announcements.  Prior to the  Closing,  Parent and
Buyer shall  consult with each other before  issuing any press release or making
any  public  statement  with  respect  to  this  Agreement  or the  Contemplated
Transactions  and,  except as may be required by  Applicable  Law or any listing
agreement  with any national or  international  securities  exchange,  shall not
issue any such press  release or make any such  public  statement  prior to such
consultation.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no provision of this  Agreement
shall  relieve  Buyer  from any of its  obligations  under  the  Confidentiality
Agreement, or terminate any of the restrictions imposed upon Buyer under Section
6.01.

         Section 7.04 Intellectual Property.

         (a)  Buyer and TTSI  acknowledge  and agree  that TTSI  shall  hold all
Transferred  Intellectual  Property  constituting part of the Contributed Assets
subject to any licenses thereof granted by Seller Companies prior to the Closing
Date that have been  disclosed to Buyer in writing or that are immaterial in the
aggregate,  are granted in connection  with the license or sale of  Intellectual
Property in  connection  with the Shaft Lab product  line or are incurred in the
ordinary  course  of  business  after  the date of this  Agreement  and prior to
Closing and do not materially deplete the value of such Intellectual Property.


<PAGE>
                                      -21-


         (b) Buyer and TTSI further  acknowledge  and agree that the transfer of
Transferred  Intellectual  Property to TTSI shall not affect the right of Seller
Companies to use,  disclose or otherwise  freely deal with any  know-how,  trade
secrets  and  other   technical   information   not   constituting   Transferred
Intellectual  Property  or  Contributed  Assets;  provided,  however,  that  the
foregoing  shall not  constitute  a license  to the Seller  Companies  under any
patents included among the Transferred Intellectual Property.

         Section  7.05 HSR Act.  Parent  and Buyer  shall  use their  respective
commercially   reasonable  best  efforts  to  cause  the  prompt  expiration  or
termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act in respect of the
Contemplated Transactions,  including, without limitation, complying as promptly
as practicable with any requests for additional information.

         Section 7.06 Certain Environmental  Insurance Matters.  Notwithstanding
any  provision  to the  contrary  in this  Agreement,  this  Section  7.06 shall
constitute  Parent's and Buyer's agreement regarding the allocation of insurance
proceeds  with  respect to matters  that arise under or relate to  Environmental
Laws that are comprised, in whole or in part, of Environmental  Liabilities that
constitute Assumed Liabilities (the "Environmental  Insurance Claims").  Each of
Buyer  and  TTSI  acknowledges  and  agrees  that,   notwithstanding  any  other
provisions of the Transaction Documents,  Parent shall control the Environmental
Insurance  Claims  and  shall  have  the  right  to  compromise  or  settle  any
Environmental  Insurance  Claims;  provided,  however,  that  without  the prior
written  consent  of Buyer,  Parent  shall not have the right to enter  into any
compromise or settlement of any  Environmental  Insurance Claim that (i) imposes
any  liability,  obligation  or  responsibility  on  TTSI or  (ii)  imposes  any
condition,  restriction  or  limitation  on the  operation or conduct of the TTS
Business.  Parent  agrees to act in good faith and with  reasonable  prudence to
maximize  recovery  (after  costs and Taxes) with  respect to the  Environmental
Insurance  Claims and shall allocate any recovery  received with respect to such
Environmental  Insurance  Claims,  first,  to the costs incurred to collect such
recovery  (whether incurred before or after Closing) and, second, to all net Tax
costs related to such  recovery.  Any recovery  remaining  shall be  apportioned
equitably  between  Parent  and  TTSI.  Any  obligations  assumed  in  any  such
compromise  or  settlement  of  the  Environmental  Insurance  Claims  shall  be
apportioned between Parent or the applicable Seller Company and TTSI in the same
proportion as a recovery would be allocated pursuant to this Section 7.06.

         Section 7.07 Legal Privileges.  Parent,  Buyer and TTSI acknowledge and
agree that all attorney-client, work product and other legal privileges that may
exist with respect to TTSI and the TTS Business (including,  without limitation,
with  respect to the  Contributed  Assets,  Transferred  Intellectual  Property,
Excluded Assets,  Assumed Liabilities and Excluded  Liabilities) shall, from and
after the Closing Date, be deemed joint  privileges of Seller  Companies,  Buyer
and TTSI. Each of Seller  Companies,  TTSI and Buyer shall use all  commercially
reasonable  efforts after the Closing Date to preserve all such  privileges  and
none of  Seller  Companies,  TTSI  nor  Buyer  shall  knowingly  waive  any such
privilege  without the prior written  consent of the other party (which  consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).




<PAGE>
                                      -22-


         Section 7.08 Tax Matters.

         (a) The  parties  hereto  recognize  that  the  transactions  that  are
contemplated  by this  Agreement  constitute  a fully  taxable  sale for all Tax
purposes of all of the assets of the TTS  Business  to TTSI.  Except as provided
below,  it is the  intention  of the parties that Seller  Companies  will accept
liability  for and pay any and all Taxes  based on the income of TTSI due for or
attributable  to Tax  periods  ending on or  before  the  Closing  Date and that
portion related to the operation of the Business on or prior to the Closing Date
for any Tax period ending after the Closing Date.  Seller  Companies will accept
liability for and pay any and all Taxes  attributable  to the transfer of assets
to  TTSI.  Seller  Companies  will  accept  liability  for  and  pay  all  Taxes
attributable  to the deemed sale of assets  pursuant  to the Section  338(h)(10)
election;  provided, however, for those state jurisdictions which do not respect
or allow the Section  338(h)(10)  election  contemplated by Section 2.05, Seller
Companies  will pay  Taxes on the sale of stock of TTSI,  but  their  respective
obligations  to pay Taxes on the deemed asset sale under the Section  338(h)(10)
election  will be reduced  correspondingly,  thereby  causing  the  Contemplated
Transactions  to be  subject  to Tax only once for any state or local  purposes.
Accordingly,  the Buyer will  indemnify  Seller  Companies  to the extent of any
double Tax imposed by such states.

         (b) (i) Parent will file with the  appropriate  Tax Authorities all Tax
Returns required to be filed on its behalf and on behalf of TTSI for any taxable
period ending on or before the Closing Date, and Parent will include the taxable
income of TTSI (to the extent  permitted by Applicable Law) for each such period
in its consolidated federal income Tax Return and in any consolidated,  combined
or unitary Tax Return (including Tax Returns based on or measured by net income)
filed by Parent or any  Affiliate  thereof in which such  income can be included
under  Applicable Law. TTSI will furnish Tax information to Parent for inclusion
in such  consolidated,  combined or unitary  Tax  Returns  filed by Parent or an
Affiliate thereof for the period which includes the Closing Date. Parent and its
Affiliates agree that they will take  commercially  reasonable  efforts to treat
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as being a fully taxable sale of
all of the assets of the TTS Business  pursuant to a taxable  transfer under the
Code and the Section 338(h)(10) election of the Code at the time of the transfer
of  Contributed  Assets and  Transferred  Intellectual  Property  to TTSI.  As a
result, all Contributed Assets and Transferred Intellectual Property will have a
basis equal to their fair market  value for  purposes  of  determining  any gain
under the deemed sale resulting from the 338(h)(10) election.

                  (ii) TTSI will,  and Buyer  will cause TTSI to,  file with the
appropriate Tax Authorities all Tax Returns  required to be filed by TTSI or any
of its  Affiliates for any taxable period ending after the Closing Date and will
remit any Taxes due in respect of such Tax Returns.  Parent will pay to TTSI the
Taxes for which  Parent or any  Seller  Company  is liable  pursuant  to Section
7.08(b)(i) and 7.08(c)  hereof,  but which are payable in respect of Tax Returns
to be filed by TTSI pursuant to this Section 7.08(b)(ii) within 10 Business Days
prior to the due date (taking  account of any extensions of time for filing) for
the filing of such Tax Returns but no earlier  than 20 Business  Days after such
Tax Returns and the tax  allocation  calculations  have been submitted to Parent
for review and approval.


<PAGE>
                                      -23-


         (c)  Parent  will be liable for and will pay,  and hereby  indemnifies,
TTSI for all Taxes, resulting from TTSI ceasing to be a member of any affiliated
group  (as  defined  in  Section  1504(a)  of the  Code  without  regard  to the
limitations  contained in Section  1504(d) of the Code) that includes  Parent or
any of its  predecessors;  Taxes  imposed on any member of  Parent's  affiliated
group for any  taxable  year (i) under  Treas.  Reg.  Section  1.1502-6  (or any
similar  provision of state,  local or foreign  law),  (ii) as a  transferee  or
successor  of a member of  Parent's  affiliated  group,  or (iii) by contract or
otherwise;  amounts pursuant to any guaranty,  indemnification,  tax sharing, or
similar  agreement made on or before the Closing Date relating to the sharing of
liability for payment of Taxes;  and any real estate  transfer  Taxes or charges
resulting from  transactions  described in Section 2.01 hereof,  for any taxable
year ending on or prior to the Closing Date and for the portions of such taxable
year or  period  ending  on or prior to the  Closing  Date  (or,  in the case of
consolidated,  combined or unitary Tax  Returns,  including  Parent,  any period
including  the  Closing  Date) and any costs and  expenses  (including,  without
limitation, costs of collection and attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting
from  Parent's  liability  and  indemnity  for Taxes  hereunder.  Parent will be
entitled to retain any refund of Taxes with  respect to TTSI or the TTS Business
relating  to any such  periods.  To  apportion  appropriately  any income  Taxes
relating  to any taxable  year or period  that begins  before and ends after the
Closing Date,  the parties  hereto will,  to the extent  permitted by Applicable
Law,  elect with the relevant Tax  Authority to terminate the taxable year as of
the Closing Date (provided,  however,  that any Taxes related to the transfer of
assets or the Section  338(h)(10)  election  will be  determined  as provided in
Section 7.08(a)  hereof).  In any case where  Applicable Law does not permit any
company  to  treat  the  Closing  Date  as the  end of a  taxable  year  of such
corporation, then whenever it is necessary to calculate the liability for income
or  franchise  Taxes of such  company  for a  portion  of a taxable  year,  such
determination  will (unless  otherwise agreed to in writing by Buyer and Parent)
be determined by a closing of such corporation's  books at the close of business
on the Closing Date,  except that exemptions,  allowances or deductions that are
calculated on an annual basis, such as the deduction for  depreciation,  will be
apportioned on a daily basis. To apportion  appropriately any Taxes,  other than
income or  franchise  Taxes,  relating to any taxable year or period that begins
before and ends after the Closing Date, (i) ad valorem Taxes (including, without
limitation,  real and personal  property Taxes) will be accrued on a daily basis
over the period for which the Taxes are  levied,  or if it cannot be  determined
over what  period  the Taxes are being  levied,  over the  fiscal  period of the
relevant Tax Authority, in each case irrespective of the lien or assessment date
of such Taxes,  and (ii)  franchise  and other  privilege  Taxes not measured by
income will be accrued on a daily  basis over the period to which the  privilege
relates.

         (d)      (i)  Parent  will be  entitled  to control  the defense of any
audits of or administrative or court proceedings  relating to Parent's or any of
its  Affiliate's  consolidated,  combined or unitary Tax Returns which relate to
the operations of the TTS Business for periods ending prior to the Closing Date.

                  (ii)  Buyer  and TTSI  will  give  notice to Parent of any Tax
claim relating to any taxable year or period that includes the Closing Date, and
will keep Parent and its counsel  informed  of the  progress  of, and the issues
involved in, the same, in each case which may be the subject of  indemnification
by Parent pursuant to this Agreement. Buyer and TTSI will be entitled 


<PAGE>
                                      -24-


to  control  the  defense  and  resolution  of any such  audits or  proceedings,
provided,  however,  that if Buyer, TTSI or any of their Affiliates  settles any
Tax claim for the portion of a taxable  year or period  ending on or prior to or
after the Closing Date or including the Closing Date which may be the subject of
indemnification  by Parent pursuant to this Agreement  without the prior written
consent of Parent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld,  Parent will
be released from any  indemnification or other obligations  hereunder in respect
of such matter.

         (e) The parties hereto will provide such  necessary  information as any
other party hereto may reasonably  request in connection with the preparation of
such party's Tax Returns,  or to respond to or contest any audit,  prosecute any
claim for refund or credit or otherwise satisfy the provisions of Applicable Law
relating to Taxes of each party hereto or their respective Affiliates.

         (f) The  obligations  of the  parties  set forth in this  Section  7.08
relating to Taxes will, except as otherwise agreed in writing,  be unconditional
and absolute and will remain in effect  without  limitation as to time or amount
of recovery by any party hereto until thirty (30) days after the  expiration  of
the  applicable  statute  of  limitations   governing  the  Tax  to  which  such
obligations  relate (after  giving effect to any agreement  extending or tolling
such statute of limitations).

         Section 7.09 Limitations on Confidentiality  Restrictions.  The parties
hereby  agree that the  provisions  relating  to  confidentiality  contained  in
Sections 5.02 and 6.01 and the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement shall
not apply to the disclosure of any information relating primarily to TTSI or the
TTS Business in a registration statement, offering memorandum, offering circular
or similar or related document, which is created and used in connection with the
placement of any debt or equity financing by TTSI.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS

         Section 8.01 Employees and Employee Benefit Matters.  The parties agree
as to employee and employee benefit matters as set forth in Exhibit D.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         Section  9.01  Conditions  to  the  Obligations  of  Each  Party.   The
obligations  of Parent and Buyer to  consummate  the  Closing are subject to the
satisfaction (or waiver) of the following conditions:


<PAGE>
                                      -25-


         (a) any  applicable  waiting  period  under the HSR Act relating to the
Contemplated Transactions shall have expired or been terminated;

         (b) no provision  of any  Applicable  Law and no judgment,  injunction,
order or decree shall prohibit the Closing, and no action or proceeding shall be
pending before any court,  arbitrator or Governmental  Authority with respect to
which counsel reasonably  satisfactory to Parent and Buyer shall have rendered a
written opinion that there is a substantial  likelihood of a determination  that
would  materially  restrain or prohibit the Closing or otherwise have a material
adverse effect on the transactions  contemplated  hereby or Buyer's right to own
or exercise rights with respect to any capital stock of TTSI;

         (c) all  actions by or in respect of or filings  with any  Governmental
Authority  required to permit the  consummation  of the Closing  shall have been
obtained; and

         (d)  Parent  or TTSI,  as the  case may be,  shall  have  obtained  the
consents, approvals or permits contemplated by Attachment XI.

         Section 9.02  Conditions to  Obligations of Buyer.  The  obligations of
Buyer to consummate  the Closing are subject to the  satisfaction  (or waiver by
Buyer) of the following further conditions:

         (a) (i) Each of Parent and TTSI shall have  performed  in all  material
respects all of its obligations under the Transaction  Documents  required to be
performed by it on or prior to the Closing Date,  (ii) the  representations  and
warranties of Parent  contained in the  Transaction  Documents shall be true and
correct at and as of the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date, as
if made at and as of each such  date,  except  that  those  representations  and
warranties  which are by their express terms made as of a specific date shall be
true and correct only as of such date, in each case except for inaccuracies that
could not  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the TTS
Business,  and (iii)  Buyer  shall  have  received  a  certificate  signed by an
executive officer of Parent to the foregoing effect;

         (b) the  transactions  contemplated by Section 2.01 shall have occurred
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

         (c) Parent or the  applicable  Seller  Company  shall have executed and
delivered,  on or before the Closing Date,  the  Transaction  Documents that are
required to be signed by a Seller Company;

         (d) there shall not have  occurred from March 29, 1998 to the Closing a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  assets,  properties,   business,   financial
condition,  results of  operations  or prospects of the TTS Business  taken as a
whole;

         (e)  TTSI  shall  have  obtained  the  financing  contemplated  by  the
Commitment Letters or on other terms satisfactory to Buyer; and


<PAGE>
                                      -26-


         (f) TTSI shall not be obligated for any indebtedness for borrowed money
other than as contemplated by Section 2.02.

         Section  9.03   Conditions  to  Obligation  of  Parent  and  TTSI.  The
obligation  of Parent  and TTSI to  consummate  the  Closing  is  subject to the
satisfaction (or waiver by Parent) of the following further conditions:

         (a) (i) Buyer shall have performed in all material  respects all of its
obligations under the Transaction Documents required to be performed by it at or
prior to the Closing  Date,  (ii) the  representations  and  warranties of Buyer
contained in the  Transaction  Documents  shall be true and correct at and as of
the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date, as if made at and as of
each such date,  except that those  representations  and warranties which are by
their express terms made as of a specific date shall be true and correct only as
of such date, in each case except for inaccuracies  that could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer, and (iii) Parent shall have
received a certificate  signed by an executive officer of Buyer to the foregoing
effect;

         (b) The  transactions  contemplated by Section 2.02 and Section 2.03(a)
shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and

         (c) Buyer shall have executed and  delivered,  on or before the Closing
Date, the Transaction Documents that are required to be signed by Buyer.

         Section 9.04  Updated  Disclosure  Schedules.  At any time prior to the
Closing,   Parent  shall  be  entitled  to  deliver  to  Buyer   updates  to  or
substitutions  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules  provided  that  such  updates  or
substitutions  are  clearly  marked  as such and are  addressed  to Buyer at the
address listed in Section 12.01.  In the event that Parent  delivers  updated or
substitute  Disclosure  Schedules on or after the third day before any scheduled
closing date,  Buyer shall be entitled to extend the  scheduled  closing date to
the third day after it receives the updated or substitute  Disclosure Schedules,
or if such day is not a Business  Day, to the next Business Day. The delivery by
Parent of updated or  substitute  Disclosure  Schedules  shall not prejudice any
rights of Buyer under this Agreement,  including but not limited to the right to
claim that the  representations  and warranties of Parent, when made on the date
of this Agreement, were untrue.

         Section  9.05 Effect of Waiver.  Any waiver by Buyer of the  conditions
specified  in clause  (ii) of Section  9.02(a),  and any waiver by Parent of the
conditions specified in clause (ii) of Section 9.03(a), if made knowingly and in
writing, shall also be deemed a waiver of any claim for Damages as the result of
the matters waived.



<PAGE>
                                      -27-


                                    ARTICLE X

                            SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 10.01 Survival.

         (a) None of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of
the parties contained in any Transaction Document or in any certificate or other
writing delivered pursuant to any Transaction Document or in connection with any
Transaction Document shall survive the Closing, except for:

                  (i) the  representations and warranties in Sections B.01, B.02
         B.05, B.09(b) and B.14 shall survive indefinitely;

                  (ii) the  representations and warranties in Section B.15 shall
         not survive the Closing Date;

                  (iii) the  representations and warranties in Sections B.18 and
         B.20 shall survive until 30 days after the expiration of the applicable
         statute of limitations (or extensions or waivers thereof);

                  (iv) the  representations  and  warranties in Exhibit B (other
         than those  Sections of Exhibit B referenced in the  preceding  clauses
         (i), (ii) and (iii)), shall survive for a period that is the earlier to
         occur of the date on which audited  financial  statements  for TTSI are
         delivered  to the Company by its  independent  auditors for TTSI's year
         ended December 31, 1999 or 18 months following the Closing Date;

                  (v) the representations and warranties in Sections C.01, C.02,
         C.09 and C.10 shall survive indefinitely;

                  (vi) the  representations  and  warranties in Exhibit C (other
         than those  Sections of Exhibit C referenced  in the  preceding  clause
         (v)) shall survive for a period of one year from the Closing Date;

                  (vii) the covenants and  agreements  set forth in Section 2.07
         shall  survive  until  payment  of the  final  Annual  Thiokol  Payment
         contemplated thereby; and

                  (viii)  those  covenants  and  agreements  set  forth  in  the
         Transaction  Documents  that, by their terms,  are to have effect after
         the  Closing  Date shall  survive  for the period  contemplated  by the
         covenants  and  agreements,  or if no period is  expressly  set  forth,
         indefinitely.

The  representations,  warranties,  covenants and  agreements  referenced in the
preceding  clauses  (i) and (iii)  through  (vii) are  referred to herein as the
"Surviving  Representations or Covenants." It is understood and agreed that, (i)
before the Closing the remedies  expressly  set 


<PAGE>
                                      -28-


forth in Article XI are the sole and  exclusive  remedies  for any breach of any
representation,  warranty,  covenant or agreement and (ii) following the Closing
the sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any breach of any  representation,
warranty,  covenant or agreement (other than (1) with respect to a breach of the
terms of a covenant or agreement,  as to which Buyer or Parent,  as the case may
be, shall be entitled to seek specific performance or other equitable relief and
(2) with respect to claims for fraud)  shall be a claim for Damages  (whether by
contract,  in tort or  otherwise,  and  whether in law,  in equity or both) made
pursuant to this Article X.

         (b)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in this  Agreement,  Parent,  its
Affiliates and their respective  Representatives and successors on the one hand,
and TTSI and  Buyer  for  itself,  its  Affiliates,  TTSI and  their  respective
Representatives and successors,  on the other hand, effective as of the Closing,
release and discharge one another from any and all Damages (whether by contract,
in tort or both,  and whether in law, in equity or both),  rights of subrogation
and  contribution  and  remedies  of any nature  whatsoever,  known or  unknown,
relating to or arising out of Environmental  Liabilities or Environmental  Laws,
in either case, arising in connection with or in any way relating to TTSI or the
TTS Business.

         Section 10.02 Indemnification.

         (a)  Effective  as of the Closing and  subject to the  limitations  set
forth in Section 10.04(a),  Buyer hereby  indemnifies  Parent and its Affiliates
and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees and agents against,  and
agrees to hold them  harmless  from any and all Damages  incurred or suffered by
any of them,  arising out of or related in any way to any  misrepresentation  or
breach of any  Surviving  Representation  or Covenant made or to be performed by
Buyer pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents.  Effective as of the Closing
and  subject to the  limitations  set forth in  Section  10.04(a),  TTSI  hereby
indemnifies Parent and its Affiliates and their respective directors,  officers,
employees and agents against,  and agrees to hold them harmless from any and all
Damages incurred or suffered by any of them arising out of or related in any way
to (i) any  misrepresentation  or  breach  of any  Surviving  Representation  or
Covenant  made  or to be  performed  by  Buyer  or TTSI  pursuant  to any of the
Transaction  Documents,  (ii)  except  as  otherwise  contemplated  by  Sections
10.02(b)(iii),  10.04(b)(ii) and Exhibit D, any Assumed Liabilities  (including,
without limitation,  TTSI's failure to perform or in due course pay or discharge
any  Assumed  Liability),  (iii) any  Financial  Support  Arrangement,  (iv) any
matters  for  which  indemnification  is  provided  under  Exhibit  D (it  being
understood  that the  terms of such  indemnification  shall be  governed  by and
subject to the terms of Exhibit D) or (v) any liabilities or obligations arising
in connection  with or in any way relating to TTSI or the TTS Business (but only
where and to the extent  conducted on or after the Closing Date),  or a facility
the  possession of which is transferred to TTSI after the date of this Agreement
and at or prior to the Closing (but only during a period in which TTSI or any of
its  Affiliates  or  successors  owns or  leases  such  facility),  or the  use,
ownership or operation of such  facilities by TTSI or an Affiliate of TTSI, or a
successor of TTSI or such Affiliate,  whether vested or unvested,  contingent or
fixed, actual or potential, which arise under or relate to Environmental Laws to
the extent  conditions  underlying such liabilities arise out of, relate to, are
based on or result  from any  action  taken by any  Person  other  than a Seller
Company or a willful or intentional failure by any such person to take action on
or after the Closing Date, including,  


<PAGE>
                                      -29-


without limitation,  (A) Remedial Actions, (B) personal injury,  wrongful death,
economic  loss or  property  damage  claims,  (C)  claims for  natural  resource
damages,  (D) violations of Applicable Law or (E) any other Damages with respect
to such  Environmental  Laws. Buyer hereby indemnifies Parent and its Affiliates
and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees and agents against,  and
agrees to hold them  harmless  from any and all Damages  incurred or suffered by
any of them and caused by any actions taken or failure to act by Buyer or any of
its Representatives in connection with any environmental audit or similar review
of the TTS Business that involves testing,  drilling or sampling at any facility
possession  of which  is  contemplated  to be  transferred  to TTSI,  including,
without limitation,  (A) Remedial Actions, (B) personal injury,  wrongful death,
economic  loss or  property  damage  claims,  (C)  claims for  natural  resource
damages, (D) violations of Applicable Law, or (E) any other Damages with respect
to such  Environmental Laws excluding any such Damages arising from pre-existing
conditions of contamination which are identified but are not exacerbated by such
audit or review.

         (b)  Effective  as of the Closing and  subject to the  limitations  set
forth in Section  10.04(b),  Parent  hereby  indemnifies  Buyer,  TTSI and their
Affiliates  and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents
against,  and agrees to hold them harmless from any and all Damages  incurred or
suffered  by  any of  them  arising  out of or  related  in any  way to (i)  any
misrepresentation or breach of any Surviving  Representation or Covenant made or
to be performed by the Seller  Companies  pursuant to any Transaction  Document,
(ii) any Excluded Liabilities (including,  without limitation,  Parent's (or any
other Seller Company's) failure to perform or in due course pay or discharge any
Excluded  Liability),  (iii) any  Environmental  Liabilities  to the  extent the
conditions  underlying  arise out of,  relate  to,  are based on or result  from
actions  taken (or  failures  to take  action),  conditions  existing  or events
occurring prior to the Closing,  (iv) any matters for which  indemnification  is
provided  under  Exhibit  D  (it  being   understood  that  the  terms  of  such
indemnification  shall be  governed by and subject to the terms of Exhibit D) or
(v) any  indemnification  paid by TTSI to any of its  directors as a result of a
claim  by any  Person  (other  than  Buyer,  TTSI  or any  of  their  respective
Affiliates,  any  Permitted  Assigns or any other  Person  (other  than a Seller
Company) who purchases  shares of capital stock of TTSI) against such  directors
that is a result of any action taken by such directors on or prior to Closing.

         Section 10.03 Procedures.

         (a) If  Parent  or any of its  Affiliates  or any of  their  directors,
officers,  employees and agents, shall seek indemnification  pursuant to Section
10.02(a),  or if  Buyer  or any of its  Affiliates  or any of  their  directors,
officers,  employees and agents, shall seek indemnification  pursuant to Section
10.02(b),  the Person seeking  indemnification  (the "Indemnified  Party") shall
give written notice to the party from whom such  indemnification  is sought (the
"Indemnifying  Party")  promptly  (and in any event  within  30 days)  after the
Indemnified Party (or, if the Indemnified Party is a corporation, any officer or
employee of the  Indemnified  Party)  becomes  aware of the facts giving rise to
such claim for indemnification (an "Indemnified Claim") specifying in reasonable
detail the factual  basis of the  Indemnified  Claim,  stating the amount of the
Damages, if known, the method of computation thereof,  containing a reference to
the provision of the Transaction  Documents in respect of which such Indemnified
Claim  arises  and  demanding   


<PAGE>
                                      -30-


indemnification  therefor. The failure of an Indemnified Party to provide notice
in  accordance  with this  Section  10.03 shall not  constitute a waiver of that
party's  claims to  indemnification  pursuant  to Section  10.02,  except to the
extent that (i) any such  failure or delay in giving  notice  causes the amounts
paid by the Indemnifying Party to be greater than they otherwise would have been
or otherwise results in prejudice to the Indemnifying  Party or (ii) such notice
is not  delivered  to the  Indemnifying  Party  prior to the  expiration  of the
applicable  survival period set forth in Section 10.01. If the Indemnified Claim
arises from the assertion of any claim, or the commencement of any suit, action,
proceeding or Remedial  Action brought by a Person that is not a party hereto (a
"Third  Party  Claim"),  any such  notice  to the  Indemnifying  Party  shall be
accompanied  by a copy of any papers  theretofore  served on or delivered to the
Indemnified Party in connection with such Third Party Claim.

         (b)      (i)  Upon  receipt  of notice of a Third  Party  Claim from an
Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 10.03(a),  the Indemnifying  Party will be
entitled to assume the defense and control of such Third Party Claim  subject to
the provisions of this Section 10.03.  After written notice by the  Indemnifying
Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume the defense and control
of a Third  Party  Claim,  the  Indemnifying  Party  shall not be liable to such
Indemnified Party for any legal fees or expenses  subsequently  incurred by such
Indemnified  Party in  connection  therewith.  Notwithstanding  anything in this
Section 10.3 to the contrary,  if the Indemnifying Party does not assume defense
and  control of a Third  Party  Claim as  provided  in this  Section  10.3,  the
Indemnified Party shall have the right to defend such Third Party Claim, subject
to the  limitations  set forth in this Section  10.03,  in such manner as it may
deem  appropriate.  Whether the Indemnifying  Party or the Indemnified  Party is
defending and controlling any such Third Party Claim, they shall select counsel,
contractors,  experts and  consultants  of recognized  standing and  competence,
shall take all steps  necessary  in the  investigation,  defense  or  settlement
thereof,  and shall at all times  diligently and promptly  pursue the resolution
thereof.  The party  conducting the defense thereof shall at all times act as if
all Damages relating to the Third Party Claim were for its own account and shall
act in good faith and with reasonable  prudence to minimize  Damages  therefrom.
The Indemnified Party shall, and shall cause each of its Affiliates,  directors,
officers,  employees, and agents to, cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party
in connection with any Third Party Claim.

                  (ii) Subject to the  provisions of Section  10.03(b)(iii)  and
Section 10.03(b)(iv), the Indemnifying Party shall be authorized to consent to a
settlement  of, or the  entry of any  judgment  arising  from,  any Third  Party
Claims, and the Indemnified Party shall consent to a settlement of, or the entry
of any  judgment  arising  from,  such Third Party  Claims;  provided,  that the
Indemnifying  Party shall (1) pay or cause to be paid all amounts arising out of
such settlement or judgment  concurrently  with the effectiveness  thereof;  (2)
shall not  encumber any of the assets of any  Indemnified  Party or agree to any
restriction  or condition that would apply to such  Indemnified  Party or to the
conduct of that party's  business;  and (3) shall obtain,  as a condition of any
settlement or other  resolution,  a complete release of each Indemnified  Party.
Except to the extent of the  foregoing,  no  settlement  or entry of judgment in
respect of any Third Party Claim shall be consented to by any Indemnifying Party
or Indemnified Party without the express written consent of the other party.


<PAGE>
                                      -31-


                  (iii)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  10.03(b)(i),
Buyer shall manage all Remedial  Actions  conducted  with respect to  facilities
which   constitute   Contributed   Assets,   provided   that   Parent   and  its
Representatives  shall have the right,  consistent  with Buyer's right to manage
such  Remedial  Actions as  aforesaid,  to  participate  fully in all  decisions
regarding any Remedial Action,  including  reasonable  access to sites where any
Remedial  Action  is  being  conducted,  reasonable  access  to  all  documents,
correspondence,  data,  reports or  information  regarding the Remedial  Action,
reasonable  access to  employees  and  consultants  of Buyer with  knowledge  of
relevant  facts about the  Remedial  Action and the right to attend all meetings
and  participate  in any  telephone  or other  conferences  with any  Government
Authority or other third party regarding the Remedial Action.

                  (iv)  In the  case  of  the  indemnification  contemplated  by
Section  10.02(b)(iii),  in the event  that the  Indemnifying  Party  desires to
settle the matters  referenced  therein or consent to the entry of any  judgment
arising  thereunder and the  Indemnified  Party does not wish to consent to such
settlement or entry of judgment,  the Indemnified Party shall have no obligation
to consent to the  settlement  or entry of judgment  provided  that it agrees in
writing to pay and be  responsible  for 100% of any Damages;  provided  that the
Indemnified Party shall not be required to consent to any settlement or agree to
be responsible  for the payment of Damages  thereafter  incurred with respect to
any matter the  settlement  or entry of  judgment  of which  would  require  the
consent  of  such  Indemnified  Party  pursuant  to  Section  10.03(b)(ii).  The
obligation of an Indemnified Party that rejects any proposed settlement offer or
entry of any such judgment to pay and be responsible  for 100% of any Damages in
accordance with this Section  10.03(b)(iv) shall be conditioned upon and subject
to the payment by the Indemnifying  Party, within five Business Days of the date
such  Indemnified  Party  provides  the written  agreement  contemplated  by the
preceding sentence,  of an amount, in immediately  available funds, equal to the
portion of the total settlement that would have been payable by the Indemnifying
Party according to the percentage  sharing  arrangement  contemplated by Section
10.04(b)(ii).  Thereafter, the Indemnified Party shall be solely responsible for
any  Damages  and for the  defense  of the  matter  that is the  subject  of the
proposed  settlement or entry of judgment.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  an
Indemnifying Party may, at its option and expense, participate in the defense of
any Indemnified Claim.

                  (v) In  furtherance of and not in limitation of the provisions
of this  Section  10.03,  with  respect to product  liability  matters and other
matters  contemplated  by Exhibit E, Parent and Buyer  covenant and agree as set
forth in Exhibit E.

         (c) If the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party are unable to
agree with respect to a procedural  matter arising under Section  10.03(b)(iii),
the  Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party shall,  within 10 days after
notice of disagreement given by either party,  agree upon a third-party  referee
("Referee"),  who shall be an environmental attorney or environmental consultant
as  appropriate  under the  circumstances  and who shall have the  authority  to
review and  resolve  the  disputed  matter.  The  parties  shall  present  their
differences in writing (each party simultaneously  providing to the other a copy
of all documents  submitted) to the Referee and shall cause the Referee promptly
to review any facts,  law or  arguments  either  the  Indemnifying  Party or the
Indemnified Party may present. The Referee shall be retained to resolve specific
differences  between the parties  within the range of such  differences.  Either
party may request  


<PAGE>
                                      -32-


that all  discussions  with  the  Referee  by  either  party be in each  other's
presence. The decision of the Referee shall be final and binding unless both the
Indemnifying  Party and the  Indemnified  Party agree.  The parties  shall share
equally all costs and fees of the Referee.

         (d) If an Indemnifying Party makes any payment on an Indemnified Claim,
the Indemnifying  Party shall be subrogated,  to the extent of such payment,  to
all rights and remedies of the  Indemnified  Party to any insurance  benefits or
other claims or benefits of the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim.
         Section 10.04 Limitations.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this  Agreement or in any of the  Transaction  Documents  (other than in Section
7.08, but, except to the extent of Assumed Liabilities):

         (a) Buyer and TTSI  shall  only have  liability  to Parent or any other
Person hereunder with respect to the representations and warranties described in
clause (i) of Section  10.02(a)  if such  matters  were the subject of a written
notice given by the  Indemnified  Party pursuant to Section  10.03(a) within the
period  following  the Closing  Date  specified  for each  respective  matter in
Section 10.01.  Effective as of the Closing,  and subject to the limitations set
forth in Section 10.04(a),  Buyer hereby  indemnifies  Parent and its Affiliates
and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees and agents against,  and
agrees to hold them  harmless  from any and all Damages  incurred or suffered by
any of them,  arising out of or related in any way to any  misrepresentation  or
breach of any  Surviving  Representation  or Covenant made or to be performed by
Buyer pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents.

         (b) Parent shall only have liability to Buyer, TTSI or any other Person
hereunder:

                           (i)  with   respect   to  the   representations   and
         warranties  described  in clause  (i) of Section  10.02(b),  (y) to the
         extent that the  aggregate  Damages of all  Indemnified  Parties as the
         result  thereof  exceed  $5,000,000  but are not greater than an amount
         equal to $5,000,000  plus 25% of the Adjusted  Purchase Price (it being
         understood that Parent's  maximum  liability under Section  10.02(b)(i)
         with  respect  to  representations  and  warranties  and  this  Section
         10.04(b)(i)  shall be an amount equal to 25% of the  Adjusted  Purchase
         Price),  and (z) if such matters  were the subject of a written  notice
         given by the Indemnified  Party pursuant to Section 10.03(a) within the
         period following the Closing Date specified for each respective  matter
         in Section 10.01; and

                           (ii) with respect to the matters  described in clause
         (iii)  of  Section  10.02(b),  to the  extent  of (x) 50% of the  first
         $10,000,000  and  (y)  80%  of  all  amounts  over  $10,000,000  of the
         aggregate  Damages  incurred and paid within five years  following  the
         Closing Date by all Indemnified  Parties as the result thereof based on
         the use of the facilities constituting Contributed Assets.


<PAGE>
                                      -33-


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   TERMINATION

         Section 11.01 Termination.  The Transaction Documents may be terminated
at any time prior to the Closing:

                  (i) by mutual written agreement of Parent and Buyer;

                  (ii) by  Parent  or Buyer if the  Closing  shall not have been
         consummated on or before September 30, 1998;  provided,  however,  that
         neither  Parent  nor  Buyer may  terminate  the  Transaction  Documents
         pursuant  to this  clause  (ii) if the  Closing  shall  not  have  been
         consummated  on or before  September 30, 1998, by reason of the failure
         of such  party or any of its  Affiliates  to  perform  in all  material
         respects  any  of its  or  their  respective  covenants  or  agreements
         contained in the Transaction Documents;

                  (iii)  by  either  Parent  or  Buyer  if  there  shall  be any
         Applicable Law that makes consummation of the Contemplated Transactions
         illegal or otherwise  prohibited or if consummation of the Contemplated
         Transactions  would  violate  any  order,  decree  or  judgment  of any
         Governmental Authority having competent jurisdiction;

                  (iv) by Buyer if there shall have occurred following March 29,
         1998 a material  adverse  effect on the assets,  properties,  business,
         financial  condition,  results of  operations  or  prospects of the TTS
         Business taken as a whole; and

                  (v)  by  Buyer  or  Parent  if  the  other  party  shall  have
         materially  breached  any  representation  or warranty or any  covenant
         hereunder  and  such  breach   prevents  or  renders   impossible   the
         satisfaction  of any of the  conditions  to Closing  set forth  herein;
         provided,  that as a  condition  to the  right  of a party  to elect to
         terminate this Agreement pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso,
         the parties shall first  provide 10 Business Days prior written  notice
         to the other party  specifying in  reasonable  detail the nature of the
         condition that such party has concluded will not be satisfied,  and the
         other  party shall be  entitled  during such 10 Business  Day period to
         take  any  actions  it may  elect  consistent  with  the  terms of this
         Agreement  such that the condition  reasonably  could be expected to be
         satisfied prior to the expiration of such time period.

Any party desiring to terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to this Section 11.01
shall  give  written  notice of such  termination  to the other  parties to this
Agreement.

         Section 11.02 Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated as
permitted by Section 11.01,  such termination  shall be without liability of any
party  (or any  Affiliate,  stockholder,  director,  officer,  employee,  agent,
consultant  or  Representative  of  such  party)  to any  other  party  to  this
Agreement;  provided,  however,  that if the Contemplated  Transactions  fail to
close as a result of a breach of the provisions of any  Transaction  Document by
Parent or Buyer,  such  party  shall be fully  liable for any and all losses and
other  damages  incurred  or suffered by 


<PAGE>
                                      -34-


the other  party as a result of all such  breaches  if the other party is ready,
willing and able to otherwise  satisfy in all material  respects its obligations
under the Transaction Documents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the provisions
of Sections 6.01 and 12.03 and this Section 11.02 shall survive any  termination
hereof pursuant to Section 11.01.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.01 Notices.  All notices,  requests and other communications
to any party  hereunder  shall be in  writing  (including  telecopy  or  similar
writing) and shall be given,

                  if to Parent (or TTSI prior to Closing):

                           c/o The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland  21286
                           Attention:  Senior Vice President and
                                         Chief Financial Officer
                            Telecopy: (410) 716-3318

                  with a copy to:

                           The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland  21286
                           Attention:  Senior Vice President and
                                            General Counsel
                           Telecopy:  (410) 716-2660

                                            and

                           Miles & Stockbridge P.C.
                           10 Light Street
                           Baltimore, Maryland  21202
                           Attention:  Glenn C. Campbell
                                       David A. Gibbons
                           Telecopy:  (410) 385-3700


<PAGE>
                                      -35-


                  if to Buyer (or TTSI after Closing):

                           TTSI LLC
                           c/o Cornerstone Equity Investors, LLC
                           717 5th Avenue
                           Suite 1100
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Attention: Mr. Mark Rossi
                           Telecopy:  (212) 826-6798

                  with a copy to:

                           Kirkland & Ellis
                           153 East 53rd Street
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Attention: Frederick Tanne, Esquire
                           Telecopy:  (212) 446-4900

or to such other address or telecopy number and with such other copies,  as such
party may hereafter  specify by notice to the other  parties.  Each such notice,
request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopy, when
such telecopy is  transmitted to the telecopy  number  specified in this Section
12.01 and  evidence of receipt is received or (ii) if given by any other  means,
upon  delivery or refusal of delivery at the address  specified  in this Section
12.01.

         Section 12.02 Amendments; Waivers.

         (a) Subject to the  provisions  of Section  9.04,  any provision of the
Transaction Documents may be amended or waived prior to the Closing Date if, and
only if, such  amendment  or waiver is in writing and signed,  in the case of an
amendment, by Parent and Buyer, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against
whom the waiver is to be effective.

         (b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right,  power or
privilege under any  Transaction  Document shall operate as a waiver thereof nor
shall any  single or  partial  exercise  thereof  preclude  any other or further
exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  power or  privilege.  The
rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by law.

         Section 12.03 Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in the Transaction
Documents,  all costs and expenses  incurred in connection  with the Transaction
Documents  shall be paid by the party  incurring such cost or expense;  provided
that TTSI shall not incur any material  costs or expenses on behalf of Parent or
any Seller  Company in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
(except for any costs,  expenses  or fees  associated  with the  transfer of the
Japanese  country club  membership to TTSI under the terms of that  membership).
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  after Closing,  TTSI may pay reasonable  costs,
expenses and fees  incurred by Buyer,  Cornerstone  Equity  Investors IV, LP, or
Cornerstone   Equity   Investors,   LLC  


<PAGE>
                                      -36-


in connection  with the  Contemplated  Transactions,  including a closing fee to
Cornerstone Equity Investors LLC or one of its Affiliates.

         Section 12.04 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of the Transaction
Documents  shall be binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of the  parties  and
their  respective  successors  and assigns;  provided  that no party may assign,
delegate  or  otherwise  transfer  any of its rights or  obligations  under this
Agreement without the consent of the other party,  provided the Buyer may assign
its or  TTSI's  rights  hereunder  to an  agent  for the  financing  sources  in
connection with the Contemplated Transactions, as collateral security for TTSI's
obligations,  and Buyer may  assign its rights to  purchase  Acquired  Shares to
Permitted Assignees.

         Section  12.05  Disclosure.   Certain  information  set  forth  in  the
Disclosure  Schedules has been included and disclosed  solely for  informational
purposes  and may not be  required  to be  disclosed  pursuant  to the terms and
conditions of the Transaction Documents.  The disclosure of any such information
shall not be deemed to  constitute  an  acknowledgement  or  agreement  that the
information is required to be disclosed in connection  with the  representations
and  warranties  made in the  Transaction  Documents or that the  information is
material,  nor shall any  information  so included  and  disclosed  be deemed to
establish a standard of materiality  or otherwise used to determine  whether any
other information is material.

         Section 12.06 Construction.  As used in the Transaction Documents,  any
reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders,
the plural  shall  include the  singular,  and the  singular  shall  include the
plural.  With  regard to each and every term and  condition  of the  Transaction
Documents,  the  parties  understand  and  agree  that the same have or has been
mutually  negotiated,  prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties
desire or are  required to  interpret  or construe any such term or condition or
any agreement or instrument  subject hereto, no consideration  shall be given to
the issue of which party  actually  prepared,  drafted or requested  any term or
condition of the Transaction Documents.

         Section 12.07 Entire Agreement.

         (a) The  Transaction  Documents and any other  agreements  contemplated
thereby  (including,  to the extent  contemplated  herein,  the  Confidentiality
Agreement) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the
subject   matter  of  such   documents  and  supersede  all  prior   agreements,
understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, between the parties with
respect to the subject matter thereof.

         (b) The parties hereto  acknowledge  and agree that no  representation,
warranty,  promise,  inducement,  understanding,  covenant or agreement has been
made or relied upon by any party hereto other than those  expressly set forth in
the Transaction Documents. Without limiting the generality of the disclaimer set
forth in the preceding  sentence,  (i) neither  Parent nor any of its Affiliates
has made or shall be deemed to have made any  representations or warranties,  in
any  presentation  or written  information  relating to TTSI or the TTS Business
given or to be given in connection with the  Contemplated  Transactions,  in any
filing  made or to be made by or on behalf  of  Parent or any of its  Affiliates
with any Governmental Authority, and no statement, 


<PAGE>
                                      -37-


made in any such presentation or written  materials,  made in any such filing or
contained  in any such other  information  shall be deemed a  representation  or
warranty  hereunder or otherwise,  (ii) neither Parent nor any of its Affiliates
has made or shall be deemed to have made any  representations  or  warranties in
respect of the accounting or tax treatment to be afforded Buyer, TTSI or the TTS
Business in respect of the Contemplated  Transactions,  and (iii) Parent, on its
own behalf and on behalf of the other Seller Companies,  expressly disclaims any
implied  warranties,  including  but not limited to  warranties of fitness for a
particular  purpose and warranties of  merchantability.  Buyer acknowledges that
Parent has  informed it that no Person has been  authorized  by Parent or any of
its Affiliates to make any  representation or warranty in respect of TTSI or the
TTS Business or in  connection  with the  Contemplated  Transactions,  unless in
writing and contained in this Agreement or in any of the  Transaction  Documents
to which they are a party.

         (c) Except as  expressly  provided  herein or in any other  Transaction
Document, no Transaction Document or any provision thereof is intended to confer
upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

         Section 12.08 Governing Law. Except as otherwise provided in any of the
Transaction Documents,  this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall
be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware
(without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof).

         Section 12.09 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same
effect as if the  signatures  thereto and hereto were upon the same  instrument.
This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received
a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto.

         Section 12.10  Jurisdiction.  Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to
enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection
with, any of the Transaction Documents or the Contemplated Transactions shall be
brought in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (or, if
subject matter jurisdiction is unavailable, any of the state courts of the State
of  Delaware),  and  each  of the  parties  hereby  consents  to  the  exclusive
jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate  appellate court) in any such
suit,  action or  proceeding  and waives any  objection  to venue laid  therein.
Process  in any such  suit,  action  or  proceeding  may be  served on any party
anywhere in the world, whether within or without the State of Delaware.  Without
limiting  the  foregoing,  Parent,  TTSI and Buyer agree that service of process
upon such party at the  address  referred  to in Section  12.01,  together  with
written notice of such service to such party,  shall be deemed effective service
of process upon such party.

         Section 12.11 Severability.  Any provision of the Transaction Documents
that is  prohibited  or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to such
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the   extent  of  such   prohibition   or
unenforceability   without   invalidating   the  remaining   provisions  of  the
Transaction  Documents  or  affecting  the  validity or  enforceability  of such
provision  in  any  other  jurisdiction.  To the  extent  any  provision  of the
Transaction  Documents is determined to be  prohibited or  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction Parent and Buyer agree to use reasonable  


<PAGE>
                                      -38-


commercial  efforts,  and agree to cause the other Seller Companies and TTSI, as
the case may be, to use reasonable commercial efforts, to substitute one or more
valid, legal and enforceable  provisions that, insofar as practicable  implement
the purposes and intent of the prohibited or unenforceable provision.

         Section  12.12   Captions.   The  captions   herein  are  included  for
convenience  of  reference  only and shall be  ignored  in the  construction  or
interpretation hereof.

         Section  12.13 Bulk Sales.  Buyer and TTSI hereby waive  compliance  by
Parent  and  each  Seller   Company,   in  connection   with  the   Contemplated
Transactions, with the provisions of Article 6 of the Uniform Commercial Code as
adopted in the States of Tennessee, California, Maryland and Mississippi, and as
adopted in any other states or jurisdictions where any of the Contributed Assets
or Transferred  Intellectual Property are located, and any other applicable bulk
sales or similar laws with  respect to or  requiring  notice to Parent's (or any
Seller  Company)  creditors,  as the same may be in  effect  on the date of such
contribution  or transfer,  as the case may be. Parent shall  indemnify and hold
harmless TTSI against any and all liabilities (other than liabilities in respect
of Assumed Liabilities) which may be asserted by third parties against TTSI as a
result of noncompliance with any such bulk sales or similar law.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective authorized officers on the day and year first above
written.

                                        THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION


                                        By:  /s/  STEPHEN F. REEVES
                                             Stephen F. Reeves
                                             Vice President and Controller



                                        TRUE TEMPER SPORTS, INC.


                                        By:  /s/  STEPHEN F. REEVES
                                             Stephen F. Reeves
                                             Vice President


                                        TTSI LLC


                                        By:  /s/  TYLER J. WOLFRAM
                                             Tyler J. Wolfram


<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                                   DEFINITIONS


(a)      The following terms have the following meanings:

         "Acquired  Shares"  means  the  shares of  capital  stock of TTSI to be
acquired by Buyer from EII, all as contemplated by Section 2.03(b).

         "Affiliate"  means, with respect to any Person,  any Person directly or
indirectly  controlling,  controlled by, or under common control with such other
Person. For purposes of determining  whether a Person is an Affiliate,  the term
"control"  shall mean the  possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the power to
direct  or cause the  direction  of the  management  and  policies  of a Person,
whether through ownership of securities,  contract or otherwise. For purposes of
this  Agreement,  TTSI shall not be deemed to be an  Affiliate  of Parent or any
other Seller Companies after Closing.

         "Amory  Facility"  means the TTS  Business'  steel shaft  manufacturing
facility located in Amory, Mississippi.

         "Applicable  Law" means,  with  respect to any Person,  any domestic or
foreign,  federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance,  rule, administrative
interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, decree or other requirement
of any Governmental  Authority  (including any Environmental  Law) applicable to
such Person or any of their respective properties,  assets, officers, directors,
employees, consultants or agents (in connection with such officer's, director's,
employee's, consultant's or agent's activities on behalf of such Person).

         "Assignment  and  Assumption   Agreement"   means  the  Assignment  and
Assumption  Agreement  to  be  entered  into  by  EII  and  TTSI,  in  the  form
contemplated  by  Attachment II (with such changes as may be required to satisfy
any  requirements  of  Applicable  Law  in any  country  or  jurisdiction  where
Contributed Assets are located) and any other similar agreements contemplated by
this  Agreement  executed and delivered by EII and TTSI in  connection  with the
sale,  assignment and transfer by EII or a Seller Company of Contributed  Assets
and the  assumption by EII And TTSI of Assumed  Liabilities,  as the same may be
amended from time to time.

         "Assumed  Liabilities" means all debts,  liabilities and obligations of
Seller  Companies,  to the extent  relating to or arising out of the  operation,
affairs  and conduct of the TTS  Business,  the  Contributed  Assets or the TTSI
Leases,  of  any  kind,   character  or  description,   whether   liquidated  or
unliquidated,  known or  unknown,  fixed or  contingent,  accrued or  unaccrued,
absolute,  determined,  determinable or indeterminable or otherwise,  whether or
not reflected or reserved against in the Opening Statement or in the calculation
of the Final Net Working  Capital  Amount and whether  presently in existence or
arising hereafter, except for Excluded Liabilities, including but not limited to
the following:

                  (i) all debts, liabilities and obligations relating to the TTS
Business,  the  Contributed  Assets or the  Transferred  Intellectual  Property,
whether accrued,  liquidated,  contingent,  matured or unmatured, at or prior to
the date the transactions contemplated by Section 2.01 are consummated, that (a)
are set forth on,  reflected  or referred to in the Opening  Statement,  (b) are
disclosed in any of the Disclosure Schedules delivered  hereunder,  (c) would be
subject to disclosure in any of the Disclosure Schedules delivered in connection
with any of Parent's  representations  and  warranties  but for the  materiality
standards  contained in such  representation and warranty,  (d) are reflected in
the Final Net Working  Capital  Amount as determined in accordance  with Section
2.06  herein  (including  without  limitation   accounts  payable  and  reserves
reflected  as  contra-asset  accounts)  or (e)  are  otherwise  a  liability  or
obligation that TTSI is expressly assuming in accordance with this Agreement;

                  (ii) all liabilities and obligations  arising under Contracts,
whether or not the  Contracts  have been  completed or  terminated  prior to the
Closing  Date,   including,   without  limitation,   any  such  liabilities  and
obligations  arising from or relating to the performance or  non-performance  of
the Contracts by TTSI,  Buyer or any other Person,  whether arising prior to, on
or after  the  Closing  Date,  except to the  extent  they  constitute  Excluded
Liabilities and except to the extent that a claim of non-performance,  breach or
other violation has been asserted prior to Closing and is not otherwise included
within clause (xi);

                  (iii) all  liabilities and obligations in respect of employees
and former employees of TTSI or the TTS Business, and beneficiaries of employees
and former employees of TTSI or the TTS Business, including, without limitation,
liabilities  and  obligations  under or relating to WARN or any similar state or
local law to the extent  relating to or arising out of any actions taken by TTSI
or Buyer or any  Affiliate  of either of the  foregoing  on or after the Closing
Date,  except to the extent  otherwise  required  by Exhibit D to be retained by
Parent or Seller Companies;

                  (iv) all liabilities and obligations in respect of Transferred
Employees and dependents and  beneficiaries  of Transferred  Employees under (A)
Employee  Plans to the extent listed or referred to in Schedule  B.20,  (B) post
employment  medical,  dental,  or  life  insurance  benefits,  and  (C)  Benefit
Arrangements to the extent such Benefit  Arrangements  are listed on or referred
to in Schedule B.20,  but in the case of the foregoing  clause (C) limited to an
amount equal to the extent that such liabilities or obligations are reflected in
the Final  Net  Working  Capital  Amount or cash  equal to such  liabilities  or
obligations is transferred to TTSI on the Closing Date, plus $100,000, except to
the extent  otherwise  required  by Exhibit D to be retained by Parent or Seller
Companies;

                  (v) all  liabilities  and  obligations  relating  to claims of
manufacturing  or design  defects  with  respect to any product  sold or service
provided by TTSI prior to, on or after the Closing Date,  including  liabilities
and obligations in respect of investigations  regarding product safety,  product
recall and  related  matters,  except to the  extent  they  constitute  Excluded
Liabilities;

                  (vi) all  liabilities  and  obligations  relating  to warranty
obligations  or services  with  respect to any product  manufactured  or sold or
service  provided by TTSI or the TTS Business  prior to, on or after the Closing
Date;

                  (vii) all Environmental Liabilities, whether arising prior to,
on or after the  Closing  Date,  to the extent  relating  to or  arising  out of
conditions  at, or the current or former  operations of TTSI or the TTS Business
at, the  facilities  owned or leased by TTSI or the TTS  Business as of the date
the  transactions  contemplated  by  Section  2.01(ii)  of  this  Agreement  are
consummated and included in the Contributed  Assets (whether by fee ownership or
leasehold interest), except to the extent they constitute Excluded Liabilities;

                  (viii) all liabilities  and  obligations  relating to the TTSI
Leases, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing Date;

                  (ix) all Tax liabilities and obligations relating to sales and
use taxes, gross receipts taxes, property taxes, licenses, employee and employer
withholding  and   unemployment   taxes  and  other  non-income  Taxes  relating
exclusively to TTSI or the TTS Business;

                  (x) all liabilities  and obligations  arising from or relating
to  governmental,  judicial  or  adversarial  proceedings  (public or  private),
litigation,   suits,  arbitration,   disputes,   claims,  causes  of  action  or
investigations  (collectively,   "Proceedings")  arising  from  or  directly  or
indirectly  relating  to  the  TTS  Business,  any  Contributed  Assets  or  any
Transferred   Intellectual  Property,   whether  or  not  accrued,   liquidated,
contingent,  matured,  unmatured,  or known or  unknown to Parent or Buyer at or
prior  to  the  Closing,  except  for  liabilities  and  obligations  of a  type
contemplated  by the  foregoing  clause  (v),  which  shall be  governed by such
clause; and

                  (xi) all liabilities and obligations relating to the ownership
by  TTSI  or any of  its  successors  of the  Contributed  Assets,  directly  or
indirectly relating to the Transferred Employees,  the lease of properties under
the TTSI Leases or  otherwise,  or the conduct of the TTS  Business or any other
business,  in each case,  arising from actions occurring after the Closing Date,
including, without limitation, any and all Proceedings in respect thereof.

         "Benefit   Arrangements"   means   all  life  and   health   insurance,
hospitalization,  retirement,  savings, bonus, deferred compensation,  incentive
compensation,  severance pay,  disability  and fringe benefit plans,  holiday or
vacation  pay,  profit  sharing,  seniority,  and  other  policies,   practices,
agreements or statements of terms and conditions providing employee or executive
compensation  or  benefits  to  employees  of the TTS  Business  or any of their
dependents,  which are  maintained by Seller  Companies and  constitute  Assumed
Liabilities, other than an Employee Plan.

         "Business  Day" means a day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or other day
on which  commercial  banks in New York,  New York are authorized or required by
law to close.

         "Closing Date" means the date of the Closing.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Commitment   Letters"  means  the  following  letters  expressing  the
commitment  of  reputable   third  parties   relating  to  the  debt   financing
contemplated  by Section  2.02:  (i) that  certain  letter,  dated June 28, 1998
(including  the Annexes  attached  thereto) from DLJ Capital  Funding,  Inc. and
Donaldson,  Lufkin &  Jenrette  Securities  Corporation  to  Cornerstone  Equity
Investors IV, L.P.  regarding the  commitment to provide  certain senior secured
financing  and (ii) that  certain  letter  dated June 28,  1998  (including  the
Annexes attached thereto) from DLJ Bridge Financing,  Inc. to Cornerstone Equity
Investors IV, L.P. regarding the commitment to provide certain bridge financing.

         "Confidentiality  Agreement" means the letter agreement dated March 13,
1998,  by and between  Parent and Buyer,  as the same has been or may be amended
from time to time.

         "Contemplated  Transactions" means the transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Documents.

         "Contracts" means all contracts,  agreements,  leases (including leases
of real property),  licenses,  commitments, sales and purchase orders, and other
undertakings of any kind, whether written or oral,  relating  exclusively to the
TTS Business other than Employee Plans and Benefit Arrangements.

         "Contributed  Assets" means, other than Excluded Assets and Transferred
Intellectual Property, all of the assets, properties, rights, licenses, permits,
Contracts,  causes of action and business of every kind and  description  as the
same  shall  exist  on the date of the  contributions  contemplated  by  Section
2.01(ii) of this Agreement,  wherever located, real, personal or mixed, tangible
or intangible,  owned by, leased by or in the possession of Parent or any Seller
Company,  whether or not reflected in the books and records thereof, and held or
used  exclusively  in the conduct of the TTS Business as the same shall exist on
the date of the capital contribution of EII contemplated by Section 2.01 of this
Agreement,  and including,  without  limitation,  except as otherwise  specified
herein, all direct or indirect right, title and interest of Parent or any Seller
Company in, to and under:

                  (i) the Olive Branch  Property,  together with all  buildings,
fixtures,  easements,  rights of way, and improvements thereon and appurtenances
thereto to the extent relating to the TTS Business;

                  (ii) the rights and  interests of Seller  Companies  under the
TTSI Leases;

                  (iii) all personal  property and interests therein (other than
Intellectual  Property),  including  machinery,   equipment,  furniture,  office
equipment,   communications  equipment,   vehicles,  storage  tanks,  spare  and
replacement parts, fuel and other tangible property (and interests in any of the
foregoing)  owned by any Seller Company that are used  exclusively in connection
with the TTS Business;

                  (iv) all Inventory that is owned by Seller  Companies and held
for sale, use or consumption exclusively in the TTS Business;

                  (v)      all Contracts;

                  (vi) all accounts,  accounts  receivable and notes  receivable
whether or not billed,  accrued or otherwise recognized in the Opening Statement
or taken into  account in the  determination  of the Final Net  Working  Capital
Amount,  together  with any unpaid  interest  or fees  accrued  thereon or other
amounts due with respect thereto of Seller Companies that relate  exclusively to
the TTS Business, and any security or collateral for any of the foregoing;

                  (vii) all expenses that have been prepaid by Seller  Companies
relating  exclusively  to the operation of the TTS  Business,  including but not
limited to ad valorem Taxes, lease and rental payments;

                  (viii) all of  Parent's  or any of Seller  Companies'  rights,
claims,  credits,  causes of action or rights of set-off  against  Persons other
than  Seller  Companies  relating   exclusively  to  the  TTS  Business  or  the
Contributed Assets,  including,  without  limitation,  unliquidated rights under
manufacturers' and vendors' warranties;

                  (ix) all transferable franchises,  licenses,  permits or other
governmental  authorizations owned by, or granted to, or held or used by, Seller
Companies and exclusively related to the TTS Business;

                  (x)  except to the  extent a Seller  Company  is  required  to
retain the originals  pursuant to any  Applicable Law (in which case copies will
be  provided to TTSI upon  request),  all  business  books,  records,  files and
papers,  whether  in hard copy or  computer  format,  of a Seller  Company  used
exclusively  in the  TTS  Business,  including,  without  limitation,  books  of
account,  invoices,  engineering information,  sales and promotional literature,
manuals and data, sales and purchase correspondence, lists of present and former
suppliers, lists of present and former distributors, lists of present and former
customers,  personnel  and  employment  records of present or former  employees,
documentation  developed  or  used  for  accounting,   marketing,   engineering,
manufacturing,  or any other purpose relating to the conduct of the TTS Business
at any time prior to the Closing;

                  (xi) the right to represent to third  parties that TTSI is the
successor to the TTS Business; and

                  (xii) all insurance proceeds (except to the extent relating to
Excluded Assets or Excluded  Liabilities or to the extent relating to or arising
out of  Environmental  Insurance  Claims),  net of any  retrospective  premiums,
deductibles,  retention or similar amounts, arising out of or related to damage,
destruction  or  loss  of any  property  or  asset  of or  used  exclusively  in
connection with the TTS Business to the extent of any damage or destruction that
remains unrepaired, or to the extent any property or asset remains unreplaced at
the Closing Date.

         "Damages"  means all  demands,  claims,  actions  or causes of  action,
assessments,  losses, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities,  judgments, awards,
fines, sanctions, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement,  including,
without limitation,  reasonable costs, fees and expenses of attorneys,  experts,
accountants,  appraisers,  consultants,  witnesses,  investigators and any other
agents or representatives of such Person (with such amounts to be determined net
of any resulting Tax benefit actually received or realized and net of any refund
or reimbursement  of any portion of such amounts actually  received or realized,
including, without limitation,  reimbursement by way of insurance or third party
indemnification),  but  specifically  excluding  (i) any  costs  incurred  by or
allocated to an Indemnified Party with respect to time spent by employees of the
Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, (ii) any lost profits or opportunity
costs or  exemplary  or  punitive  damages  (except  to the extent  assessed  in
connection  with a  third-party  claim with respect to which the Person  against
which such damages are assessed is entitled to  indemnification  hereunder)  and
(iii) the decrease in the value of any Contributed Asset to the extent that such
valuation is based on any use of the Contributed  Asset other than its use as of
the Closing Date.

         "Disclosure Schedules" means the Disclosure Schedules dated the date of
this  Agreement  relating  to this  Agreement,  as amended  from time to time in
accordance with this Agreement.

         "EBIT  Contribution"  means revenues derived from the Thiokol Contract,
less (i) cost of sales of the Thiokol Contract, (ii) direct selling, general and
administrative  costs of the  Thiokol  Contract,  and (iii) an  amount  equal to
indirect non-promotional selling, general and administrative costs of TTSI times
the ratio of revenues  derived  from the Thiokol  Contract to total  revenues of
TTSI.

         "EII" means Emhart Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         "Emhart" means Emhart Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         "Employee  Plans"  means  each  "employee  benefit  plan" as defined in
Section  3(3) of ERISA,  maintained  or  contributed  to by Parent or any of its
Affiliates  which provides  benefits to employees of TTSI or the TTS Business or
their dependents.

         "Encumbrances" means Liens, title defects, encumbrances,  easements and
restrictions, invalidities of leasehold interests.

         "Environmental  Claim" means any written or oral notice, claim, demand,
action, suit,  complaint,  proceeding or other communication by any third Person
alleging  liability  or  potential   liability   (including  without  limitation
liability  or  potential  liability  for  investigatory  costs,  cleanup  costs,
governmental response costs, natural resource damages, property damage, personal
injury,  fines or penalties)  arising out of, relating to, based on or resulting
from (i) the presence, discharge, emission, release or threatened release of any
Hazardous  Substances at any location,  (ii) circumstances  forming the basis of
any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Laws, or (iii) otherwise
relating to obligations or liabilities under any Environmental Laws.

         "Environmental Laws" means any and all past, present or future federal,
state, local and foreign statutes,  laws,  regulations,  ordinances,  judgments,
orders,  permits,  codes, or  injunctions,  and all common law, which (i) impose
liability for or standards of conduct  concerning the  manufacture,  processing,
generation,  distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, cleanup, transport
or handling of Hazardous  Substances  including,  The Resource  Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976,  as amended,  The  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended,  The Superfund Amendment and
Reauthorization  Act of 1984, as amended,  The Toxic Substances  Control Act, as
amended,  the  Occupational  Safety and Health Act of 1970,  as amended,  to the
extent  it  relates  to the  handling  of and  exposure  to  hazardous  or toxic
materials  or  similar  substances,  and  any  other  so-called  "Superfund"  or
"Superlien"  law or (ii)  otherwise  relate to the protection of human health or
the environment.

         "Environmental Liabilities" means all liabilities to the extent arising
in connection with or in any way relating to the TTS Business or Parent's or any
of its  Affiliates'  use or  ownership  thereof,  whether  vested  or  unvested,
contingent  or  fixed,  actual  or  potential,  which  arise  under or relate to
Environmental Laws including,  without  limitation,  (i) Remedial Actions,  (ii)
personal injury,  wrongful death, economic loss or property damage claims, (iii)
claims for natural resource  damages,  (iv) violations of law or (v) any Damages
with respect thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Environmental Liabilities
shall not include any increased  liabilities  resulting from or arising out of a
use of a facility constituting a Contributed Asset other than an industrial use.

         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security act of 1974, as
amended.

         "Excluded Assets" means:

                  (i)  all  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  Seller  Companies,
including,  without limitation, cash and cash equivalents used as collateral for
letters  of  credit,  advance  payments,  deposits  with  utilities,   insurance
companies  and other  Persons,  except to the extent  taken into  account in the
determination of the Final Net Working Capital Amount;

                  (ii) all  original  books and records  that  Seller  Companies
shall be required to retain pursuant to any Applicable Law (in which case copies
of such books and records to the extent  relating to the TTS  Business  shall be
provided to TTSI upon  request),  or that  contain  information  relating to any
business or activity of Seller Companies not forming a part of the TTS Business,
or any employee of a Seller Company that is not a Transferred Employee;

                  (iii) all Tax assets of any Seller  Companies,  other than Tax
assets relating to sales and use taxes,  gross receipts  taxes,  property taxes,
licenses,  employee and employer  withholding and  unemployment  taxes and other
non-income related taxes relating exclusively to the TTS Business;

                  (iv) all  assets of Seller  Companies  not held or owned by or
used exclusively in connection with the TTS Business;

                  (v) all rights and claims of Seller Companies under any of the
Transaction  Documents and the  agreements and  instruments  delivered to Seller
Companies by Buyer pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents;

                  (vi) all  accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable  or similar
claims or rights (whether or not billed or accrued) of the TTS Business from any
Seller Companies;

                  (vii) all capital stock or any other  securities of any Seller
Companies or any other Person;

                  (viii)  all  Intellectual  Property  not  used or held for use
exclusively in the TTS Business;

                  (ix) all assets  related to Excluded  Liabilities,  including,
without  limitation,  any reserve on the books of Parent or TTSI relating to any
labor grievances filed by employees prior to Closing;

                  (x) all ownership and leasehold  interests of Seller Companies
in respect of the facility, real property,  fixtures and equipment located at or
constituting the Seneca and Wheatley Facilities; and

                  (xi) all  accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable  or similar
claims or rights of Seller Companies arising out of or relating to any judgments
entered by a court or  arbitrator  prior to the Closing  Date in favor of Seller
Companies,  except to the extent taken into account in the  determination of the
Final Net Working Capital Amount.

         "Excluded Liabilities" means the following liabilities and obligations:

                  (i) all liabilities  and  obligations of Seller  Companies not
arising out of the conduct of the TTS Business, except as otherwise specifically
provided in the Transaction Documents;

                  (ii)  except  as  otherwise   specifically   provided  in  the
Transaction  Documents,  all liabilities or obligations for any Tax arising from
or with respect to the Contributed  Assets or the operations of the TTS Business
prior to the date on which the transactions contemplated by Section 2.01 of this
Agreement are consummated, other than Tax liabilities or obligations relating to
sales and use taxes, gross receipts taxes,  property taxes,  licenses,  employee
and employer  withholding and unemployment  taxes and other  non-income  related
taxes;

                  (iii) all  liabilities or  obligations,  whether  presently in
existence or arising  after the date of this  Agreement,  in respect of accounts
payable,  notes payable  (including  intercompany  promissory  notes and similar
financing  arrangements)  or  similar  obligations  (whether  or not  billed  or
accrued) to Seller Companies, except for amounts accrued by the TTS Business and
not billed by Seller  Companies  to the TTS Business as of the date on which the
transaction  contemplated  by Section 2.01 of this Agreement are  consummated in
respect of accounts payable,  notes payable or similar  obligations  relating to
specific  services  provided to and specific  expenses paid on behalf of the TTS
Business by Seller Companies;

                  (iv) all  liabilities  or  obligations,  whether  presently in
existence  or  arising  after  the  date of the  Agreement,  relating  to  fees,
commissions  or  expenses  owed  to  any  broker,  finder,   investment  banker,
accountant,  attorney  or other  intermediary  or  advisor  employed  by  Seller
Companies in connection with the Contemplated Transactions;

                  (v) all liabilities or obligations retained by Parent pursuant
to Exhibit D;

                  (vi) except to the extent otherwise  covered by Exhibit D, all
liabilities or obligations related to Excluded Assets;

                  (vii) all  liabilities  or  obligations  related  to claims of
manufacturer  or design  defects with  respect to any products  sold or services
provided by the TTS Business  prior to, on or after the Closing Date,  including
liabilities  and  obligations  in respect of  investigations  regarding  product
safety, product recall and related matters, to the extent but only to the extent
relating to products manufactured or sold prior to the Closing Date;

                  (viii) all  Environmental  Liabilities,  whether arising prior
to, on or after the date on which the transactions  contemplated by Section 2.01
are  consummated,  (1) relating to the  disposal  prior to the date on which the
transactions  contemplated  by Section  2.01(ii)  are  consummated  of Hazardous
Substances  at  locations  that at the time of such  disposal  were not owned or
leased by a Seller Company or any of its  predecessors,  it being understood and
agreed that the migration of Hazardous  Substances in soil or groundwater from a
facility included in the Contributed Assets to surrounding  properties shall not
be considered a disposal of Hazardous Substances,  or (2) relating to or arising
out of conditions at, or the current or former operations at, any facilities not
included in the  Contributed  Assets  (whether  by fee  ownership  or  leasehold
interest) (including any predecessors to such facilities);

                  (ix) all Environmental Liabilities,  whether arising prior to,
on or after the  Closing  Date,  relating  to the  operations  at the Seneca and
Wheatley Facilities; and

                  (x)  all  liabilities  or  obligations  of  Seller   Companies
relating to worker's  compensation  and labor  grievances  filed against  Seller
Companies on or prior to Closing.

         "Financial Support  Arrangements" means any obligations,  contingent or
otherwise,  of a Person in respect of any indebtedness,  obligation or liability
(including assumed indebtedness,  obligations or liabilities) of another Person,
including but not limited to remaining  obligations  or  liabilities  associated
with indebtedness,  obligations or liabilities that are assigned, transferred or
otherwise  delegated to another  Person,  if any,  letters of credit and standby
letters of credit (including any related reimbursement or indemnity agreements),
direct or indirect guarantees, endorsements (except for collection or deposit in
the  ordinary  course  of  business),  notes  co-made  or  discounted,  recourse
agreements, take-or-pay agreements, keep-well agreements, agreements to purchase
or  repurchase  such  indebtedness,  obligation  or  liability  or any  security
therefor or to provide funds for the payment or discharge thereof, agreements to
maintain  solvency,  assets,  level  of  income  or other  financial  condition,
agreements to make payment other than for value received and any other financial
accommodations.

         "GAAP" means  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles in the United
States as in effect on the date of the Agreement consistently applied.

         "Governmental   Authority"  means  any  foreign,   domestic,   federal,
territorial,   state  or  local   governmental   authority,   quasi-governmental
authority,  instrumentality,  court, government or self-regulatory organization,
commission, tribunal or organization or any regulatory,  administrative or other
agency,  or any political or other  subdivision,  department or branch of any of
the foregoing.

         "Hazardous  Substances"  means (i)  substances  defined  as  "hazardous
substances,"   "hazardous  materials"  or  "hazardous  waste"  pursuant  to  The
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended, or The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, (ii)
substances  defined  as  "hazardous  wastes"  in  the  regulations  adopted  and
publications  promulgated pursuant to any of said laws, (iii) substances defined
as "toxic substances" in The Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended,  and (iv)
petroleum,  its  derivatives and petroleum  products,  and asbestos and asbestos
containing materials.

                  "HSR Act" means the Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements
Act of 1976, as amended.

                  "Huffy  Trademark  Agreement"  means the  Trademark  Agreement
dated as of November 7, 1990, by and between Emhart Industries, Inc. and H.C.A.,
Inc.  regarding  the  assignment  of  rights  with  respect  to the True  Temper
trademarks.

         "Intellectual  Property"  means all  patents,  copyrights,  technology,
know-how,  processes,  trade secrets,  inventions,  proprietary data,  formulae,
specifications,  research and development data and computer  software  programs;
all trademarks,  trade names, trade dress,  service marks and service names; all
registrations,   applications,  recordings,  licenses  whether  as  licensee  or
licensor and common-law rights relating thereto,  all rights to sue at law or in
equity for any infringement or other impairment thereto,  including the right to
receive all proceeds and damages  therefrom,  and all rights to obtain renewals,
continuations,  continuations in a part, reissues, reexaminations,  divisions or
other extensions of legal protections  pertaining thereto;  and all other United
States, state and foreign intellectual property.

         "Intellectual  Property Assignment  Agreements" means the Assignment of
United  States   Trademarks,   Trademark   Registrations  and  Applications  for
Registration, the Assignment of Foreign Trademarks,  Trademark Registrations and
Applications  for  Registration,  the  Assignment of United  States  Patents and
Patent  Applications,  the  Assignment of Foreign  Patents and  Application  for
Patents  and  the  Assignment  of U.S.  Copyright  Registrations,  in the  forms
contemplated by Attachments III, IV, V, VI and XV to this Agreement.

         "Inventory" means all items of inventory notwithstanding how classified
in the  financial  records of Seller  Companies,  including  all raw  materials,
work-in-process and finished goods.

         "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset,  any mortgage,  lien,  claim,
pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of
such asset.

         "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means (i) with  respect to TTSI or the TTS
Business,  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  assets,  properties,  business,
financial  condition or results of  operations  of the TTS  Business  taken as a
whole,  or (ii) with respect to any other Person,  a material  adverse effect on
the assets, properties,  business,  financial condition or results of operations
of such Person and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         "Net Working Capital" means (i) all Contributed Assets that are current
assets of the TTS Business,  minus (ii) all Assumed Liabilities that are current
liabilities of the TTS Business,  in each case calculated in accordance with the
practices  and policies  that were  employed in the  preparation  of the Opening
Statement,  determined  consistent  with the  Opening  Statement  and the  notes
thereto.

         "1959 TTSI Consent  Decree" means the Final  Judgment  dated August 20,
1959 in connection with Civil Action No. 58 C 1158 in the United States District
Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division.

         "1961 TTSI Consent  Decree"  means the Final  Judgment  dated August 1,
1961,  in  connection  with  Civil  Action  No. 58 C 1159 in the  United  States
District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division.

         "Non US Benefit  Arrangements" means Benefit Arrangements in respect of
Non US Transferred Employees.

         "Non US Transferred  Employees" means Transferred Employees who are not
US Transferred Employees.

         "Olive  Branch  Property"  means  the real  property  owned  by  Seller
Companies located at 8706 Deerfield Drive, Olive Branch, Mississippi 38654.

         "Opening  Statement" means the special purpose  statement of net assets
of the TTS  Business at March 29,  1998,  together  with the notes  thereto,  as
attached in Attachment I to this Agreement.

         "Permitted  Assigns"  means any Person to which Buyer assigns its right
to purchase  Acquired Shares  hereunder,  provided that (i) such assignment will
not jeopardize the exemption or exemptions from  registration  under  applicable
securities  and blue sky laws  pursuant to which the  Acquired  Shares are being
transferred,  and (ii) such Person delivers to Parent  evidence  satisfactory to
Parent  that such  Person  has agreed to be bound by the  provisions  of Section
2.03(b) and such Person makes the  representations  and warranties  contained in
Sections  C.8 and C.9 of Exhibit C for the benefit of the Seller  Companies  and
agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold  harmless  Parent and its  Affiliates  and
their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees and agents for any breach of
such representations and warranties.

         "Permitted Liens" means any of the following:

                  (i) Liens for Taxes that (x) are not yet due or  delinquent or
(y) are being  contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings and for which
appropriate reserves have been made or are not required under GAAP;

                  (ii) statutory Liens or landlords', carriers', warehousemen's,
mechanic's,  suppliers',  materialmen's  or  other  like  Liens  arising  in the
ordinary  course of business  with respect to amounts not yet overdue or amounts
being  contested  in  good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  and  for  which
appropriate reserves have been made or are not required under GAAP;

                  (iii) easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar
charges or encumbrances on real property interests, that, individually or in the
aggregate,  do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of operation of
the TTS Business or the use of any such real property for its current uses;

                  (iv)  with  respect  to  real   property,   title  defects  or
irregularities  that do not in the aggregate  materially  impair the use of such
real property for its current use;

                  (v) rights  and  licenses  granted  to others in  Intellectual
Property prior to the date of this  Agreement or, prior to Closing,  the license
or sale of  Intellectual  Property in connection with the Shaft Lab product line
or other licenses of  Intellectual  Property  granted in the ordinary  course of
business which do not materially deplete the value of such Intellectual Property
prior to Closing;

                  (vi) with  respect to any of the TTSI Leases  where any Seller
Company is a lessee, any Lien affecting the interest of the landlord thereunder;
and

                  (vii)  Encumbrances  disclosed in the Disclosure  Schedules or
taken into account in the Opening Statement.

         "Person" means an individual, a corporation,  a general partnership,  a
limited partnership, a limited liability company, limited liability partnership,
an  association,  a trust or any  other  entity  or  organization,  including  a
government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

         "Redemptions"  shall mean the purchase by TTSI of shares of TTSI Common
Stock from EII and Emhart as contemplated by Section 2.03(a).

         "Remedial  Action(s)" means the investigation,  clean-up or remediation
of  contamination  or  environmental  or damage caused by, related to or arising
from  the  generation,  use,  handling,  treatment,   storage,   transportation,
disposal,  discharge,  release, or emission of Hazardous Substances,  including,
without limitation, investigations, response, removal and remedial actions under
The  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act of
1980, as amended, corrective action under The Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act  of  1976,  as  amended,  and  clean-up  requirements  under  similar  state
Environmental Laws.

         "Representatives"   means  (i)  with  respect  to  Buyer,  any  of  the
"Representatives"  as defined  in the  Confidentiality  Agreement  and (ii) with
respect  to  Parent,  each  of its  respective  directors,  officers,  advisors,
attorneys, accountants, employees or agents.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Seller Companies" means Parent and its Subsidiaries, other than TTSI.

         "Seneca  and  Wheatley  Facilities"  means those  former  manufacturing
facilities of the TTS Business  located in Seneca,  South Carolina and Wheatley,
Arkansas.

         "Services   Agreement"  means  the  Services   Agreement  in  the  form
contemplated by Attachment VII to this Agreement, as amended from time to time.

         "Stockholders'   and   Registration   Rights   Agreements"   means  the
Stockholders'  Agreement and  Registration  Rights  Agreement in the forms to be
entered into in  accordance  with Section  2.03(d)(ii),  as amended from time to
time.

         "Subsidiary"  as it relates to any Person,  shall mean with  respect to
any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of
which  such  Person,  either  directly  or through  or  together  with any other
Subsidiary  of such  Person,  owns  more  than  50% of the  voting  power in the
election of directors or their equivalents,  other than as affected by events of
default.

         "Tax Authority" shall mean a foreign or United States federal, state or
local   Governmental   Authority  having   jurisdiction   over  the  assessment,
determination, collection or imposition of any Tax, as the context requires.

         "Tax  Returns"  means  all  returns  (including  information  returns),
declarations,  reports, estimates and statements regarding Taxes, required to be
filed with any Tax Authority, including any claims for refund and any amendments
to any of the foregoing.

         "Taxes" means all taxes,  charges,  fees, levies or other  assessments,
including  without  limitation,  all net income,  gross income,  gross receipts,
sales, use, ad valorem,  transfer,  franchise,  profits,  license,  withholding,
payroll, employment, excise, estimated,  severance, stamp, occupation,  property
or other  taxes,  customs,  duties,  fees,  assessments  or  charges of any kind
whatsoever,  together with any interest and any  penalties,  additions to tax or
additional amounts imposed by any Tax Authority.

         "Thiokol   Contract"  means  the  Teaming   Agreement  between  Thiokol
Corporation  and True  Temper  Sports  dated  January  13,  1997-March  9, 1997,
Purchase Order No. 41125 dated March 9, 1997,  Purchase  Order No. 36986,  dated
March 14, 1997,  renewed December 2, 1997,  together with the initial production
contract relating thereto.

         "Thiokol  Payment" means 25% of EBIT  Contribution  derived from TTSI's
sales to Thiokol pursuant to the Thiokol Contract.

         "Transaction  Documents"  means  this  Agreement,  the  Assignment  and
Assumption Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Stockholders' and Registration
Rights  Agreements,  the  Intellectual  Property  Assignment  Agreements and any
exhibits or attachments to any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended from
time to time.

         "Transferred   Intellectual   Property"  shall  mean  all  Intellectual
Property  owned by or licensed to any of the Seller  Companies  and used or held
for use  exclusively  in the TTS  Business,  including  the  goodwill of the TTS
Business   symbolized   thereby,   it  being  understood  and  agreed  that  the
Intellectual  Property used or held for use exclusively in the TTS Business that
is patented, registered or as to which an application for patent or registration
is pending, along with all material unregistered trademarks, servicemarks, trade
names and copyrights  used or held for use  exclusively in the TTS Business,  is
listed as "Transferred Intellectual Property" on Attachment X.

         "TTS  Business"  means the True Temper  Sports  business  as  presently
conducted  by  Seller  Companies   involving  the  development,   manufacturing,
marketing or sale of steel and  composite  golf club shafts,  tubular  steel and
composite  components  for  the  bicycle,  automotive  and  recreational  sports
industries and high performance,  lightweight,  low-cost composite cylinders for
rocket motor cases, ordnance, and space structure applications.

         "TTSI Common Stock" means the shares of common  stock,  $1.00 par value
per share, of TTSI.

         "TTSI Financial  Statements"  means the (i) Unaudited  Balance Sheet of
TTSI as of March 29, 1998, (ii) Unaudited Statements of Earnings for each of the
three month periods  ended March 29, 1998 and March 30, 1997,  (iii) the Balance
Sheets  of TTSI at  December  31,  1997 and  1996,  and (iv) the  Statements  of
Earnings of TTSI for each of the three years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and
1995,  including in each case all notes thereto,  all as set forth in Attachment
XII to this Agreement.

         "TTSI Leases" means the real property leases relating to the facilities
used  exclusively  by  the  TTS  Business,  as  the  same  may  be  amended  and
supplemented  from time to time,  including the interests of Seller Companies in
any related fixtures, improvements and personal property located therein.

         "TTSI  Preferred  Stock" means  shares of preferred  stock of TTSI with
such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations,
preferences and relative,  participating,  optional or other special rates,  and
qualifications,  limitations or restrictions  thereof,  as shall be agreed to by
Buyer and Parent and  expressed  in the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation.

         "US Benefit  Arrangements" means Benefit  Arrangements in respect of US
Transferred Employees.

         "US Transferred  Employees" means Transferred Employees employed by the
TTS Business in the United States.

         "WARN" means the Worker Adjustment  Retraining and Notification Act, as
amended.

         "West Coast Technical  Center" means the TTS Business  facility located
in Carlsbad, California.

(b) "To the knowledge," "known by" or "known" (and any similar phrase) means (i)
with  respect  to  Parent,  to the actual  knowledge  of any of the Senior  Vice
President and Chief  Financial  Officer,  the Senior Vice  President and General
Counsel,  the  Treasurer  or the  Controller  of Parent,  and shall be deemed to
include a  representation  that a  reasonable  investigation  or  inquiry of the
subject matter thereof has been made by such  individuals,  (ii) with respect to
Buyer,  to the actual  knowledge  of the Chief  Financial  Officer,  the General
Counsel,  the  Treasurer  or the  Controller  of  Buyer,  and shall be deemed to
include a  representation  that a  reasonable  investigation  or  inquiry of the
subject matter  thereof has been made by such  individuals or (iii) with respect
to TTSI, Scott C. Hennessy and Fred H. Geyer.



<PAGE>


(c) Each of the  following  terms is defined in the Section  set forth  opposite
such term:

                  Term                                                   Section

         Active Employee....................................................D.01
         Adjusted Purchase Price............................................2.04
         Agreement......................................................Preamble
         Annual Thiokol Payment.............................................2.07
         B&D Australasia....................................................2.01
         Buyer..........................................................Preamble
         Closing............................................................2.05
         Competing Business.................................................5.06
         Controlled Group...................................................B.20
         EII............................................................Recitals
         Emhart.........................................................Recitals
         Encumbrances.......................................................   A
         Environmental Insurance Claims.....................................7.06
         Estimated Net Working Capital......................................2.06
         Exchange Consideration.............................................2.04
         Existing Contracts.................................................5.01
         Final Net Working Capital Amount...................................2.06
         Indemnified Claim.................................................10.03
         Indemnified Party.................................................10.03
         Indemnifying Party................................................10.03
         Insurance Liabilities..............................................6.03
         Leased Real Property...............................................B.07
         Nippon.............................................................2.01
         Owned Real Property................................................B.07
         PBGC...............................................................B.20
         Proceedings.......................................................    A
         Prohibited Transaction............................................ B.20
         Proposed Final Net Working Capital Amount..........................2.06
         Referee...........................................................10.03
         Remaining Recovery.................................................7.06
         Reportable Events..................................................B.20
         Parent.........................................................Preamble
         Parent's Hourly Pension Plan.......................................D.08
         Parent's Salaried Pension Plan.....................................D.07
         Parent's Savings Plan..............................................D.09
         Proposed Annual Thiokol Payment....................................2.07
         Successor Hourly Pension Plan......................................D.08
         Successor Salaried Pension Plan....................................D.07
         Successor Savings Plan.............................................D.09
         Surviving Representations or Covenants............................10.01
         Third Party Claim.................................................10.03
         Transferred Employees..............................................D.01
         TTSI...........................................................Preamble
         Tucker.............................................................2.01


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B


                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT


         Parent hereby represents and warrants to Buyer, that:

         B.01     Corporate Existence and Power. Each of Parent, Emhart, EII and
TTSI is a corporation duly  incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the state or  jurisdiction  of its  incorporation  and has all
corporate powers and all  governmental  licenses,  authorizations,  consents and
approvals  required  to  carry  on the  TTS  Business  as now  conducted  and as
contemplated to be conducted upon consummation of the transactions  contemplated
by Section 2.01, except where the failure to have such licenses, authorizations,
consents  and  approvals  does not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect  on the TTS
Business.  Each of  Parent,  Emhart,  EII and TTSI,  as the case may be, is duly
qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the
character of the property  owned or leased by it or the nature of its activities
make such qualification  necessary to carry on the TTS Business as now conducted
and as  contemplated  to be  conducted  upon  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  by Section 2.01,  except where the failure to be so qualified does
not have a Material Adverse Effect on the TTS Business.

         B.02     Corporate   Authorization.   The   execution,   delivery   and
performance by Parent and TTSI of each of the Transaction  Documents to which it
is a  party  and  the  consummation  by  Parent  and  TTSI  of the  Contemplated
Transactions  are within their  respective  corporate  powers and have been duly
authorized by all necessary  corporate  action on their  respective  parts.  The
execution,  delivery and  performance by Seller  Companies other than Parent and
TTSI of the Transaction Documents to which a Seller Company other than Parent is
a party  and  the  consummation  by  such  Seller  Company  of the  Contemplated
Transactions  are within such Seller  Company's  corporate powers and, as of the
respective  date of execution  thereof,  will have been duly  authorized  by all
necessary  corporate  action on its part. Each of the  Transaction  Documents to
which it is a party  constitutes or will constitute as of the respective date of
execution thereof a legal,  valid and binding agreement of the applicable Seller
Company,  enforceable  against  it in  accordance  with its terms (i)  except as
enforceability   may  be   limited   by   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar  laws now or  hereafter in effect
relating to or affecting  creditors' rights  generally,  including the effect of
statutory  and other laws  regarding  fraudulent  conveyances  and  preferential
transfers  and (ii)  subject to the  limitations  imposed  by general  equitable
principles  (regardless  of  whether  such  enforceability  is  considered  in a
proceeding at law or in equity).

         B.03     Governmental   Authorization.   The  execution,  delivery  and
performance by each Seller Company of the Transaction Documents to which it is a
party  require no action by or in respect  of, or  consent  or  approval  of, or
filing with, any Governmental Authority other than:

                           (i) compliance  with any applicable  requirements  of
         the HSR Act;

                           (ii) filing of an  amendment  to the  Certificate  of
         Incorporation of TTSI to increase authorized capital;

                           (iii)  compliance with the terms and conditions under
         which any  industrial  revenue or other  bonds  were  issued (or leases
         related thereto) in connection with financing the  acquisition,  lease,
         development  or  improvement  of any Owned Real  Property,  Leased Real
         Property or any machinery or equipment used in connection  with the TTS
         Business;

                           (iv)  compliance with the terms and conditions of the
         1959 TTSI Consent Decree and the 1961 TTSI Consent Decree;

                           (v)  the  filing  of  applicable  documentation  with
         Governmental  Authorities  in each of the  United  Kingdom,  Japan  and
         Australia  for the  establishment  of  branches in those  countries  as
         contemplated by Section 2.01(f);

                           (vi)  actions,  consents,  approvals  or filings  set
         forth in  Schedule  B.03 or  otherwise  expressly  referred  to in this
         Agreement; and

                           (vii) such other consents, approvals, authorizations,
         permits and  filings  the failure to obtain or make would not have,  in
         the  aggregate,  a Material  Adverse Effect on TTSI or the TTS Business
         after  giving   effect  to  or  as  the  result  of  the   transactions
         contemplated by Section 2.01.

         B.04 Non-Contravention.  Except as set forth in Schedule B.04, assuming
compliance with the matters referred to in Section B.03, the execution, delivery
and performance by Parent or any Seller Company of the Transaction  Documents do
not and will not (i)(A)  contravene  or  conflict  with the charter or bylaws of
Parent or any Seller  Company,  (B)  contravene or conflict with or constitute a
violation of any  provisions  of any  Applicable  Law binding upon Parent or any
Seller Company that is applicable to the TTS Business;  (C) constitute a default
under or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of,
or to a loss of any benefit  relating  exclusively  to the TTS Business to which
Parent or any Seller Company is entitled under, any Contract binding upon Parent
or any Seller  Company and relating  exclusively to the TTS Business or by which
any of the  Contributed  Assets  is or may be bound or any  license,  franchise,
permit or similar  authorization  held by Parent or any Seller Company  relating
exclusively to the TTS Business except,  in the case of clauses (B) and (C), for
any such contravention, conflict, violation, default, termination, cancellation,
acceleration  or loss that could not  reasonably  be expected to have a Material
Adverse  Effect on the TTS Business or (ii) result in the creation or imposition
of any Lien on any Contributed Asset, other than Permitted Liens.

         B.05  Capitalization  of TTSI.  As of the date hereof,  the  authorized
capital stock of TTSI  consists of 1,000 shares,  all of one class called Common
Stock,  par value $1.00 per share. As of the date hereof,  EII owns 1,000 shares
of TTSI  Common  Stock  representing  100% of all of the issued and  outstanding
shares of TTSI Common Stock.  Following  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  by  Section  2.01 and  prior to the  Closing,  (i) the  authorized
capital  stock of TTSI will  consist of 8,000  shares of TTSI  Common  Stock and
1,000  shares of TTSI  Preferred  Stock,  (ii) EII will own 2,000 shares of TTSI
Common Stock and 250 shares of TTSI Preferred Stock, (iii) Emhart will own 6,000
shares of TTSI Common Stock and 750 shares of TTSI Preferred Stock, and (iv) the
shares of TTSI Common Stock and TTSI Preferred Stock owned by EII and Emhart, in
the aggregate,  will constitute 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock
of TTSI. Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, there are not now, and as
of Closing  there will not be, any options,  warrants or other rights to acquire
or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for shares of capital stock or
any stock  appreciation,  phantom stock or similar  rights of TTSI  outstanding.
Each outstanding  share of capital stock of TTSI has been duly authorized and is
validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable.  In addition,  (i) there are no
rights  of first  refusal,  rights  of first  offer,  or  other  similar  rights
affecting  TTSI's  outstanding or unissued  capital stock, and (ii) there are no
Liens affecting any of the outstanding shares of TTSI capital stock.

         B.06  Organizational   Instruments;   Subsidiaries.   Parent  has  made
available  to  Buyer  complete  and  accurate   copies  of  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and Bylaws of TTSI, in each case as amended to date.  TTSI is not
in violation of any provision of its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or Bylaws.
TTSI does not have any  Subsidiaries nor does TTSI directly or indirectly own or
have the power to vote shares of capital stock or other  ownership  interests of
any Person.

         B.07 Financial Statements.

                  (a) Except as set forth in the notes to the Opening Statement,
the Opening  Statement has been  prepared in  conformity  with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis and presents fairly, in all material  respects,  the net assets
of the TTS Business as of March 29, 1998.

                  (b)  Subject  to the  provisions  of B.07(c)  below,  the TTSI
Financial  Statements  present  fairly in all material  respects  the  financial
position and results of  operations of TTSI at the dates and for the periods set
forth therein,  in conformity with (i) GAAP applied on a consistent  basis other
than as described  therein or in the notes thereto and (ii) the  principles  and
procedures set forth in the notes thereto.

                  (c)  Notwithstanding  anything contained herein or in the TTSI
Financial Statements to the contrary, neither Seller Companies nor TTSI make any
representation  or warranty as to (i) goodwill  reflected in the TTSI  Financial
Statements or (ii) any accounting treatment which may or may not be available to
TTSI  or  Buyer  upon  consummation  of  the  Contemplated  Transactions  or  in
connection  with the debt  financing  contemplated  by Section 2.02,  including,
without limitation,  the availability of leveraged  recapitalization  accounting
treatment and the  existence of goodwill (or the amount  thereof) that is or may
be required to be reflected in the TTSI  Financial  Statements  or any financial
statements of TTSI covering periods after the TTSI Financial Statements.

         B.08  Absence of Certain  Changes.  Except  for  matters  that would be
permitted in  accordance  with Section 5.01 if they  occurred  after the date of
this Agreement or as set forth in Schedule B.08, from March 29, 1998 to the date
of this  Agreement,  there  has not  been any  material  adverse  change  in the
business, financial condition or results of operations of the TTS Business taken
as a whole and there has not been:

                  (a) any event or  occurrence  that has had a Material  Adverse
Effect on the TTS Business,  other than those  resulting  from changes,  whether
actual or  prospective,  in general  conditions  applicable to the industries in
which the TTS Business is involved or general economic conditions;

                  (b) any damage,  destruction  or other casualty loss affecting
the TTS  Business  or any assets  that would  constitute  Contributed  Assets or
Transferred Intellectual Property if owned, held or used by Parent or any of the
Seller Companies on the date on which the  transactions  contemplated by Section
2.01 are consummated that has a value in excess of $250,000;

                  (c) other than this  Agreement,  any transaction or commitment
made, or any Contract  entered into,  by Parent or any Seller  Company  relating
primarily  to the TTS Business or any assets that would  constitute  Contributed
Assets or Transferred  Intellectual Property if owned, held or used by Parent or
any of the Seller Companies on the date on which the  transactions  contemplated
by Section 2.01 are consummated (including the acquisition or disposition of any
assets) or any  termination  or amendment by Parent or any Seller Company of any
Contract or other right relating primarily to the TTS Business,  in either case,
which would be prohibited by the  provisions of Section 5.01 of the Agreement if
it were so made, entered, amended or modified;

                  (d) any sale or other disposition,  other than as contemplated
by  this  Agreement,  of more  than  $50,000  individually  or  $250,000  in the
aggregate  of  assets  (other  than the sale of  Inventory  (including  obsolete
Inventory  whether  or not  made in the  ordinary  course  of  business)  in the
ordinary  course  of  business)  that  would  constitute  Contributed  Assets or
Transferred Intellectual Property if owned, held or used by any Seller Companies
on the  date  on  which  the  transactions  contemplated  by  Section  2.01  are
consummated;

                  (e) any increase in the  compensation of any current  employee
of the TTS  Business  other than as would be  permitted  under  Section 5.01 and
other than  nondiscretionary  increases  pursuant to  Employee  Plans or Benefit
Arrangements disclosed in Schedule B.20 or referenced in Exhibit D; and

                  (f) any cancellation,  compromise, waiver or release by Parent
or any Seller  Company of any claim or right (or a series of related  rights and
claims)  related to the TTS  Business,  other than  cancellations,  compromises,
waivers or releases in the ordinary course of business.

         B.09 Sufficiency of and Title to the Contributed Assets.

                  (a)  Except as set forth in  Schedule  B.09,  the  Contributed
Assets and the Transferred Intellectual Property,  together with the services to
be  provided  to  TTSI  after  Closing  pursuant  to  the  Services   Agreement,
constitute,  and on the Closing  Date will  constitute,  all of the tangible and
intangible  assets and services  that are  necessary for TTSI to operate the TTS
Business in the same manner in all  material  respects as such  operations  have
heretofore been conducted.

                  (b)  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  B.09,  subject  to the
receipt of any consents or approvals of any other Person,  upon  consummation of
the Contemplated Transactions, TTSI will have acquired good and marketable title
in and to, or a valid leasehold  interest in, each of the Contributed Assets and
Transferred Intellectual Property that were used in the TTS Business to generate
the financial and operating  results that are reflected in the Opening Statement
and the TTSI Financial  Statements (other than any such Contributed  Assets that
are consumed in the ordinary conduct of the TTS Business prior to Closing and in
a manner consistent with Section 5.01), free and clear of all Liens,  except for
Permitted Liens.

                  (c) Schedule  B.09  includes a true and  complete  list of all
real property owned by Seller Companies (or real property which Seller Companies
have a right to acquire in  connection  with the  operation of the TTS Business)
which is  included  in the  Contributed  Assets  (collectively,  the "Owned Real
Property").  Schedule  B.09 sets forth (i) the  address of each  parcel of Owned
Real Property and (ii) the owner of such Owned Real Property.

                  (d) Schedule  B.09  includes a true and  complete  list of all
agreements  (together  with any  amendments  thereof)  pursuant to which  Seller
Companies  lease,  sublease or otherwise  occupy  (whether as landlord,  tenant,
subtenant or other occupancy arrangement) any real property used in, or relating
to, the TTS Business (collectively,  the "Leased Real Property").  Schedule B.09
sets forth (i) the address or  location  of each parcel of Leased Real  Property
and (ii) the owner of the leasehold, subleasehold or occupancy interest for each
Leased Real Property.

         B.10 No Undisclosed  Liabilities.  There are no liabilities  (including
indebtedness for borrowed money) of Parent or any Seller Company relating to the
TTS Business that will constitute  Assumed  Liabilities of any kind  whatsoever,
whether accrued, contingent,  absolute,  determined,  determinable or otherwise,
other than:

                  (a)  liabilities  disclosed  in or provided for in the Opening
Statement or the TTSI Financial Statements and liabilities for matters reflected
in the determination of the Final Net Working Capital Amount;

                  (b)  liabilities  (i) disclosed in Schedule B.10, (ii) related
to any contract,  agreement, lease, license, commitment, sales or purchase order
or other undertaking  disclosed in the Disclosure  Schedules or (iii) related to
any Employee Plan or Benefit  Arrangements  identified in Exhibit D or disclosed
in Schedule  B.20,  other than,  with respect to clause (iii) those arising from
any breach,  non-performance  or other  violation of any of the foregoing or any
fiduciary duty relating thereto;

                  (c)  liabilities  incurred in the ordinary  course of business
consistent with past practice since March 29, 1998;

                  (d)  liabilities  which in the  aggregate are not in excess of
$100,000 not required to be accrued for or reserved  against in accordance  with
GAAP as of March 29, 1998; and

                  (e) with respect to the bring down of this  representation and
warranty as of the Closing Date,  liabilities  which in the aggregate are not in
excess of  $100,000  not  required  to be  accrued  for or  reserved  against in
accordance  with GAAP (or the other  policies  and  procedures  set forth in the
notes to the Opening Statement) as of the Closing Date.

         B.11  Litigation.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  B.11 or  reserved
against  or  described  in the  Opening  Statement,  there is no  action,  suit,
investigation  or  proceeding  pending  against,  or to the knowledge of Parent,
threatened  against or affecting,  the TTS Business or any Contributed  Asset or
Transferred  Intellectual Property before any Governmental  Authority that could
reasonably  be  expected to result in damages,  in the  aggregate,  in excess of
$100,000.

         B.12 Material Contracts.

                  (a)  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  B.12 and  except  for
Contracts that do not constitute Assumed  Liabilities,  no Seller Company,  with
respect to the TTS Business, is, and as of Closing TTSI will not be, party to or
otherwise bound by or subject to:

                           (i) any written employment,  severance, consulting or
         sales representative  Contract which contains an obligation  (excluding
         commissions)  to pay more than  $100,000  per year and  constitutes  an
         Assumed Liability;

                           (ii) any Contract  containing  any covenant  limiting
         the freedom of Seller  Companies,  with  respect of the TTS Business or
         the  operations of the TTS Business,  to engage in any line of business
         or compete with any Person in any geographic area if such Contract will
         be binding on TTSI after the Closing;

                           (iii)  any  Contract  in  effect  on the date of this
         Agreement  relating to the disposition or acquisition of the assets of,
         or any interest in, any business  enterprise  which  relates to the TTS
         Business  other than the  purchase and sale of inventory or the license
         or sale of  Intellectual  Property  in  connection  with the  Shaft Lab
         product line or other licenses of Intellectual  Property granted in the
         ordinary  course of business which do not materially  deplete the value
         of such Intellectual Property prior to Closing;

                           (iv) any Financial Support Arrangements;

                           (v) any  indebtedness  for borrowed  money of the TTS
         Business  (other than  intercompany  indebtedness  that will be paid or
         otherwise  cancelled at or prior to Closing)  that will  constitute  an
         Assumed Liability if in existence on the date on which the transactions
         contemplated by Section 2.01 are consummated;

                           (vi) any offset agreement  entered into in connection
         with an  international  sales  transaction and relating to any Contract
         that  imposes on the TTS  Business an  obligation  to perform that will
         continue in effect on or after the Closing Date;

                           (vii) any agreement  that places any Lien (other than
         a Permitted  Lien) on the  Contributed  Asset or any of the Transferred
         Intellectual Property;

                           (viii)  any  agreements   regarding  leasing  of  any
         material property (real or personal) as lessor or lessee;

                           (ix) any  license  or other  grant of any  rights  or
         interest in any Transferred  Intellectual Property (other than any such
         license or grant that would not be prohibited under Section 5.01);

                           (x) any warranty or  indemnification  agreement  with
         respect to the sale or distribution of its products;

                           (xi)  any  material  agreement  or  contract  with  a
         distributor, broker, sales agent or the like; and

                           (xii)  any  other  agreement  of any  type  involving
         payments of more than $250,000 annually.

                  (b)  Except as  disclosed  in  Schedule  B.12,  each  Contract
disclosed in Schedule  B.12 is a legal,  valid and binding  obligation of Parent
(or the applicable Seller Company) enforceable against Parent (or the applicable
Seller  Company) in  accordance  with its terms (except as limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws now or
hereafter  in effect  relating  to or  affecting  creditors'  rights  generally,
including  the  effect  of  statutory  and  other  laws   regarding   fraudulent
conveyances and preferential  transfers,  and subject to the limitations imposed
by general  equitable  principles  regardless of whether such  enforceability is
considered in a proceeding at law or in equity),  and Parent (or the  applicable
Seller  Company)  is not in  material  default and has not failed to perform any
material obligation thereunder,  and, to the knowledge of Parent, there does not
exist any event,  condition or omission which would constitute a material breach
or default (whether by lapse of time or notice or both) by any other Person.

         B.13 Licenses and Permits.  To the  knowledge of Parent,  except as set
forth in Schedule  B.13,  Parent (or the  appropriate  Seller  Company)  has and
immediately  following  the  Closing  TTSI will have all  licenses,  franchises,
permits and other similar authorizations  affecting,  or relating in any way to,
the TTS  Business  required by law to be obtained by Parent (or the  appropriate
Seller  Company) or,  following  the Closing,  TTSI to permit  Parent or TTSI to
conduct the TTS  Business in  substantially  the same manner as the TTS Business
has heretofore  been conducted.  As of Closing,  except as set forth in Schedule
B.13,  TTSI will  have all  licenses,  franchises,  permits  and  other  similar
authorizations  necessary for the conduct of the TTS Business,  except where the
failure  to  have  any  such  license,   franchise,   permit  or  other  similar
authorization could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
on the TTS Business.

         B.14 Finders' Fees. Except for Donaldson,  Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, whose fees and expenses relating exclusively to the sale of the TTS
Business  by  Parent  will be paid by  Parent,  there is no  investment  banker,
broker,  finder or other intermediary that has been retained by or is authorized
to act on behalf of Parent or any Seller  Company or TTSI who might be  entitled
to any fee or commission  from Parent or Buyer or any of their  Affiliates  upon
consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

         B.15 Environmental Compliance. Except as disclosed in Schedule B.15 and
except as reserved against or specifically  identified in the Opening Statement,
Parent  the  TTS  Business  is and has  been in  material  compliance  with  all
applicable  Environmental Laws, and has obtained all material permits,  licenses
and other authorizations that are required under applicable  Environmental Laws.
Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  B.15  and  except  as  reserved  against  or
specifically  identified in the Opening  Statement,  (i) the TTS Business is and
has been in material  compliance  with the terms and conditions  under which the
permits,  licenses and other authorizations referenced in the preceding sentence
were  issued or  granted,  (ii) Seller  Companies  hold all permits  required by
Environmental Laws that are appropriate to conduct the TTS Business as presently
conducted in all material respects and to operate the Contributed  Assets in all
material  respects  as  they  are  presently  operated;   (iii)  no  suspension,
cancellation  or termination of any permit referred to in clause (ii) is pending
or  threatened;  (iv) Parent has not  received  written  notice of any  material
Environmental Claim relating to or affecting the TTS Business or the Contributed
Assets,  and there is no such threatened  Environmental  Claim; (v) no Hazardous
Substance  is present at the  facilities  constituting  Contributed  Assets in a
manner to give rise to a material Environmental  Liability;  and (vi) Parent, in
connection  with the TTS  Business or the  Contributed  Assets,  has not entered
into,  agreed in writing  to, or is subject to any  judgment,  decree,  order or
other similar requirement of any Governmental  Authority under any Environmental
Laws.

         B.16  Compliance  with Laws.  Except as set forth in Schedule B.16, for
violations or  infringements  of  Environmental  Laws,  the operation of the TTS
Business  and  condition  of  the   Contributed   Assets  and  the   Transferred
Intellectual  Property  have not  violated or  infringed,  and do not violate or
infringe,  in any material  respect any material  Applicable Law or any material
order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority.

         B.17 Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in Schedule B.17:

                  (a) Parent (or a Seller  Company) owns,  free and clear of all
Liens other than Permitted  Liens, and subject to any licenses granted by Seller
Companies  prior  to the  date of this  Agreement,  or  after  the  date of this
Agreement and prior to Closing in accordance with Section 5.01, all right, title
and interest in the Transferred Intellectual Property;

                  (b) The operation of the TTS Business as heretofore  conducted
does not  conflict  with,  infringe  upon or violate the  Intellectual  Property
rights of any other Persons and none of the Seller  Companies  have received any
written notices or claims with respect to the TTS Business alleging infringement
or  misappropriation  of  any  Intellectual  Property  of  any  third  party  or
contesting  the validity,  enforceability,  use or ownership of the  Transferred
Intellectual Property (including,  without limitation,  any demands or offers to
license any  Intellectual  Property  from any third party,  except as previously
disclosed to Buyer,  except to the extent that such  conflict,  infringement  or
violation  has not had,  and cannot  reasonably  be expected to have, a Material
Adverse Effect on the TTS Business;

                  (c)  Parent  (or a Seller  Company)  has the  right to use all
Intellectual  Property  used by the TTS Business and necessary for the continued
operation of the TTS Business in substantially the same manner as its operations
have heretofore been conducted;

                  (d) Upon the consummation of the Closing  hereunder,  (i) TTSI
will be vested with all of Parent's (or the Seller Company's) rights,  title and
interest in, and Parent's (or the Seller  Company's) rights and authority to use
in  connection  with  the  TTS  Business,  all of the  Transferred  Intellectual
Property and (ii) the Transferred Intellectual Property, and any other interests
in  Intellectual  Property  transferred  hereunder  collectively  constitute all
rights and  interests  in  Intellectual  Property  which are  necessary  for the
continued  operation  of the TTS Business as a whole in  substantially  the same
manner as its operations have heretofore been conducted;

                  (e)  Neither  Parent  nor  any of  the  Seller  Companies  has
received any written notice of any infringement or misappropriation by any third
party with respect to the Transferred Intellectual Property;

                  (f) To  the  knowledge  of  Parent  and  each  of  the  Seller
Companies,  all of the desktop software and all of the Oracle financial software
necessary for the conduct of the TTS Business will operate without  interruption
and/or  malfunction due to the recognition and processing of dates on and beyond
January  1,  2000,  except  to the  extent  that a  failure  to do so could  not
reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the TTS Business.
The TTS Business has commenced review of its CNC manufacturing computer software
located at the Amory Facility and the Olive Branch  Facility.  This review is in
its early stages and no year 2000 remediation plans have been finalized.  To the
knowledge of Parent and TTSI,  there  exists  sufficient  time to remediate  any
material   non-compliance  issues  that  may  arise  with  respect  to  the  CNC
manufacturing  computer  software  such  that  the  CNC  manufacturing  computer
software  will  operate  without  interruption  and/or  malfunction  due  to the
recognition  and processing of dates on and beyond January 1, 2000 except to the
extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the TTS Business.

                  (g)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  Section  B.17,
Parent  makes no  representation  or  warranty,  and no such  representation  or
warranty shall be implied,  that any of such  Intellectual  Property is valid or
enforceable.

         B.18     Taxes.

                  (a)  Except as set forth in  Schedule  B.18,  Parent  and each
Seller Company has exercised reasonable care in the preparation of, and has duly
and timely filed, all applicable  material Tax Returns with respect to all Taxes
required to be filed  prior to the date hereof and, as of the Closing  Date will
have  exercised  reasonable  care in the  preparation  of, and will have  timely
filed,  all  applicable  Tax Returns with respect to Taxes required to have been
filed prior to the Closing Date, except where the failure to exercise reasonable
care or to file such Tax  Returns  could not  reasonably  be  expected to have a
Material  Adverse  Effect on the TTS  Business.  Except as set forth in Schedule
B.18,  all Taxes shown on the Tax Returns or  pursuant  to any  declarations  or
assessments  received by Parent and each  Seller  Company  (including  estimated
Taxes),  have been duly and timely paid, except when the failure to make payment
could not  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the TTS
Business,  and no such Taxes have  created a Lien (other than a Permitted  Lien)
against or impair the ability to transfer  the  Contributed  Assets to TTSI free
and clear of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) in accordance with the terms
of this  Agreement.  Except as set forth in Schedule  B.18, all such Tax Returns
are true,  correct  and  complete in all  material  respects,  except  where the
failure to be true,  correct and complete  could not  reasonably  be expected to
have a  Material  Adverse  Effect  on the TTS  Business.  Except as set forth in
Schedule  B.18,  there  exists no Tax  deficiency  or unpaid Tax assessed by any
Governmental  Authority against Parent or any Seller Company,  except where such
deficiency  or  assessment  could not  reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the TTS Business.

                  (b) As of the date of this Agreement, Schedule B.18 contains a
list of all states and other jurisdictions where Seller Companies have filed Tax
Returns  during the past  three  years with  respect  to  Contributed  Assets or
Transferred Intellectual Property.

                  (c)      (i)  TTSI has filed all  material Tax Returns that it
was  required to file.  All such Tax Returns  were  correct and  complete in all
material  respects.  All  Taxes  owed by TTSI  (whether  or not shown on any Tax
Return) have been paid.  TTSI is not currently the  beneficiary of any extension
of time within which to file any Tax Return, other than as disclosed on Schedule
B.18 or as a result of being a member of a combined or a consolidated  group for
Tax  purposes.  There are no Liens on any of the  assets  of TTSI that  arose in
connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax.

                           (ii) TTSI has withheld  and paid all  material  Taxes
required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing
to any employee, independent contractor,  creditor, stockholders, or other third
party.

                           (iii) Neither Parent nor any Seller  Company  expects
any  authority  to assess  any  additional  Taxes for any  period  for which Tax
Returns have been filed for TTSI, other than as disclosed on Schedule B.18 or as
a  result  of being a member  of a  combined  or a  consolidated  group  for Tax
purposes.  There is no dispute or claim  concerning  any Tax  Liability  of TTSI
either (A) claimed or raised by any  authority in writing or (B) as to which any
of the Parent or any Seller  Company has knowledge  based upon personal  contact
with any agent of such authority, other than as disclosed on Schedule B.18 or as
a  result  of being a member  of a  combined  or a  consolidated  group  for Tax
purposes.  Schedule B.18 lists all federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax
Returns  filed  with  respect  to TTSI  for  taxable  periods  ended on or after
December  31, 1993,  indicates  those Tax Returns  that have been  audited,  and
indicates those Tax Returns that currently are the subject of audit.

                           (iv) TTSI has not waived any  statute of  limitations
in respect  of Taxes or agreed to any  extension  of time with  respect to a Tax
assessment  or  deficiency,  other than as  disclosed  on Schedule  B.18 or as a
result of being a member of a combined or a consolidated group for Tax purposes.

                           (v) TTSI has not filed a consent  under Code  Section
341(f) concerning collapsible  corporations.  TTSI has not made any payments, is
not  obligated to make any payments,  and is not a party to any  agreement  that
under certain circumstances could obligate it to make any payments that will not
be deductible  under Code Section  280G.  TTSI has not been a United States real
property holding corporation within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) during
the applicable period specified in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii).

         B.19  Insurance.  Schedule B.19 contains a correct and complete list of
all material  policies of  insurance  held by any Seller  Companies  that are in
effect  on the  date  of this  Agreement  and  that  are  applicable  to the TTS
Business.  None of the insurance carriers listed in Schedule B.19 are related to
or affiliated with Parent, other than Shenandoah Insurance, Inc., and Parent has
not  received  notice or any other  indication  from any insurer or agent (other
than Shenandoah Insurance,  Inc.) of any intent to cancel or not to renew any of
the insurance  policies  listed in Schedule B.19,  except for  cancellations  or
failures to renew that will occur as a result of the Closing.

         B.20 Employee Benefit Matters.

                  (a)  Schedule  B.20  lists  each  Employee  Plan and  material
Benefit  Arrangement  which covers  Transferred  Employees  and each  collective
bargaining agreement covering Transferred Employees.

                  (b) Except as set forth in Schedule B.20,  with respect to the
TTS Business:

                           (i) neither Parent nor any member of its  "Controlled
         Group" (defined as any  organization  which is a member of a controlled
         group of organizations within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b), (c),
         (m)  or  (o))  has  ever  contributed  to or  had  any  liability  to a
         multi-employer plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA;

                           (ii) no  fiduciary  of any funded  Employee  Plan has
         engaged  in a  nonexempt  "prohibited  transaction"  (as  that  term is
         defined in Section  4975 of the Code and  Section  406 of ERISA)  which
         could  subject  Buyer to a penalty tax  imposed by Section  4975 of the
         Code;

                           (iii) no Employee Plan that is subject to Section 412
         of the Code has incurred an "accumulated funding deficiency" within the
         meaning of Section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived;

                           (iv) each Employee Plan and Benefit  Arrangement  has
         been  established  and   administered  in  all  material   respects  in
         accordance  with its  terms,  the  terms of any  applicable  collective
         bargaining agreements and in compliance with Applicable Law;

                           (v) TTSI has not  incurred and Parent is not aware of
         any facts which would  result in TTSI  incurring  any  liability  under
         Title IV of ERISA other than for the payment of premiums to the Pension
         Benefit Guaranty Corporation  ("PBGC"),  all of which, to the knowledge
         of Parent,  have been paid when due with  respect to any plan that TTSI
         or any  member of its  controlled  group  (within  the  meaning of Code
         Section 414)  maintains or ever has  maintained or to which any of them
         contributes or ever has been required to contribute;

                           (vi)  no  defined  benefit  Employee  Plan  has  been
         terminated;  nor have there been any "reportable  events" (as that term
         is defined in Section  4043 of ERISA and the  regulations  thereunder),
         other than  reportable  events arising  directly from the  Contemplated
         Transactions, which would present a risk that an Employee Plan would be
         terminated by the PBGC in a distress termination;

                           (vii) each  Employee  Plan  intended to qualify under
         Section 401 of the Code has received a determination  letter that it is
         so qualified and to the knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred with
         respect to any such  Employee  Plan which  could cause the loss of such
         qualification or exemption;

                           (viii) with respect to each  Employee  Plan listed in
         Schedule B.20,  Parent has made available to Buyer the most recent true
         and complete copy (where applicable) of (A) the plan document;  (B) the
         most recent determination letter; (C) any summary plan description; (D)
         Form 5500;  (E) the most recent  actuarial  report;  and (6) a complete
         copy of any  collective  bargaining  agreement  pursuant  to which  any
         Employee Plan or Benefit Arrangement is maintained;

                           (ix) with respect to the Transferred Employees, there
         are no post-retirement medical or health plans in effect (other than as
         required under Section 4980B of the Code);

                           (x) there are no  actions,  claims or  investigations
         pending or, to the knowledge of Parent threatened, against any Employee
         Plan, Benefit Arrangement,  or any administrator,  fiduciary or sponsor
         thereof with  respect to the TTS  Business,  other than benefit  claims
         arising in the normal  course of  operation  of such  Employee  Plan or
         Benefit Arrangement;

                           (xi)   none  of  the   Employee   Plans  or   Benefit
         Arrangements   obligates  TTSI  to  pay  any   separation,   severance,
         termination or similar  benefit  solely as a result of any  transaction
         contemplated  by this  Agreement  or  solely as a result of a change in
         control or ownership;

                           (xii)   none  of  the   Employee   Plans  or  Benefit
         Arrangements  has  unfunded  liabilities  that are Assumed  Liabilities
         (other than those relating to post employment medical,  dental and life
         insurance benefits);

                           (xiii) the post-retirement medical benefits liability
         set forth in the TTSI audited  December 31, 1997  financial  statements
         was calculated in accordance  with Financial  Accounting  Statement 106
         based on claim  experience which is reasonably  representative  of that
         historically  incurred by the Parent  Company and its Affiliates in the
         aggregate and such claim  experience is not  materially  different from
         that which was historically incurred by the TTS Business;

                           (xiv) assets under the Parent's  Hourly  Pension Plan
         (as such term is  defined in Section  D.08) may be  transferred  to the
         Successor Hourly Pension Plan (as such term is defined in Section D.08)
         in accordance with Section D.08 of this Agreement without violating the
         collective bargaining agreement or other Applicable Law;

                           (xv)  all  Employee   Plans  and   material   Benefit
         Arrangements  required  under any  collective  bargaining  agreement or
         Applicable  Law relating to the  bargaining  unit  employees of the TTS
         Business are listed or referred to on Schedule B.20; and

                           (xvi) to the  knowledge  of Parent no  organizational
         effort is  presently  being made or  threatened  by or on behalf of any
         labor union with respect to employees  of any of the  nonunionized  TTS
         Business locations. Except for the matters referenced in Items 1 and 19
         of Schedule B.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  with respect to the TTS
         Business, no labor strike, work stoppage or slowdown, or other material
         labor dispute is underway or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened.

         Section  B.21.  No Material  Shared  Assets/Liabilities.  Except to the
extent contemplated by the services to be provided under the Services Agreement,
there is no material asset, tangible or intangible, necessary for the conduct of
the TTS  Business  as it has  historically  been  conducted  the use of which is
shared by the TTS  Business  and any  business  of  Parent or any of the  Seller
Companies other than the TTS Business.  There is no material  Assumed  Liability
the  obligation  for which is shared by the TTS  Business  and any  business  of
Parent or any of the Seller Companies other than the TTS Business.


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER


         Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Parent that:

         C.01  Organization and Existence.  Buyer is a limited liability company
duly formed,  validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the state
of  its   formation   and  has  all  powers  and  all   governmental   licenses,
authorizations,  consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now
conducted  and  as   contemplated   to  be  conducted  in  connection  with  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  except  where  the  failure  to  have  such
licenses,  authorizations,  consents  and  approvals  has  not  had  and may not
reasonably be expected to have, a Material  Adverse  Effect on Buyer.  As of the
Closing  Date,  Buyer  will  be  duly  qualified  to do  business  as a  foreign
corporation  in each  jurisdiction  where the character of the property owned or
leased  by it or the  nature  of its  activities  (after  giving  effect  to the
Contemplated  Transactions)  make such  qualification  necessary to carry on its
business as now conducted, except, in the case of Buyer, for those jurisdictions
where failure to be so qualified has not had, and may not reasonably be expected
to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer.

         C.02 Corporate Authorization.  The execution,  delivery and performance
by Buyer of the Transaction  Documents and the  consummation by each of Buyer of
the Contemplated  Transactions are within the powers of Buyer and have been (or,
prior to the Closing, will have been) duly authorized by all necessary action on
the part of Buyer.  Each of the  Transaction  Documents  to which Buyer is party
constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer,  enforceable  against
Buyer in accordance with its terms (i) except as  enforceability  may be limited
by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or  other
similar  laws now or hereafter  in effect  relating to or  affecting  creditors'
rights  generally,  including the effect of statutory  and other laws  regarding
fraudulent  conveyances  and  preferential  transfers  and (ii)  subject  to the
limitations imposed by general equitable principles  (regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

         C.03 Governmental Authorization.  Except as set forth on Schedule C.03,
the execution,  delivery and performance by Buyer of the  Transaction  Documents
require no action by or in respect of, consents or approvals of, or filing with,
any governmental body, agency,  official or authority other than compliance with
any applicable requirements of the HSR Act.

         C.04  Non-Contravention.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance by
Buyer  of the  Transaction  Documents  do not and  will  not (i)  contravene  or
conflict  with  the  articles  of  organization  or  limited  liability  company
agreement of Buyer,  (ii) assuming  compliance  with the matters  referred to in
Section  C.03,  contravene  or conflict  with or  constitute  a violation of any
provision of any law, regulation,  judgment, injunction, order or decree binding
upon or applicable to Buyer, or (iii) constitute a default under or give rise to
any  right  of  termination,  cancellation  or  acceleration  of  any  right  or
obligation of Buyer or to a loss of any benefit to which Buyer is entitled under
any provision of any agreement,  contract or other instrument binding upon Buyer
or any license,  franchise, permit or other similar authorization held by Buyer,
except,  in the case of  clauses  (ii) and  (iii),  for any such  contravention,
conflict, violation, default,  termination,  cancellation,  acceleration or loss
that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer
taken as a whole.

         C.05 Finders' Fees. There is no investment  banker,  broker,  finder or
other  intermediary  that has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf
of Buyer who might be entitled to any fee or commission from Parent or Buyer (or
any of their Affiliates) upon consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

         C.06 Litigation.  There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding
pending against, or to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened against or affecting,
Buyer before any court or arbitrator or any  Governmental  Authority that in any
manner  challenges or seeks to prevent,  enjoin,  alter or materially  delay the
Contemplated Transactions.

         C.07 Financing. Buyer has or will have prior to Closing available to it
cash, marketable securities or other investments, or presently available sources
of credit,  to enable it to purchase  the  Acquired  Shares as  contemplated  by
Section 2.03(b) and Buyer will use its  commercially  reasonable best efforts to
assist TTSI to have  available to it prior to Closing  borrowings  sufficient to
consummate the Redemptions  and to pay off the promissory  notes to be delivered
to Tucker,  B&D Australasia and Nippon  pursuant to Section  2.01(g).  As of the
date  hereof,  Buyer has  delivered  true,  correct and  complete  copies of the
Commitment  Letters to Parent. The copies of the Commitment Letters delivered to
Parent include all of the terms and  conditions of the  financings  contemplated
therein, including but not limited to the conditions to any such financings, and
there are no other terms or conditions applicable to such financings.

         C.8  Investment  Representations.  The Buyer is acquiring  the Acquired
Shares for its own account and not with a view to or for sale in connection with
any  distribution  other than in  accordance  with federal and state  securities
laws. The Buyer has received from Parent all  information  that is requested and
considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Acquired
Shares.  The Buyer  further  represents  that it has had an  opportunity  to ask
questions  and  receive  answers  from  Parent,  the Seller  Companies  and TTSI
regarding the terms and conditions of its  acquisition  of the Acquired  Shares.
The  Buyer  has  experience  as an  investor  in  securities  of  companies  and
acknowledges  that  it can  bear  the  economic  risk of its  investment  in the
Acquired  Shares.  The  Buyer has (i) by reason  of its  business  or  financial
experience or the business or financial experience of its professional  advisers
who are unaffiliated  with, and who are not compensated by, Parent or the Seller
Companies or any affiliate thereof, directly or indirectly,  has the capacity to
protect is own interest in connection with its purchase of the Acquired  Shares.
The Buyer has the financial capacity to bear the risk of this investment and has
received  from Parent,  TTSI and the Seller  Companies all  information  that it
requested  and  considers  necessary  or  appropriate  for  deciding  whether to
purchase the Acquired Shares.  The Buyer is an "Accredited  Investor" within the
meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

         C.9 Restrictive Legends. The Buyer understands that the Acquired Shares
will be "restricted securities" under the Securities Act, in as much as they are
being acquired from an affiliate of TTSI in a transaction not involving a public
offering,  and that,  under  the  Securities  Act,  and  applicable  regulations
thereunder,  such  securities  may be  resold  without  registration  under  the
Securities Act, only in certain  limited  circumstances.  The Buyer  understands
that the  certificates  evidencing the Acquired  Shares will bear the legend set
forth below,  together with any other legends  required by the applicable  state
securities laws:

                  THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE HAVE
                  BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR  INVESTMENT  AND  HAVE  NOT  BEEN
                  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933.  THE
                  SECURITIES  MAY  NOT BE SOLD  OR  TRANSFERRED  IN THE
                  ABSENCE  OF  SUCH   REGISTRATION   OR  AN   EXEMPTION
                  THEREFROM.   THE   SECURITIES   REPRESENTED  BY  THIS
                  CERTIFICATE  AND THE  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS  THEREOF  ARE
                  SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER
                  RESTRICTIONS,   AND  THE  HOLDER  OF  THE  SECURITIES
                  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, INCLUDING ANY FUTURE
                  HOLDERS  IS BOUND BY THE  TERMS OF THE  STOCKHOLDERS'
                  AND  REGISTRATION   RIGHTS  AGREEMENTS   BETWEEN  THE
                  ORIGINAL  PURCHASER,  THE COMPANY  AND CERTAIN  OTHER
                  STOCKHOLDERS  (COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE  OBTAINED  FROM
                  THE COMPANY).



<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT D


                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS


I.       Employees and Employment.

         D.01 General. In connection with the Contemplated Transactions,  and on
or before the Closing Date,  the  employment of all Active  Employees of the TTS
Business  including,  without  limitation,  employees  based in the TTS Business
headquarters  in  Memphis,  Tennessee,  employees  based  in  the  Olive  Branch
Facility,  the  Amory  Facility  and the West  Coast  Technical  Center  and the
employees  listed on Attachment XIII, shall be transferred to TTSI such that the
employment  of such persons  shall be  considered  continuous  employment  under
Applicable  Law.  "Active  Employee"  shall mean any  individual who is actively
employed by TTSI or any Seller Company in connection with the TTS Business or is
on  authorized  leave of absence,  military  service  (without  restriction)  or
lay-off  with  recall  rights  (without  restriction)  with  respect  to the TTS
Business and where applicable shall include independent contractors.  The Active
Employees  who are  employed at any time on or after the Closing Date with Buyer
or TTSI are herein  collectively  referred to as "Transferred  Employees." Buyer
shall ensure that such employment shall be at the same workplace and on the same
terms and conditions as those under which such employees are currently  employed
by Seller  Companies and the  employment of each  Transferred  Employee shall be
continued by Buyer or TTSI for the maximum applicable  termination notice period
to which the Seller Companies may be subject under Applicable Law as a result of
the  Contemplated  Transactions.  From and after  the  Closing  Date,  except as
otherwise provided herein, Buyer and TTSI shall assume all obligations under any
agreements,  contracts or Applicable Law relating to the terms and conditions of
employment of all Active Employees of the TTS Business, and Buyer and TTSI shall
be responsible for any liability or obligations  arising out of or pertaining to
the  termination  of employment  of, hiring of or failure or refusal to hire any
Active Employee of the TTS Business on and after the Closing Date.

         No later than three days prior to Closing,  Parent shall  provide buyer
with a listing  of each  Active  Employee  and the  status  of each such  Active
Employee,  including whether such Active Employee is actively employed, on leave
of absence  (and the reason for such leave of absence) or on lay-off with recall
rights.

         D.02  Labor  Agreements.  TTSI shall  recognize  the  applicable  labor
unions,  collective  bargaining  representative,  trade unions or work  councils
representing  any  employees  of the TTS  Business as the  exclusive  collective
bargaining  representatives  of such  employees  with  respect to wages,  hours,
fringe  benefits and other terms and  conditions  of employment to the extent so
recognized  by  Seller  Companies  for all such  employees  who are  within  the
appropriate bargaining unit as determined by Applicable Law. TTSI shall become a
successor employer under any labor or collective bargaining agreements and Buyer
and TTSI agree to honor the terms of and to assume all obligations of the Seller
Companies  under existing  collective  bargaining  agreements in respect of such
unionized  employees  from and after the Closing Date and all legal  obligations
arising from such recognition or assumption.

         D.03  Recalled or Rehired  Employees.  Buyer and TTSI  confirm that any
employees  of the TTS  Business  that are laid off or on leave as of the Closing
Date and who are recalled or rehired by Buyer or TTSI or return from leave on or
after the Closing  Date will be recalled or rehired by Buyer or TTSI or returned
to  employment  in  compliance  with any  applicable  agreements,  contracts  or
Applicable  Law  and  will  be  accorded  the  benefits  otherwise  provided  to
Transferred  Employees by Buyer or TTSI.  Buyer  further  agrees that during the
term of such leave or layoff,  Buyer, in accordance with the terms of such plans
and arrangements and Applicable Law, shall credit such employee with service and
shall provide benefits under TTSI's plans.

         D.04 Negotiations with Employees or Employee Representatives. If and to
the  extent  that any  provisions  of this  Agreement  are or may be  subject to
negotiation  with employees,  or applicable  labor unions,  trade unions or work
councils,  by policy,  contract,  collective  agreement or  Applicable  Law, the
Seller Companies, Buyer and TTSI shall cooperate fully in such negotiations.

         D.05 Termination and Plant Closing Notices;  WARN. Parent shall provide
or cause to be provided any notices to the  employees  of the TTS Business  that
may be required under any Applicable  Law,  including but not limited to WARN or
any similar  state or local law,  with respect to events that occur prior to the
reorganization  of the TTS  Business.  Buyer shall  provide any such  notices to
Active  Employees  with  respect  to  events  that  occur  as a  result  of  the
Contemplated  Transactions,  and to Transferred Employees with respect to events
that occur on and after the Closing Date.  Buyer shall not take, and shall cause
TTSI not to take, any action after the Closing that would cause any  termination
of  employees  by Seller  Companies  that occur on or before the Closing Date to
constitute a "plant closing" or "mass layoff" under WARN or any similar state or
local  law,  or create any  liability  to the Seller  Companies  for  employment
termination under Applicable Law. Seller shall provide Buyer, upon request, with
a list of employees terminated prior to Closing who may be affectd under WARN or
similar state or local law.

         D.06  Immigration  Matters.  Buyer  acknowledges  that the Contemplated
Transactions may trigger certain  obligations  under the immigration laws of the
countries where the TTS Business operates. Buyer shall be solely responsible for
compliance with all requirements of such immigration laws and agrees to make any
necessary  filings  with the  appropriate  Governmental  Authority to ensure the
continued employment eligibility of the Transferred Employees.

II.      United States Employee Benefit Matters.

         D.07 Salaried Employee Pension Plans.

                  (a) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, with effect
as of the Closing Date, TTSI shall establish a defined benefit plan  ("Successor
Salaried  Pension  Plan").  As soon as  practicable  following  the  earlier  of
delivery to Parent of a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue
Service regarding the qualified status of the Successor Salaried Pension Plan or
the issuance of indemnities  satisfactory to the Parent in its sole  discretion,
Parent shall cause the transfer from The Black & Decker Pension Plan  ("Parent's
Salaried  Pension  Plan") to the Successor  Salaried  Pension Plan of assets (in
accordance  with  paragraphs  (c) and  (d)  below)  and  liabilities  which  are
attributable  to the  Active  Employees  who are  participants  in the  Parent's
Salaried Pension Plan as of the Closing Date.

                  (b) The Active  Employees  shall be  eligible  to  participate
under  the  Successor  Salaried  Pension  Plan for a period of at least one year
following  the Closing Date on the same terms and  conditions as provided to the
Active Employees under Parent's  Salaried Pension Plan immediately  prior to the
Closing Date.  Service with Parent or any of its Affiliates prior to the Closing
Date  which  was  recognized  under  Parent's  Salaried  Pension  Plan  shall be
recognized for the same purposes under the Successor Salaried Pension Plan.

                  (c) The amount of assets to be  transferred  from the Parent's
Salaried Pension Plan shall be equal to the Projected Benefit Obligation ("PBO")
as determined  in  accordance  with the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board
Statement 87 ("FAS 87") and which is  attributable  to the Active  Employees who
are  participants in Parent's  Salaried Pension Plan as of the Closing Date (the
"Transfer  Amount").  Determination  of the PBO shall be in accordance  with the
actuarial demographic  assumptions used by the Seller's actuary in preparing the
January 1, 1996  actuarial  report for  Parent's  Salaried  Pension Plan and the
economic  assumptions  used by Parent for its  December 31, 1997 FAS 87 year end
disclosures.  The  above-described  calculation  of the amount to be transferred
from the Parent's  Salaried Pension Plan to the Successor  Salaried Pension Plan
shall be made by Seller's actuary and reviewed by Buyer's actuary.

                  (d) All assets  transferred  under this  Section D.07 shall be
made  in  cash.  The  transfer   contemplated   herein  shall  comply  with  all
requirements of Sections 414(l) and 401(a)(12) of the Code and in no event shall
the  Transfer  Amount be less than the  amount  determined  pursuant  to Section
414(l) of the Code, using an interest rate of 5.75%.  Pending  completion of the
transfers  contemplated  by this Section D.07,  any benefits that are payable to
Active  Employees  under the  Parent's  Salaried  Pension  Plan shall be paid or
continue to be paid out of such plan. The Transfer  Amount will be adjusted on a
pro-rata basis (based on the ratio of the PBO calculated under this Section D.07
versus the total PBO for Parent's  Salaried  Pension Plan,  calculated as of the
Closing Date) to reflect the actual asset  performance of the Parent's  Salaried
Pension  Plan from the  Closing  Date to the first day of the month prior to the
date of transfer and  credited  with  interest  from that date until the date of
transfer at the rate of 7.5% per year, and adjusted to reflect benefit  payments
and expenses paid after the Closing Date by the Parent's  Salaried  Pension Plan
which are related to the obligations being transferred to the Successor Salaried
Pension Plan.  Pending the completion of such  transfers,  Parent will cooperate
with Buyer with  respect to plan  administration,  disbursement  of benefits and
other pertinent information.

                  (e) The  Successor  Salaried  Pension  Plan and TTSI  shall be
liable for benefits with respect to Active Employees  accrued under the Parent's
Salaried  Pension  Plan  prior to the  Closing  Date to the extent of the assets
transferred in accordance  with this Section D.07. The Buyer agrees that neither
Parent nor Parent's Salaried Pension Plan shall have any further  responsibility
with respect to the assets and liabilities so transferred.

         D.08 Hourly Paid Employee Pension Plans.

                  (a) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, with effect
as of the Closing Date, TTSI shall establish a defined benefit plan  ("Successor
Hourly Pension Plan"). As soon as practicable  following the earlier of delivery
to Parent of a favorable  determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service
regarding the  qualified  status of the  Successor  Hourly  Pension Plan, or the
issuance  of  indemnities  satisfactory  to the Parent,  in its sole  discretion
Parent  shall cause the transfer  from the Pension Plan for Hourly  Employees of
the True  Temper  Sports  Division  represented  by the United  Steelworkers  of
America ("Parent's Hourly Pension Plan") to the Successor Hourly Pension Plan of
assets (in accordance  with paragraph (c) and (d) below) and  liabilities  which
are  attributable to the Active  Employees who are  participants in the Parent's
Hourly Pension Plan as of the Closing Date.

                  (b) The Active  Employees  shall be  eligible  to  participate
under the  Successor  Hourly  Pension  Plan in  accordance  with any  applicable
collective  bargaining  agreement and Applicable Law. Service with Parent or any
of its Affiliates  prior to the Closing Date which was recognized under Parent's
Hourly  Pension  Plan  shall be  recognized  for the  same  purposes  under  the
Successor Hourly Pension Plan.

                  (c) The amount of assets to be  transferred  from the Parent's
Hourly Pension Plan shall be equal to the Projected Benefit  Obligation  ("PBO")
as determined  in  accordance  with the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board
Statement 87 ("FAS 87") and which is  attributable  to the Active  Employees who
are  participants  in Parent's  Hourly  Pension Plan as of the Closing Date (the
"Transfer  Amount").  Determination  of the PBO shall be in accordance  with the
actuarial  demographic  assumptions  used by Seller's  actuary in preparing  the
January  1, 1996  actuarial  report for  Parent's  Hourly  Pension  Plan and the
economic  assumptions  used by Parent for its  December 31, 1997 FAS 87 year end
disclosures.  The  above-described  calculation  of the amount to be transferred
from the Parent's Hourly Pension Plan to the Successor Hourly Pension Plan shall
be made by Seller's actuary and reviewed by Buyer's actuary.

                  (d) All assets  transferred  under this  Section D.08 shall be
made  in  cash.  The  transfer   contemplated   herein  shall  comply  with  all
requirements of Sections 414(l) and 401(a)(12) of the Code and in no event shall
the  Transfer  Amount be less than the  amount  determined  pursuant  to Section
414(l) of the Code, using an interest rate of 5.75%.  Pending  completion of the
transfers  contemplated  by this Section D.08,  any benefits that are payable to
Active  Employees  under  the  Parent's  Hourly  Pension  Plan  shall be paid or
continue to be paid out of such plan. The Transfer  Amount will be adjusted on a
pro-rata basis (based on the ratio of the PBO calculated under this Section D.08
versus the total PBO for Parent's  Hourly  Pension  Plan,  calculated  as of the
Closing  Date)  reflect the actual  asset  performance  of the  Parent's  Hourly
Pension  Plan from the  Closing  Date to the first day of the month prior to the
date of transfer and  credited  with  interest  from that date until the date of
transfer at the rate of 7.5% per year, and adjusted to reflect benefit  payments
and expenses  paid after the Closing Date by the  Parent's  Hourly  Pension Plan
which are related to the obligations  being  transferred to the Successor Hourly
Pension Plan.  Pending the completion of such  transfers,  Parent will cooperate
with Buyer with  respect to plan  administration,  disbursement  of benefits and
other pertinent information.

                  (d) The  Successor  Hourly  Pension  Plan  shall be liable for
benefits  with respect to Active  Employees  accrued  under the Parent's  Hourly
Pension Plan prior to the Closing  Date to the extent of the assets  transferred
in accordance  with this Section D.08.  The Buyer agrees that neither Parent nor
Parent's  Salaried  Pension  Plan shall  have any  further  responsibility  with
respect to the assets and liabilities so transferred.

         D.09 Savings Plans.

                  (a)  Parent  shall  cause  the  trustee  of The Black & Decker
Retirement  Savings  Plan  ("Parent's  Savings  Plan")  to  transfer,  as of the
transfer date specified below, the full account balances of the Active Employees
under  Parent's  Savings  Plan, to the  Successor  Savings Plan (as  hereinafter
defined).  To the extent  permissible  under  Parent's  Savings  Plan and to the
extent  participants'  account  balances  are invested in Parent's  stock,  such
assets shall be transferred  to the  Successor's  Savings Plan in kind.  Parent,
Buyer and TTSI shall make any and all filings and submissions to the appropriate
Governmental  Authorities,  and shall make any necessary plan amendments arising
in  connection  with the  transfer of assets from  Parent's  Savings Plan to the
Successor Savings Plan.

                  (b) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, TTSI shall,
and Buyer shall cause TTSI to, establish or designate an individual account plan
for the benefit of Active  Employees who were  participants in Parent's  Savings
Plan (the "Successor Savings Plan"), shall take all necessary action, if any, to
qualify the Successor  Savings Plan under the applicable  provisions of the Code
and  shall  make  any  and  all  filings  and  submissions  to  the  appropriate
Governmental  Authorities  required  to be made  by it in  connection  with  the
transfer of assets contemplated hereby. The Successor Savings Plan shall provide
that those Transferred  Employees and their  beneficiaries who were participants
in Parent's  Savings Plan shall receive credit for all service and  compensation
with Parent or any of its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date for all purposes,
to the same  extent  as such  service  and  compensation  are  recognized  under
Parent's  Savings Plan  immediately  prior to the Closing Date. TTSI shall,  and
Buyer shall cause TTSI to, take all action required or appropriate to vest fully
all such Transferred  Employees in their entire account balances  transferred to
the Successor  Savings Plan and, to the extent required under Section  411(d)(6)
of the Code, to protect and preserve all benefits,  rights and features relating
to those account  balances  transferred  from Parent's  Savings Plan. As soon as
practicable  following  the  earlier of the  delivery  to Parent of a  favorable
determination  letter from the Internal Revenue Service  regarding the qualified
status of the Successor Savings Plan or the issuance of indemnities satisfactory
to Parent in its sole  discretion,  Parent  shall  cause the trustee of Parent's
Savings Plan,  to transfer the full account  balances of  Transferred  Employees
under Parent's  Savings Plan as of the transfer date to the appropriate  trustee
designated  by TTSI and Buyer  under the trust  agreement  forming a part of the
Successor  Savings  Plan;  provided,  that assets  consisting  of notes or other
instruments  evidencing loans made to participating  Transferred Employees shall
be transferred in such form to the Successor Savings Plan.

                  (c)  Effective  as of the  date  of  the  transfer  of  assets
contemplated  by this Section D.09, TTSI shall assume all of the liabilities and
obligations  of  Parent  or any of its  Affiliates  in  respect  of the  account
balances  accumulated by Transferred  Employees under Parent's  Savings Plan (to
the extent that assets relating to such account  balances have been  transferred
to the  Successor  Savings  Plan),  and the  Successor  Savings Plan assumes all
liabilities and obligations of Parent's Savings Plan with respect to all account
balances  under Parent's  Savings Plan of such US Transferred  Employees (to the
extent that assets  relating to such account  balances have been  transferred to
the Successor  Savings Plan).  Neither Buyer,  TTSI nor any of their  respective
Affiliates  shall assume any other  obligations or liabilities  arising under or
attributable  to  Parent's  Savings  Plan  and  neither  Parent  nor  any of its
Affiliates shall assume any liabilities or obligations  under or attributable to
the Successor Savings Plan. Prior to the transfer of assets contemplated by this
Section D.09,  TTSI,  if consented to by the  applicable  Transferred  Employee,
shall withhold from such Transferred Employee's pay, loan repayments relating to
any outstanding  loan to such  Transferred  Employee under Parent's Savings Plan
and shall promptly forward those withholdings to Parent's Savings Plan.

         D.10 Health and Welfare Plans; Benefit Arrangements.

                  (a) For a period of one year following the Closing Date,  TTSI
shall  ensure,  and Buyer  shall cause TTSI to ensure,  that the US  Transferred
Employees  are  provided  benefits  that  are  substantially  equivalent  on  an
aggregate  basis (and  "substantially  identical" with respect to health benefit
coverage for purposes of satisfying Section 4980B of the Code) to those provided
under the  Employee  Plans and  Benefit  Arrangements  as in effect for those US
Transferred Employees immediately prior to the Closing Date, it being understood
and agreed that such benefits  provided by TTSI shall include  health,  medical,
dental, life, disability and severance benefits. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the preceding  sentence,  Buyer shall take  commercially  reasonable
steps for purposes of TTSI providing  health benefit  coverage to US Transferred
Employees on the Closing Date through CIGNA and agrees that such health  benefit
coverage will be "substantially identical" to that provided under Parent's group
health plan as in effect  immediately  prior to the Closing Date for purposes of
satisfying  Section 4980B of the Code;  provided,  however,  that if such health
benefit  coverage  is not in place as of the  Closing  Date,  Parent  agrees  to
provide  continuation  coverage to US  Transferred  Employees (and their covered
dependents) to the extent required by Section 4980B of the Code.  Parent, at its
option,  may provide and  administer  continuation  coverage and benefit  claims
under its group  health plan and in such event TTSI shall  reimburse  Parent for
the  reasonable  and  customary  cost of the  provision  and  administration  of
benefits thereunder for the TTSI employees and covered dependents. Parent agrees
to cooperate  and assist Buyer and TTSI as is  reasonably  necessary to put such
TTSI's health benefit coverage in place.

                  (b) In furtherance  and not in limitation of the provisions of
this Section  D.10, as of the Closing  Date,  TTSI shall,  and Buyer shall cause
TTSI to, (i) establish  severance plans,  agreements and  arrangements  with the
same terms and  conditions  as those  provided  under the  applicable  severance
agreements,  plans or  arrangements  listed on Schedule B.20, (ii) maintain such
severance  agreements,  plans and arrangements for a period of at least one year
following  the Closing  Date,  and (iii) pay any benefits to any US  Transferred
Employees that they may be entitled to receive under such severance  agreements,
plans or arrangements. In furtherance and not in limitation of the provisions of
this Section D.10, as of the Closing Date,  TTSI shall assume the obligations of
Seller Companies under the individual  employee  severance  agreements listed on
Schedule B.20.

                  (c) With respect to any US Transferred Employee (including any
beneficiary or dependent thereof),  except as expressly set forth herein, Seller
Companies shall retain (i) all  liabilities  and  obligations  arising under any
group life, accident,  medical, dental or disability plan or similar arrangement
(whether or not insured) to the extent that such liability or obligation relates
to claims  incurred  (whether or not  reported) on or prior to the Closing Date,
and (ii) all liabilities and obligations arising under any worker's compensation
laws to the extent such  liability or obligation  relates to the period prior to
the Closing Date.

                  (d) Any group  health  plan,  disability  plan or other  plans
established  or  designated  by  TTSI  after  closing  for  the  benefit  of  US
Transferred Employees shall not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect
to any preexisting condition.

                  (e) In furtherance  and not in limitation of the provisions of
this Section D.10,  TTSI covenants and agrees that in 1998 it shall continue the
annual  incentive  plan  arrangements  in effect for the  individuals  listed in
Attachment  B.20-A to Schedule B.20 on the basis set forth in Attachment  B.20-A
and shall not amend or otherwise modify such  arrangements.  Buyer covenants and
agrees to take all actions  necessary or appropriate  after the Closing to cause
TTSI to satisfy its obligations under this Section D.10(e).

         D.11 Post-Retirement Medical and Life Insurance.

                  (a) Seller Companies shall retain responsibility for providing
health,  medical,  dental,  hospitalization,  life insurance or similar benefits
(including,  without  limitation,  reimbursement  for Medicare  premiums) to any
employee or former  employee  of the TTS  Business  (other  than US  Transferred
Employees)  who retires or has retired on or before the Closing  Date.  TTSI and
Buyer shall be responsible for providing any  post-retirement  medical,  life or
similar benefits to US Transferred Employees.

                  (b)   Notwithstanding   the  provisions  of  this  Exhibit  D,
including  but not  limited  to the  provisions  of this  Section  D.11,  Seller
Companies  may amend,  modify or terminate any plans or  arrangements  providing
post-retirement  health,  medical,  dental,  hospitalization,  life insurance or
similar benefits  (including,  without  limitation,  reimbursement  for Medicare
premiums) to any  employee or former  employee of the TTS  Business,  subject in
each case to the provisions of Applicable Law.

                  (c) Except as may be required by Applicable  Law,  Buyer shall
not be obligated by this Agreement to provide post-retirement,  health, medical,
dental, hospitalization,  life insurance or similar benefits (including, without
limitation,  reimbursement  for Medicare  premiums),  or any particular level of
such benefits, to US Transferred Employees.

         D.12  Supplemental   Plans.  Parent  shall  retain  all  liability  and
obligation with respect to Active  Employees under the Black & Decker  Executive
Deferred Compensation Plan, the Black & Decker Supplemental Executive Retirement
Plan,  the  Black & Decker  Supplemental  Pension  Plan  and the  Black & Decker
Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan.

III.     Other Country Employee Benefit Matters.

         D.13  General.  For a period of one year  following  the Closing  Date,
Buyer and TTSI shall ensure that the Non-US  Transferred  Employees are provided
benefits that are  substantially  similar to those  provided  under the Non-U.S.
Benefit  Arrangements  as in  effect  for  those  Non-US  Transferred  Employees
immediately  prior to the Closing  Date,  it being  understood  that each Non-US
Transferred  Employee shall receive credit for all service and compensation with
Seller  Companies  and any of  their  predecessors  or  Affiliates  prior to the
Closing Date for all purposes other than Benefit Service to the same extent that
service and compensation are recognized immediately prior to the Closing.

         D.14  Severance/Termination  Indemnities.  In  furtherance  and  not in
limitation of the provisions of Section D.12, for a period of at least one year,
TTSI shall provide severance programs and termination  indemnities with the same
terms and  conditions as those  provided by the Seller  Companies or TTSI to the
Non-US Transferred  Employees immediately prior to the Closing and agrees to pay
any benefit to Non-US Transferred  Employees to which they may be entitled under
such severance programs and/or termination  indemnities  applicable to Buyer and
its Affiliates with respect to events that occur on or after the Closing Date or
as a result of the  Contemplated  Transactions,  or applicable to Parent and its
Affiliates as a result of the Contemplated Transactions.

VII.     General.

         D.15 No Third Party  Beneficiaries.  No  provision of this Exhibit D or
any other  provision in the  Transaction  Documents shall create any third party
beneficiary  or other rights in any employee or former  employee  (including any
beneficiary  or  dependent  thereof)  of Parent or of any of its  Affiliates  in
respect of continued  employment  (or  resumption  of  employment)  with Parent,
Buyer, TTSI or any of their Affiliates, and no provision of this Exhibit D shall
create any such rights in any such  individuals  in respect of any benefits that
may be provided,  directly or  indirectly,  under any  Employee  Plan or Benefit
Arrangement,  or any plan or arrangement which may be established by Buyer, TTSI
or any of their Affiliates. Subject to Applicable Law, unless otherwise provided
herein,  no provision of this Agreement shall  constitute a limitation on rights
to amend, modify or terminate, either before or after Closing, any such Employee
Plan or Benefit Arrangement of the Parent or any of its Affiliates.

         D.16  Indemnification  by Buyer.  Effective  as of the  Closing,  Buyer
hereby  indemnifies  Parent and its Affiliates and their  respective  directors,
officers,  employees and agents against,  and agrees to hold them harmless from,
any and all  Damages  arising out of or  pertaining  to (i) the  termination  of
employment of, hiring of or failure or refusal to hire,  any Active  Employee of
the TTS  Business  on or after  the  Closing;  (ii) in  relation  to any  Active
Employee any modification of the pay,  benefits or other terms and conditions of
employment of any Active Employee on or after the Closing;  and (iii) any breach
of any covenants of the Buyer contained in this Exhibit D.

         D.17  Indemnification  by Parent.  Effective as of the Closing,  Parent
hereby  indemnifies Buyer and TTSI and agrees to hold each harmless from any and
all Damages  arising out of or  pertaining to any breach of any covenants of the
Parent or its Affiliates contained in this Exhibit D.


<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT E


             ADDITIONAL MATTERS RELATING TO PRODUCT LIABILITY ISSUES


         Parent  and  Buyer  acknowledge  and agree  that each has a  continuing
interest in ensuring that claims  involving  alleged product defects and product
safety  are  handled  by TTSI  after  the  Closing  in a manner  that  minimizes
liability of the parties and  otherwise  protects the parties'  interests.  This
Exhibit E sets forth certain  additional  procedures,  covenants and  agreements
relating to product  liability  and related  matters in respect of products sold
and services provided by TTSI or the TTS Business that, among other things,  are
intended to enhance the parties' ability to achieve these objectives.

         E.01 With respect to liabilities and obligations  relating to claims of
manufacturing  or design defects,  the parties have agreed that certain of these
liabilities and obligations will constitute  Assumed  Liabilities for which TTSI
will be  responsible  and  certain of these  liabilities  and  obligations  will
constitute Excluded  Liabilities for which Seller Companies will be responsible.
Because (i) it is likely that TTSI may receive the initial  notice or claim with
respect  to  liabilities  and  obligations  that  ultimately  prove to be Seller
Companies'  responsibility  and vice versa and (ii) in many cases it is critical
to the  defense of such  claims  that  products  and the  location  in which the
alleged  incident  occurs be inspected as soon as  practicable,  each of Parent,
TTSI and Buyer  agree to give  immediate  notice to the other party in the event
that they receive notice of a claim involving or potentially involving claims of
manufacturing  or design  defects  where the party first  receiving  such notice
reasonably believes that the responsibility for the liability or obligation,  if
any,  will be that of the other party or if there is any doubt as to which party
ultimately will be responsible for any related liabilities or obligations.  Each
of Parent, TTSI and Buyer also agree with respect to each claim of manufacturing
or design  defects  that they will  perform a prompt,  diligent  and  continuing
investigation  to  determine  whether  the claim is an Assumed  Liability  or an
Excluded  Liability,  and agree to give immediate notice to the other parties at
any time if the investigation  reveals that the responsibility for the liability
or obligation,  if any, will be that of the other party if there is any doubt as
to which party  ultimately  will be responsible  for any related  liabilities or
obligations.  Each of Parent, TTSI and Buyer agree that the party providing such
notice will thereafter  cooperate with the other party to permit the other party
to conduct  its own  investigation,  and the party  providing  such  notice will
provide to the other party reports on the status of the claim and subject to the
provisions  of Article X an  opportunity  to  participate  in the defense of the
claim,  at its own cost and expense.  To expedite the review of these issues and
ensure that both parties'  rights and defenses are preserved,  Parent,  TTSI and
Buyer shall provide such notice as follows:



<PAGE>


                  if to Parent, or TTSI prior to Closing:

                           The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland  21286
                           Attention:  Product Liability Counsel

                  if to Buyer, or TTSI after Closing:

                           True Temper Sports, Inc.
                           8275 Tournament Drive, Suite 200
                           Memphis, Tennessee  38125
                           Attention:  President

         E.02 To the extent that either  Parent,  TTSI or Buyer (or any of their
directors,  officers, advisors, attorneys,  accountants,  employees, insurers or
agents)   conducts  an  investigation  or  other  inquiry  into  any  events  or
circumstances that lead to a claim of manufacturing or design defects in respect
of a product or product line generally or a specific claim or allegation and the
results of such  investigation  or  inquiry  relate to or  otherwise  affect the
liabilities or obligations of the other party hereunder,  Parent, TTSI or Buyer,
as the case may be, agree to share any  information  obtained as a result of the
investigation  or inquiry,  in each case  subject to the express  provisions  of
Section 7.07 of this Agreement.

         E.03 To assist each of the parties to this  Agreement  with the defense
of claims  involving  allegations  of  manufacturing  or design defects and with
compliance with each parties'  respective legal obligations under this Agreement
and otherwise,  Parent, TTSI and Buyer each agree from time to time to designate
individuals  within their  respective  organizations  as an  "Engineering/Safety
Assurance  Liaison" and a "Claims  Liaison" for the purpose of coordinating  the
defense of claims involving  products sold and services  provided by TTSI or the
TTS  Business.  The initial  individuals  serving in these  capacities  shall be
designated in writing by Parent, TTSI and Buyer at Closing and, thereafter,  may
be changed from time to time by notice to the other party.

         E.04 To assist each of the parties to this  Agreement  with the defense
of claims  involving  allegations  of  manufacturing  or design defects and with
compliance with each parties'  respective legal obligations under this Agreement
and  otherwise,  Parent,  TTSI and Buyer each agree from time to time to provide
the other  party  access to all  information  as  provided  in Section  5.04 and
Section 6.02. Without limiting the generality of those provisions,  Parent, TTSI
and Buyer acknowledge and agree that the  aforementioned  information and access
includes  the existing  databases  relating to consumer  complaints,  claims and
litigation,  whether  maintained  at the  headquarters  of the TTS  Business  or
otherwise,  access to personnel and engineering and design drawings or documents
and any other relevant information.


                                                                EXHIBIT 2(b)(ii)

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                              Dated August 1, 1998

                                       to

                                 REORGANIZATION,

                  RECAPITALIZATION AND STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of June 29, 1998

                                 By and Between

                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION,

                            TRUE TEMPER SPORTS, INC.

                                       AND

                                    TTSI LLC






<PAGE>

                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 to
                      REORGANIZATION, RECAPITALIZATION AND
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         This   Amendment   No.   1  (this   "Amendment")   to   Reorganization,
Recapitalization  and Stock  Purchase  Agreement  (together  with the  Exhibits,
Schedules and Attachments thereto, the "Agreement") is made as of the 1st day of
August 1998, by and among The Black & Decker Corporation, a Maryland corporation
("Parent"),  True Temper Sports, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("TTSI"), and TTSI
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Buyer").

                               W I T N E S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  Parent,  TTSI and Buyer entered into the Agreement as of June
29, 1998; and

         WHEREAS,  Parent,  TTSI and Buyer  desire to amend and clarify  certain
terms contained in the Agreement, all as more fully set forth herein;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

         Section 1.  Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used in but not defined in
this Amendment shall have the meanings specified in the Agreement.

         Section 2.  Amendment  to  Recitals.  The sixth and  seventh  "WHEREAS"
clauses  contained in the Agreement are hereby amended by deleting those clauses
in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

                  "WHEREAS,  upon the terms and  subject to the  conditions  set
         forth in this  Agreement,  Parent  desires  to cause  TTSI,  and  Buyer
         desires to assist  TTSI,  to redeem a portion of the TTSI Common  Stock
         then owned by Emhart and a portion of the TTSI Common  Stock then owned
         by EII with promissory notes to be paid at Closing with the proceeds of
         such borrowings;

                  WHEREAS, following such redemption, Buyer desires to purchase,
         buy and acquire from EII and Emhart and Parent desires to cause EII and
         Emhart to sell,  transfer and convey to Buyer the Acquired Shares,  and
         Parent  and  Buyer  desire  to  enter  into  certain   agreements   and
         arrangements ancillary to such transactions; and"

         Section 3.  Amendment  to ARTICLE II.  Sections  2.01  through  2.04 of
ARTICLE II -  TRANSACTIONS  AND CLOSING of the Agreement  are hereby  amended by
deleting  Section 2.01 through and including  Section 2.04 in their entirety and
replacing them with the following:


<PAGE>




                  "Section 2.01  Reorganization of TTS Business.  Upon the terms
         and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,  the parties
         agree that  following  the  execution  of this  Agreement  and prior to
         consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by Sections  2.02 and
         2.03, among other things:

                  (a) TTSI will file an  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
         Incorporation  consistent with the terms of this Agreement as agreed to
         by Buyer and Parent;

                  (b) Parent will cause EII to contribute the Contributed Assets
         to TTSI, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens),  and
         TTSI will  assume and agree to pay,  satisfy and  discharge  all of the
         Assumed  Liabilities,   all  as  contemplated  by  the  Assignment  and
         Assumption Agreement;

                  (c) In exchange for the capital  contribution  contemplated by
         Section  2.01(b),  TTSI will issue 1,011.21 shares of TTSI Common Stock
         and  368.75  shares of TTSI  Preferred  Stock to EII,  which  upon such
         issuance shall be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable shares
         of capital stock of TTSI;

                  (d) Parent will cause  Emhart to sell,  transfer and convey to
         TTSI the Transferred  Intellectual Property, all as contemplated by the
         Intellectual Property Assignment Agreements;

                  (e)  In  exchange   for  the   transfer  of  the   Transferred
         Intellectual  Property contemplated by Section 2.01(d), TTSI will issue
         6,000 shares of TTSI Common Stock and 881.25  shares of TTSI  Preferred
         Stock to Emhart,  which upon such  issuance  shall be duly  authorized,
         fully paid and non-assessable shares of capital stock of TTSI;

                  (f) Parent (i) will  cause TTSI to  establish  a branch or, at
         the  expense  of TTSI,  a  subsidiary  in each of the  United  Kingdom,
         Australia  and  Japan  and (ii) will  cause  each of  Tucker  Fasteners
         Limited  ("Tucker"),  Black & Decker  (Australasia)  Pty. Limited ("B&D
         Australasia")  and Nippon Pop Rivets & Fasteners,  Ltd.  ("Nippon")  to
         contribute the assets and liabilities  relating  exclusively to the TTS
         Business  operations  in  the  United  Kingdom,  Australia  and  Japan,
         respectively, to TTSI; and



<PAGE>


                  (g) In exchange for the contributions  contemplated by Section
         2.01(f), TTSI will issue and deliver to each of Tucker, B&D Australasia
         and Nippon a promissory  note with a fixed  interest rate equal to 7.5%
         per annum  payable in full at Closing with  principal  amounts equal to
         (A) $3,860,000, (B) $1,936,024.05 and (C) $406,000, respectively, which
         the parties agree is the net book value of the  respective  Contributed
         Assets.

                  Section 2.02 Recapitalization of TTSI.

                  (a) Upon the terms and subject to the  conditions set forth in
         this Agreement,  the parties agree that following the execution of this
         Agreement and immediately prior to Closing,  among other things,  Buyer
         will  use  commercially  reasonable  best  efforts  to  assist  TTSI in
         obtaining  debt  financing  in an  aggregate  amount  of not less  than
         $155,000,000,  together with a revolving  credit facility in the amount
         of $20,000,000, in the manner contemplated by the Commitment Letters or
         on other terms  reasonably  acceptable to Buyer,  the proceeds of which
         will  be  used  to  consummate  the  Redemptions  and  to pay  off  the
         promissory notes contemplated by Section 2.01(g).

                  (b)  Buyer may  elect at its  option to pursue an  alternative
         financing  structure,  provided that such  structure does not result in
         any incremental increase in costs to TTSI.

                  Section 2.03 Closing Transactions.

                  (a) Redemption of TTSI Shares. On and subject to the terms and
         conditions  set  forth in this  Agreement,  immediately  following  the
         consummation of the transactions contemplated by Section 2.02 and prior
         to the Closing, TTSI shall:

                           (i)  Redeem   5,818.60   shares  of  the  issued  and
                  outstanding  TTSI  Common  Stock  owned by Emhart by issuing a
                  promissory note to Emhart, on terms reasonably satisfactory to
                  Parent  and  Buyer,   with  a   principal   amount   equal  to
                  $112,747,535.88 to be paid at Closing with the proceeds of the
                  borrowings contemplated by Section 2.02; and

                           (ii)   Redeem   1,274   shares  of  the   issued  and
                  outstanding  TTSI  Common  Stock  owned  by EII by  issuing  a
                  promissory  note to EII, on terms  reasonably  satisfactory to
                  Parent  and  Buyer,   with  a   principal   amount   equal  to
                  $24,686,412.66  to be paid at Closing with the proceeds of the
                  borrowings contemplated by Section 2.02.

         such that,  immediately  following the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated  by this Section  2.03(a),  EII will own 737.21  shares of
         TTSI Common Stock and 368.75 shares of TTSI Preferred  Stock and Emhart
         will own 181.40  shares of TTSI Common Stock and 881.25  shares of TTSI
         Preferred Stock,  which shares, in the aggregate,  will constitute 100%
         of the issued and outstanding capital stock of TTSI.

                  (b)  Acquisition  of  Acquired  Shares.  On and subject to the
         terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing:

                           (i) Parent shall cause (A) EII to sell,  transfer and
                  convey  to Buyer and  Buyer's  Permitted  Assignees,  free and
                  clear of all Liens (other than  Permitted  Liens) an aggregate
                  of 683.7468  shares of TTSI Common  Stock and an  aggregate of
                  293.75 shares of TTSI Preferred  Stock and (B) Emhart to sell,
                  transfer and convey to Buyer and Buyer's Permitted  Assignees,
                  free and clear of all Liens  (other than  Permitted  Liens) an
                  aggregate  of  181.40  shares  of  TTSI  Common  Stock  and an
                  aggregate of 881.25 shares of TTSI Preferred Stock; and

                           (ii)  In  consideration   for  the  transfer  of  the
                  Acquired Shares,  Buyer and Buyer's Permitted  Assignees shall
                  make cash payments (A) to EII equalling  $23,824,023.29 in the
                  aggregate,  which constitutes $13,249,023.29 in respect of the
                  TTSI  Common  Stock and  $10,575,000  in  respect  of the TTSI
                  Preferred  Stock,  by wire transfer of  immediately  available
                  funds to an account or accounts of EII designated by Parent at
                  least two  Business  Days prior to  Closing  and (B) to Emhart
                  equalling  $35,240,004.13 in the aggregate,  which constitutes
                  $3,515,004.13   in  respect  of  the  TTSI  Common  Stock  and
                  $31,725,000  in respect of the TTSI Preferred  Stock,  by wire
                  transfer  of  immediately  available  funds to an  account  or
                  accounts of Emhart  designated by Parent at least two Business
                  Days prior to Closing;

         such  that,  immediately  following  consummation  of the  transactions
         contemplated  by this Section  2.03(b),  EII will own 53.4632 shares of
         TTSI Common Stock  representing 5.82% of all the issued and outstanding
         shares of TTSI  Common  Stock and 75  shares  of TTSI  Preferred  Stock
         representing  6.0% of all the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of TTSI
         Preferred Stock and Buyer and Buyer's Permitted  Assignees will own, in
         the aggregate, 865.1468 shares of TTSI Common Stock representing 94.18%
         of all the issued and outstanding  shares of TTSI Common Stock and 1175
         shares of TTSI Preferred Stock representing 94.0% of all the issued and
         outstanding shares of TTSI Preferred Stock.



<PAGE>


                  (c) Consent and Waiver by Buyer.  By execution and delivery of
         this  Agreement,  Buyer  hereby  consents  to and  waives any rights in
         respect of the  redemption  of TTSI Common Stock owned by EII or Emhart
         contemplated by Section 2.03(a).

                  (d)  Additional  Closing  Transactions.  Upon  the  terms  and
         subject to the  conditions  set forth in this  Agreement,  the  parties
         agree that at the Closing, among other things:

                           (i) Parent or its Affiliates, as the case may be, and
                  TTSI shall  execute and deliver the  Services  Agreement  with
                  such  additions,  deletions and changes as may be agreed to by
                  Buyer and Parent;

                           (ii) TTSI,  Buyer,  Buyer's Permitted Assigns and EII
                  shall execute and deliver a  Stockholders'  and a Registration
                  Rights  Agreements  containing the provisions  contemplated by
                  Attachment XIV;

                           (iii) TTSI shall pay off the promissory  notes issued
                  to Tucker,  B&D  Australasia  and Nippon  pursuant  to Section
                  2.01(g);

                           (iv) TTSI shall pay off the  promissory  notes issued
                  to each of EII and Emhart pursuant to Section 2.03(a).

                  Section   2.04   Section   338(h)(10)    Election;    Exchange
         Consideration.

                           (a) The  parties  agree  to make  an  election  under
                  Section   338(h)(10)  of  the  Code  (and  any   corresponding
                  elections  under any applicable  state,  local, or foreign tax
                  law) with respect to the sale of the Acquired Shares by EII to
                  Buyer.

                           (b) The  consideration  to be paid to Parent  and its
                  Affiliates in  connection  with the  Contemplated  Transaction
                  (the "Exchange Consideration") shall consist of the following:

                                    (i) the  aggregate  amounts  paid by TTSI to
                           pay off the promissory  notes issued to redeem shares
                           of  TTSI  Common  Stock  and  TTSI  Preferred   Stock
                           pursuant to Section 2.03(a);



<PAGE>


                                    (ii) the  aggregate  amount paid by Buyer to
                           EII and Emhart in exchange  for the  Acquired  Shares
                           pursuant to Section 2.03(b);

                                    (iii)  the  aggregate   amounts  payable  to
                           Tucker,  B&D  Australasia  and Nippon pursuant to the
                           promissory  notes to be delivered in accordance  with
                           Section 2.01(g) (as so adjusted and together with the
                           amount   contemplated   by  Section   2.04(b)(i)  and
                           2.04(b)(ii)  above, the "Adjusted  Purchase  Price");
                           and

                                    (iv) the  assumption  by TTSI of the Assumed
                           Liabilities  in  accordance   with  the   Transaction
                           Documents.

                  (c) The Exchange Consideration and each Annual Thiokol Payment
         shall be allocated to and among the respective  Contributed  Assets and
         Transferred Intellectual Property as set forth in Attachment IX to this
         Agreement.  Parent,  TTSI and Buyer  agree that the  allocation  of the
         Exchange  Consideration  has been  negotiated by them and is consistent
         with the value of the Contributed  Assets and the principles of Section
         1060  of the  Code  and the  regulations  promulgated  by the  Internal
         Revenue  Service  thereunder.  Parent,  TTSI and Buyer  agree that they
         shall use the  allocation  of the Exchange  Consideration  reflected in
         Attachment  IX to this  Agreement  in any Tax Returns or other  reports
         that deal with the Contemplated Transactions and are filed with any Tax
         Authority and shall  promptly  prepare and timely file such reports and
         information as may be required to report the allocation contemplated by
         this Section 2.04(c)."

         Section 4. Limited  Amendment.  Except as amended by this Amendment and
as the context may  otherwise  require to give effect to the intent and purposes
of this  Amendment,  the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without
any other amendments or modifications.

         Section 5. Notices.  All notices,  requests and other communications to
any party hereunder shall be in writing (including  telecopy or similar writing)
and shall be given,



<PAGE>


                  if to Parent (or TTSI prior to Closing):

                           c/o The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland 21286
                           Attention:  Senior Vice President and
                                         Chief Financial Officer
                           Telecopy: (410) 716-3318

                  with a copy to:

                           The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland 21286
                           Attention:  Senior Vice President and
                                         General Counsel
                           Telecopy: (410) 716-2660

                                        and

                           Miles & Stockbridge P.C.
                           10 Light Street
                           Baltimore, Maryland 21202
                           Attention: Glenn C. Campbell
                                      David A. Gibbons
                           Telecopy: (410) 385-3700

                  if to Buyer (or TTSI after Closing):

                           TTSI LLC
                           c/o Cornerstone Equity Investors, LLC
                           717 5th Avenue
                           Suite 1100
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention: Mr. Mark Rossi
                           Telecopy: (212) 826-6798



<PAGE>


                  with a copy to:

                           Kirkland & Ellis
                           153 East 53rd Street
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention: Frederick Tanne, Esquire
                           Telecopy: (212) 446-4900

or to such other address or telecopy number and with such other copies,  as such
party may hereafter  specify by notice to the other  parties.  Each such notice,
request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopy, when
such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number  specified in this Section 5
and  evidence of receipt is received or (ii) if given by any other  means,  upon
delivery or refusal of delivery at the address specified in this Section 5.

         Section 6.  Amendments;  Waivers.  Subject to the provisions of Section
9.04 of the Agreement,  any provision of this Amendment may be amended or waived
prior to the  Closing  Date if,  and only if,  such  amendment  or  waiver is in
writing and signed, in the case of an amendment,  by Parent and Buyer, or in the
case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

         Section 7.  Successors  and Assigns.  The  provisions of this Amendment
shall be  binding  upon and  inure  to the  benefit  of the  parties  and  their
respective successors and assigns;  provided that no party may assign,  delegate
or otherwise  transfer  any of its rights or  obligations  under this  Agreement
without the  consent of the other  party,  provided  the Buyer may assign its or
TTSI's rights hereunder to an agent for the financing sources in connection with
the Contemplated  Transactions,  as collateral  security for TTSI's obligations,
and  Buyer may  assign  its  rights to  purchase  Acquired  Shares to  Permitted
Assignees.

         Section 8. Entire  Agreement.  The Transaction  Documents and any other
agreements  contemplated thereby (including,  to the extent contemplated herein,
the  Confidentiality  Agreement)  as amended by this  Amendment  constitute  the
entire  agreement  among the parties with respect to the subject  matter of such
documents and supersede all prior agreements,  understandings  and negotiations,
both written and oral,  between the parties  with respect to the subject  matter
thereof.

         Section 9.  Jurisdiction.  Any suit,  action or  proceeding  seeking to
enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection
with, this Amendment or the  Contemplated  Transactions  shall be brought in the
United States District Court for the District of Delaware (or, if subject matter
jurisdiction is unavailable,  any of the state courts of the State of Delaware),
and each of the parties hereby  consents to the exclusive  jurisdiction  of such
court  (and of the  appropriate  appellate  court) in any such  suit,  action or
proceeding  and waives any objection to venue laid therein.  Process in any such
suit,  action or  proceeding  may be served on any party  anywhere in the world,
whether within or without the State of Delaware. Without limiting the foregoing,
Parent,  TTSI and Buyer  agree that  service  of process  upon such party at the
address referred to in Section 4 together with written notice of such service to
such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.

         Section 10.  Severability.  Any  provision  of this  Amendment  that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating  the remaining  provisions  of the this  Amendment or affecting the
validity or enforceability of such provision in any other  jurisdiction.  To the
extent any  provision  of this  Amendment  is  determined  to be  prohibited  or
unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  Parent  and Buyer  agree to use  reasonable
commercial  efforts,  and agree to cause the other Seller Companies and TTSI, as
the case may be, to use reasonable commercial efforts, to substitute one or more
valid, legal and enforceable  provisions that, insofar as practicable  implement
the purposes and intent of the prohibited or unenforceable provision.

         Section 11. Captions.  The captions herein are included for convenience
of reference  only and shall be ignored in the  construction  or  interpretation
hereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto caused this Amendment to be duly
executed by their respective authorized officers on the day and year first above
written.

                                   THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION
 
                                   By:/s/STEPHEN F. REEVES
                                      Name: Steven F. Reeves
                                      Title:Vice President and 
                                               Controller


                                   TRUE TEMPER SPORTS, INC.

                                   By:/s/STEPHEN F. REEVES
                                      Name: Steven F. Reeves
                                      Title:Vice President


                                   TTSI LLC

                                   By:/s/TYLER J. WOLFRAM
                                      Name: Tyler J. Wolfram
                                      Title:Managing Director


                                                                    EXHIBIT 2(c)











                              TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of July 12, 1998

                                 By and Between

                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION

                                       and

                                BUCHER HOLDING AG





















<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01      Definitions.........................................1

                                   ARTICLE II

                            TRANSACTIONS AND CLOSING

         Section 2.01      Closing Transactions................................1
         Section 2.02      Exchange Consideration..............................3
         Section 2.03      Closing.............................................3
         Section 2.04      Adjustments of Exchange Consideration...............4

                                   ARTICLE III

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BLACK & DECKER

         Section 3.01      Representations and Warranties of Black & Decker....5

                                   ARTICLE IV

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Section 4.01      Representations and Warranties of Buyer.............5

                                    ARTICLE V

                   COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BLACK & DECKER

         Section 5.01      Conduct of Business.................................6
         Section 5.02      Access to Information; Confidentiality..............7
         Section 5.03      Change of Lockbox Accounts..........................8
         Section 5.04      Access to Information; Cooperation After Closing....8
         Section 5.05      Maintenance of Insurance Policies...................9
         Section 5.06      Noncompetition......................................9
         Section 5.07      Third Party's Consent and Notification to Third
                           Parties............................................10


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                        COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER

         Section 6.01      Confidentiality....................................10
         Section 6.02      Provision and Preservation of and Access to
                           Certain Information; Cooperation...................10
         Section 6.03      Insurance; Financial Support Arrangements..........11
         Section 6.04      Use of Intellectual Property.......................13
         Section 6.05      Certain Environmental Investigations...............13

                                   ARTICLE VII

                     COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

         Section 7.01      Further Assurances.................................14
         Section 7.02      Certain Filings; Consents..........................14
         Section 7.03      Public Announcements...............................14
         Section 7.04      Intellectual Property..............................14
         Section 7.05      Filings............................................15
         Section 7.06      Legal Privileges...................................15
         Section 7.07      Taxes..............................................15
         Section 7.08      Currency Hedge Contracts...........................18
         Section 7.09      Restructuring Costs................................20

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS

         Section 8.01      Employees and Employee Benefit Matters.............20

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         Section 9.01      Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party........20
         Section 9.02      Conditions to Obligation of Buyer..................21
         Section 9.03      Conditions to Obligation of Black & Decker.........21
         Section 9.04      Updated Disclosure Schedules.......................22
         Section 9.05      Effect of Waiver...................................22


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                            SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 10.01     Survival...........................................22
         Section 10.02     Indemnification....................................23
         Section 10.03     Procedures.........................................25
         Section 10.04     Limitations........................................27

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   TERMINATION

         Section 11.01     Termination........................................28
         Section 11.02     Effect of Termination..............................29

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.01     Notices............................................29
         Section 12.02     Amendments; Waivers................................30
         Section 12.03     Expenses; Taxes....................................31
         Section 12.04     Successors and Assigns.............................31
         Section 12.05     Disclosure.........................................31
         Section 12.06     Construction.......................................32
         Section 12.07     Entire Agreement...................................32
         Section 12.08     Governing Law......................................32
         Section 12.09     Counterparts; Effectiveness........................32
         Section 12.10     Jurisdiction.......................................33
         Section 12.11     Severability.......................................34
         Section 12.12     Bulk Sales.........................................34



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBITS


EXHIBIT A                  Definitions

EXHIBIT B                  Representations and Warranties of Black & Decker

EXHIBIT C                  Representations and Warranties of Buyer

EXHIBIT D                  Employees and Employee Benefit Matters



<PAGE>


                                   ATTACHMENTS


Attachment I               Glass Machinery Units, Methods of Sale and Sellers

Attachment II              Form of Supplemental Agreements

Attachment III             Form of Trademark Agreement

Attachment IV              Exchange Consideration Allocation Schedule

Attachment V               Conduct of Business Pending Closing

Attachment VI              List of Hedge Contracts

Attachment VII             Consents and Approvals Required Prior to Closing

Attachment VIII            Form of Assignment of United States Trademarks, 
                           Trademark Registrations and Applications for         
                           Registration

Attachment IX              Glass Machinery Financial Statements

Attachment X               Form of Assignment of Foreign Trademarks, Trademark 
                           Registrations and Applications for Registration

Attachment XI              Form of Assignment of United States Patents and 
                           Patent Applications

Attachment XII             Form of Assignment of Foreign Patents and 
                           Applications for Patents

Attachment XIII            Special Purpose Financial Statements (3/22/98)

Attachment XIV             Form of Services Agreement

Attachment XV              List of Glass Machinery Business Intellectual 
                           Property that is Registered or Subject to an
                           Application for Registration

Attachment XVI             List of Certain Active Employees

Attachment XVII            Opinion of Counsel

Attachment XVIII           Agreements Relating to the Determination of the 
                           Proposed Net Tangible Asset Amount and the Final Net 
                           Tangible Asset Amount







<PAGE>
                                      -1-


                              TRANSACTION AGREEMENT


         This Transaction  Agreement (together with the Exhibits,  Schedules and
Attachments  hereto, this "Agreement") is made as of the 12th day of July, 1998,
by and among The Black & Decker  Corporation,  a Maryland  corporation ("Black &
Decker"), and Bucher Holding AG, a Swiss corporation ("Buyer").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  Black & Decker,  through  certain of its direct and  indirect
Subsidiaries, is engaged in the Glass Machinery Business;

         WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement,  Black & Decker desires to cause each Seller of Transferred Assets to
transfer  substantially  all of the assets held,  owned or used by it to conduct
the Glass Machinery Business and to assign certain  liabilities  associated with
the Glass Machinery  Business,  to a Buyer Company,  and to cause each Seller of
Shares to transfer such Shares to a Buyer Company;

         WHEREAS,  Buyer  desires  to  receive  or to cause a Buyer  Company  to
receive such assets and shares and to assume such liabilities; and

         WHEREAS, in connection with the sale of the Glass Machinery Business by
Black & Decker to Buyer,  Black & Decker and Buyer  desire to enter into certain
agreements and arrangements ancillary to such sale;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section  1.01  Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used in this  Agreement
shall have the meanings specified in this Agreement or in Exhibit A.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            TRANSACTIONS AND CLOSING

         Section  2.01 Closing  Transactions.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  the parties agree that at the Closing,
among other things:






<PAGE>
                                      -2-


                  (i) Black & Decker  will  cause  each  Seller  of  Transferred
         Assets  as  listed  on  Attachment  I to  transfer  to a Buyer  Company
         designated  by Buyer all  Transferred  Assets of such  Seller  and such
         Buyer  Company  will assume all Assumed  Liabilities  of such Seller in
         accordance with this Agreement;

                  (ii) to effect the transfer of the Transferred  Assets and the
         assumption  of the Assumed  Liabilities  contemplated  by the foregoing
         clause (i), each Seller of Transferred Assets and a Buyer Company shall
         execute and deliver (a) a  Supplemental  Asset Sale  Agreement  and all
         exhibits, schedules and attachments thereto,  substantially in the form
         attached  hereto as Attachment II and modified to the extent  necessary
         to comply  with the laws of, and to ensure its  enforceability  in, the
         nation in which each Glass  Machinery  Unit to which such  Supplemental
         Asset Sale Agreement  relates is located,  in a manner which as closely
         comports  with the  intent of the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the
         Supplemental  Asset Sale  Agreement  and all  exhibits,  schedules  and
         attachments   thereto  as  is  permitted  by  such  laws  and  (b)  the
         Intellectual Property Assignment Agreements;

                  (iii)  Black & Decker  will  cause  each  Seller  of Shares as
         listed  on  Attachment  I to  transfer  to  Buyer  or a  Buyer  Company
         designated by Buyer all Shares of such Seller;

                  (iv) to effect the transfer of the Shares  contemplated by the
         foregoing  clause  (iii) and the transfer  and  assignment  of Excluded
         Assets and Excluded Liabilities from a Glass Machinery Share Company to
         the Seller of the  Shares  thereof,  each  Seller of Shares and a Buyer
         Company shall execute and deliver a  Supplemental  Share Sale Agreement
         and all exhibits,  schedules and attachments thereto,  substantially in
         the form  attached  hereto as  Attachment II and modified to the extent
         necessary to comply with the laws of, and to ensure its  enforceability
         in,  the nation in which  each  Glass  Machinery  Company to which such
         Supplemental  Share Sale  Agreement  relates is organized,  in a manner
         which as closely  comports  with the intent of the  provisions  of this
         Agreement,  the  Supplemental  Share Sale  Agreement  and all exhibits,
         schedules and attachments thereto as is permitted by such laws;

                  (v) to effect  the  license  of  certain  rights in respect of
         certain Intellectual  Property,  Black & Decker and Buyer shall execute
         the  Trademark  Agreement  substantially  in the form  contemplated  by
         Attachment III to this Agreement;

                  (vi) Black & Decker and Buyer  shall  execute  and deliver the
         Services Agreement substantially in the form contemplated by Attachment
         XIV of this Agreement;

                  (vii) Buyer  shall pay and deliver to Black & Decker,  for its
         own  account  and as agent for the  Sellers on account of the  Adjusted
         Purchase Price,  the amount of  $178,656,000  in immediately  available
         funds by wire  transfer  to one single  account  designated  by Black &
         Decker (which  account shall be designated by Black & Decker by written
         notice to Buyer at least two Business  Days prior to the Closing  Date,
         or such shorter notice as Buyer shall agree to accept);




<PAGE>
                                      -3-


                  (viii) Black & Decker shall deliver resignation letters of the
         members of the boards of directors or the manager board (in case of the
         S.r.l.) of the Glass  Machinery  Share Companies in accordance with the
         instructions  of  Buyer  provided  that  Black &  Decker  shall  not be
         required to take such action with respect to any such individual who is
         an Active Employee of a Glass Machinery Unit;

                  (ix) Black & Decker  shall  deliver  to Buyer a legal  opinion
         substantially in the form of Attachment XVII; and

                  (x) Except as otherwise provided in the Transaction Documents,
         Black & Decker and its Affiliate and each of the Glass  Machinery Units
         shall mutually  terminate all agreements  between Black & Decker or any
         of its Affiliates,  on the one hand, and a Glass Machinery Unit, on the
         other hand,  except that Black & Decker and its Affiliates shall assign
         to Buyer  Companies  designated  by  Buyer  the  following  agreements:
         License Agreement For Patents and Technical Information dated September
         30, 1991;  Management Services and Technical Assistance Agreement dated
         January 1, 1993;  General Agency  Agreement dated November 1, 1964; and
         Technical  Assistance and License  Agreement  dated August 31, 1968, in
         each case as amended through the Closing Date.

         Section 2.02 Exchange Consideration.

         (a) The  consideration to be paid to Black & Decker and the Sellers for
the  Transferred  Assets and the Shares  (the  "Exchange  Consideration")  shall
consist of the following:

                  (i) subject to  adjustment  in  accordance  with Section 2.04,
         $194,000,000 in cash (as so adjusted,  the "Adjusted  Purchase Price");
         and

                  (ii)  the  assumption  by  Buyer   Companies  of  the  Assumed
         Liabilities in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

         (b) The  Exchange  Consideration  shall be  allocated  to and among the
respective  Transferred  Assets and the Shares as set forth in  Attachment IV to
this  Agreement.  Black & Decker  and Buyer  agree  that the  allocation  of the
Exchange  Consideration  has been  negotiated by them and is consistent with the
value of the  Transferred  Assets  and the  Shares  and in  accordance  with the
principles of Section 1060 of the Code and the regulations  thereunder.  Black &
Decker  and Buyer  agree  that they  shall use the  allocation  of the  Exchange
Consideration  reflected in Attachment  IV to this  Agreement in any Tax Returns
filed  with  any  U.S.  Tax  Authority  or  other  reports  that  deal  with the
Contemplated Transactions and are filed with any U.S. Tax Authority.

         Section 2.03 Closing.  The closing (the "Closing") of the  Contemplated
Transactions  shall  take  place at the  offices  of  Homburger  Rechtsanwaelte,
Weinbergstrasse  56/58,  8006  Zurich,  Switzerland,  on the tenth  Business Day
following  the  satisfaction  or  waiver  (by the  party  entitled  


<PAGE>
                                      -4-


to waive the  condition)  of all  conditions to the Closing set forth in Article
IX, or at such other time and place as the parties to this  Agreement may agree,
but no later than December 31, 1998.  The Closing will occur at 3:00 p.m. on the
Closing Date.

         Section 2.04 Adjustments of Exchange Consideration.

         (a) Promptly  following the Closing Date, but in no event later than 60
days after the Closing  Date,  Black & Decker  shall,  at its expense,  with the
assistance  of Buyer  prepare  and submit to Buyer a combined  statement  of net
tangible  assets  setting  forth,  in  reasonable   detail,   Black  &  Decker's
calculation of the Net Tangible Assets consistent with the Opening Statement and
in  accordance  with Note 12 thereto of the Glass  Machinery  Business as of the
close of business on the day prior to the Closing Date (the "Proposed  Final Net
Tangible  Asset  Amount").  In the event Buyer  disputes the  correctness of the
Proposed Final Net Tangible  Asset Amount,  Buyer shall notify Black & Decker of
its objections  within 45 days after receipt of Black & Decker's  calculation of
the Proposed Final Net Tangible Asset Amount and shall set forth, in writing and
reasonable detail, the reasons for Buyer's objections. If Buyer fails to deliver
such  notice of  objections  within  such  time,  Buyer  shall be deemed to have
accepted Black & Decker's  calculation.  To the extent Buyer does not object, in
writing  and in  reasonable  detail  as  required  and  within  the time  period
contemplated  by this Section  2.04(a) to a matter in the combined  statement of
net tangible  assets  prepared and  submitted by Black & Decker,  Buyer shall be
deemed to have accepted Black & Decker's calculation and presentation in respect
of the matter and the matter shall not be considered  to be in dispute.  Black &
Decker and Buyer shall  endeavor in good faith to resolve any  disputed  matters
within 20 days after Black & Decker's  receipt of Buyer's  notice of objections.
If  they  are  unable  to do so,  Black &  Decker  and  Buyer  shall  select  an
independent  "big  five"  accounting  firm  (other  than  Ernst &  Young  LLP or
PricewaterhouseCoopers)   to  resolve  the  matters  in  dispute  (in  a  manner
consistent  with Section  2.04(b) and with any matters not in dispute),  and the
determination  of such  firm  in  respect  of the  correctness  of  each  matter
remaining  in  dispute  shall be  conclusive  and  binding on Black & Decker and
Buyer.  The Net Tangible Assets of the Glass Machinery  Business as of the close
of business on the day prior to the Closing Date, as finally determined pursuant
to this  Section  2.04(a)  (whether  by failure  of Buyer to  deliver  notice of
objection,  by agreement of Black & Decker and Buyer or by  determination of the
independent  accountants  selected as set forth above), is referred to herein as
the "Final Net Tangible Asset Amount."

         (b) The  Proposed  Final Net  Tangible  Asset  Amount and the Final Net
Tangible  Asset Amount shall be  determined in  accordance  with the  accounting
principles,  policies,  practices and methods utilized in the preparation of the
Opening Statement, as disclosed in the notes to the Opening Statement, except as
otherwise set forth in Note 12 to the Opening  Statement and in Attachment XVIII
hereto.

         (c)  If  the  Final  Net   Tangible   Asset   Amount  is  greater  than
$72,665,000],  the  difference  shall be paid to Black &  Decker  by Buyer  with
simple  interest  thereon  from the  Closing  Date to the date of  payment  at a
floating rate per annum equal to the per annum interest rate announced from time
to time by Citibank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect. If the Final Net Tangible
Asset Amount is less than $72,665,000,  the difference shall be paid to Buyer by
Black & Decker with 


<PAGE>
                                      -5-


simple  interest  thereon  from the  Closing  Date to the date of  payment  at a
floating rate per annum equal to the per annum interest rate announced from time
to time by Citibank,  N.A. as its prime rate in effect.  Such  payment  shall be
made in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars not later than five Business
Days after the  determination  of the Final Net  Tangible  Asset  Amount by wire
transfer  to a bank  account  designated  in  writing by the party  entitled  to
receive the payment.

         (d) Black & Decker shall make  available  and shall cause Ernst & Young
LLP to make available, in accordance with reasonable and customary practices and
professional  standards  and subject to such  reasonable  conditions  as Ernst &
Young LLP shall impose, the books, records, documents and work papers underlying
the preparation  and review of the Opening  Statement and the calculation of the
Proposed Final Net Tangible  Asset Amount.  Buyer shall make available and shall
cause  PricewaterhouseCoopers  to make available,  in accordance with reasonable
and  customary  practices  and  professional   standards  and  subject  to  such
reasonable  conditions  as  PricewaterhouseCoopers   shall  impose,  the  books,
records,  documents  and work  papers  created  or  prepared  by or for Buyer in
connection  with the review of the Proposed  Final Net Tangible Asset Amount and
the other matters contemplated by Section 2.04(a).

         (e) The fees and expenses,  if any, of the accounting  firm selected to
resolve any disputes between Black & Decker and Buyer in accordance with Section
2.04(a) shall be paid one-half by Black & Decker and one-half by Buyer.

         (f) On the date that the  payment  due under  Section  2.04(c)  is due,
Buyer shall pay to Black & Decker the sum of  $15,344,000  with simple  interest
thereon  from the  Closing  Date to the date of payment  at a floating  rate per
annum  equal to the per  annum  interest  rate  announced  from  time to time by
Citibank,  N.A.  as its prime  rate in  effect.  Such  payment  shall be made in
immediately  available  funds in U.S.  dollars not later than five (5)  Business
Days after the  determination  of the Final Net  Tangible  Asset  Amount by wire
transfer to a bank account designated in writing by Black & Decker.


                                   ARTICLE III

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BLACK & DECKER

         Section 3.01  Representations and Warranties of Black & Decker. Black &
Decker represents and warrants to Buyer as set forth in Exhibit B.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         Section 4.01  Representations and Warranties of Buyer. Buyer represents
and warrants to Black & Decker as set forth in Exhibit C.



<PAGE>
                                      -6-


                                    ARTICLE V

                   COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BLACK & DECKER

         Section 5.01 Conduct of Business.  Except (a) with the written  consent
of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed),  (b) as
set forth in Attachment V, (c) as permitted below or required by Applicable Law,
(d) in accordance with the terms and conditions of Contracts in existence on the
date of this Agreement,  (e) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,  or
(f) with respect to Excluded Assets and Excluded  Liabilities,  from the date of
this Agreement  until the Closing Date, the Glass  Machinery Units shall conduct
the Glass  Machinery  Business in all material  respects in accordance  with the
historical  and  customary  operating  practices  relating to the conduct of the
Glass Machinery Business (to the extent such practices are reasonable commercial
practices)  and  shall use  reasonable  efforts  to  preserve  intact  the Glass
Machinery Business and the relationships of the Glass Machinery Units with third
parties in connection with the Glass Machinery Business, and the Glass Machinery
Units shall not:

                  (i) make any capital expenditure,  or group of related capital
         expenditures  relating  to the Glass  Machinery  Business  in excess of
         $500,000;

                  (ii) sell or dispose of more than an  aggregate of $500,000 of
         assets that (1) would constitute  Transferred  Assets if owned, held or
         used by any Seller of Transferred Assets on the Closing Date or (2) are
         owned on the date of this Agreement by a Glass  Machinery Share Company
         (in either case, other than the sale of Inventory  (including  obsolete
         Inventory  whether or not in the ordinary course of business),  and any
         sale made in the ordinary course of business);

                  (iii) sell,  transfer,  license or  otherwise  dispose of, any
         Intellectual  Property used exclusively in the Glass Machinery Business
         other than implied licenses of Intellectual Property in connection with
         the sale of products of the Glass Machinery Business;

                  (iv)   terminate  the  coverage  of  any  policies  of  title,
         liability, fire, workers' compensation,  property and any other form of
         insurance  covering the  operations  of the Glass  Machinery  Business,
         except where the termination could not reasonably be expected to have a
         Material Adverse Effect on the Glass Machinery Business;

                  (v) settle any lawsuit or claim if such  settlement  imposes a
         material  continuing  non-monetary  obligation  on the Glass  Machinery
         Business,  any of the  Transferred  Assets or any Glass Machinery Share
         Company;

                  (vi)  grant  any  new or  modified  severance  or  termination
         arrangement  or  increase or  accelerate  in any  material  respect any
         payable  under the severance or  termination  pay policies in effect on
         the date of this Agreement with respect to any Transferred Employee;


<PAGE>
                                      -7-


                  (vii) except as otherwise may be permitted or required by this
         Agreement or Applicable Law, adopt or amend in any material respect any
         Employee  Plan or Benefit  Arrangement  in  respect of any  Transferred
         Employee or, other than  compensation  increases in the ordinary course
         of  business,  with respect to any  Transferred  Employee at a level of
         Vice  President or above  increase the  compensation  or fringe of such
         Transferred  Employee or pay any benefit not  required by any  Employee
         Plan or Benefit Arrangement with respect to such Transferred  Employee;
         or

                  (viii) enter into any new collective  bargaining agreements or
         extend any existing collective  bargaining agreement except that Emhart
         Glass Machinery (U.S.) Inc. may enter into a new collective  bargaining
         agreement with the union that represents the unionized employees of the
         Hartford Division substantially on the terms set forth on Attachment V.

         Section 5.02 Access to Information; Confidentiality.

         (a) Except as may be necessary to comply with any  Applicable  Laws and
subject to any reasonably applicable privileges (including,  without limitation,
the  attorney-client  privilege),  from the  date of this  Agreement  until  the
Closing  Date,  the  Glass   Machinery  Units  shall  (i)  give  Buyer  and  its
Representatives  reasonable  access to the records of the Glass  Machinery Units
relating to the Glass  Machinery  Business during normal business hours and upon
reasonable  prior  notice,  (ii) give Buyer and its  Representatives  reasonable
access to any facilities the possession of which will be  transferred,  directly
or  indirectly,  to Buyer at  Closing  during  normal  business  hours  and upon
reasonable  prior notice for the purpose of Buyer's conduct of an  environmental
audit of such  facilities or documentary  due diligence,  (iii) furnish to Buyer
and its Representatives  such financial and operating data and other information
relating to the Glass  Machinery  Business as Buyer may  reasonably  request and
(iv) instruct the employees and  Representatives of the Glass Machinery Units to
provide  reasonable  cooperation  to Buyer  in its  investigation  of the  Glass
Machinery Business. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, subject to
the  limitations set forth in the first sentence of this Section  5.02(a),  from
the date of this  Agreement  to the  Closing  Date Black & Decker  shall (i) use
reasonable  commercial  efforts  to  enable  Buyer  and its  Representatives  to
conduct, at Buyer's expense, business and financial reviews,  investigations and
studies as to the operation of the Glass Machinery Business,  including any tax,
operating or other efficiencies that may be achieved and (ii) give Buyer and its
Representatives  access upon reasonable  request to information  relating to the
Glass Machinery Business of the type and with the same level of detail as in the
ordinary  course of business  currently is being made available to the president
or chief financial officer of the Glass Machinery Business.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  neither Buyer nor its Representatives shall have access to personnel
records of any the Glass Machinery  Units relating to individual  performance or
evaluation  records,  medical  histories  or other  information  that in Black &
Decker's  good faith  opinion is  sensitive  or the  disclosure  of which  could
subject any the Glass Machinery Units to risk of liability.

         (b) For a period of two years  after the Closing  Date,  Black & Decker
and its  Subsidiaries  will  treat and hold as  confidential,  any  confidential
information  relating  primarily  to the  operations  or  affairs  of the  Glass
Machinery  Business.  For a period of five years after the Closing Date, Black &
Decker and its Subsidiaries will not disclose any confidential  information


<PAGE>
                                      -8-


that includes technical (including without limitation  Intellectual Property) or
marketing  information  to a Competing  Business  for a period of five (5) years
after the Closing  Date.  In the event any such Person is  requested or required
(by  oral  or  written  request  for  information  or  documents  in  any  legal
proceeding,  interrogatory,  subpoena,  civil  investigative  demand or  similar
process or by  Applicable  Law) to disclose any such  confidential  information,
then Black & Decker shall notify Buyer promptly of the request or requirement so
that Buyer, at its expense,  may seek an appropriate  protective  order or waive
compliance with this Section  5.02(b).  If, in the absence of a protective order
or receipt of a waiver hereunder,  any such Person is, on the advice of counsel,
compelled to disclose such confidential  information such Person may so disclose
the confidential information, provided that such Person shall use its reasonable
efforts  to  obtain  reliable  assurance  that  confidential  treatment  will be
accorded  to such  confidential  information.  The  provisions  of this  Section
5.02(b)  shall  not  be  deemed  to  prohibit  the  disclosure  of  confidential
information  relating  to the  operations  or  affairs  of the  Glass  Machinery
Business by Black & Decker or any of its  Subsidiaries to the extent  reasonably
required  (i) to prepare or  complete  any  required  Tax  Returns or  financial
statements,  (ii) in connection with audits or other proceedings by or on behalf
of a Governmental  Authority,  (iii) in connection with any insurance or claims,
(iv) to the extent  necessary to comply with any Applicable Laws, (v) to provide
services to any Buyer Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of any
of the  Transaction  Documents  or (vi) in  connection  with any  other  similar
administrative functions in the ordinary course of business. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provisions of this Section 5.02(b) shall not apply to information
that (i) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a disclosure
by Black & Decker or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (ii) is or becomes  available to
Black & Decker or any of its  Subsidiaries  on a  non-confidential  basis from a
source that, to Black & Decker's  knowledge,  is not prohibited  from disclosing
such information by a legal,  contractual or fiduciary obligation or (iii) is or
has been independently  developed by a Black & Decker or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than solely for the Glass Machinery Business) after the Closing Date.

         Section 5.03 Change of Lockbox Accounts. Immediately after the Closing,
Black & Decker  shall take such steps as Buyer may  reasonably  request to cause
Buyer to be  substituted  as the sole party  having  control over any lockbox or
similar bank account  maintained  exclusively by the Glass Machinery Business to
which  customers  of the Glass  Machinery  Business  directly  make  payments in
respect of the Glass Machinery  Business or to direct the bank at which any such
lockbox or similar  account is  maintained to transfer any payments made thereto
to an account established by Buyer.

         Section 5.04 Access to Information;  Cooperation After Closing.  On and
after the Closing  Date and  subject to any  applicable  privileges  (including,
without limitation,  the attorney-client  privilege),  Black & Decker shall, and
shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, at their expense (i) afford Buyer and
its Representatives reasonable access upon reasonable prior notice during normal
business hours, to all employees, offices, properties,  agreements,  records and
books retained by Black & Decker and its  Subsidiaries to the extent relating to
the  conduct  of the Glass  Machinery  Business  prior to the  Closing  and (ii)
cooperate  fully with Buyer with  respect to matters  relating to the conduct of
the  Glass  Machinery  Business  prior  to  the  Closing,   including,   without
limitation,  in the  defense  or  pursuit  of any  Transferred  Asset or Assumed
Liability or any 


<PAGE>
                                      -9-


claim or action  that  relates  to  occurrences  involving  the Glass  Machinery
Business prior to the Closing Date.

         Section 5.05  Maintenance  of Insurance  Policies.  Except as otherwise
provided  in  Exhibit D, on and after the date of this  Agreement  and until the
Closing  Date,  Black & Decker shall not take or fail to take any action if such
action or inaction, as the case may be, would adversely affect the applicability
of any insurance (including reinsurance) in effect on the date of this Agreement
that covers all or any part of (i) the assets that would constitute  Transferred
Assets if owned, held or used by any Seller of Transferred Assets on the Closing
Date,  (ii) the assets (other than Excluded  Assets) of a Glass  Machinery Share
Company,  (iii) the Glass Machinery Business or (iv) the Transferred  Employees.
Except as  otherwise  provided  in  Exhibit D or as may  otherwise  be agreed in
writing by the parties, Black & Decker shall not have any obligation to maintain
the effectiveness of any such insurance policy after the Closing Date or to make
any monetary payment in connection with any such policy.

         Section 5.06 Noncompetition.

         (a) Black & Decker  covenants and agrees,  as an inducement to Buyer to
enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Contemplated Transactions,  that
for a period of five years following the Closing Date neither Black & Decker nor
any of its  Subsidiaries  (for so long  but  only  for so long as it  remains  a
Subsidiary  of  Black &  Decker)  will,  directly  or  indirectly,  carry  on or
participate in the ownership,  management or control of any business  enterprise
that is engaged in the Glass Machinery Business (a "Competing Business").

         (b) Nothing  contained in this Section 5.06 shall limit or restrict the
right of Black & Decker or any of its  subsidiaries to hold and make investments
in securities of any Person that has securities listed on a national  securities
exchange  or  admitted to trading  privileges  thereon or  actively  traded in a
generally recognized over-the-counter market, provided that the aggregate equity
interest therein of Black & Decker and any of its  Subsidiaries  does not exceed
five percent of the  outstanding  shares or interests in such Person at the time
of their investment therein.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  this  Section  5.06  to  the
contrary,  if Black & Decker or any of its  Subsidiaries  acquires the assets or
securities  of  any  Person  that  is  engaged  in a  Competing  Business,  such
acquisition  shall  not be  deemed  to be in  violation  of this  Section  5.06,
provided  that  (A)  (i) at the  time  of  acquisition  the  Competing  Business
represents  less than one-third of the gross revenues of the acquired Person for
the  acquired  Person's  most  recently  completed  fiscal year and (ii) Black &
Decker and its  Subsidiaries  use  reasonable  commercial  efforts to divest the
operations of such Competing Business subsequent to such acquisition,  or (B) at
the time of acquisition the Competing Business represents less than five percent
of the gross  revenues of the  acquired  Person for the acquired  Person's  most
recently completed fiscal year.

         (d) Black & Decker  recognizes and agrees that a breach by it or any of
its  Subsidiaries  of any of the covenants  and  agreements in this Section 5.06
could cause irreparable harm to Buyer, that Buyer's remedies at law in the event
of such breach would be inadequate, and that, accordingly,  in the event of such
breach a restraining  order or injunction or both may be issued  


<PAGE>
                                      -10-


against  Black & Decker  or any of its  Subsidiaries  in  addition  to any other
rights and remedies that may be available to Buyer under Applicable Law. If this
Section 5.06 is more  restrictive  than permitted by the Applicable  Laws of the
jurisdiction in which Buyer seeks enforcement hereof, this Section 5.06 shall be
limited to the extent required to permit enforcement under such Applicable Laws.

         Section 5.07 Third Party's  Consent and  Notification to Third Parties.
Black & Decker shall  undertake  all actions  which are  reasonably  required to
obtain the  consents  from,  or to make the  notifications  to be made to, third
parties which are listed in Schedule B.06.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                        COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER

         Section  6.01  Confidentiality.   Buyer  agrees  that  all  information
provided  or  otherwise  made  available  in  connection  with the  Contemplated
Transactions,  to Buyer or any of its  Representatives  shall be  treated  as if
provided under the Confidentiality  Agreement which shall continue in effect for
such  purpose  following  the signing of this  Agreement.  This  confidentiality
undertaking  shall  terminate  (a) upon Closing with respect to all  information
regarding the Glass Machinery  Business and (b) on the second anniversary of the
Closing  with  respect  to all other  information  provided  or  otherwise  made
available in connection  with the  Contemplated  Transactions to Buyer or any of
its  Representatives.  Nothing in this  Section  6.01,  however,  shall limit or
otherwise  restrict the  applicability of any other  confidentiality  or similar
provisions included in the Transaction Documents.

         Section  6.02  Provision  and  Preservation  of and  Access to  Certain
Information; Cooperation.

         (a) Prior to the Closing  Date,  Buyer shall  provide to Black & Decker
promptly upon its receipt thereof copies of all environmental  audit and similar
reports with respect to facilities the possession of which will be  transferred,
directly or indirectly,  to Buyer at the Closing. Buyer shall provide to Black &
Decker a copy of all sampling results,  boring logs, analyses and other data and
reports regarding any  environmental  review conducted by Buyer immediately upon
obtaining them.

         (b) On and after the Closing Date,  Buyer shall  preserve all books and
records of the Glass Machinery  Business for a period of six years commencing on
the  Closing  Date  (or in the  case  of  books  and  records  relating  to Tax,
employment and employee matters, for so long as required by Applicable Law), and
thereafter for an additional four years,  not destroy or dispose of such records
without  giving  notice to Black & Decker of such pending  disposal and offering
Black & Decker such records.  In the event Black & Decker has not requested such
materials  within 90 days following the receipt of notice from Buyer,  Buyer may
proceed to destroy or dispose of such materials without any liability.


<PAGE>
                                      -11-


         (c) From and after  the  Closing  Date and  subject  to any  applicable
privileges (including, without limitation, the attorney-client privilege), Buyer
shall  at its  expense  (i)  afford  Black  &  Decker  and  its  Representatives
reasonable  access upon reasonable prior notice during normal business hours, to
all employees,  offices, properties,  agreements,  records, books and affairs of
Buyer,  and provide copies of such  information  concerning the Glass  Machinery
Business  as Black & Decker  may  reasonably  request  for any  proper  purpose,
including,  without limitation,  in connection with the matters  contemplated by
Section 2.04, pre-closing hazardous waste manifests,  the preparation of any Tax
Returns, in connection with any judicial, quasi-judicial,  administrative,  Tax,
audit or  arbitration  proceeding,  in connection  with the  preparation  of any
financial statements or reports and in connection with the defense of any claims
or  allegations  that relate to or may relate to Excluded  Liabilities  and (ii)
cooperate fully with Black & Decker for any proper purpose,  including,  without
limitation, the defense of or pursuit of any Excluded Liability,  Excluded Asset
or  Indemnified  Claim,  or any  claim or action  that  relates  to an  Excluded
Liability, Excluded Asset or Indemnified Claim.

         Section 6.03 Insurance; Financial Support Arrangements.

         (a) Buyer  acknowledges and agrees that as of the Closing Date, neither
the Buyer Companies,  the Glass Machinery Share  Companies,  the Glass Machinery
Business,  any property  owned or leased by any of the  foregoing nor any of the
directors,  officers, employees (including,  without limitation, the Transferred
Employees) or agents of any of the foregoing will be insured under any insurance
policies  maintained by Black & Decker or any of its  Affiliates,  except (i) in
the case of certain  claims made  policies,  to the extent that a claim has been
reported  as of the  Closing  Date,  (ii)  in the  case of a  policy  that is an
occurrence policy, to the extent the accident,  event or occurrence that results
in an insurable  loss occurs prior to the Closing Date and has been,  is or will
be reported or noticed to the  respective  carrier by a Glass  Machinery Unit or
Buyer in accordance with the requirements of such policies (which claims Black &
Decker shall, at Buyer's cost and expense,  pursue  diligently on Buyer's behalf
and the net  proceeds  of which  claims  (except  to the extent  they  relate to
Excluded Liabilities) shall be remitted promptly to Buyer upon receipt thereof),
and (iii) as  otherwise  provided  in  Exhibit D or agreed to in  writing by the
parties. Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit D or as otherwise may be agreed
to in writing by the parties,  from and after the Closing  Date,  Black & Decker
shall have no obligation of any kind to maintain any form of insurance  covering
any of the Glass Machinery  Units or all or any part of the Transferred  Assets,
the Glass Machinery Business or the Transferred Employees, provided that Black &
Decker shall  reasonably  cooperate with the Buyer to permit the Glass Machinery
Business to have the benefit of reasonable uninterrupted insurance coverage.

         (b) From and after the Closing Date,  Buyer agrees to reimburse Black &
Decker  within  30  days of  receipt  of an  invoice  for  any  self  insurance,
retention,   deductible,   retrospective  premium,  cash  payment  for  reserves
calculated or charged on an incurred loss basis and similar items, including but
not limited to associated  administrative expenses and allocated loss adjustment
or similar expenses  (collectively,  "Insurance  Liabilities")  allocated to the
Glass  Machinery  Business by Black & Decker and Black & Decker agrees to pay to
Buyer any refunds or credits  with  respect to such items on a basis  consistent
with past  practices  resulting  from or  arising  under any and all  current or
former insurance policies  maintained by Black & Decker or 


<PAGE>
                                      -12-


any of its Affiliates to the extent that (i) such Insurance  Liabilities  relate
to or  arise  out of  Assumed  Liabilities,  liabilities  (other  than  Excluded
Liabilities) of a Glass Machinery Share Company or any activities of Buyer, (ii)
relate to a period prior to the Closing and (iii) the past practices  reasonably
conform with arms' length  principles.  Buyer agrees that,  to the extent any of
the insurers under the insurance  policies,  in accordance with the terms of the
insurance policies, requests or requires collateral,  deposits or other security
to be provided  with  respect to claims made  against  such  insurance  policies
relating to or arising from such Insurance Liabilities,  Buyer shall provide the
collateral,  deposits or other security or, upon request of Black & Decker, will
replace any collateral, deposits or other security provided by Black & Decker or
any of its Affiliates.

         (c) Buyer  agrees  that,  for a period of six years  commencing  on the
Closing Date, to the extent it maintains  product liability or similar insurance
coverage,  Buyer will (at Black & Decker's cost to the extent of any  additional
cost therefor, provided that, in the event there will be such a cost, Buyer will
give Black & Decker a reasonable  period of time to determine whether it desires
to incur such cost before Buyer commits to such coverage with respect to Black &
Decker)  include Black & Decker and its  Affiliates as additional  insureds/loss
payees on any such policies in respect of which Black & Decker or its Affiliates
has or may have an  insurable  interest  with  respect  to the  Glass  Machinery
Business,  the  Transferred  Assets,  any  of  the  Assumed  Liabilities  or any
facilities the possession of which will be transferred,  directly or indirectly,
to Buyer at the Closing.

         (d) Buyer agrees  that,  not later than  December  31,  1998,  and in a
manner reasonably satisfactory to Black & Decker, Buyer shall in good faith seek
to release  Black & Decker and its  Affiliates  from all  obligations  under all
Financial  Support  Arrangements  maintained  by  Black &  Decker  or any of its
Affiliates in connection with the Glass Machinery  Business;  provided that this
obligation to release shall extend only to Financial Support  Arrangements which
are listed in paragraph (a)(v) of Schedule B.12.

         (e) If, at any time after the Closing  Date,  (i) any amounts are drawn
on or paid  under any  Financial  Support  Arrangement  referred  to in  Section
6.03(d) where Black & Decker or any of its  Affiliates is obligated to reimburse
the Person  making such payment or (ii) Black & Decker or any of its  Affiliates
pays any amounts  under,  or any fees,  costs or expenses  relating to, any such
Financial  Support  Arrangement,  Buyer  shall pay Black & Decker  such  amounts
promptly  after  receipt from Black & Decker of notice  thereof  accompanied  by
written evidence of the underlying payment obligation.

         (f) In the event that Buyer fails to ensure that Black & Decker and its
Affiliates are unconditionally released from all obligations under the Financial
Support Arrangements  referred to in Section 6.03(d) not later than December 31,
1998,  Buyer shall  either (i)  promptly  deposit with Black & Decker cash in an
amount equal to the aggregate  principal or stated amount, as may be applicable,
of such Financial  Support  Arrangements not so released or (ii) provide back-up
letters of credit issued by one or more commercial banks reasonably satisfactory
to Black & Decker,  payable  to Black & Decker in such  aggregate  principal  or
stated  amount and otherwise in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to
Black & Decker with respect to such  Financial  


<PAGE>
                                      -13-


Support Arrangements.  Any cash deposited with Black & Decker in accordance with
clause  (i)  shall be held by Black & Decker  in a  segregated  interest-bearing
account  and  shall be used by Black & Decker  solely  to  satisfy  its  payment
obligations in respect of such Financial  Support  Arrangements,  and the unused
portion  of any  cash  (including  interest)  relating  to a  Financial  Support
Arrangement shall be returned to Buyer promptly following the release of Black &
Decker and its  Affiliates  with  respect to, or any other  termination  of, the
Financial Support Arrangement.

         Section  6.04 Use of  Intellectual  Property.  Buyer  acknowledges  and
agrees that except as permitted by the  Transaction  Documents,  Buyer shall not
use, and Buyer shall cause its  Affiliates  not to use, any  trademark,  logo or
tradename of Black & Decker or any Affiliate of Black & Decker (other than those
(i) transferred to Buyer under the terms of the Intellectual Property Assignment
Agreements  or  (ii)  owned  by a  Glass  Machinery  Share  Company  that do not
constitute an Excluded Asset) or any  trademarks,  logos or trade names that are
confusingly similar thereto or that are a translation or transliteration thereof
into any language or alphabet.

         Section 6.05 Certain Environmental Investigations.

         (a) Buyer agrees that,  if Buyer decides to conduct prior to Closing an
environmental  audit or  similar  review of the Glass  Machinery  Business  that
involves  testing,  drilling or sampling at any facility the possession of which
is contemplated to be transferred, directly or indirectly, to a Buyer Company at
Closing,  Buyer  will so  advise  Black & Decker  and will  give  Black & Decker
sufficient prior written notice to enable Black & Decker's Representatives to be
present during any such testing, drilling or sampling, and to review and comment
on any work  plans  related  to such  audit or  review.  Except as  specifically
provided in this Section  6.05(a),  the scope of such audit shall be at the sole
discretion  of Buyer.  Buyer  further  agrees to arrange for split samples to be
taken in  connection  with any such audit or review.  Buyer  agrees that it will
conduct such testing, drilling, or sampling, including disposal of all materials
associated  with  such  activities,  such as  drill  cuttings,  wastewater,  and
sampling equipment,  at Buyer's sole cost and expense and in accordance with all
Applicable Laws,  including  Environmental Laws. If the Closing  contemplated by
the Transaction  Documents is not  consummated  for any reason,  Buyer agrees to
restore  each  facility at which any such  testing,  drilling  or  sampling  was
conducted to its condition prior to the  commencement  of Buyer's  environmental
audit or similar review.

         (b)  All  information   obtained  from  Buyer's   environmental  review
(including,  but not limited  to,  environmental  Phase I, II or other  reports,
analytical/sampling data and reports) (i) shall be kept confidential pursuant to
Section  6.01;  (ii)  shall not be  provided  to any  Person  other than Black &
Decker;  and (iii) shall be provided to Black & Decker prior to Closing.  In the
event that Buyer's  environmental  review discloses conditions at any of Black &
Decker's facilities that may require notice to a Governmental Authority prior to
Closing, Black & Decker shall determine what reporting, if any, is necessary and
shall conduct any such reporting.


<PAGE>
                                      -14-


                                   ARTICLE VII

                     COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

         Section 7.01 Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement,  each party shall use reasonable  commercial efforts to take, or
cause to be  taken,  all  actions  and to do,  or cause to be done,  all  things
necessary or desirable  under  Applicable  Laws to consummate  the  Contemplated
Transactions.  Black & Decker and Buyer  shall  execute and  deliver,  and shall
cause the Sellers and Buyer  Companies,  as  appropriate  or required and as the
case  may be,  to  execute  and  deliver  such  other  documents,  certificates,
agreements and other writings and to take such other actions as may be necessary
or desirable to consummate or implement the Contemplated Transactions. Except as
otherwise  expressly  set forth in the  Transaction  Documents,  nothing in this
Agreement shall require Black & Decker, any of its Affiliates,  any of the Buyer
Companies  to make any payments in order to (i) obtain any consents or approvals
necessary or desirable in connection with the  consummation of the  Contemplated
Transactions, or (ii) cure any breach of a representation or warranty by Black &
Decker prior to the Closing.

         Section 7.02 Certain Filings;  Consents. Black & Decker and Buyer shall
cooperate  with one  another  (i) in  determining  whether  any  action by or in
respect of, or filing with,  any  Governmental  Authority  is  required,  or any
actions, consents, approvals or waivers are required to be obtained from parties
to  any  material  Contracts,   in  connection  with  the  consummation  of  the
Contemplated  Transactions  and (ii) subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  in taking  such  actions  or  making  any such  filings,  furnishing
information  required in connection  therewith and seeking  timely to obtain any
such actions, consents, approvals or waivers.

         Section 7.03 Public Announcements. Prior to the Closing, Black & Decker
and Buyer shall  consult  with each other  before  issuing any press  release or
making any public  statement with respect to this Agreement or the  Contemplated
Transactions  and,  except as may be required by  Applicable  Law or any listing
agreement  with,  or  any  listing  rules  of,  any  national  or  international
securities  exchange,  shall not issue any such  press  release or make any such
public statement prior to such consultation.

         Section 7.04 Intellectual Property.

         (a) Buyer  acknowledges  and agrees that Buyer  Companies and the Glass
Machinery Share Companies shall hold all Intellectual Property constituting part
of the  Transferred  Assets or assets  (other than the  Excluded  Assets) of the
Glass Machinery  Companies,  as the case may be, subject to any licenses thereof
granted by the Glass  Machinery  Units  prior to the date of this  Agreement  or
other than implied licenses of Intellectual Property in connection with the sale
of products of the Glass Machinery Business or with the written consent of Buyer
prior to the Closing Date.

         (b)  Buyer  further  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  the  transfer  of
Intellectual Property  constituting  Transferred Assets to Buyer Companies shall
not affect the right of the Sellers to use,  


<PAGE>
                                      -15-


disclose or otherwise  freely deal with any  know-how,  trade  secrets and other
technical information not constituting Transferred Assets.

         Section 7.05  Filings.  Black & Decker and Buyer shall take all actions
necessary (without payment of money, commencement of litigation,  the assumption
of any material  obligation  or the entering of any  agreement to divest or hold
separate  any  assets)  or  appropriate  to  cause  the  prompt   expiration  or
termination of any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act or similar filing
requirements in respect of the  Contemplated  Transactions,  including,  without
limitation,   complying  as  promptly  as  practicable  with  any  requests  for
additional information.

         Section 7.06 Legal Privileges. Black & Decker and Buyer acknowledge and
agree that all attorney-client, work product and other legal privileges that may
exist with respect to the Glass  Machinery  Business,  the  Transferred  Assets,
Excluded Assets,  Assumed  Liabilities or Excluded  Liabilities  shall, from and
after the Closing Date, be deemed joint  privileges of Black & Decker and Buyer.
Both Black & Decker and Buyer shall use all reasonable efforts after the Closing
Date to preserve all such  privileges and neither Black & Decker nor Buyer shall
knowingly  waive any such  privilege  without the prior  written  consent of the
other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

         Section 7.07 Taxes.

         (a)  Except as  provided  in  Section  7.07(d),  Black & Decker and its
Affiliates  shall  pay and be  responsible  for,  and shall be  entitled  to all
refunds  and credits of, (i) Income  Taxes with  respect to the Glass  Machinery
Companies and Glass Machinery Business for any Pre-Closing Period, including any
liability  for Income  Taxes  arising out of the  inclusion  of any of the Glass
Machinery Companies in any Consolidated  Returns, (ii) all Taxes with respect to
an Affiliated Group for all taxable periods whatsoever,  and (iii) Taxes imposed
on any Seller with respect to gain or other income from its sale of  Transferred
Assets or Shares  hereunder.  Black & Decker shall be responsible for the timely
preparation  and  filing  of all Tax  Returns  for the  Taxes  described  in the
immediately  preceding sentence. In the event that a reserve with respect to any
Taxes for which  Black & Decker is  responsible  under this  Section  7.07(a) is
included in or taken into account in the  calculation  or  determination  of the
Final Net Tangible Asset Amount,  Buyer shall  reimburse  Black & Decker for the
amount of such reserve promptly upon presentation of an invoice therefor.
         (b) Except as  provided  in  Section  7.07(d),  Buyer  shall pay and be
responsible  for, and shall be entitled to all refunds and credits of, all Taxes
with respect to the Glass  Machinery  Share  Companies  and the Glass  Machinery
Business for any Post-Closing  Period. Buyer shall be responsible for the timely
preparation and filing of all Tax Returns of the Glass Machinery Share Companies
and the Glass  Machinery  Business  (i) for any  Post-Closing  Period,  and (ii)
required to be filed by any of the Glass Machinery Share Companies  (except as a
member of an  Affiliated  Group)  and the  Glass  Machinery  Business  after the
Closing Date.

         (c) The parties hereto will, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law,
elect or otherwise agree with the relevant Tax Authority to treat the portion of
each Bridge Period before the Closing Date (a "Seller  Period") for all purposes
as a short  taxable  period ending as of the 


<PAGE>
                                      -16-


close of  business  on the day before the  Closing  Date and such short  taxable
period shall be treated as a Pre-Closing  Period for purposes of this  Agreement
and the portion of the Bridge  Period on and after the Closing  Date (the "Buyer
Period")  shall  be  treated  as a  Post-Closing  Period  for  purposes  of this
Agreement.

         (d) In any case where  Applicable  Law does not permit the  election or
agreement  described in Section  7.07(c) to be made,  then, for purposes of this
Agreement  and subject to Section  7.07(f),  Income Taxes for the Bridge  Period
shall be  allocated  between  the Seller  Period and the Buyer  Period  using an
interim-closing-of-the-books  method  assuming that such taxable period ended at
the close of business on the Closing Date, except that exemptions, allowances or
deductions  that are  calculated  on an annual basis (such as the  deduction for
depreciation)  shall  be  apportioned  on a  per  diem  basis.  Buyer  shall  be
responsible  for the timely  preparation  and filing of all Tax  Returns and the
payment of all Income Taxes due, if any, of the Glass  Machinery Share Companies
for any Bridge Period that does not  terminate on the Closing Date,  pursuant to
Section 7.07(c).  Within thirty (30) days of Buyer providing Black & Decker with
a copy of any such Tax Return and a copy of Buyer's detailed  calculation of the
Income Taxes attributable to the Seller Period determined in accordance with the
first sentence of this Section  7.07(d),  Black & Decker shall pay to Buyer such
Income Taxes  attributable  to the Seller Period by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the account designated by Buyer.

         (e) Other than as provided in Section 7.07(f),  Black & Decker shall be
entitled to the benefit of any refunds or credits of any Taxes for which Black &
Decker is responsible under Section 7.07(a) or 7.07(d) and Buyer shall, promptly
after the receipt thereof,  remit to Black & Decker any such Tax refund received
by any Buyer Company or any Glass Machinery Share Company after the Closing.  If
any  adjustment  shall be made to any  Income  Tax  Return  relating  to a Glass
Machinery  Share  Company for any  Pre-Closing  Period which  results in any Tax
benefit to Buyer or a Glass Machinery Share Company for any Post-Closing Period,
Black & Decker  shall be  entitled to the benefit of such Income Tax benefit and
Buyer  shall pay to Black & Decker the amount of such Income Tax benefit at such
time or times  as and to the  extent  that  Buyer  or a Glass  Machinery  Shares
Company realizes such benefit through a refund of Tax or reduction in the amount
of Taxes which such Person would  otherwise  have had to pay if such  adjustment
had not been made.  Buyer  shall be  entitled  to the  benefit of any refunds or
credits of Taxes for which Buyer is responsible under Section 7.07(b) or 7.07(d)
and Black & Decker shall, promptly after the receipt thereof, remit to Buyer any
such Tax refund  received by Black & Decker or any of its  Affiliates  after the
Closing.  If any adjustment  shall be made to any Tax Return relating to a Glass
Machinery Share Company for any Post-Closing  Period which results in any Income
Tax  benefit  to  Black & Decker  or any  Affiliate  of  Black & Decker  for any
Pre-Closing  Period, such Glass Machinery Share Company shall be entitled to the
benefit of such  Income Tax  benefit,  and Black & Decker  shall pay to Buyer on
behalf of such Glass  Machinery  Share  Company  the  amount of such  Income Tax
benefit  at such time or times as and to the  extent  that Black & Decker or any
Affiliate of Black & Decker realizes such benefit through a refund of Income Tax
or  reduction  in the amount of Income  Taxes  which  Black & Decker or any such
Affiliate would otherwise have had to pay if such adjustment had not been made.


<PAGE>
                                      -17-


         (f) Any loss or credit of any Glass  Machinery Share Company arising in
any Post-Closing Period that is available as a carryback to a Pre-Closing Period
("Buyer's  Carryback")  shall  be  for  the  benefit  of the  appropriate  Glass
Machinery Share Company (provided,  however,  that any loss or credit of a Glass
Machinery  Share Company arising in any  Post-Closing  Period that may be either
carried back or carried forward at the Glass  Machinery Share Company's  option,
may, in Buyer's sole discretion and judgment, be carried back (and be subject to
the provisions of this subsection) or be carried forward). Any loss or credit of
any Glass  Machinery  Share Company  arising in any  Pre-Closing  Period that is
available as a carryforward to a Post-Closing  Period ("Seller's  Carryforward")
shall be for the  benefit  of Black &  Decker.  Black & Decker  shall pay to the
appropriate  Glass  Machinery  Share Company or to Buyer on behalf of such Glass
Machinery  Share  Company  the amount of any Income Tax  benefit  realized  with
respect to any  Buyer's  Carryback  at such time or times and to the extent that
Black & Decker or any Affiliate of Black & Decker  realizes such benefit through
a refund of Income  Taxes or reduction in the amount of Income Taxes which Black
& Decker  or any such  Affiliate  would  otherwise  have had to pay but for such
carryback.  Buyer or the appropriate  Glass Machinery Share Company shall pay to
Black & Decker the amount of any Income Tax benefit realized with respect to any
Seller's  Carryforward  at such time or times and to the extent of the amount of
Income Taxes that the Glass  Machinery  Share  Company,  Buyer or any  Affiliate
thereof would otherwise have had to pay but for such carryforward.  In the event
that,  pursuant to this Section  7.07(f),  Black & Decker pays to Buyer, a Glass
Machinery Share Company or an Affiliate  thereof,  the amount of any such Income
Tax benefit,  Buyer shall  indemnify  and hold Black & Decker  harmless from any
subsequent  increase in Black & Decker's or any of Black & Decker's  Affiliates'
Income Tax liability arising out of a subsequent  reduction of the amount of any
Buyer's  Carryback  arising from audit,  adjustment or  otherwise.  In the event
that, pursuant to this Section 7.07(f), Buyer or a Glass Machinery Share Company
pays to Black & Decker or an Affiliate of Black & Decker, the amount of any such
Income Tax benefit,  Black & Decker shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from
any subsequent increase in Buyer's, any of a Glass Machinery Company's or any of
their Affiliates' Income Tax liability arising out of a subsequent  reduction in
the amount of any  Seller's  Carryforward  arising  from  audit,  adjustment  or
otherwise.

         (g) Buyer  shall have  exclusive  control  over and  responsibility  to
conduct  any Contest for a  Post-Closing  Period and for a Bridge  Period if the
Contest for a Bridge Period relates solely to the Buyer; provided, however, that
Buyer shall not enter into any  agreement in  compromise  or  settlement of such
Contest which could affect a Pre-Closing  Period or a Seller Period  without the
written consent of Seller.  Black & Decker shall have exclusive control over and
responsibility to conduct any Contest for a Pre-Closing  Period and for a Bridge
Period if the Contest for a Bridge Period  relates  solely to the Seller Period;
provided,  however,  that Black & Decker  shall not enter into any  agreement in
compromise  or  settlement  of such Contest  which could  affect a  Post-Closing
Period or a Buyer Period  without the written  consent of Buyer.  In any Contest
controlled by Black & Decker,  Buyer will take, and will cause its Affiliates to
take, such action as Black & Decker may by written notice reasonably  request in
connection  with such Contest  (including  the payment of a Tax  preparatory  to
filing a claim for refund of such Tax; provided, that Black & Decker shall first
pay the amount of such Tax to Buyer).  Buyer and Seller agree to jointly control
and  conduct any  Contest  for a Bridge  Period that  relates to both the Seller
Period  and the  Buyer  Period.  Seller,  Seller's  Parent  and  Buyer  agree to
cooperate  fully 


<PAGE>
                                      -18-


with each other with respect to  defending or answering  any such Contest and to
provide each other with all materials,  information  and documents as reasonably
requested by the other.  Neither  Buyer,  Seller,  nor Seller's  Parent shall be
liable for any portion of any settlement of any Contest for a Bridge Period that
relates to both the Seller  Period and the Buyer  Period  effected  without  its
written consent, provided such consent was not unreasonably withheld.

         (h) Buyer shall notify Black & Decker in writing  promptly upon receipt
by any Glass  Machinery  Share  Company of notice of any  Contest or  assessment
relating thereto for a Pre-Closing  Period or a Bridge Period.  Failure of Buyer
to so notify Black & Decker shall not relieve  Black & Decker from any liability
under this Section  7.07,  except to the extent it is proven that Black & Decker
suffered actual prejudice in connection with or in defending  against a Contest.
Black & Decker shall notify  Buyer in writing  promptly  upon receipt by Black &
Decker of notice of any Contest or assessment  relating to a Post-Closing Period
or a Bridge  Period.  Failure  of Black & Decker  to so notify  Buyer  shall not
relieve Buyer from any liability  under this Section 7.07,  except to the extent
it is proven that Buyer  suffered  actual  prejudice  in  connection  with or in
defending against a Contest.

         Section 7.08 Currency Hedge Contracts.

         (a) In the  ordinary  course  of their  business  certain  of the Glass
Machinery  Units  enter  into  forward  currency   exchange   contracts  ("Hedge
Contracts")  with  Black & Decker to hedge the  currency  exchange  risk of such
Glass Machinery Unit transacting  business in a currency other than the currency
of its primary operations (i.e., its functional currency).  As of June 26, 1998,
the Glass  Machinery Units have Hedge Contracts with Black & Decker as listed on
Attachment VI.

         (b) From the date hereof to the Closing Date, Black & Decker,  as agent
for the Glass Machinery Units,  will enter into Hedge Contracts on behalf of the
Glass Machinery  Units with a third party financial  institution in the ordinary
course  of  business  and in  accordance  with  past  practice  to  cover  trade
exposures,  provided that any roll forward of a closed Hedge  Contract may occur
only with the prior  consent of the Buyer which  consent,  in the case of such a
roll  forward of a Hedge  Contract  that covers a bona fide  trade,  will not be
withheld unreasonably.

         (c) All Hedge  Contracts  between Black & Decker and a Glass  Machinery
Unit, other than a Glass Machinery Share Company,  will be assigned by the Glass
Machinery  Units to and assumed by a Buyer  Company at the  Closing.  No gain or
loss on Hedge  Contracts of the Glass  Machinery Units will be recognized in the
determination  of the Proposed  Final Net Tangible Asset Amount or the Final Net
Tangible Asset Amount other than those recognized in the books of account of the
Glass  Machinery  Units in  accordance  with  the  current  accounting  policies
followed by the Glass Machinery Units.

         (d) All  Hedge  Contracts  between a Glass  Machinery  Unit and Black &
Decker will be closed effective as of the Closing Date. Each such Hedge Contract
shall be closed at the rates of exchange  for the  forward  purchase of and with
the  relevant  currencies  for the period of time  remaining  on each such Hedge
Contract  as quoted by Bank of America  as of 10:00 a.m.  local 


<PAGE>
                                      -19-


New York time on the  Closing  Date.  The  amount due each  Buyer  Company  that
assumed a Hedge Contract and each Glass  Machinery Share Company that is a party
to a Hedge  Contract,  or Black & Decker,  as the case may be,  under  each such
Hedge Contract that is not in U.S. dollars shall be converted to U.S. dollars at
the rate of exchange  for the spot  purchase of U.S.  dollars  with the relevant
foreign  currency  as quoted by the Bank of America  as of 10:00 a.m.  local New
York time on the Closing Date.

         (e) Black & Decker shall prepare a schedule of the gain or loss on each
of such Hedge  Contracts and the aggregate  gain or loss realized by each of (i)
Black & Decker and (ii) all Buyer  Companies  that assumed a Hedge  Contract and
all Glass  Machinery  Share  Companies  that are  parties  to a Hedge  Contract,
expressed in U.S. dollars, calculated using the rates of exchange referred to in
Section  7.08(d) and shall provide such  schedule,  together with the quotations
from  the Bank of  America  to Buyer by the  close  of  business  on the  second
Business Day  following the Closing  Date.  Such  schedule and the  calculations
thereon shall be conclusive  absent manifest  error.  If such schedule  reflects
that there is  aggregate  gain  realized by the Glass  Machinery  Units upon the
closure of all such Hedge  Contracts the amount of such  aggregate gain shall be
paid by  Black & Decker  to  Buyer on the  second  Business  Day  following  the
delivery of such  schedule.  If such  schedule  reflects that there is aggregate
loss  realized  by the Glass  Machinery  Units  upon the  closure  of such Hedge
Contracts  the amount of such  aggregate  loss shall be paid by Buyer to Black &
Decker on the second Business Day following the delivery of such schedule.  Such
payment shall be made in  immediately  available  funds in U.S.  dollars by wire
transfer  to a bank  account  designated  in  writing by the party  entitled  to
receive such  payment.  The making or receipt of any such payment to or by Buyer
shall be as agent for each Buyer Company that assumed a Hedge  Contract and each
Glass Machinery  Share Company that is a party to a Hedge Contract.  Within five
(5) Business Days of the Closing Date, Black & Decker shall deliver to Buyer two
(2) copies of a Foreign  Exchange  Compensating  Contract  Confirmation  (each a
"Hedge Closure Confirmation") signed by Black & Decker confirming the closure of
each such Hedge  Contract.  Within five (5) Business Days of its receipt of such
Hedge Closure Confirmations, Buyer shall cause each Buyer Company that assumed a
Hedge Contract and each Glass Machinery Share Company that is a party to a Hedge
Contract to sign such Hedge  Closure  Confirmations  and return one fully signed
copy of each such Hedge Closure Confirmation to Black & Decker.

         (f) In the event that any of the Hedge  Contracts  assumed by Buyer are
with  third  party  financial  institutions  and Black & Decker  has  provided a
Financial  Support  Arrangement  with  respect  to  such  Hedge  Contracts,  the
provisions  of  Sections  6.03(d),  6.03(e) and  6.03(f)  shall,  subject to the
proviso  at the  end  of  Section  6.03(d),  apply  to  such  Financial  Support
Arrangements.

         (g) All costs,  taxes and fees associated with the transfer and closing
of the Hedge Contracts  (other than the gains and losses referred to in Sections
7.08(c) or  7.08(e)  above and Income  Taxes on any gain  recognized  by a Glass
Machinery  Share  Company  or a Buyer  Company  on the  closing  of  such  Hedge
Contracts) shall be borne by Black & Decker.


<PAGE>
                                      -20-


         Section 7.09 Restructuring Costs.  Promptly upon receipt of one or more
certifications  from Buyer's chief financial  officer that Buyer has made actual
cash   expenditures   prior  to  December  31,  2000  in  connection   with  the
restructuring of the Glass Machinery  Business and specifying the amount of such
expenditures  and the Glass Machinery Unit that made such  expenditure,  Black &
Decker will cause each Seller of such Glass  Machinery  Unit to reimburse  Buyer
for an aggregate of up to $7,000,000 of such expenditures.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS

         Section 8.01 Employees and Employee Benefit Matters.  The parties agree
that (i) the  allocation of  obligations  with respect to employees of the Glass
Machinery  Business  accrued prior to the Closing shall be pursuant to Exhibit D
and (ii)  subject to  mandatory  Applicable  Law and  existing  agreements  that
preclude implementation of the provisions of Exhibit D, the obligations of Buyer
to offer terms and  conditions  of  employment to  Transferred  Employees  shall
principally be as set forth in Exhibit D.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         Section  9.01  Conditions  to  the  Obligations  of  Each  Party.   The
obligations of Black & Decker and Buyer to consummate the Closing are subject to
the satisfaction (or waiver) of the following conditions:

         (a) any  applicable  waiting  period  under the HSR Act relating to the
Contemplated Transactions shall have expired or been terminated;

         (b) no provision  of any  Applicable  Law and no judgment,  injunction,
order or decree shall prohibit the Closing, and no action or proceeding shall be
pending before any court,  arbitrator or Governmental  Authority with respect to
which  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to Black & Decker and Buyer shall have
rendered  a  written  opinion  that  there  is  a  substantial  likelihood  of a
determination that would prohibit the Closing;

         (c) the  actions by or in respect of or filings  with any  Governmental
Authority  listed on  Attachment  VII shall have been  obtained  or made and any
waiting period connected therewith shall have expired or been terminated; and

         (d) Black & Decker or the applicable Seller or Glass Machinery Unit, as
the case may be, shall have obtained the consents, approvals or permits or taken
the actions contemplated by Attachment VII.


<PAGE>
                                      -21-


         Section 9.02  Conditions  to Obligation of Buyer.  The  obligations  of
Buyer to consummate  the Closing are subject to the  satisfaction  (or waiver by
Buyer) of the following further conditions:

         (a) (i) Black & Decker shall have  performed  in all material  respects
all of its obligations under the Transaction  Documents required to be performed
by it on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) the  representations  and warranties
of Black &  Decker  contained  in the  Transaction  Documents  shall be true and
correct at and as of the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date, as
if made at and as of each such  date,  except  that  those  representations  and
warranties  which are by their express terms made as of a specific date shall be
true and correct only as of such date, in each case except for inaccuracies that
in the aggregate  could not  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect on the Glass  Machinery  Business,  and (iii) Buyer shall have received a
certificate  signed by an executive  officer of Black & Decker to the  foregoing
effect;

         (b) since March 22, 1998, no event has occurred that has had a Material
Adverse Effect on the Glass Machinery Business,  other than those resulting from
changes, whether actual or prospective,  in general conditions applicable to the
business in which the Glass Machinery  Business is involved or general  economic
conditions; and

         (c) Black & Decker or the applicable  Affiliated  Transferor shall have
executed and delivered, on or before the Closing Date, the Transaction Documents
that are required to be signed by a Black & Decker Company.

         (d) The  environmental  conditions  of the  facilities  included in the
Transferred  Assets or owned or leased by a Glass  Machinery  Share  Company  as
ascertained through  investigations  conducted by Buyer pursuant to Section 6.02
do not in the aggregate constitute  conditions that could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Glass Machinery Business.

         Section 9.03 Conditions to Obligation of Black & Decker. The obligation
of Black & Decker to consummate the Closing is subject to the  satisfaction  (or
waiver by Black & Decker) of the following further conditions:

         (a) (i) Buyer shall have  performed  in all  material  respects  all of
their  respective  obligations  under the Transaction  Documents  required to be
performed by them at or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) the  representations and
warranties of Buyer  contained in the  Transaction  Documents  shall be true and
correct at and as of the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date, as
if made at and as of each such  date,  except  that  those  representations  and
warranties  which are by their express terms made as of a specific date shall be
true and correct only as of such date, in each case except for inaccuracies that
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect on the Glass
Machinery  Business,  and (iii) Black & Decker shall have received a certificate
signed by an executive officer of Buyer to the foregoing effect; and


<PAGE>
                                      -22-


         (b) Buyer or the  applicable  Buyer  Company  shall have  executed  and
delivered,  on or before the Closing Date,  the  Transaction  Documents that are
required to be signed by a Buyer Company.

         Section 9.04  Updated  Disclosure  Schedules.  At any time prior to the
Closing  Black & Decker  shall be  entitled  to deliver  to Buyer  updates to or
substitutions  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules  provided  that  such  updates  or
substitutions  are  clearly  marked  as such and are  addressed  to Buyer at the
address  listed in Section  12.01.  In the event  that  Black & Decker  delivers
updated or substitute  Disclosure Schedules on or after the third day before any
scheduled  closing date, Buyer shall be entitled to extend the scheduled closing
date to the third day after it  receives  the updated or  substitute  Disclosure
Schedules,  or if such day is not a Business  Day, to the next Business Day. The
delivery by Black & Decker of updated or substitute  Disclosure  Schedules shall
not  prejudice  any rights of Buyer  under  this  Agreement,  including  but not
limited to the right to claim that the representations and warranties of Black &
Decker, when made on the date of this Agreement,  were untrue or that a Material
Adverse Effect on the Glass Machinery Business has occurred;  provided, however,
that if Buyer decides not to assert any such claim and  consummates the Closing,
the updated or substitute  Disclosure  Schedules  shall replace,  in whole or in
part as the case may be, the Disclosure Schedules previously delivered hereunder
for all purposes.

         Section  9.05 Effect of Waiver.  Any waiver by Buyer of the  conditions
specified in clause (ii) of Section 9.02(a), and any waiver by Black & Decker of
the  conditions  specified in clause (ii) of Section  9.03,  if made  knowingly,
shall  also be deemed a waiver of any claim  for  Damages  as the  result of the
matters waived.


                                    ARTICLE X

                            SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 10.01 Survival.

         None of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the
parties  contained in any  Transaction  Document or in any  certificate or other
writing delivered pursuant to any Transaction Document or in connection with any
Transaction Document shall survive the Closing, except for:

                  (i)  the  representations  and  warranties  in  Sections  B.01
         through B.04 shall survive indefinitely;

                  (ii) the  representations and warranties in Section B.15 shall
         not survive the Closing Date;


<PAGE>
                                      -23-


                  (iii) the  representations and warranties in Sections B.18 and
         B.20 shall survive until 30 days after the expiration of the applicable
         statute of limitations (or extensions or waivers thereof);

                  (iv) the  representations and warranties in Section B.21 shall
         survive for a period of two years from the Closing Date;

                  (v) the  representations  and  warranties  in Exhibit B (other
         than those  Sections of Exhibit B referenced in the  preceding  clauses
         (i),  (ii) and (iii)),  shall survive for a period of one year from the
         Closing Date;

                  (vi) the  representations  and warranties in Sections C.01 and
         C.02 shall survive indefinitely;

                  (vii) the  representations  and warranties in Exhibit C (other
         than those  Sections of Exhibit C referenced  in the  preceding  clause
         (v)) shall survive for a period of one year from the Closing Date; and

                  (viii)  those  covenants  and  agreements  set  forth  in  the
         Transaction  Documents  that, by their terms,  are to have effect after
         the  Closing  Date shall  survive for the period  contemplated  by such
         covenants  and  agreements,  or if no period is  expressly  set  forth,
         indefinitely.

The  representations,  warranties,  covenants and  agreements  referenced in the
preceding  clauses  (i) and (iii)  through  (vii) are  referred to herein as the
"Surviving  Representations or Covenants." It is understood and agreed that, (i)
before the Closing the remedies  expressly  set forth in Article XI are the sole
and exclusive remedies for any breach of any representation,  warranty, covenant
or agreement and (ii)  following the Closing the sole and exclusive  remedy with
respect to any breach of any  representation,  warranty,  covenant or  agreement
(other  than (1)  with  respect  to a  breach  of the  terms  of a  covenant  or
agreement,  as to which  Buyer or Black & Decker,  as the case may be,  shall be
entitled to seek specific  performance  or other  equitable  relief and (2) with
respect to claims for fraud) shall be a claim for Damages  (whether by contract,
in tort or  otherwise,  and whether in law, in equity or both) made  pursuant to
this Article X.

         Section 10.02 Indemnification.

         (a)  Effective  as of the Closing and  subject to the  limitations  set
forth in  Section  10.04(a),  Buyer  hereby  indemnifies  Black & Decker and its
Affiliates  and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents
against,  and agrees to hold them harmless from any and all Damages  incurred or
suffered  by  any of  them  arising  out of or  related  in any  way to (i)  any
misrepresentation or breach of any Surviving  Representation or Covenant made or
to be performed by Buyer Companies pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents,
(ii)  except  as   otherwise   contemplated   by  Sections   10.02(b)(iii)   and
10.04(b)(ii),  (A) any Assumed Liabilities (including,  without limitation,  any
Buyer Company's failure to perform or in due course pay or discharge any Assumed
Liability) and (B) any liability of a Glass  Machinery  Share Company 


<PAGE>
                                      -24-


other than an Excluded Liability,  (iii) subject to the proviso contained in the
last sentence of Section 6.03(d) any Financial Support Arrangement  described in
Section 6.03(d), (iv) any matters for which indemnification is provided to Black
& Decker or any of its Affiliates  under Exhibit D (it being understood that the
terms of such  indemnification  shall be governed by and subject to the terms of
Exhibit D), (v) the first One Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  in Damages  (other
than legal fees or similar costs) that arise following Closing in respect of the
Arbitration Cases, or (vi) any liabilities or obligations  arising in connection
with or in any way  relating to the Glass  Machinery  Business  (but only to the
extent  conducted after the Closing Date), or a facility the possession of which
is transferred,  directly or indirectly, to a Buyer Company at Closing (but only
during a period in which such Buyer  Company or any of its  Affiliates or any of
their  successors owns or leases such facility),  to the extent such liabilities
arise out of,  relate  to, are based on or result  from any  action  taken (or a
failure to take action) or any event  occurring  after the Closing  Date.  Buyer
hereby  indemnifies  Black & Decker  and its  Affiliates  and  their  respective
directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  against,  and agrees to hold them
harmless  from any and all Damages  incurred or suffered by any of them directly
arising out of actions taken by Buyer Companies or any of their  Representatives
in  connection  with any  environmental  audit or  similar  review  of the Glass
Machinery  Business that involves testing,  drilling or sampling at any facility
possession  of which is  contemplated  to be  transferred  to a Buyer Company at
Closing.  The  indemnity  contained  in the  immediately  preceding  sentence is
explicitly limited to not include any costs related to any (A) Remedial Actions,
(B) personal  injury,  wrongful death,  economic loss or property damage claims,
(C) claims for natural resource  damages,  (D) violations of Applicable Law, (E)
reporting  requirements,  or (F) any other Damages with respect to Environmental
Laws which,  in each case, may be identified in said audit or similar review but
are not directly caused by said audit or similar review.

         (b)  Effective  as of the Closing and  subject to the  limitations  set
forth in  Section  10.04(b),  Black & Decker  hereby  indemnifies  Buyer and its
Affiliates  and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents
against,  and agrees to hold them harmless from any and all Damages  incurred or
suffered  by  any of  them  arising  out of or  related  in any  way to (i)  any
misrepresentation or breach of any Surviving  Representation or Covenant made or
to be performed by Black & Decker pursuant to any Transaction Document, (ii) any
Excluded Liabilities (including,  without limitation, Black & Decker's or any of
its  Affiliates'  failure  to perform  or in due  course  pay or  discharge  any
Excluded  Liability),  (iii) any Environmental  Liabilities,  whether or not the
subject  of a claim by any  Governmental  Authority  or any other  third  party,
incurred by reason of any violation of any  Environmental Law or the presence of
any Hazardous  Substances to the extent that the event or condition  causing any
such Loss (a) exists as of or prior to the Closing  Date,  whether or not caused
by Black & Decker  or  contributed  to by Black &  Decker,  (b)  arises  out of,
relates to, is based on or results  from  actions  taken (or the failure to take
action),  or events  occurring  prior to the Closing Date, or (c)  Environmental
Liabilities that are Excluded Liabilities including,  without limitation,  those
that relate to or stem from the actual or alleged  shipment  of, or  arrangement
for the shipment of, Hazardous Substances prior to the Closing Date, for offsite
treatment, storage, processing,  recycling, reuse or disposal at any facility or
location not included in the  Transferred  Assets  (whether by fee  ownership or
leasehold  interest)  or not  owned or  leased  on the  Closing  Date by a Glass
Machinery  Share  Company,  or (iv) any  matters  for which  indemnification  is
provided  under  Exhibit  D  (it  being   


<PAGE>
                                      -25-


understood  that the  terms of such  indemnification  shall be  governed  by and
subject to the terms of Exhibit D).

         Section 10.03     Procedures.

         (a)  If  Black  &  Decker  or any of  its  Affiliates  or any of  their
directors,  officers,  employees and agents, shall seek indemnification pursuant
to  Section  10.02(a),  or if  Buyer  or any of its  Affiliates  or any of their
directors,  officers,  employees and agents, shall seek indemnification pursuant
to  Section  10.02(b),  the Person  seeking  indemnification  (the  "Indemnified
Party") shall give written notice to the party from whom such indemnification is
sought (the  "Indemnifying  Party")  promptly  (and in any event within 30 days)
after the Indemnified Party (or, if the Indemnified Party is a corporation,  any
officer or employee of the Indemnified  Party) becomes aware of the facts giving
rise to such claim for  indemnification  (an "Indemnified  Claim") specifying in
reasonable detail the factual basis of the Indemnified Claim, stating the amount
of the  Damages,  if known,  the method of  computation  thereof,  containing  a
reference to the provision of the Transaction Documents in respect of which such
Indemnified Claim arises and demanding  indemnification therefor. The failure of
an  Indemnified  Party to provide  notice in accordance  with this Section 10.03
shall not constitute a waiver of that party's claims to indemnification pursuant
to Section  10.02,  except to the extent  that (i) any such  failure or delay in
giving  notice causes the amounts paid by the  Indemnifying  Party to be greater
than they  otherwise  would have been or  otherwise  results in prejudice to the
Indemnifying  Party or (ii) such  notice is not  delivered  to the  Indemnifying
Party prior to the  expiration of the  applicable  survival  period set forth in
Section 10.01. If the Indemnified  Claim arises from the assertion of any claim,
or the commencement of any suit,  action,  proceeding or Remedial Action brought
by a Person that is not a party hereto (a "Third Party Claim"),  any such notice
to  the  Indemnifying  Party  shall  be  accompanied  by a copy  of  any  papers
theretofore  served on or delivered to the Indemnified  Party in connection with
such Third  Party  Claim.  With  respect to any Third  Party  Claim  asserted or
brought  prior to the  Closing  Date,  notice of such Third Party Claim shall be
deemed to have been delivered on the Closing Date.

         (b)  (i)  Upon  receipt  of  notice  of a  Third  Party  Claim  from an
         Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 10.03(a),  the Indemnifying Party
         will be  entitled to assume the defense and control of such Third Party
         Claim subject to the  provisions of this Section  10.03.  After written
         notice  by the  Indemnifying  Party  to the  Indemnified  Party  of its
         election to assume the defense and control of a Third Party Claim,  the
         Indemnifying  Party shall not be liable to such  Indemnified  Party for
         any legal fees or expenses  subsequently  incurred by such  Indemnified
         Party in  connection  therewith,  (except that the  Indemnifying  Party
         shall  be  responsible   for  fees  and  expenses  of  counsel  to  the
         Indemnified  Party to the extent it is advised by counsel  that  either
         (x) the Indemnifying  Party's counsel has a conflict of interest or (y)
         there are legal defenses  available to the Indemnifying  Party that are
         different  from or in  addition  to  those  that are  available  to the
         Indemnifying  Party and counsel provided by the  Indemnifying  Party is
         not in a position to assert such defenses). Notwithstanding anything in
         this Section 10.3 to the contrary,  if the Indemnifying  Party does not
         assume  defense  and control of a Third Party Claim as provided in this
         Section 10.3, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to defend such


<PAGE>
                                      -26-


         Third Party Claim, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section
         10.03,  in  such  manner  as  it  may  deem  appropriate.  Whether  the
         Indemnifying   Party  or  the   Indemnified   Party  is  defending  and
         controlling  any such Third Party  Claim,  they shall  select  counsel,
         contractors,   experts  and  consultants  of  recognized  standing  and
         competence,  shall  take  all  steps  necessary  in the  investigation,
         defense or settlement  thereof,  and shall at all times  diligently and
         promptly  pursue  the  resolution  thereof.  The party  conducting  the
         defense  thereof  shall at all times act as if all Damages  relating to
         the Third  Party  Claim were for its own  account and shall act in good
         faith and with reasonable  prudence to minimize Damages therefrom.  The
         Indemnified  Party  shall,  and  shall  cause  each of its  Affiliates,
         directors, officers, employees, and agents to, cooperate fully with the
         Indemnifying Party in connection with any Third Party Claim.

                  (ii) Subject to the  provisions of Section  10.03(b)(iii)  and
         Section  10.03(b)(iv),  the  Indemnifying  Party shall be authorized to
         consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment  arising from,
         any Third Party Claims,  and the  Indemnified  Party shall consent to a
         settlement  of, or the entry of any judgment  arising from,  such Third
         Party Claims;  provided,  that the Indemnifying  Party shall (1) pay or
         cause to be paid all amounts arising out of such settlement or judgment
         concurrently with the effectiveness thereof; (2) shall not encumber any
         of the assets of any  Indemnified  Party or agree to any restriction or
         condition that would apply to such Indemnified  Party or to the conduct
         of that party's  business;  and (3) shall obtain, as a condition of any
         settlement or other resolution,  a complete release of each Indemnified
         Party. Except for the foregoing,  no settlement or entry of judgment in
         respect  of  any  Third  Party  Claim  shall  be  consented  to by  any
         Indemnifying  Party or  Indemnified  Party without the express  written
         consent of the other party.

                  (iii)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  10.03(b)(i),
         Buyer shall  manage all  Remedial  Actions  conducted  with  respect to
         facilities  which constitute  Transferred  Assets or assets (other than
         Excluded  Assets) owned or leased by a Glass  Machinery  Share Company,
         provided  that  Black & Decker and its  Representatives  shall have the
         right, consistent with Buyer's right to manage such Remedial Actions as
         aforesaid, to participate fully in all decisions regarding any Remedial
         Action,  including reasonable access to sites where any Remedial Action
         is being conducted, reasonable access to all documents, correspondence,
         data, reports or information regarding the Remedial Action,  reasonable
         access to employees and consultants of Buyer with knowledge of relevant
         facts about the  Remedial  Action and the right to attend all  meetings
         and  participate  in  any  telephone  or  other  conferences  with  any
         Government  Authority  or other  third  party  regarding  the  Remedial
         Action.

                  (iv)  In the  case  of  the  indemnification  contemplated  by
         Section 10.02(b)(iii), in the event that the Indemnifying Party desires
         to settle the matters referenced therein or consent to the entry of any
         judgment arising  thereunder and the Indemnified Party does not wish to
         consent to such settlement or entry of judgment,  the Indemnified Party
         shall  have no  obligation  to consent  to the  settlement  or entry of
         judgment  provided that it agrees in writing to pay and be  responsible
         for 100% of any Damages;  provided that the 


<PAGE>
                                      -27-


         Indemnified Party shall not be required to consent to any settlement or
         agree to be responsible for the payment of Damages thereafter  incurred
         with respect to any matter the settlement or entry of judgment of which
         would require the consent of such Indemnified Party pursuant to Section
         10.03(b)(ii).  The obligation of an Indemnified  Party that rejects any
         proposed  settlement  offer or entry of any such judgment to pay and be
         responsible  for 100% of any Damages in  accordance  with this  Section
         10.03(b)(iv)  shall be  conditioned  upon and subject to the payment by
         Indemnifying  Party,  within  five  Business  Days  of  the  date  such
         Indemnified  Party provides the written  agreement  contemplated by the
         preceding sentence, of an amount, in immediately available funds, equal
         to the portion of the total  settlement that would have been payable by
         the Indemnifying Party according to the percentage sharing  arrangement
         contemplated by Section 10.04(b)(ii). Thereafter, the Indemnified Party
         shall be solely  responsible for any Damages and for the defense of the
         matter  that is the  subject  of the  proposed  settlement  or entry of
         judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnifying Party may, at
         its option and expense,  participate in the defense of any  Indemnified
         Claim.

         (c) If the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party are unable to
agree with respect to a procedural  matter arising under Section  10.03(b)(iii),
the  Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party shall,  within 10 days after
notice of disagreement given by either party,  agree upon a third-party  referee
("Referee"), who shall be an attorney and who shall have the authority to review
and resolve the disputed matter.  The parties shall present their differences in
writing  (each  party  simultaneously  providing  to the  other  a  copy  of all
documents  submitted)  to the Referee  and shall  cause the Referee  promptly to
review  any  facts,  law or  arguments  either  the  Indemnifying  Party  or the
Indemnified Party may present. The Referee shall be retained to resolve specific
differences  between the parties  within the range of such  differences.  Either
party may request  that all  discussions  with the Referee by either party be in
each other's  presence.  The decision of the Referee  shall be final and binding
unless both the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified Party agree. The parties
shall share equally all costs and fees of the Referee.

         (d) If an Indemnifying Party makes any payment on an Indemnified Claim,
the Indemnifying  Party shall be subrogated,  to the extent of such payment,  to
all rights and  remedies  of the  Indemnified  Party to any  insurance  or other
claims or of the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim.

         (e)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  contained in this Section 10.03,
Black & Decker and its Affiliates  shall control the defense of the  Arbitration
Cases following Closing as if they were  indemnifying  parties defending a Third
Party Claim in the manner contemplated by Section 10.03(b)(i).

         Section 10.04 Limitations.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents:

         (a)  Buyer  shall  only have  liability  to Black & Decker or any other
Person hereunder with respect to the representations and warranties described in
clause (i) of Section  10.02(a)  if such  matters  were the subject of a written
notice given by the  Indemnified  Party pursuant to 


<PAGE>
                                      -28-


Section 10.03(a) within the period following the Closing Date specified for each
respective matter in Section 10.01.

         (b)  Black & Decker  shall  only have  liability  to Buyer or any other
Person hereunder:

                  (i)  with  respect  to  the   representations  and  warranties
         described in clause (i) of Section 10.02(b), (y) to the extent that the
         aggregate  Damages of all  Indemnified  Parties  as the result  thereof
         exceed  $1,000,000  but  are  not  greater  than  an  amount  equal  to
         $1,000,000 plus 33% of the Adjusted Purchase Price (it being understood
         that Black & Decker's maximum liability under Section  10.02(b)(i) with
         respect to representations  and warranties and this Section 10.04(b)(i)
         shall  be an  amount  equal  to 33% of the  Adjusted  Purchase  Price),
         provided that the limitations expressed in this subclause (b) shall not
         apply to any claim made under  Section  B.18;  and (z) if such  matters
         were the subject of a written  notice  given by the  Indemnified  Party
         pursuant to Section  10.03(a)  within the period  following the Closing
         Date specified for each respective matter in Section 10.01; and

                  (ii) with respect to the matters described in clauses (iii)(a)
         and  (iii)(b)  of  Section  10.02(b),  to the  extent of (x) 75% of the
         aggregate  Damages  incurred  and paid  within  the  first  five  years
         following  the  Closing  Date by all  Indemnified  Parties  as a result
         thereof  based,  to the extent  relevant,  on the use of the facilities
         constituting  Transferred  Assets  or  facilities  owned or leased by a
         Glass  Machinery  Share Company as of the Closing Date,  (y) 50% of the
         aggregate  Damages  incurred  and paid  within  the  second  five years
         following  the Closing  Date by all  Indemnified  Parties as the result
         thereof  based,  to the extent  relevant,  on the use of the facilities
         constituting  Transferred  Assets  or  facilities  owned or leased by a
         Glass  Machinery  Share Company as of the Closing Date,  and (z) if the
         aggregate  of such  Damages  incurred  and paid within  first ten years
         following  the Closing Date by all  Indemnified  Parties  (after giving
         effect to the payment of  indemnified  amounts by Black & Decker to the
         Indemnified   Parties   under  this   Section   10.04(a)(ii))   exceeds
         $5,000,000, all additional Damages incurred and paid by all Indemnified
         Parties  in the first  ten  years  following  the  Closing  Date by all
         Indemnified  Parties as a result thereof based, to the extent relevant,
         on  the  use of  the  facilities  constituting  Transferred  Assets  or
         facilities owned or leased by a Glass Machinery Share Company as of the
         Closing Date.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   TERMINATION

         Section 11.01 Termination.  The Transaction Documents may be terminated
at any time prior to the Closing:

                  (i) by mutual written agreement of Black & Decker and Buyer;


<PAGE>
                                      -29-


                  (ii) by Black & Decker or Buyer if the Closing  shall not have
         been consummated by December 31, 1998; provided,  however, that neither
         Black & Decker  nor  Buyer  may  terminate  the  Transaction  Documents
         pursuant  to this  clause  (ii) if the  Closing  shall  not  have  been
         consummated  by  December  31,  1998,  by reason of the failure of such
         party or any of its Affiliates to perform in all material  respects any
         of its or their  respective  covenants or  agreements  contained in the
         Transaction Documents; and

                  (iii) by either  Black & Decker or Buyer if there shall be any
         Applicable   Law  or  regulation   that  makes   consummation   of  the
         Contemplated   Transactions  illegal  or  otherwise  prohibited  or  if
         consummation  of  the  Contemplated   Transactions  would  violate  any
         nonappealable  final  order,  decree or  judgment  of any  Governmental
         Authority having competent jurisdiction.

Any party desiring to terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to this Section 11.01
shall  give  written  notice of such  termination  to the other  parties to this
Agreement.

         Section 11.02 Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated as
permitted by Section 11.01,  such termination  shall be without liability of any
party  (or any  Affiliate,  stockholder,  director,  officer,  employee,  agent,
consultant  or  Representative  of  such  party)  to any  other  party  to  this
Agreement;  provided,  however,  that if the Contemplated  Transactions  fail to
close as a result of a breach of the provisions of any  Transaction  Document by
Black & Decker or Buyer, such party shall be fully liable for any and all losses
and  damages  incurred  or  suffered  by the other party as a result of all such
breaches, and the other party shall be able to pursue any and all remedies which
may be  available  to it,  if the  other  party is  ready,  willing  and able to
otherwise   satisfy   its   obligations   under   the   Transaction   Documents.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 12.03,  the
second  sentence of Section  10.02(a),  and this Section 11.02 shall survive any
termination hereof pursuant to Section 11.01.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.01 Notices.  All notices,  requests and other communications
to any party  hereunder  shall be in  writing  (including  telecopy  or  similar
writing) and shall be given,

                  if to Black & Decker:

                           The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland  21286
                           Attention:  Senior Vice President and
                                         Chief Financial Officer
                           Telecopy: ++1(410) 716-3318



<PAGE>
                                      -30-


                  with a copy to:

                           The Black & Decker Corporation
                           701 East Joppa Road
                           Towson, Maryland  21286
                           Attention:  Senior Vice President and
                                            General Counsel
                           Telecopy: ++1(410) 716-2660

                                            and

                           Miles & Stockbridge P.C.
                           10 Light Street
                           Baltimore, Maryland  21202
                           Attention: Robert M. Cattaneo, Esquire
                           Telecopy: ++1(410) 385-3700

                  if to Buyer:

                           Bucher Holding AG
                           8166 Niederweningen
                           Switzerland
                           Attention: Chief Executive Officer
                           Telecopy: ++411 857-2219

                  with a copy to:

                           Homburger Rechtsanwaelte
                           Weinbergstrasse 56/58
                           8006 Zurich, Switzerland
                           Attention: Dr. Peter Kurer
                           Telecopy: ++411 265-3511

or to such other address or telecopy number and with such other copies,  as such
party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties. Each
such notice,  request or other  communication shall be effective (i) if given by
telecopy,  when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified in
this  Section  12.01 and evidence of receipt is received or (ii) if given by any
other means,  upon  delivery or refusal of delivery at the address  specified in
this Section 12.01.

         Section 12.02     Amendments; Waivers.

         (a) Subject to the  provisions  of Section  9.04,  any provision of the
Transaction Documents may be amended or waived prior to the Closing Date if, and
only if, such  amendment  


<PAGE>
                                      -31-


or waiver is in writing  and  signed,  in the case of an  amendment,  by Black &
Decker  and Buyer,  or in the case of a waiver,  by the party  against  whom the
waiver is to be effective.

         (b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right,  power or
privilege under any  Transaction  Document shall operate as a waiver thereof nor
shall any  single or  partial  exercise  thereof  preclude  any other or further
exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  power or  privilege.  The
rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by law.

         Section  12.03  Expenses;  Taxes.  Except as otherwise  provided in the
Transaction  Documents,  all costs and expenses  incurred in connection with the
Transaction Documents shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  (i) all real estate  transfer,  stock transfer,
registration and transfer taxes and fees (other than fees and charges associated
with the  registration  and transfer of  Intellectual  Property),  stamp duties,
notarial  charges,  sales,  use,  value added and similar  taxes  (except to the
extent they are  recoverable  by Buyer or the Buyer  Companies) or  governmental
charges resulting from or relating to the transfer of the Transferred  Assets or
Shares  to a Buyer  Company  by  Black &  Decker  or any of the  Sellers  or the
transfer of the Excluded  Assets by a Glass  Machinery  Share Company to Black &
Decker or any of its Affiliates, shall be borne by the party primarily obligated
therefor under Applicable Law (or, absent Applicable Law, local custom) and (ii)
all  fees  and  charges,   including  notarial  charges,   associated  with  the
registration  and  transfer of  Intellectual  Property  shall be paid by Black &
Decker.  Each of Buyer and Black & Decker shall  reimburse  the other for 50% of
any such fees and taxes and charges paid by the other promptly upon presentation
of a demand therefor  consistent with this Section 12.03,  provided that Buyer's
obligation  to pay such fees and taxes or  reimburse  Black & Decker  for 50% of
such fees and taxes paid by Black & Decker shall be limited to a maximum  amount
of $500,000.

         Section 12.04 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of the Transaction
Documents  shall be binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of the  parties  and
their  respective  successors  and assigns;  provided  that no party may assign,
delegate  or  otherwise  transfer  any of its rights or  obligations  under this
Agreement without the consent of the other party.

         Section  12.05  Disclosure.   Certain  information  set  forth  in  the
Disclosure  Schedules has been included and disclosed  solely for  informational
purposes  and may not be  required  to be  disclosed  pursuant  to the terms and
conditions of the Transaction Documents.  The disclosure of any such information
shall  not be deemed to  constitute  an  acknowledgment  or  agreement  that the
information is required to be disclosed in connection  with the  representations
and  warranties  made in the  Transaction  Documents or that the  information is
material,  nor shall any  information  so included  and  disclosed  be deemed to
establish a standard of materiality  or otherwise used to determine  whether any
other  information is material.  It is understood and agreed by the parties that
in cases where a representation and warranty excepts from its scope matters that
are  "specifically  disclosed"  only those items  marked with an asterisk on the
referenced  Disclosure  Schedule  shall be deemed  to have been so  specifically
disclosed and that any other  disclosures shall not be deemed to be sufficiently
specific  to  operate  as an  exception  to  such  representation  and  warranty
whatsoever.


<PAGE>
                                      -32-


         Section 12.06 Construction.  As used in the Transaction Documents,  any
reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders,
the plural  shall  include the  singular,  and the  singular  shall  include the
plural.

         Section 12.07     Entire Agreement.

         (a) The  Transaction  Documents and any other  agreements  contemplated
thereby  (including,  to the extent  contemplated  herein,  the  Confidentiality
Agreement) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the
subject   matter  of  such   documents  and  supersede  all  prior   agreements,
understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, between the parties with
respect to the subject matter thereof.

         (b) The parties hereto  acknowledge  and agree that no  representation,
warranty,  promise,  inducement,  understanding,  covenant or agreement has been
made or relied upon by any party hereto other than those  expressly set forth in
the Transaction Documents. Without limiting the generality of the disclaimer set
forth in the preceding  sentence,  (i) none of the parties to this Agreement has
made or shall be deemed to have made any  representations or warranties,  in any
presentation or written  information  relating to the Glass  Machinery  Business
given or to be given in connection with the  Contemplated  Transactions,  in any
filing  made  or to be  made  by or on  behalf  of any  such  parties  with  any
Governmental  Authority,  and no  statement,  made in any such  presentation  or
written  materials,  made in any such  filing  or  contained  in any such  other
information shall be deemed a representation or warranty hereunder or otherwise,
and (ii) Black & Decker,  on its own behalf and on behalf of the other  Sellers,
expressly  disclaims  any  implied  warranties,  including  but not  limited  to
warranties   of  fitness   for  a   particular   purpose   and   warranties   of
merchantability.  Buyer  acknowledges that Black & Decker has informed them that
no Person has been authorized by Black & Decker or any of its Affiliates to make
any  representation or warranty in respect of the Glass Machinery Business or in
connection with the Contemplated  Transactions,  unless in writing and contained
in this  Agreement  or in any of the  Transaction  Documents to which they are a
party.  Black & Decker  acknowledges that Buyer has informed them that no Person
has  been  authorized  by Black & Decker  or any of its  Affiliates  to make any
representation  or  warranty  in respect of the Glass  Machinery  Business or in
connection with the Contemplated  Transactions,  unless in writing and contained
in this  Agreement  or in any of the  Transaction  Documents to which they are a
party.

         (c) Except as  expressly  provided  herein or in any other  Transaction
Document, no Transaction Document or any provision thereof is intended to confer
upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

         Section 12.08 Governing Law. Except as otherwise provided in any of the
Transaction Documents,  this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall
be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Maryland
(without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof).

         Section 12.09 Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same
effect as if the  signatures  


<PAGE>
                                      -33-


thereto and hereto were upon the same  instrument.  This Agreement  shall become
effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed
by the other party hereto.

         Section 12.10 Jurisdiction.  Any dispute,  controversy or claim arising
out of or relating to the Transaction Documents or the Contemplated Transactions
or the breach,  termination or invalidity thereof,  shall exclusively be settled
by arbitration in accordance with the UNCITRAL  Arbitration  Rules as at present
in force. In addition,  or in exception as the case may be, to such rules, Black
& Decker and Buyer agree on the following rules with respect to the arbitration:

         (a) The  number  of  arbitrators  shall be three and each  party  shall
appoint one arbitrator and the two party-appointed arbitrators shall appoint the
chairman. In case (i) the defendant party fails to appoint its arbitrator within
thirty days of receipt of the claimant  party's  request for arbitration or (ii)
if the two  party-appointed  arbitrators  fail to nominate the  chairman  within
forty days of the nomination of the defendant  party-appointed  arbitrator,  the
appointing  authority  shall appoint (x) the second  party-appointed  arbitrator
(who then, together with the plaintiff party-appointed arbitrator, shall appoint
the chairman in  accordance  with the above) or (y) the  chairman,  whatever the
case is. In case the claimant party fails to appoint its arbitrator, the request
for arbitration shall not be deemed to be valid.

         (b) The  appointing  authority  shall be the  International  Chamber of
Commerce  (ICC) acting in accordance  with the Rules adopted by the ICC for such
purpose.

         (c) The chairman shall be of British nationality. All arbitrators shall
be  practicing  lawyers,  attorneys,  professors of law or judges and shall have
proven experience in arbitrating business and financial disputes; they shall not
be older than the age of sixty-five at the time of their appointment.

         (d) The arbitrators shall have sole jurisdiction to decide on their own
competence.

         (e) At the request of any of the parties the  arbitrators  may take any
interim  measures  deemed  necessary  in  respect of the  subject  matter of the
dispute;  such  interim  measures may be  established  in the form of an interim
award;  the parties  undertake to abide  voluntarily by such measures ordered by
the arbitrators.

         (f) The language of the arbitration shall be the English language.

         (g) The  arbitration  shall have its seat in Brussels.  The arbitrators
shall be free to hold hearings and meetings elsewhere.

         (h) The arbitral award (including any interim award) shall be final and
binding  upon  the  parties.  The  parties  undertake  to  carry  out the  award
(including any interim or partial awards) without delay and they are waiving any
rights of appeal insofar as such waiver can validly be made.


<PAGE>
                                      -34-


         (i) The parties hereby expressly waive the right to avail themselves of
any  defense of  non-arbitrability  and of any  privileges  or  immunities  from
jurisdiction, suit and/or execution/ enforcement with respect to any proceedings
instituted in connection with these  Transaction  Documents or the  Contemplated
Transactions before any panel of arbitrators  appointed in accordance with these
provisions  or any state  courts  (including  the state  court  which could have
jurisdiction  to deal  with  interim  measures  of  protection,  attachments  or
recognition or enforcement proceedings).

         Section 12.11 Severability.  Any provision of the Transaction Documents
that is  prohibited  or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to such
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the   extent  of  such   prohibition   or
unenforceability   without   invalidating   the  remaining   provisions  of  the
Transaction  Documents  or  affecting  the  validity or  enforceability  of such
provision  in  any  other  jurisdiction.  To the  extent  any  provision  of the
Transaction  Documents is determined to be  prohibited or  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction Black & Decker and Buyer agree to use reasonable efforts, and agree
to cause their  Affiliates,  as the case may be, to use reasonable  efforts,  to
substitute one or more valid, legal and enforceable  provisions that, insofar as
practicable implement the purposes and intent of the prohibited or unenforceable
provision.

         Section  12.12 Bulk Sales.  Buyer hereby  waives  compliance by Black &
Decker and each Seller of  Transferred  Assets  located in the United  States of
America, in connection with the Contemplated  Transactions,  with the provisions
of  Article  6 of the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as  adopted  in any  states  or
jurisdictions  where any of the  Transferred  Assets are located,  and any other
applicable  bulk  sales  laws with  respect  to or  requiring  notice to Black &
Decker's  (or any  Seller's)  creditors,  as the  same may be in  effect  on the
Closing Date. Black & Decker shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer against any
and all Damages which may be incurred by Buyer as a result of noncompliance with
any such bulk sales law.




<PAGE>
                                      -35-


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective authorized officers on the day and year first above
written.

                                       THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION


                                       By: /s/ CHARLES E. FENTON
                                             Charles E. Fenton
                                             Senior Vice President


                                       BUCHER HOLDING AG


                                       By: /s/ RUDOLF HAUSER
                                             Rudolf Hauser
                                             CEO


<PAGE>





                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                   DEFINITIONS

(a)      The following terms have the following meanings:

         "Affiliate"  means, with respect to any Person,  any Person directly or
indirectly  controlling,  controlled by, or under common control with such other
Person. For purposes of determining  whether a Person is an Affiliate,  the term
"control"  shall mean the  possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the power to
direct  or cause the  direction  of the  management  and  policies  of a Person,
whether through ownership of securities, contract or otherwise.

         "Affiliated Group" means one or more corporations which (a) include any
of the Glass  Machinery  Share Companies and (b) for purposes of the tax laws of
any nation are required to or have elected to file Consolidated Returns with one
or more Affiliates of Black & Decker other than a Glass Machinery Company.

         "Applicable  Law" means,  with  respect to any Person,  any domestic or
foreign,  federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance,  rule, administrative
interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, decree or other requirement
of any Governmental  Authority  (including any Environmental  Law) applicable to
such Person or any of their respective properties,  assets, officers, directors,
employees, consultants or agents (in connection with such officer's, director's,
employee's, consultant's or agent's activities on behalf of such Person).

         "Arbitration  Cases"  means  the two  arbitration  proceedings  pending
before the Court of  Arbitration  of the  International  Chamber of  Commerce in
London, England between Emhart Glass SA and a customer of Emhart Glass SA.

         "Arbitration Cases Customer  Receivables" means the accounts receivable
due to Emhart Glass SA by the customer of Emhart Glass SA that is the party that
is adverse to Emhart  Glass SA in the  Arbitration  Cases and relate to the work
performed or products sold by Emhart Glass SA for and to such customer  pursuant
to the contracts that are the subject matter of the Arbitration Cases.

         "Asbestos Claims" means any claim made by a third party seeking Damages
resulting from exposure to asbestos  contained in any machine  manufactured  and
sold by the Glass Machinery Business prior to Closing.

         "Assumed  Liabilities"  means all  liabilities  and obligations of each
Seller of  Transferred  Assets to the extent  relating  to or arising out of the
operation,   affairs  and  conduct  of  the  Glass  Machinery  Business  or  the
Transferred Assets, of any kind, character or description, whether liquidated or
unliquidated,  known or  unknown,  fixed or  contingent,  accrued or  unaccrued,
absolute,  determined,  determinable or indeterminable or otherwise,  whether or
not reflected or reserved against in the Opening Statement or in the calculation
of the Final Net  Tangible  Asset  Amount and whether  presently in existence or
arising hereafter, except for Excluded Liabilities, including but not limited to
the following:

                  (i) all  liabilities  and  obligations  relating  to the Glass
Machinery  Business or the  Transferred  Assets,  whether  accrued,  liquidated,
contingent,  matured or unmatured,  at or prior to the Closing, that (a) are set
forth  on,  reflected  or  referred  to  in  the  Opening  Statement,   (b)  are
specifically  disclosed in any of the Disclosure  Schedules delivered hereunder,
(c) would be subject to disclosure in any of the Disclosure  Schedules delivered
in connection  with any of Black & Decker's  representations  and warranties but
for the materiality standards contained in such representation and warranty, (d)
are reflected in the Final Net Tangible Asset Amount as determined in accordance
with Section 2.04 herein  (including  without  limitation  accounts  payable and
reserves reflected as contra-asset accounts) or (e) are otherwise a liability or
obligation  that  a  Buyer  Company  is  expressly  assuming  pursuant  to  this
Agreement;

                  (ii) all liabilities  and obligations  arising under Contracts
to the extent they relate exclusively to the Glass Machinery  Business,  whether
or not the  Contracts  have been  completed or  terminated  prior to the Closing
Date,  including,  without  limitation,  any such  liabilities  and  obligations
arising from or relating to the performance or  non-performance of the Contracts
by the Glass Machinery  Business,  a Buyer Company or any other Person,  whether
arising  prior to, on or after  the  Closing  Date,  except to the  extent  they
constitute Excluded Liabilities;

                  (iii) all  liabilities and obligations in respect of employees
and former  employees of the Glass  Machinery  Business,  and  beneficiaries  of
employees  and former  employees  of the Glass  Machinery  Business,  including,
without limitation, liabilities and obligations under or relating to WARN or any
similar  state or local law to the  extent  relating  to or  arising  out of any
actions  taken by a Buyer  Company on or after the Closing  Date,  except to the
extent  otherwise  provided in Exhibit D to be retained by Black & Decker or any
Seller;

                  (iv) all liabilities and obligations in respect of Transferred
Employees and  dependents  and  beneficiaries  of  Transferred  Employees  under
Employee Plans and Benefit Arrangements, except to the extent otherwise provided
in Exhibit D to be retained by Black & Decker or any Seller;

                  (v) all  liabilities  and  obligations  relating  to  warranty
obligations or services with respect to any product sold or service  provided by
the Glass Machinery Business prior to, on or after the Closing Date;

                  (vi) all Environmental Liabilities,  except to the extent they
(i)  constitute  Excluded  Liabilities  or (ii) are  subject to  indemnification
pursuant to Section 10.02(b)(iii);

                  (vii) all liabilities  and  obligations  (except to the extent
they  constitute  Environmental  Liabilities,  which  shall be  governed  by the
foregoing  clause (vii)) relating to the  Occupational  Safety and Health Act of
1970,  as  amended,  and  any  regulations,   decisions  or  orders  promulgated
thereunder,  together  with any  state or local  law,  regulation  or  ordinance
pertaining to worker, employee or occupational safety or health in effect as the
same may be amended, supplemented or superseded, whether arising prior to, on or
after the Closing Date;

                  (viii)  all  liabilities  and  obligations   arising  from  or
relating  to  governmental,  judicial  or  adversarial  proceedings  (public  or
private), litigation, suits, arbitration,  disputes, claims, causes of action or
investigations  (collectively,   "Proceedings")  arising  from  or  directly  or
indirectly  relating to the Glass Machinery Business or any Transferred  Assets,
whether or not accrued, liquidated,  contingent, matured, unmatured, or known or
unknown  to Black & Decker or any  Seller  or Buyer at or prior to the  Closing,
except for liabilities  and obligations of a type  contemplated by the foregoing
clause (v), which shall be governed by such clause; and

                  (ix) all liabilities and obligations for sales,  use and value
added taxes,  gross  receipts  taxes,  property  taxes,  licenses,  employee and
employer withholding and unemployment taxes and other Taxes which are not Income
Taxes.

         "Benefit   Arrangements"   means   all  life  and   health   insurance,
hospitalization,  savings, bonus, deferred compensation, incentive compensation,
bonus plans, stock option, stock purchase,  severance pay, disability and fringe
benefit  plans,  individual  employment  and  severance  and  change of  control
contracts,  and other  policies and  practices  providing  employee or executive
compensation or benefits to employees or former employees of the Glass Machinery
Business or any of their  dependents,  maintained or contributed to by the Glass
Machinery Units, other than an Employee Plan.

         "Bridge  Period"  means a taxable  year or taxable  period which begins
before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which  commercial  banks in New York,  New York or  Zurich,  Switzerland  are
required by law to close.

         "Buyer Companies" means Buyer and each company  designated by the Buyer
to purchase Transferred Assets or Shares or to assume Assumed Liabilities.

         "Closing Date" means the date of the Closing.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Confidentiality  Agreement"  means the letter  agreement  dated  March
27/30,  1998, by and between  Black & Decker and Buyer,  as the same has been or
may be amended from time to time.

         "Consolidated   Returns"   means  all  tax  returns   with  respect  to
Consolidated Taxes.

         "Consolidated  Taxes"  means all Taxes,  penalties  and interest due in
respect of any  transaction  engaged in by any Affiliated  Group for which Taxes
are due.

         "Contemplated  Transactions" means the transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Documents.

         "Contest"   means  any  audit,   investigation,   assessment,   appeal,
proceeding or litigation relating to Taxes.

         "Contracts" means all contracts,  agreements,  leases (including leases
of real property),  licenses,  commitments, sales and purchase orders, and other
instruments of any kind, whether written or oral.

         "Corporate  Pass  Through  Charges"  means  amounts  charged by Black &
Decker and its Affiliates to a Glass  Machinery Unit for the  administration  of
payroll,  payroll  taxes,  insurance and other  employee  benefit  programs with
respect to U.S.  employees,  certain  insurance  and risk  management  programs,
certain  out-of-pocket  expenses  associated  with the  filing,  protection  and
maintenance of Intellectual  Property, and the costs borne by Black & Decker and
its  Affiliates  with  respect to the  employment  by such  Person of the Active
Employees  listed on Attachment XVI hereto,  all as allocated and charged to the
Glass Machinery Units in accordance with past practice.

         "Damages"  means all  demands,  claims,  actions  or causes of  action,
assessments,  losses, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities,  judgments, awards,
fines, sanctions, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement,  including,
without limitation,  reasonable costs, fees and expenses of attorneys,  experts,
accountants,  appraisers,  consultants,  witnesses,  investigators and any other
agents or representatives of such Person (with such amounts to be determined net
of any resulting Tax benefit actually received or realized and net of any refund
or reimbursement  of any portion of such amounts actually  received or realized,
including, without limitation,  reimbursement by way of insurance or third party
indemnification),  but  specifically  excluding  (i) any  costs  incurred  by or
allocated to an Indemnified Party with respect to time spent by employees of the
Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, (ii) any lost profits or opportunity
costs or punitive  damages  (except to the extent  assessed in connection with a
third-party  claim with respect to which the Person  against  which such damages
are assessed is entitled to indemnification  hereunder),  and (iii) the decrease
in the value of any  Transferred  Asset or any asset of a Glass  Machinery Share
Company  to the  extent  that such  valuation  is based on any use of such asset
other than its use as of the Closing Date.

         "Disclosure Schedules" means the Disclosure Schedules provided by Black
&  Decker  to Buyer  pursuant  to  Exhibit  B dated  the date of this  Agreement
relating to the Agreement,  as it may be amended from time to time in accordance
with this Agreement.

         "Employee  Plans"  means  each  "employee  benefit  plan" as defined in
Section  3(3) of ERISA,  maintained  or  contributed  to by Black & Decker or an
Affiliate  of Black & Decker which  provides  benefits to employees of the Glass
Machinery Business or their dependents.

         "Environmental  Claim" means any written or oral notice, claim, demand,
action, suit,  complaint,  proceeding or other communication by any third Person
including,  without limitation, any Governmental Authority alleging liability or
potential  liability   (including  without  limitation  liability  or  potential
liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs,  governmental  response costs,
natural resource damages,  property damage, personal injury, fines or penalties)
arising  out of,  relating  to,  based on or  resulting  from (i) the  presence,
discharge,  emission,  release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substances
at any  location,  (ii)  circumstances  forming  the basis of any  violation  or
alleged  violation of any  Environmental  Laws, or (iii)  otherwise  relating to
obligations or liabilities under any Environmental Laws.

         "Environmental Laws" means any and all past and present statutes,  laws
(including common law),  regulations,  ordinances,  judgments,  orders, permits,
codes, decrees or injunctions of any foreign (including, without limitation, the
European Community and the European Union), federal, state or local governmental
authority which (i) impose liability for or standards of conduct  concerning the
manufacture,  processing,  generation,  distribution,  use, treatment,  storage,
disposal,  cleanup, transport or handling of Hazardous Substances including, The
Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended,  The  Comprehensive
Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, The
Superfund  Amendment  and  Reauthorization  Act of 1984,  as amended,  The Toxic
Substances  Control Act, as amended,  the Occupational  Safety and Health Act of
1970,  as amended,  to the extent it relates to the  handling of and exposure to
hazardous or toxic  materials  or similar  substances,  and any other  so-called
"Superfund"  or  "Superlien"  law or (ii)  otherwise  relates to  contamination,
pollution or the protection of human health or the environment.

         "Environmental Liabilities" means all liabilities to the extent arising
in  connection  with or in any way relating to the Glass  Machinery  Business or
Black & Decker's or any of its  Affiliates'  use or ownership  thereof,  whether
vested or unvested,  contingent or fixed, actual or potential, which arise under
or relate to  Environmental  Laws including,  without  limitation,  (i) Remedial
Actions, (ii) personal injury,  wrongful death, economic loss or property damage
claims, (iii) claims for natural resource damages, (iv) violations of law or (v)
any Damages with respect thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Environmental
Liabilities  shall not  include  any  increased  liabilities  resulting  from or
arising out of a use of a facility  constituting a Transferred Asset or owned or
leased on the Closing Date by a Glass  Machinery Share Company other than in the
manner that such facility was used on the Closing Date.

         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security act of 1974, as
amended.

         "Excluded  Assets"  means with  respect to each  Seller of  Transferred
Assets and each Glass Machinery Share Company:

                  (i) cash  and  cash  equivalents  of a Glass  Machinery  Unit,
including,  without limitation, cash and cash equivalents used as collateral for
letters  of credit,  deposits  with  utilities,  insurance  companies  and other
Persons, except to the extent any Glass Machinery Share Company has cash or cash
equivalents on the Closing Date;

                  (ii) all  original  books and records that any Seller shall be
required to retain  pursuant to any Applicable Law (in which case copies of such
books and records to the extent relating to the Glass  Machinery  Business shall
be  provided  to Buyer  upon  request),  or that  contain  information  relating
primarily  to any business or activity of a Glass  Machinery  Unit not forming a
part of the Glass Machinery Business,  an Excluded Asset, and Excluded Liability
or any employee of a Seller that is not a Transferred Employee;

                  (iii) all Tax assets of any Glass Machinery Unit (other than a
Glass  Machinery  Share  Company that is not a member of an  Affiliated  Group),
other than (A) Tax assets relating to sales, use, value added and similar taxes,
gross  receipts  taxes,   property  taxes,   licenses,   employee  and  employer
withholding and unemployment  taxes and other  non-income  related taxes and (B)
Income Tax assets of a Glass  Machinery Share Company that is not a member of an
Affiliated Group to the extent provided in Section 7.07;

                  (iv) all assets of a Glass Machinery Unit not held or owned by
or used primarily in connection with the Glass Machinery Business;

                  (v) all  rights  and  claims of Black & Decker  or any  Seller
under  any of the  Transaction  Documents  and the  agreements  and  instruments
delivered to Black & Decker or any Seller by a Buyer Company  pursuant to any of
the Transaction Documents;

                  (vi) all  accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable  or similar
claims or rights  (whether  or not  billed or  accrued)  of the Glass  Machinery
Business  from  Black & Decker or any of its  Affiliates,  except  for  accounts
receivable,  notes  receivable or similar  claims or rights  (whether  billed or
accrued)  relating to materials sold or services  rendered by a Glass  Machinery
Unit to any other Glass Machinery Unit;

                  (vii) all capital stock or any other  securities of any Person
other than the Shares and the partnership  interest in the IPGR Partnership held
by Emhart Glass Research, Inc.;

                  (viii) all  Intellectual  Property  not used  primarily in the
Glass Machinery Business including,  without  limitation,  the Emhart Trademarks
(as defined in the Trademark  Agreement)  other than the rights granted pursuant
to the Trademark Agreement;

                  (ix) all  rights of a Glass  Machinery  Unit  under  insurance
policies  that insure a Glass  Machinery  Unit to the extent  that any  Excluded
Liability constitutes an insured occurrence or insured claim thereunder;

                  (x) the Arbitration Cases Customer Receivables as reflected in
Note 1 to the Opening Statement up to a total amount of USD$745,000; and

                  (xi) except as otherwise  expressly provided in Exhibit D, all
assets related to Employee Plans and Benefit Arrangements.

         "Excluded  Liabilities"  means in respect of each Seller of Transferred
Assets and each Glass  Machinery  Share  Company the following  liabilities  and
obligations:

                  (i) all liabilities and obligations of a Seller of Transferred
Assets not arising out of the conduct of the Glass Machinery Business, except as
otherwise specifically provided in the Transaction Documents;

                  (ii) all  liabilities or  obligations  of any Glass  Machinery
Unit for any Tax arising from or with respect to the  Transferred  Assets or the
operations of the Glass Machinery Business prior to the Closing,  other than (A)
Tax liabilities or obligations  relating to sales,  use, value added and similar
taxes,  gross receipts taxes,  property taxes,  licenses,  employee and employer
withholding and unemployment taxes and other Taxes that are not Income Taxes and
(B) Income Tax  liabilities or obligations  of a Glass  Machinery  Share Company
that is not a  member  of an  Affiliated  Group  to the  extent  that  Buyer  is
responsible for such Income Tax liabilities pursuant to Section 7.07;

                  (iii) all  liabilities or  obligations,  whether  presently in
existence or arising  after the date of the  Agreements,  in respect of accounts
payable,  notes payable  (including  intercompany  promissory  notes and similar
financing  arrangements)  or  similar  obligations  (whether  or not  billed  or
accrued)  to  Black  &  Decker  or any of its  Affiliates,  except  for  (A) the
Insurance  Liabilities,  (B)  liabilities  and  obligations  for Corporate  Pass
Through  Charges and (C)  liabilities  or  obligations as of the Closing Date in
respect of accounts payable,  notes payable or similar  obligations  relating to
specific services provided to and specific expenses payable by a Glass Machinery
Unit to another Glass Machinery Unit;

                  (iv) all  liabilities  or  obligations,  whether  presently in
existence  or  arising  after  the  date of the  Agreement,  relating  to  fees,
commissions  or  expenses  owed  to  any  broker,  finder,   investment  banker,
accountant, attorney or other intermediary or advisor employed by Black & Decker
in connection with the Contemplated Transactions;

                  (v) all liabilities or obligations  retained by Black & Decker
or any Seller pursuant to Exhibit D;

                  (vi) all liabilities or obligations related to Excluded Assets
and not otherwise  included in the Assumed  Liabilities by express  provision of
this Agreement;

                  (vii) all  liabilities  or  obligations  related  to claims of
manufacturer or design defects (including  Asbestos Claims) made prior to, on or
after the Closing  Date with respect to any  products  manufactured  and sold or
service  provided by the Glass  Machinery  Business  prior to the  Closing  Date
(including  liabilities and obligations in respect of  investigations  regarding
product  safety,  product  recalls and  related  matters),  unless,  except with
respect to an Asbestos Claim, any such claim is based on an injury caused by the
fact that the product to which such claim relates has been inspected, overhauled
or upgraded  after the Closing Date by any of the Buyer  Companies or any of the
Glass Machinery Share Companies;

                  (viii) all  Environmental  Liabilities,  whether arising prior
to, on or after the Closing Date,  (1) relating to the disposal prior to Closing
of Hazardous  Substances  at  locations  other than  facilities  included in the
Transferred  Assets  (whether  by  fee  ownership  or  leasehold   interest)  or
facilities  owned or  leased  on the  Closing  Date by a Glass  Machinery  Share
Company,  it being  understood  and  agreed  that  the  migration  of  Hazardous
Substances in soil or groundwater  from a facility  included in the  Transferred
Assets or owned or leased by a Glass Machinery Share Company on the Closing Date
to surrounding  properties  shall not be considered such a disposal of Hazardous
Substances,  or (2) relating to or arising out of conditions  at, or the current
or former  operations  at, any  facilities  or  locations  not  included  in the
Transferred Assets (whether by fee ownership or leasehold  interest)  (including
any predecessors to such facilities or locations) or facilities or locations not
owned or leased on the Closing Date by a Glass Machinery Share Company;

                  (ix)   except  as  provided   in  Section   10.02(a)(v),   all
liabilities or obligations related to the Arbitration Cases; and

                  (x) all liabilities and obligations  related to the litigation
described in item 3 of Schedule B.11.

         "Financial Support  Arrangements" means any obligations,  contingent or
otherwise,  of a Person in respect of any indebtedness,  obligation or liability
(including assumed indebtedness,  obligations or liabilities) of another Person,
including but not limited to remaining  obligations  or  liabilities  associated
with indebtedness,  obligations or liabilities that are assigned, transferred or
otherwise  delegated to another  Person,  if any,  letters of credit and standby
letters of credit (including any related reimbursement or indemnity agreements),
direct or indirect guarantees, endorsements (except for collection or deposit in
the  ordinary  course  of  business),  notes  co-made  or  discounted,  recourse
agreements, take-or-pay agreements, keep-well agreements, agreements to purchase
or  repurchase  such  indebtedness,  obligation  or  liability  or any  security
therefor or to provide funds for the payment or discharge thereof, agreements to
maintain  solvency,  assets,  level  of  income  or other  financial  condition,
agreements to make payment other than for value received and any other financial
accommodations.

         "GAAP" means U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as in effect
on the date of the Agreement.

         "Glass   Machinery   Business"  means  the   development,   production,
distribution  and sale of glass and glass container  making machines and systems
(and spare parts therefor) and glass container  inspection machinery and systems
(and spare parts  therefor) and the repair,  refabrication  and  modification of
glass and glass  container  making  machines  and  systems  and glass  container
inspection machines and systems,  all as engaged in by the Glass Machinery Units
on the date of this Agreement.

         "Glass  Machinery  Company"  means each of the following  corporations:
Emhart Glass Machinery Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation; Emhart Inc., a
Delaware  corporation;  Emhart Sweden AB, a corporation formed under the laws of
Sweden;  Aktiebolaget Sundsvalls Verkstader, a corporation formed under the laws
of Sweden;  Emhart S.r.l., a corporation formed under the laws of Italy;  Emhart
Glass SA, a  corporation  formed  under the laws of  Switzerland;  Emhart  Glass
Machinery (U.S.) Inc., a Delaware  corporation;  Emhart Glass Research,  Inc., a
Delaware  corporation,  Emhart  Deutschland GmbH, a corporation formed under the
laws of Germany;  and Emhart (U.K.) Limited, a corporation formed under the laws
of England.

         "Glass  Machinery  Division"  means  each of the  unincorporated  Glass
Machinery   Division  of  Black  &  Decker  Asia  Pacific  Pte.   Ltd.  and  the
unincorporated Glass Machinery Division of Nippon POP Rivets & Fasteners LTD.

         "Glass Machinery  Financial  Statements"  means the entirety of (a) the
special-purpose  financial  combining  statements  of  operating  income and net
assets of the Glass  Machinery  Business,  as attached in  Attachment IX to this
Agreement,  (b) the Special Purpose Financial  Statements  (3/22/98) attached as
Attachment  XIII and (c) the Statement of the Proposed Final Net Tangible Assets
to be established in accordance with Section 2.04(a).

         "Glass Machinery Share Company" means each Glass Machinery  Company the
Shares of which are being sold, directly or indirectly, hereunder.

         "Glass  Machinery  Unit"  means a Glass  Machinery  Company  or a Glass
Machinery Division.

         "Governmental   Authority"  means  any  foreign,   domestic,   federal,
territorial,   state  or  local   governmental   authority,   quasi-governmental
authority,  instrumentality,  court, government or self-regulatory organization,
commission,   tribunal  or  organization  (including,  without  limitation,  the
European Community and the European Union) or any regulatory,  administrative or
other agency, or any political or other subdivision, department or branch of any
of the foregoing.

         "Hazardous Substances" means all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes,
materials or chemicals,  petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof)
and petroleum products, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials,  pollutants,
contaminants and all other materials,  substances and forces regulated  pursuant
to, or that could form the basis of liability under any Environmental Law.

         "HSR Act" means the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements  Act of
1976, as amended.

         "Income Taxes" means any income, gains, net worth,  surplus,  franchise
or with respect to any  interest,  dividends  or  royalties,  withholding  taxes
(including  interest,  penalties  or other  additions  to Tax)  imposed by a Tax
Authority.

         "Intellectual  Property"  means all  patents,  copyrights,  technology,
know-how,  processes,  trade secrets,  inventions,  proprietary data,  formulae,
research and development data and computer  software  programs;  all trademarks,
trade names,  service marks and service names; all registrations,  applications,
recordings,  licenses and common-law rights relating thereto,  all rights to sue
at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereto,  including
the right to receive  all  proceeds  and  damages  therefrom,  and all rights to
obtain  renewals,   continuations,   divisions  or  other  extensions  of  legal
protections  pertaining thereto;  and all other United States, state and foreign
intellectual property.

         "Intellectual  Property  Assignment  Agreements"  means  Assignment  of
United  States   Trademarks,   Trademark   Registrations  and  Applications  for
Registration,  Assignment of Foreign  Trademarks,  Trademark  Registrations  and
Applications  for  Registration,  Assignment of United States Patents and Patent
Applications  and Assignment of Foreign Patents and Application for Patents,  in
the forms contemplated by Attachments VIII, X, XI and XII to this Agreement.

         "Inventory" means all items of inventory notwithstanding how classified
in the financial records of a Glass Machinery Unit, including all raw materials,
work-in-process  and finished goods,  reconditioned  products and products to be
reconditioned products.

         "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.

         "Liens"   means  any  pledge,   security,   interest,   lien,   charge,
encumbrance,  mortgage,  trust deed, or other restriction having like or similar
effect on sale,  transfer or disposition,  whether imposed by agreement,  law or
otherwise..

         "Material Adverse Effect" means (i) with respect to the Glass Machinery
Business,  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  assets,  properties,  business,
financial condition (including the tax position) or results of operations of the
Glass  Machinery  Business  taken as a whole,  or (ii) with respect to any other
Person, a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, business, financial
condition  (including  the tax position) or results of operations of such Person
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         "Net  Tangible  Assets" means (i) all  Transferred  Assets of the Glass
Machinery  Business,  plus (ii) all assets of a Glass  Machinery  Share Company,
other than any  Excluded  Asset minus (iii) all (1) Assumed  Liabilities  of the
Glass  Machinery  Business,  (2)  all  liabilities  of a Glass  Machinery  Share
Company,  other than any Excluded  Liability and (3) goodwill,  all expressed in
U.S.  dollars and as calculated  in  accordance  with the practices and policies
that were employed in the preparation of the Opening Statement,  determined,  in
each case,  consistent with the Opening Statement and in accordance with Note 12
thereto  and, in the case of the Final Net  Tangible  Asset  Amount,  Attachment
XVIII..

         "Non US Benefit  Arrangements" means Benefit Arrangements in respect of
Non US Transferred Employees.

         "Non US Transferred  Employees" means Transferred Employees who are not
US Transferred Employees.

         "Opening  Statement" means the Statement of Net Assets contained in the
Special  Purpose  Financial  Statements  for the  quarter  ended  March 22, 1998
together  with  the  notes  thereto,  as  attached  in  Attachment  XIII to this
Agreement.

         "Permitted Liens" means any of the following:

                  (i) Liens for Taxes that (x) are not yet due or  delinquent or
(y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

                  (ii) statutory Liens or landlords', carriers', warehousemen's,
mechanic's,  suppliers',  materialmen's  or  other  like  Liens  arising  in the
ordinary course of business with respect to amounts not yet overdue for a period
of 60 days or amounts being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

                  (iii) easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar
charges or encumbrances on real property interests, that, individually or in the
aggregate,  do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of operation of
the  Glass  Machinery  Business  or the use of any such  real  property  for its
current uses;

                  (iv)  leases  or  subleases  granted  to  others  that  do not
materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the Glass Machinery Business;

                  (v)  with  respect  to  real   property,   title   defects  or
irregularities  that do not in the aggregate  materially  impair the use of such
real property for its current use;

                  (vi)  Liens in  favor of a  customer  of the  Glass  Machinery
Business arising in the ordinary course of business;

                  (vii)  Liens,  title  defects,  encumbrances,   easements  and
restrictions, invalidities of leasehold interests (collectively, "Encumbrances")
that have not had,  and could not  reasonably  be expected  to have,  a Material
Adverse Effect on the Glass Machinery Business; and

                  (viii) Encumbrances  specifically  disclosed in the Disclosure
Schedule or taken into account in the Opening Statement.

         "Person" means an individual, a corporation,  a general partnership,  a
limited partnership, a limited liability company, limited liability partnership,
an  association,  a trust or any  other  entity  or  organization,  including  a
government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

         "Post-Closing  Period" means any taxable  period ending on or after the
Closing Date.

         "Pre-Closing  Period"  means any  taxable  period  that ends before the
Closing Date.

         "Remedial  Action(s)" means the investigation,  clean-up or remediation
of contamination  or environmental  damage caused by, related to or arising from
the generation, use, handling,  treatment,  storage,  transportation,  disposal,
discharge,  release,  or emission of Hazardous  Substances,  including,  without
limitation,  investigations,  response,  removal and remedial  actions under The
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended,  corrective action under The Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act of
1976, as amended, and clean-up requirements under similar Environmental Laws.

         "Representatives"   means  (i)  with  respect  to  Buyer,  any  of  the
"Representatives"  as defined  in the  Confidentiality  Agreement  and (ii) with
respect  to B&D or any  Seller,  each  of its  respective  directors,  officers,
advisors, attorneys, accountants, employees or agents.

         "Seller"  means,  each Seller of Shares and  Transferred  Assets as set
forth on Schedule 2.01.

         "Services Agreement" means the Services Agreement  substantially in the
form  contemplated  by  Attachment  XIV to this  Agreement,  as the  same may be
amended from time to time.

         "Shares"  means  all  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of the
following  Glass  Machinery  Companies  which are being sold, to a Buyer Company
pursuant  to  this  Agreement:   Emhart  (U.K.)   Limited;   Emhart  Sweden  AB;
Aktiebolaget Sundsvalls Verkstader;  Emhart S.r.l; Emhart Glass Machinery (U.S.)
Inc. and Emhart Glass Research, Inc.

         "Subsidiary"  as it relates to any Person,  shall mean with  respect to
any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of
which  such  Person,  either  directly  or through  or  together  with any other
Subsidiary  of such  Person,  owns  more  than  50% of the  voting  power in the
election of directors or their equivalents,  other than as affected by events of
default.

         "Supplemental Agreements" means,  collectively,  the Supplemental Asset
Sale Agreements, and the Supplemental Share Sale Agreements.

         "Supplemental  Asset Sale Agreement" means each agreement  between each
Seller of  Transferred  Assets  and  Assumed  Liabilities  and a Buyer  Company,
substantially in the form of Attachment  II-1,  pursuant to which such Seller is
to transfer to a Buyer Company Transferred Assets and Assumed Liabilities.

         "Supplemental  Share Sale Agreement" means each agreement  between each
Seller of Shares and a Buyer  Company,  substantially  in the form of Attachment
II-2, pursuant to which such Seller is to transfer to a Buyer Company Shares and
a Glass  Machinery  Share  Company is to convey  and  assign to such  Seller the
Excluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities of such Glass Machinery Share Company.

         "Tax  Authority"  means a foreign or United  States  federal,  state or
local   Governmental   Authority  having   jurisdiction   over  the  assessment,
determination,  collection  or imposition of any Tax or any private party having
such authority under applicable tax law.

         "Tax  Returns"  means  all  returns  (including  information  returns),
declarations,  reports, estimates and statements regarding Taxes, required to be
filed with any Tax Authority.

         "Taxes" means all taxes,  charges,  fees, levies or other  assessments,
including  without  limitation,  all net income,  gross income,  gross receipts,
sales, use, ad valorem,  transfer,  value added,  franchise,  profits,  license,
withholding,   payroll,   employment,   excise,  estimated,   severance,  stamp,
occupation,  property, net worth, capital or other taxes, customs, duties, fees,
assessments  or charges of any kind  whatsoever,  together with any interest and
any  penalties,  additions  to tax or  additional  amounts  imposed  by any  Tax
Authority.

         "Trademark  Agreement" means the Trademark  Agreement to be executed by
the parties substantially in the form of Attachment III.

         "Transaction   Documents"   means  this  Agreement,   the  Supplemental
Agreements  the  Services  Agreement,   the  Intellectual   Property  Assignment
Agreements,  the Trademark Agreement,  and any exhibits or attachments to any of
the foregoing, as the same may be amended from time to time.

         "Transferred  Assets"  means,  other than Excluded  Assets,  all of the
assets, properties,  rights, licenses,  permits, Contracts, causes of action and
business  of every kind and  description  as the same shall exist on the Closing
Date, wherever located,  real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible,  owned
by, leased by or in the possession of the Glass  Machinery  Divisions and Emhart
Glass  Machinery  Investments,  Inc.,  Emhart  Inc.,  Emhart Glass SA and Emhart
Deutschland GmbH, whether or not reflected in the books and records thereof, and
held or used  primarily  in the conduct of the Glass  Machinery  Business as the
same shall exist on the Closing Date, and including, without limitation,  except
as otherwise  specified herein, all direct or indirect right, title and interest
of any Seller of Transferred Assets in, to and under:

                  (i) all personal  property and interests  therein  (other than
Intellectual  Property),  including  machinery,   equipment,  furniture,  office
equipment,   communications  equipment,   vehicles,  storage  tanks,  spare  and
replacement parts, fuel and other tangible property (and interests in any of the
foregoing)  owned by any such Seller that are used primarily in connection  with
the Glass Machinery Business;

                  (ii) all  Inventory  that is owned by any such Seller and held
for sale, use or consumption primarily in the Glass Machinery Business;

                  (iii)  all  Contracts  that  relate  primarily  to  the  Glass
Machinery Business to which any such Seller is a party or by which it is bound;

                  (iv) all accounts,  accounts  receivable and notes  receivable
whether or not billed,  accrued or otherwise recognized in the Opening Statement
or taken  into  account in the  determination  of the Final Net  Tangible  Asset
Amount,  together  with any unpaid  interest  or fees  accrued  thereon or other
amounts due with respect thereto of any such Seller to the extent they relate to
the Glass  Machinery  Business,  and any security or  collateral  for any of the
foregoing;

                  (v) all expenses  that have been prepaid by any such Seller to
the extent relating to the operation of the Glass Machinery Business,  including
but not limited to ad valorem Taxes, lease and rental payments;

                  (vi) all of any such Seller's rights, claims,  credits, causes
of action or rights of set-off against Persons, other than Black & Decker or any
of its Affiliates, to the extent relating to the Glass Machinery Business or the
Transferred Assets,  including,  without  limitation,  unliquidated rights under
manufacturers' and vendors' warranties;

                  (vii) all Intellectual Property of any such Seller (other than
Intellectual  Property  constituting  an  Excluded  Asset)  used or held for use
primarily in the Glass Machinery  Business,  including the goodwill of the Glass
Machinery Business  symbolized  thereby, it being understood and agreed that the
Intellectual  Property  used or held for use  primarily  in the Glass  Machinery
Business that is registered or as to which an application  for  registration  is
pending is listed on Attachment XV;

                  (vii) all transferable franchises,  licenses, permits or other
governmental  authorizations  owned by, or  granted  to, or held or used by, any
such Seller and primarily related to the Glass Machinery Business;

                  (ix)  except to the such  Seller  is  required  to retain  the
originals  pursuant to any Applicable Law (in which case copies will be provided
to Buyer upon request),  all business books, records,  files and papers, whether
in hard copy or computer format,  of any such Seller used primarily in the Glass
Machinery Business,  including,  without limitation, books of account, invoices,
engineering  information,  sales and promotional  literature,  manuals and data,
sales and purchase correspondence,  lists of present and former suppliers, lists
of present and former customers,  personnel and employment records of present or
former  employees,  documentation  developed or used for accounting,  marketing,
engineering,  manufacturing,  or any other  purpose  relating  primarily  to the
conduct of the Glass Machinery Business at any time prior to the Closing;

                  (x)      all Tax assets that are not an Excluded Asset;

                  (xi) the right to represent to third parties that Buyer is the
successor to the Glass Machinery Business; and

                  (xii) all insurance  proceeds due or to become due to any such
Seller  (except  to  the  extent   relating  to  Excluded   Assets  or  Excluded
Liabilities,  net of  any  retrospective  premiums,  deductibles,  retention  or
similar amounts, arising out of or related to damage, destruction or loss of any
property or asset of or used  primarily in connection  with the Glass  Machinery
Business to the extent of any damage or destruction that remains unrepaired,  or
to the extent any property or asset remains unreplaced at the Closing Date.

         "US Benefit  Arrangements" means Benefit  Arrangements in respect of US
Transferred Employees.

         "US Transferred  Employees" means Transferred Employees employed by the
Glass Machinery Business in the United States.

         "WARN" means the Worker Adjustment  Retraining and Notification Act, as
amended.

(b) "To the knowledge," "known by" or "known" (and any similar phrase) means (i)
with  respect to Black & Decker,  to the actual  knowledge of any of the General
Counsel,  Chief Financial  Officer,  Controller and Treasurer of Black & Decker,
the President of the Glass  Machinery  Business and the controller of each Glass
Machinery  Unit,  and  shall  be  deemed  to  include  a  representation  that a
reasonable  investigation or inquiry of the subject matter thereof has been made
of such individuals,  and (ii) with respect to Buyer, to the actual knowledge of
Senior Vice Presidents or higher ranking  officers of Buyer, and shall be deemed
to include a  representation  that a reasonable  investigation or inquiry of the
subject matter thereof has been made of such individuals.

(c)  "Specifically  disclosed" or "specific  disclosures"  shall only mean those
disclosures  made  in the  Disclosure  Schedules  which  are  indicated  with an
asterisk.

(d) Each of the  following  terms is defined in the Section  set forth  opposite
such term:

                  Term                                                   Section

         Active Employee....................................................D.01
         Adjusted Purchase Price............................................2.02
         Agreement......................................................Preamble
         Black & Decker.................................................Preamble
         Buyer..........................................................Preamble
         Buyer's Carryback ................................................ 7.07
         Seller's Carryforward .............................................7.07
         Buyer's Swiss Pension Plan ....................................... D.18
         Buyer's U.K. Pension Plan ........................................ D.15
         Buyer's U.S. Pension Plan  ....................................... D.08
         Buyer Period  .................................................... 7.08
         Closing............................................................2.03
         Competing Business.................................................5.06
         Encumbrances..........................................................A
         Exchange Consideration.............................................2.02
         Final Net Tangible Asset Amount....................................2.04
         Hedge Closure Confirmation ....................................... 7.08
         Hedge Contracts .................................................. 7.08
         Indemnified Claim.................................................10.03
         Indemnified Party.................................................10.03
         Indemnifying Party................................................10.03
         Insurance Liabilities..............................................6.03
         Non-U.S. Transferred Employee......................................D.__
         Leased Real Property...............................................B.07
         Owned Real Property................................................B.07
         PBGC...............................................................B.18
         Proceedings.......................................................    A
         Proposed Final Net Tangible Asset Amount...........................2.04
         Referee...........................................................10.03
         Seller Period .....................................................7.07
         Seller's German Pension Plan ......................................D.16
         Seller's Hourly Pension Plan ..................................... D.09
         Seller's Japanese Plan ............................................D.17
         Seller's Savings Bank .............................................D.10
         Seller's Swiss Pension Plan .......................................D.18
         Seller's U.K. Pension Plan ....................................... D.15
         Seller's U.S. Pension Plan.........................................D.08
         Successor Hourly Pension Plan .....................................D.09
         Successor Savings Plan.............................................D.10
         Surviving Representations or Covenants............................10.01
         Systems...........................................................B.21
         Third Party Claim.................................................10.03
         Transferred Employees..............................................D.01


<PAGE>






                                       
                                                                       EXHIBIT B


                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BLACK & DECKER


         Black & Decker hereby represents and warrants to Buyer, that:

         B.01  Corporate  Existence  and Power.  Black & Decker is a corporation
duly  incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
state of Maryland.  Each Seller of Transferred  Assets and each Glass  Machinery
Share Company is a corporation duly  incorporated,  validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the state or  jurisdiction of its  incorporation  and
has all corporate powers and all material governmental licenses, authorizations,
consents and approvals  required to carry on the Glass Machinery Business as now
conducted.  Each Seller of  Transferred  Assets and each Glass  Machinery  Share
Company  is duly  qualified  to do  business  as a foreign  corporation  in each
jurisdiction  where the  character of the property  owned or leased by it or the
nature of its activities make such qualification necessary to carry on the Glass
Machinery Business as now conducted, except where the failure to be so qualified
has not been,  and could not  reasonably be expected to be material to the Glass
Machinery Business.

         B.02 Corporate Authorization.  The execution,  delivery and performance
by Black & Decker and each Seller of each of the Transaction  Documents to which
it is a party  and the  consummation  by Black & Decker  and each  Seller of the
Contemplated  Transactions  are within its  corporate  powers and have been duly
authorized  by  all  necessary  corporate  action  on  its  part.  Each  of  the
Transaction  Documents to which it is a party  constitutes or will constitute at
Closing a legal,  valid and binding agreement of Black & Decker and each Seller,
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (i) except as enforceability
may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium
or other  similar  laws now or  hereafter  in effect  relating  to or  affecting
creditors'  rights  generally,  including the effect of statutory and other laws
regarding fraudulent  conveyances and preferential transfers and (ii) subject to
the limitations imposed by general equitable  principles  (regardless of whether
such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

         B.03  Capitalization.  The  designations  of each class of the  capital
stock  of each of the  Glass  Machinery  Share  Companies,  and  the  number  of
authorized  and issued shares  thereof is as described on Schedule  B.03. All of
the  Shares  and all  other  capital  stock or  other  securities  of the  Glass
Machinery  Share  Companies  have been  validly  issued  and are fully  paid and
nonassessable.  Except as described in Schedule B.03, no shares of capital stock
or other  securities of any of the Glass  Machinery  Share Companies are held in
treasury,  and there are no other issued or outstanding  shares of capital stock
or other  securities of the Glass  Machinery Share Companies and no other issued
or outstanding securities of any of the Glass Machinery Share Companies that are
at any time  convertible  into or  exchangeable  or exercisable  for any capital
stock or other securities of any of such Glass Machinery Companies.  None of the
Glass Machinery Share Companies are subject to any commitment or obligation that
would  require the  issuance or sale of  additional  shares of capital  stock or
other  securities  of any of such Glass  Machinery  Companies  at any time under
options, subscriptions,  warrants, rights or any other obligations. There are no
agreements,  commitments,  restrictions or arrangements  (whether or not legally
enforceable)  relating to ownership (including without limitation  repurchase or
redemption) or voting of any shares of capital stock or other  securities of any
Glass Machinery Share Companies.  Except as set forth on Schedule B.03, no Glass
Machinery Share Company has, nor any of the  Transferred  Assets  includes,  any
Subsidiary  or any  equity  interest  or other  investment  in any  corporation,
partnership,  joint venture or other entity of any kind other than another Glass
Machinery Company.

         B.04  Ownership of Shares.  The Persons listed in Schedule B.03 are the
record and beneficial  owners of the Shares,  all of which are free of any lien,
security interest, charge, encumbrance or claim. Such Persons have, or will have
on the Closing  Date,  the right to, and will in fact,  transfer to the Buyer or
Buyer's  Companies  complete and  unencumbered  legal and equitable title to the
Shares which are to be transferred to the Buyer or Buyer's Companies.

         B.05   Governmental   Authorization.   The   execution,   delivery  and
performance  by Black & Decker and each Seller of the  Transaction  Documents to
which it is a party  require  no  action by or in  respect  of,  or  consent  or
approval of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority other than:

                           (i) compliance  with any applicable  requirements  of
         the HSR Act;

                           (ii)  actions,  consents,  approvals  or filings  set
         forth in  Schedule  B.05 or  otherwise  expressly  referred  to in this
         Agreement; and

                           (iii) such other consents, approvals, authorizations,
         permits  and filings the failure to obtain or make would not be, in the
         aggregate, material to the Glass Machinery Business.

         B.06  Non-Contravention.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  B.06,  the
execution, delivery and performance by Black & Decker and each Seller of each of
the  Transaction  Documents  to which  it is a party do not and will not  (i)(A)
contravene or conflict with the charter or bylaws of Black & Decker, a Seller or
any Glass  Machinery  Share Company,  (B) assuming  compliance  with the matters
referred  to in Section  B.05,  contravene  or  conflict  with or  constitute  a
violation of any provisions of any Applicable Law binding upon Black & Decker, a
Seller or any Glass  Machinery Share Company;  (C) assuming  compliance with the
matters referred to in Section B.05,  constitute a default under or give rise to
any right of termination,  cancellation or acceleration  of, or to a loss of any
benefit relating  exclusively to the Glass Machinery  Business to which a Seller
of the Transferred  Assets is entitled under,  any Contract  binding upon such a
Seller relating  exclusively to the Glass Machinery  Business or by which any of
the Transferred Assets is or may be bound or any license,  franchise,  permit or
similar  authorization  held by such a Seller relating  exclusively to the Glass
Machinery  Business;  or (D) assuming compliance with the matters referred to in
Section  B.05,  constitute  a  default  under  or  give  rise  to any  right  of
termination,  cancellation  or  acceleration  of, or to a loss of any benefit to
which a Glass Machinery Share Company is entitled under any Contract (other than
an Excluded  Asset) to which such a Glass  Machinery Share Company is a party or
may be bound or any license,  franchise, permit or similar authorization held by
such a Glass  Machinery Share Company;  except,  in the case of clauses (B), (C)
and (D) for any such contravention,  conflict,  violation, default, termination,
cancellation,  acceleration  or loss that could not reasonably be expected to be
material  to the Glass  Machinery  Business  or (ii)  result in the  creation or
imposition  of any Lien on any  Transferred  Asset or asset (other than Excluded
Assets) of a Glass Machinery Share Company, other than Permitted Liens.

         B.07 Financial  Statements.  The Glass Machinery  Financial  Statements
present  fairly the  financial  position and results of  operations of the Glass
Machinery  Business  at the dates and for the  periods  set  forth  therein,  in
conformity with the principles and procedures set forth in the notes thereto.

         B.08  Absence of Certain  Changes.  Except  for  matters  that would be
permitted in  accordance  with Section 5.01 if they  occurred  after the date of
this Agreement or as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule  B.08,  from March 22,
1998 to the date of this  Agreement,  there  has not been any  material  adverse
change in the  business,  financial  condition  (including  its tax position) or
results of operations of the Glass Machinery Business and there has not been:

                  (a) any  event or  occurrence  that has been  material  to the
Glass  Machinery  Business,  other than those  resulting  from changes,  whether
actual or  prospective,  in general  conditions  applicable to the industries in
which the Glass Machinery Business is involved or general economic conditions;

                  (b) any material  damage,  destruction  or other casualty loss
affecting  (i) the Glass  Machinery  Business or (ii) any  material  assets that
would  constitute  Transferred  Assets  if  owned,  held or used by a Seller  of
Transferred  Assets on the Closing Date or (iii) any material  asset (other than
an Excluded Asset) of a Glass Machinery Share Company;

                  (c)  any  transaction  or  commitment  made,  or any  Contract
entered  into (i) by a Glass  Machinery  Share  Company,  or (ii) by a Seller of
Transferred  Assets relating  primarily to the Glass  Machinery  Business or any
assets that would constitute Transferred Assets if owned, held or used by such a
Seller on the Closing Date  (including  the  acquisition  or  disposition of any
assets),  in either case,  material to the Glass  Machinery  Business taken as a
whole,  other  than  transactions  and  commitments  in the  ordinary  course of
business and those contemplated by this Agreement;

                  (d) any  termination  or  amendment  (i) by a Glass  Machinery
Share Company of any Contract  (other than an Excluded  Asset) or other right or
(ii) by a Seller of  Transferred  Assets of any Contract or other right relating
primarily to the Glass Machinery Business, in either case, material to the Glass
Machinery  Business taken as a whole, other than terminations or amendments made
in the ordinary course of business and those contemplated by this Agreement;

                  (e) any sale or other  disposition  by a Seller of Transferred
Assets or a Glass Machinery Share Company, of more than an aggregate of $500,000
of  assets  (other  than the sale of  Inventory  (including  obsolete  Inventory
whether  or not in the  ordinary  course of  business)  which  would  constitute
Transferred  Assets or assets (other than Excluded  Assets) of a Glass Machinery
Share Company on the Closing Date;

                  (f) any increase in the  compensation of any current  employee
of the Glass  Machinery  Business at a level of vice  president or above,  other
than   nondiscretionary   increases   pursuant  to  Employee  Plans  or  Benefit
Arrangements specifically disclosed in Schedule B.20; and

                  (g) any cancellation,  compromise,  waiver or release by (i) a
Seller of  Transferred  Assets  of any  claim or right  (or a series of  related
rights and  claims)  related to the Glass  Machinery  Business,  or (ii) a Glass
Machinery Share Company of any claim or right (or a series of related rights and
claims)  other than,  in either  case,  cancellations,  compromises,  waivers or
releases in the ordinary course of business or relating to an Excluded Asset.

         B.09 Sufficiency of and Title to the Transferred Assets.

                  (a) Except as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule  B.09,  the
Transferred  Assets,  and the assets (other than  Excluded  Assets) of the Glass
Machinery  Share  Companies,  together with the services to be provided to Buyer
Companies pursuant to the Services Agreement,  and the Intellectual  Property to
be transferred to Buyer pursuant to the Trademark Agreement,  constitute, and on
the  Closing  Date will  constitute,  all of the  assets and  services  that are
necessary  to  permit  the  operation  of  the  Glass   Machinery   Business  in
substantially the same manner as such operations have heretofore been conducted.

                  (b) Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule B.09, subject
to  the  receipt  of  any  consents  or  approvals  of any  other  Person,  upon
consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, Buyer will have acquired good and
marketable  title  in and to,  or a valid  leasehold  interest  in,  each of the
Transferred Assets (other than any Intellectual Property), free and clear of all
Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

                  (c) Schedule  B.09  includes a true and  complete  list of all
real  property (i) owned by a Glass  Machinery  Share  Company (or real property
which such a Glass Machinery  Company has the right to acquire),  and (ii) owned
by a Seller of Transferred  Assets (or real property which such a Seller has the
right to  acquire  in  connection  with its  operation  of the  Glass  Machinery
Business) which is included in the Transferred Assets, (collectively, the "Owned
Real  Property").  Schedule  B.09 sets forth (i) the  address of each  parcel of
Owned Real Property and (ii) the owner of such Owned Real Property.

                  (d) Schedule  B.09  includes a true and  complete  list of all
agreements (together with any amendments thereof) pursuant to which (i) a Seller
of  Transferred  Assets  leases,  subleases  or otherwise  occupies  (whether as
landlord,  tenant,  subtenant or other occupancy  arrangement) any real property
used in the Glass  Machinery  Business or (ii) a Glass  Machinery Share Company,
leases, subleases, or otherwise occupies (whether as landlord, tenant, subtenant
or  other  occupancy  arrangement)  any real  property  in  connection  with the
operation  of the Glass  Machinery  Business  (collectively,  the  "Leased  Real
Property").  Schedule  B.09 sets forth (i) the  address of each parcel of Leased
Real  Property and (ii) the owner of the  leasehold,  subleasehold  or occupancy
interest for each Leased Real Property.

         B.10 No Undisclosed  Liabilities.  There are (a) no liabilities  (other
than  Excluded  Liabilities)  of a  Glass  Machinery  Share  Company,  or (b) no
liabilities of a Seller of Transferred  Assets  relating to the Glass  Machinery
Business  that  constitute  Assumed  Liabilities,  in either  case,  of any kind
whatsoever, whether accrued, contingent,  absolute, determined,  determinable or
otherwise, other than:

                           (i)  liabilities  disclosed in or provided for in the
         Opening Statement and liabilities for matters taken into account in the
         determination of the Final Net Tangible Asset Amount;

                           (ii)   liabilities   specifically  (x)  disclosed  in
         Schedule B.10 and B.11, (y) related to any contract,  agreement, lease,
         license,  commitment,  sales or  purchase  order  or other  undertaking
         disclosed  in the  Disclosure  Schedules or (z) related to any Employee
         Plan or Benefit  Arrangements  identified  in Exhibit D or disclosed in
         Schedule B.20;

                           (iii) liabilities  incurred in the ordinary course of
         business since March 31, 1998;

                           (iv)  liabilities  not  required to be accrued for or
         reserved against in accordance with GAAP; and

                           (v)  liabilities  in addition to those  referenced in
         the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), that in the aggregate could not
         reasonably be expected to be material to the Glass Machinery Business.

         B.11  Litigation.  Except for  Excluded  Liabilities,  as  specifically
disclosed  in Schedule  B.11 or  reserved  against or referred to in the Opening
Statement,  there  is no  action,  suit,  investigation  or  proceeding  pending
against, or to the knowledge of Black & Decker, threatened against or affecting,
a Glass Machinery Share Company, the Glass Machinery Business or any Transferred
Asset before any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be material to the
Glass Machinery Business.

         B.12     Material Contracts.

                  (a)  Except as set forth on  Schedule  B.12 and for  Contracts
that are Excluded  Assets or Excluded  Liabilities,  as of the date hereof,  the
Sellers of Transferred Assets, with respect to the Glass Machinery Business, and
the Glass  Machinery Share Companies are not parties to or otherwise bound by or
subject to:

                           (i) any Contract that involves the receipt or payment
         by any Glass  Machinery  Unit of more than  $500,000 in any twelve (12)
         month period other than Contracts  relating to the sale of goods or the
         provision of services by a Glass Machinery Unit entered in the ordinary
         course of business by such Glass Machinery Unit;

                           (ii) any written employment, severance, consulting or
         sales  representative  Contract (other than those that relate to Active
         Employees) which contains an obligation (excluding  commissions) to pay
         more than $100,000 per year;

                           (iii) any Contract  containing any covenant  limiting
         the  freedom of a Seller of  Transferred  Assets,  with  respect of the
         Glass  Machinery  Business  or the  operations  of the Glass  Machinery
         Business,  or a Glass  Machinery Share Company to engage in any line of
         business  or  compete  with any  Person in any  geographic  area in any
         material  respect if such  Contract  will be binding  after the Closing
         other than sales agency agreements  granting  exclusive  territories to
         sales agents and Intellectual  Property licenses or sharing  agreements
         limiting the use of Intellectual Property;

                           (iv)  any  Contract  in  effect  on the  date of this
         Agreement  relating to the disposition or acquisition of the assets of,
         or any interest in, any business  enterprise other than in the ordinary
         course of business  or, in the case of Sellers of  Transferred  Assets,
         Contracts which do not relate to the Glass Machinery Business;

                           (v) any Financial Support Arrangements;

                           (vi) any  indebtedness  for borrowed money that would
         constitute an Assumed  Liability or a liability (other than an Excluded
         Liability) of a Glass Machinery  Share Company,  if in existence on the
         Closing Date, with a principal amount in excess of $500,000;

                           (vii) any offset agreement entered into in connection
         with an  international  sales  transaction and relating to any Contract
         that imposes an  obligation  to perform that will continue in effect on
         or after the Closing Date; or

                           (viii)  any other  material  Contract  not  otherwise
         disclosed in the Disclosure Schedules.

                  (b) Except as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule B.12,  each
Contract  disclosed in Schedule B.12 is a legal, valid and binding obligation of
the respective Seller or Glass Machinery Share Company  enforceable against such
Person in accordance with its terms (except as limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in
effect  relating to or affecting  creditors'  rights  generally,  including  the
effect  of  statutory  and  other  laws  regarding  fraudulent  conveyances  and
preferential  transfers,  and  subject  to the  limitations  imposed  by general
equitable principles  regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in
a proceeding at law or in equity),  and the respective Seller or Glass Machinery
Share  Company  is not in breach or default  and has not  failed to perform  any
obligation  thereunder,  and, to the knowledge of Black & Decker, there does not
exist any event,  condition  or  omission  which  would  constitute  a breach or
default  (whether  by lapse of time or  notice  or  both) by any  other  Person,
except, in either case, for any such default,  failure or breach as has not had,
and could not  reasonably  be expected  to be  material  to the Glass  Machinery
Business.

         B.13 Licenses and Permits. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule
B.13,  each Seller of Transferred  Assets and each Glass Machinery Share Company
has all material licenses,  franchises, permits and other similar authorizations
affecting,  or relating in any way to, the Glass Machinery  Business required by
law to be  obtained  by each  Seller of  Transferred  Assets and each such Glass
Machinery  Share  Company to permit such  Person to conduct the Glass  Machinery
Business in  substantially  the same manner as the Glass Machinery  Business has
heretofore been conducted.

         B.14 Finders' Fees. Except for Lehman Brothers Inc., whose fees will be
paid by Black & Decker, there is no investment banker,  broker,  finder or other
intermediary  that has been  retained  by or is  authorized  to act on behalf of
Black & Decker and,  except for the employees who are parties to the  agreements
described in Section  B.20(b)(xi),  there is no employee of the Glass  Machinery
Business who might be entitled to any fee or  commission  from Black & Decker or
Buyer  or  any  of  their  Affiliates  upon  consummation  of  the  Contemplated
Transactions.

         B.15  Environmental  Compliance.  Except as  specifically  disclosed in
Schedule  B.15,  the  Glass  Machinery  Business  conducted  by the  Sellers  of
Transferred  Assets and the  business  conducted  by the Glass  Machinery  Share
Companies,  is and has  been  in  substantial  compliance  with  all  applicable
Environmental  Laws, and each of the Sellers of the  Transferred  Assets and the
Glass Machinery Share Companies has obtained all material permits,  licenses and
other  authorizations  that are required under  applicable  Environmental  Laws.
Except as  specifically  disclosed  in  Schedule  B.15,(i)  the Glass  Machinery
Business  conducted  by the  Sellers  of  Transferred  Assets  and the  business
conducted  by the Glass  Machinery  Share  Companies is and has been in material
compliance with the terms and conditions  under which the permits,  licenses and
other  authorizations  referenced  in the  preceding  sentence  were  issued  or
granted,  (ii) the  Sellers of  Transferred  Assets  hold all  material  permits
required by Environmental Laws that are appropriate and necessary to conduct the
Glass Machinery Business as presently  conducted in all material respects and to
operate the  Transferred  Assets in all material  respects as they are presently
operated;  (iii) the Glass Machinery  Share Companies hold all material  permits
required by  Environmental  Laws that are  appropriate  and necessary to conduct
their businesses as presently  conducted in all material respects and to operate
their assets (other than Excluded  Assets) in all material  respects as they are
presently  operated;  (iv) no  suspension,  cancellation  refusal  to  renew  or
termination  of any permit  referred  to in clauses  (ii) or (iii) is pending or
threatened;  (v) the Sellers of Transferred  Assets have not received  notice of
any material  Environmental  Claim relating to or affecting the Glass  Machinery
Business  or  the   Transferred   Assets,   and  there  is  no  such  threatened
Environmental  Claim or any circumstances,  conditions or events that could give
rise to such a claim; (vi) the Sellers of Transferred Assets, in connection with
the Glass Machinery Business or the Transferred  Assets,  have not entered into,
agreed  to, or are  subject  to any  judgment,  decree,  order or other  similar
requirement of any Governmental  Authority under any  Environmental  Laws; (vii)
the Glass  Machinery  Share  Companies have not received  notice of any material
Environmental Claim and there is no such threatened  Environmental Claim; (viii)
neither Black & Decker nor any of its Affiliates  received written notice of any
material Environmental Claim and there is no such threatened Environmental Claim
or any circumstances, conditions or events that could give rise to such a claim;
(ix) the Glass  Machinery  Share  Companies  have not  entered  into,  agreed in
writing  to, or are  subject to any  judgment,  decree,  order or other  similar
requirement of any Governmental Authority under any Environmental Laws.

         B.16  Compliance  with  Laws.  Except  as  specifically   disclosed  in
Schedules B.15 and B.16, for violations or infringements of Environmental  Laws,
and for violations or infringements that have not had, and may not reasonably be
expected to be material to the Glass  Machinery  Business,  the operation by the
Sellers of Transferred  Assets of the Glass Machinery Business and the operation
of the  business  conducted  by the Glass  Machinery  Share  Companies  have not
violated or infringed,  and do not violate or infringe,  in any material respect
any Applicable Law or any order, writ,  injunction or decree of any Governmental
Authority.

         B.17 Intellectual  Property.  With respect to (a) Intellectual Property
of each Seller of Transferred Assets that constitutes Transferred Assets and (b)
Intellectual   Property  of  a  Glass   Machinery   Share  Company  (other  than
Intellectual  Property  constituting an Excluded Asset),  except as specifically
disclosed in Schedule B.17:

                  (a) Each Seller of Transferred Assets and each Glass Machinery
Share Company owns, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted  Liens, and
subject to any licenses  granted by the Seller or Glass Machinery  Company prior
to the Closing Date, each of which is listed in Schedule B.12(a)(i),  all right,
title and interest in such Intellectual Property and such Intellectual Property,
to the extent registered, is unexpired and has not been abandoned;

                  (b) The use of  such  Intellectual  Property  by a  Seller  of
Transferred  Assets in  connection  with the  operation  of the Glass  Machinery
Business as heretofore  conducted or by a Glass Machinery  Company in connection
with the  operation  of the  Glass  Machinery  Business  or  otherwise  does not
conflict with, infringe upon or violate the intellectual  property rights of any
other  Persons,  except  to the  extent  that  such  conflict,  infringement  or
violation has not been, and cannot reasonably be expected to be, material to the
Glass Machinery Business;

                  (c)  The  operations  of  the  Glass  Machinery  Business,  as
presently conducted,  do not infringe upon or violate the intellectual  property
rights  of  any  other  Persons,  except  to  the  extent  that  such  conflict,
infringement or violation has not been, and cannot reasonably be expected to be,
material to the Glass Machinery Business;

                  (d) The Sellers of Transferred  Assets and the Glass Machinery
Share  Companies  have the right to use all  Intellectual  Property  used by the
Glass Machinery Business and necessary for the continued  operation of the Glass
Machinery  Business  in  substantially  the same manner as its  operations  have
heretofore  been   conducted,   except  where  the  failure  to  have  any  such
Intellectual  Property has not been,  and could not reasonably be expected to be
material to the Glass Machinery Business; and

                  (e) Upon the consummation of the Closing hereunder,  (i) Buyer
Companies will be vested with all of the Sellers of Transferred  Assets' rights,
title and interest in, and rights and  authority to use in  connection  with the
Glass  Machinery  Business,  all of the  Intellectual  Property that  constitute
Transferred  Assets  and (ii)  such  Intellectual  Property,  together  with the
Intellectual  Property owned by the Glass Machinery Share Companies  (other than
Excluded Assets), and the Intellectual  Property licensed to Buyer in accordance
with the Trademark  Agreement and any other interests in  Intellectual  Property
transferred hereunder will collectively  constitute such rights and interests in
Intellectual  Property  which are necessary  for the continued  operation of the
Glass  Machinery  Business  as a whole in  substantially  the same manner as its
operations have heretofore been conducted, except where any inaccuracy of clause
(ii) has not been, and could not  reasonably be expected to be,  material to the
Glass Machinery Business.

                  (f) To the  knowledge of Black & Decker (i) such  Intellectual
Property is valid or enforceable  and (ii) except as  specifically  disclosed in
Section  (ii) of  Schedule  B.17,  no Person is  infringing  or  violating  such
Intellectual Property. .

         B.18     Taxes.

                  (a) Each Seller of Transferred  Assets,  each Glass  Machinery
Share Company and each Affiliated  Group,  has exercised  reasonable care in the
preparation  of, and has duly and timely  filed,  all  applicable  material  Tax
Returns with  respect to all Taxes  required to be filed to the date hereof and,
as of the Closing Date will have exercised  reasonable  care in the  preparation
of, and will have timely filed, all applicable Tax Returns with respect to Taxes
required to have been filed prior to the  Closing  Date.  All Taxes shown on the
Tax Returns or pursuant to any declarations or assessments  received by a Seller
of Transferred  Assets or a Glass Machinery Share Company  (including  estimated
Taxes),  have been duly and timely  paid,  and no such Taxes have created a Lien
(other  than a Permitted  Lien)  against  any of the  Transferred  Assets or the
assets (other than  Excluded  Assets) of a Glass  Machinery  Share  Company,  or
impair  the  ability of a Seller to  transfer  the  Transferred  Assets to Buyer
Companies free and clear of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) in accordance
with the terms of this  Agreement.  All such Tax Returns  are true,  correct and
complete  in  all  material  respects.   Except  for  Taxes  that  are  Excluded
Liabilities,  there  exists no Tax  deficiency  or unpaid  Tax  assessed  by any
Governmental  Authority  against  a  Seller  of  Transferred  Assets  or a Glass
Machinery  Share  Company  which is not  fully  provided  for in the  respective
Financial  Statements.  The  statement  of the Final Net  Tangible  Asset Amount
established  in  accordance  with  Section   2.04(a)  will  include   sufficient
provisions for all Taxes that are Assumed Liabilities.

                  (b) As of the date of this Agreement, Schedule B.18 contains a
list of all states and other  jurisdictions  where  each  Seller of  Transferred
Assets  (with  respect to  Transferred  Assets) and each Glass  Machinery  Share
Company (with respect to its assets other than Excluded Assets),  have filed Tax
Returns during the past three years.

         B.19  Insurance.  Schedule B.19 contains a correct and complete list of
all material policies of insurance held by (a) any Seller of Transferred  Assets
that are in  effect  on the date of this  Agreement  and that  insure  the Glass
Machinery  Business  or (b)  any  Glass  Machinery  Share  Company.  None of the
insurance  carriers  listed in Schedule B.19 are related to or  affiliated  with
Black & Decker,  other than  Shenandoah  Insurance,  Inc. Black & Decker has not
received  notice or any other  indication  from any insurer or agent (other than
Shenandoah  Insurance,  Inc.) of any intent to cancel or not to renew any of the
insurance policies listed in Schedule B.19, except for cancellations or failures
to renew that will occur as a result of the Closing.

         B.20     Employee Benefit Matters.

                  (a) Except as listed in  Schedule  B.20  there is no  Employee
Plan or material Benefit  Arrangement which covers Transferred  Employees and no
collective bargaining agreement covering Transferred Employees.

                  (b) Except as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule B.20,  with
respect to the Glass Machinery Business:

                           (i)  neither  Black & Decker  nor any  member  of its
         "Controlled  Group" (defined as any organization which is a member of a
         controlled group of  organizations  within the meaning of Code Sections
         414(b),  (c), (m) or (o)) has ever  contributed to or had any liability
         to a multi-employer  plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA,  which
         could  reasonably  be expected to be,  material to the Glass  Machinery
         Business;

                           (ii) no  fiduciary  of any funded  Employee  Plan has
         engaged  in a  nonexempt  "prohibited  transaction"  (as  that  term is
         defined in Section  4975 of the Code and  Section  406 of ERISA)  which
         could  subject  Buyer to a penalty tax  imposed by Section  4975 of the
         Code;

                           (iii) no Employee  Plan has incurred an  "accumulated
         funding  deficiency"  within the  meaning of Section 412 of the Code or
         similar non-U.S. Applicable Law, whether or not waived;

                           (iv) each Employee Plan and Benefit  Arrangement  has
         been  established  and   administered  in  all  material   respects  in
         accordance with its terms and in compliance with Applicable Law and all
         contributions  to be made to such  plans  have been made in  accordance
         with Applicable Law and the regulations of such plans;

                           (v) no Employee Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA has
         incurred  any  material  liability  under such title other than for the
         payment  of  premiums  to  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation
         ("PBGC"), all of which have been paid when due;

                           (vi)  no  defined  benefit  Employee  Plan  has  been
         terminated;  nor have there been any "reportable  events" (as that term
         is  defined in Section  4043 of ERISA and the  regulations  thereunder)
         which would present a risk that an Employee Plan would be terminated by
         the PBGC in a distress termination;

                           (vii) each  Employee  Plan  intended to qualify under
         Section 401 of the Code has received a determination  letter that it is
         so  qualified  and no  event  has  occurred  with  respect  to any such
         Employee  Plan  which  could  cause the loss of such  qualification  or
         exemption;

                           (viii) with respect to each  Employee  Plan listed in
         Schedule  B.20,  Black & Decker  has made  available  to Buyer the most
         recent copy (where  applicable) of (1) the plan document;  (2) the most
         recent determination letter; (3) any summary plan description;  and (4)
         Form 5500;

                           (ix) with respect to the Transferred Employees, there
         are no post-retirement medical or health plans in effect;

                           (x) there are no  actions,  claims or  investigations
         pending or threatened,  against any Employee Plan, Benefit Arrangement,
         or any administrator,  fiduciary or sponsor thereof with respect to the
         Glass  Machinery  Business,  other than benefit  claims  arising in the
         normal   course  of  operation  of  such   Employee   Plan  or  Benefit
         Arrangement; and

                           (xi)  except  with  respect to the Letter  Agreements
         with Messrs.  Siegenthaler  and Blatt disclosed under Sections  B(f)(9)
         and (10) of Schedule B.20 and the Severance  Agreements disclosed under
         Sections E(2)(4),  E(e)(1), E(f)(2) through (6) and E(h)(6) through (8)
         of  Schedule  B.20,  no  Benefit  Arrangement  or  other  agreement  or
         arrangement  exists that could  result in the payment to any present or
         former employee of the Glass  Machinery  Business of any money or other
         property or  accelerate  or provide any other rights or benefits to any
         present or former employee of the Glass Machinery  Business as a result
         of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement,  whether or not such
         payment would constitute a parachute payment within the meaning of Code
         Section 280G.

                  (c) Labor Controversies.  The Glass Machinery Units (i) are in
substantial  compliance  in all  material  respects  with  all  Applicable  Laws
respecting  employment  and  employment  practices,   terms  and  conditions  of
employment  and wages and hours  except for the  matters  described  in schedule
B.11,  (ii) there is no labor  strike,  dispute,  slowdown or stoppage  actually
pending or, to Black & Decker's  knowledge,  threatened against or affecting the
Glass Machinery  Units,  (iii) except that the collective  bargaining  agreement
with the union representing the unionized employees at the Hartford Division has
expired and a new  collective  bargaining  agreement has not yet been  executed,
since 1989 none of the Glass  Machinery  Units  have  experienced  any  material
strike, work stoppage or other labor difficulty.

         B.21 Year 2000 Matters.  The Glass  Machinery  Business has implemented
Plans (the "Y2K  Remediation  Plans") to take the actions required to permit the
proper  functioning (but only to the extent that such proper  functioning  would
otherwise be impaired by the  occurrence  of the year 2000) in and following the
year 2000 of  "Systems"  (as herein  defined)  material  to the Glass  Machinery
Business. The Y2K Remediation Plans (including the testing of all Systems of the
Glass Machinery  Business and other equipment  after  implementation  of the Y2K
Remediation  Plans) are designed to and are being  implemented  in a manner that
will prevent  impairment in and  following  the year 2000 of (i) Systems  owned,
operated,  manufactured  or repaired by the Glass Machinery  Business,  and (ii)
Systems  supplied  by others or with  which the  computer  systems  of the Glass
Machinery  Business  interface   including  any  System  already  installed  and
operating  at a  customer's  site but only to the  extent  the  Glass  Machinery
Business has an existing or contingent  year 2000 liability with respect to such
System.  The costs that the Glass Machinery  Business has not incurred as of the
Closing  Date for  implementation  of the Y2K  Remediation  Plans are either (i)
covered by the amount of USD$1,500,000  referred to in paragraph 2 of Attachment
V of this Agreement,  or (ii) sufficiently  provided for in the statement of the
Final Net  Tangible  Asset  Amount to be prepared  in  accordance  with  section
2.04(a) of the Transaction  Agreement.  Except for (i) implementation of the Y2K
Remediation  Plans and (ii) Systems required to provide the services provided to
the Glass Machinery  Business by Black & Decker and its Affiliates,  the Systems
of the Glass  Machinery  Business are and,  with ordinary  course  upgrading and
maintenance,  will  continue  to be,  sufficient  for the  conduct  of the Glass
Machinery Business as currently conducted.  "Systems" means computer systems and
other equipment containing embedded microchips.

         B.22  Facilities.  The facilities and equipment of the Glass  Machinery
Business  are in all material  respects in a good state of repair and  operating
condition  for use in the  ordinary  course of  business,  normal  wear and tear
excepted.

         B.23 Product  Liability  Claims.  Except as  specifically  disclosed in
Schedule B.23, since 1989 no law suits,  claims,  demands or notices of personal
injuries have been  asserted  against any of the Glass  Machinery  Units Sellers
relating to any of the  products  manufactured  and sold by the Glass  Machinery
Business.

         B.24 Disclosure.  The representations and warranties  contained in this
Exhibit B do not  contain  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state  any  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  and
information contained in this Exhibit B not misleading.


<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER


         Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Black & Decker that:

         C.01   Organization   and  Existence.   Buyer  is  a  corporation  duly
incorporated,   validly  existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of
Switzerland and has all corporate powers and all material governmental licenses,
authorizations,  consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now
conducted.  As of the  Closing  Date,  each of the  Buyer  Companies  shall be a
corporation duly  incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of its  jurisdiction of  incorporation  and shall have all corporate powers
and all governmental licenses,  authorizations,  consents and approvals required
to carry on its business as then  conducted.  As of the Closing Date, each Buyer
Company will be duly  qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation in each
jurisdiction  where the  character of the property  owned or leased by it or the
nature of its activities (after giving effect to the Contemplated  Transactions)
make such  qualification  necessary to carry on its  business as now  conducted,
except for those  jurisdictions  where  failure to be so qualified has not been,
and may not reasonably be expected to be material to the Buyer  Companies  taken
as a whole.

         C.02 Corporate Authorization.  The execution,  delivery and performance
by each Buyer Company of the Transaction  Documents and the consummation by each
Buyer Company of the  Contemplated  Transactions are within the corporate powers
of each Buyer Company and have been (or,  prior to the Closing,  will have been)
duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of each Buyer
Company.  Each of the  Transaction  Documents  constitutes  a legal,  valid  and
binding agreement of each Buyer Company,  enforceable against each Buyer Company
in  accordance  with its terms (i)  except as  enforceability  may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other similar
laws now or  hereafter  in effect  relating to or  affecting  creditors'  rights
generally, including the effect of statutory and other laws regarding fraudulent
conveyances  and  preferential  transfers  and (ii)  subject to the  limitations
imposed  by  general   equitable   principles   (regardless   of  whether   such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

         C.03 Governmental Authorization.  Except as set forth on Schedule B.05,
the execution, delivery and performance by each Buyer Company of the Transaction
Documents  requires no action by or in respect of,  consents or approvals of, or
filings with, any governmental  body,  agency,  official or authority other than
compliance with any applicable requirements of the HSR Act.

         C.04 Non-Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each
Buyer Company of the Transaction Documents do not and will not (i) contravene or
conflict  with the  charter  or  bylaws  of the  Buyer  Company,  (ii)  assuming
compliance with the matters referred to in Section C.03,  contravene or conflict
with  or  constitute  a  violation  of any  provision  of any  law,  regulation,
judgment,  injunction,  order or decree  binding upon or applicable to the Buyer
Company,  or (iii)  constitute  a  default  under or give  rise to any  right of
termination,  cancellation  or  acceleration  of any right or  obligation of the
Buyer Company or to a loss of any benefit to which the Buyer Company is entitled
under any provision of any agreement,  contract or other instrument binding upon
the  Buyer  Company  or  any  license,   franchise,   permit  or  other  similar
authorization held by the Buyer Company, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and
(iii), for any such contravention,  conflict,  violation,  default, termination,
cancellation,  acceleration  or loss that could not reasonably be expected to be
material to the Buyer Companies taken as a whole.

         C.05 Finders' Fees. There is no investment  banker,  broker,  finder or
other  intermediary  that has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf
of Buyer who might be entitled to any fee or commission from Seller or Buyer (or
any of their Affiliates) upon consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

         C.06 Litigation.  There is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding
pending against, or to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened against or affecting,
any Buyer Company before any court or arbitrator or any  Governmental  Authority
that in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent,  enjoin,  alter or materially
delay the Contemplated Transactions.

         C.07 Inspections/Investment Intent.

                  (a) Buyer is an informed and sophisticated  participant in the
Contemplated  Transactions,  and has engaged  expert  advisors,  experienced  in
evaluation and purchase of  enterprises  such as the Glass  Machinery  Business.
Buyer has undertaken an investigation, has been provided with, has evaluated and
has relied upon certain  documents and  information to assist Buyer in making an
informed  and  intelligent  decision  with  respect  to  the  execution  of  the
Transaction Documents. Buyer acknowledges that Seller has made no representation
or warranty as to the prospects,  financial or otherwise, of the Glass Machinery
Business.  Buyer  agrees  that it shall  accept the  Transferred  Assets and the
Assumed  Liabilities  conveyed by the Sellers of Transferred  Assets and through
its  acquisition  of the Shares the assets (other than Excluded  Assets) and the
liabilities  (other than  Excluded  Liabilities)  of the Glass  Machinery  Share
Companies as they exist on the Closing Date (subject to the  representations and
warranties made by Black & Decker in the Transaction Documents) based on Buyer's
inspection,  examination,  determination with respect thereto as to all matters,
and without reliance upon any express or implied  representations  or warranties
of any nature, whether in writing, orally or otherwise,  made by or on behalf of
or  imputed  to  Seller,  except  as  expressly  set  forth  in the  Transaction
Documents.

                  (b)  Buyer  is  aware  that  none  of  the  Shares  have  been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other  applicable  securities
laws.  Buyer  is an  accredited  investor  within  the  meaning  of Rule  501 of
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule D. The Buyer Companies are acquiring the
Shares for their own account,  for investment  purposes only and not with a view
to the  distribution  thereof.  Buyer  agrees  that the Shares will not be sold,
transferred,  offered for sale,  pledged,  hypothecated or otherwise disposed of
without  registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or the securities laws of
other  applicable  jurisdictions,  except  pursuant  to  valid  exemptions  from
registration under such laws.

         C.08 Financing.  Buyer has available to it cash,  marketable securities
or other investments,  or presently available sources of credit, to enable it to
consummate the Contemplated Transactions.


<PAGE>





                                                                       EXHIBIT D


                     EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS


I.       Employees and Employment.

         D.01  General.  On the  Closing  Date,  the  employment  of all  Active
Employees of the Glass  Machinery  Business  shall (a) be transferred to a Buyer
Company in the case of Active Employees of a Seller of Transferred  Assets,  (b)
remain  employed  by a Glass  Machinery  Share  Company  in the  case of  Active
Employees employed by a Glass Machinery Share Company,  or (c) be transferred to
a Buyer Company in the case of employees  listed on Attachment XVI. In any case,
the employment of such persons shall be considered  continuous  employment under
Applicable  Law.  "Active  Employee"  shall mean any  individual who is actively
employed by any Seller of Transferred  Assets,  who is actively  employed by any
Glass Machinery Share Company, who is listed on Attachment XVI, and any employee
of the Glass Machinery Business who is on authorized leave of absence,  military
service   (without   restriction)   or  lay-off  with  recall  rights   (without
restriction).   Where  applicable  the  term  "Active  Employee"  shall  include
independent contractors. The Active Employees who are employed at any time on or
after the Closing  Date by a Glass  Machinery  Share  Company,  or by any of the
Buyer Companies are herein collectively referred to as "Transferred  Employees."
Except as otherwise expressly  contemplated in the Transaction  Documents,  such
employment  shall be at the same  workplace and on the same terms and conditions
as those under which such employees are currently employed (except to the extent
that any change is  necessary  to any stock  option  plan or other  equity-based
Employee  Plan  or  Benefit  Arrangement  to  eliminate  the  use of any  equity
securities of the  employer),  and the employment of each  Transferred  Employee
shall be continued by the Buyer  Companies  for at least the maximum  applicable
termination  notice  period to which a Seller  of  Transferred  Assets,  a Glass
Machinery Share Company or such other employer of such Transferred  Employee may
be subject under  Applicable Law as a result of the  Contemplated  Transactions.
From and after the Closing  Date,  the Buyer  Companies  or the Glass  Machinery
Share Companies shall assume or continue to be bound by, as the case may be, all
obligations  under any  agreements,  contracts or Applicable Law relating to the
terms and  conditions  of  employment  of all Active  Employees,  except for any
severance  obligations (other than those disclosed in Schedule B.20) that result
solely from the transfer of a  Transferred  Employee's  employment  to the Buyer
Companies  and not from any other change in the terms and  conditions  of his or
her  employment.  Nothing in this Agreement  shall restrict the Buyer  Companies
from terminating the employment of any Transferred  Employee at any time and for
any  reason,  subject to all  obligations  under any  agreements,  contracts  or
Applicable  Law relating to the terms and  conditions  of  employment  of Active
Employees.

         D.02 Severance Plans and Agreements.  As of the Closing Date, it is the
Buyer's  intention to (i) establish or cause to be established  severance plans,
agreements and arrangements with  substantially  similar terms and conditions as
those provided under the applicable severance agreements,  plans or arrangements
listed on Schedule B.20,  (ii) maintain or cause to be maintained such severance
agreements,  plans and  arrangements for a period of at least one year following
the  Closing  Date,  and  (iii)  pay or  cause to be paid  any  benefits  to any
Transferred  Employees that they may be entitled to receive under such severance
agreements,  plans or arrangements.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the
provisions of this Section D.02, as of the Closing Date,  Buyer shall assume and
discharge the obligations  under the individual  employee  severance  agreements
listed on Schedule B.20 provided that such employees are Active Employees.

         D.03 Labor  Agreements.  The Buyer Companies agree to recognize (and to
cause  the Glass  Machinery  Share  Companies  to  continue  to  recognize)  the
applicable labor unions, collective bargaining representatives,  trade unions or
work councils  representing any employees of the Glass Machinery Business as the
exclusive  collective  bargaining  representatives  of the Active Employees with
respect to wages,  hours,  fringe  benefits  and other terms and  conditions  of
employment to the extent so  recognized by the current  employers of such Active
Employees  for  all  such  Active  Employees  who  are  within  the  appropriate
bargaining  unit as  determined  by Applicable  Law. The Buyer  Companies  shall
become successor  employers under the applicable labor or collective  bargaining
agreements and agree to honor the terms of and to assume all  obligations  under
existing  collective  bargaining  agreements in respect of such unionized Active
Employees which arise after the Closing Date and all legal  obligations  arising
from such recognition or assumption.

         D.04  Recalled or Rehired  Employees.  Buyer,  for  itself,  each Buyer
Company and each Glass Machinery  Share Company,  confirms that any employees of
the  Glass  Machinery  Business  that are laid off or on leave  with  continuing
recall or return  rights under  applicable  agreements,  contracts,  policies or
Applicable Law as of the Closing Date will be recalled or rehired or returned to
employment in compliance with any applicable agreements, contracts or Applicable
Law and  will  be  accorded  the  benefits  otherwise  provided  to  Transferred
Employees by the Buyer Companies and the Glass Machinery Share Companies.

         D.05 Negotiations with Employees or Employee Representatives. If and to
the  extent  that any  provisions  of this  Agreement  are or may be  subject to
negotiation  with employees,  or applicable  labor unions,  trade unions or work
councils,  by policy,  contract,  collective  bargaining agreement or Applicable
Law, Black & Decker and its Affiliates and Buyer  Companies  shall  cooperate in
good faith in such negotiations.

         D.06  Termination and Plant Closing  Notices;  WARN. Black & Decker and
its Affiliates shall provide any notices to the employees of the Glass Machinery
Business  that may be  required  under any  Applicable  Law,  including  but not
limited to WARN or any similar  state or local law,  with respect to events that
occur up to and  including  the day  prior to the  Closing  Date.  Buyer and its
Affiliates  shall provide any such notices to Active  Employees  with respect to
events that occur as a result of the Closing, and to Transferred  Employees with
respect to events that occur on and after the Closing Date. Buyer shall not take
any action on or after the Closing that would cause any termination of employees
by Black & Decker and its Affiliates or by a Glass  Machinery Share Company that
occur prior to the Closing Date to constitute a "plant closing" or "mass layoff"
under WARN or any similar state or local law, or create any liability to Black &
Decker or its Affiliates for employment termination under Applicable Law.

         D.07  Immigration  Matters.  The Buyer Companies  acknowledge  that the
Contemplated  Transactions may trigger certain obligations under the immigration
laws of the countries where the Glass Machinery Business  operates.  Buyer shall
comply (and shall cause the Buyer Company and each Glass Machinery Share Company
to comply) with all requirements of such immigration laws and agrees to make (or
cause to be made)  any  necessary  filings  with  the  appropriate  Governmental
Authority with regard to the Transferred Employees.

II.      United States Employee Benefit Matters.

         D.08 Salaried Employee Pension Plans.

                  (a) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, with effect
as of the Closing Date,  Buyer shall  establish a defined benefit plan ("Buyer's
U.S.  Salaried Pension Plan").  As soon as practicable  following the earlier of
delivery to Black & Decker by Buyer of a favorable determination letter from the
Internal  Revenue  Service  regarding the  qualified  status of the Buyer's U.S.
Salaried  Pension Plan, Black & Decker shall cause the transfer from The Black &
Decker Pension Plan ("Seller's U.S.  Salaried Pension Plan") to the Buyer's U.S.
Salaried  Pension  Plan of assets (in  accordance  with  paragraphs  (c) and (d)
below)  and  all  liabilities  which  are  attributable  to the  US  Transferred
Employees who are participants in the Seller's U.S.  Salaried Pension Plan as of
the Closing Date. Buyer shall take (or cause to be taken) all action required or
appropriate  to vest fully all such US  Transferred  Employees  in their  entire
accrued benefits  transferred to the Buyer's U.S.  Salaried Pension Plan and, to
the extent required under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, to protect and preserve
all benefits, rights and features relating to those accrued benefits transferred
from Seller's U.S.  Salaried  Pension  Plan.  Benefit  accruals in respect of US
Transferred  Employees under Seller's U.S.  Salaried Pension Plan shall cease as
of the Closing Date. Black & Decker and Buyer shall make or cause to be made any
and all filings and submissions to the appropriate Governmental Authorities, and
shall make any necessary plan amendments arising in connection with the transfer
of assets and  liabilities  from  Seller's  U.S.  Salaried  Pension  Plan to the
Buyer's  U.S.  Salaried  Pension  Plan.  Prior to such  transfer  of assets  and
liabilities,  Black & Decker  shall  provide to Buyer a favorable  determination
letter from the Internal  Revenue Service  regarding the qualified status of the
Seller's U.S. Salaried Plan, as then in effect.

                  (b) It is the Buyer's intention that the Transferred Employees
shall be eligible to participate  under the Buyer's U.S.  Salaried  Pension Plan
for a period  of one year  following  the  Closing  Date on the same  terms  and
conditions  as provided to the US  Transferred  Employees  under  Seller's  U.S.
Salaried  Pension  Plan  immediately  prior to the  Closing  Date.  Service  and
compensation  with Black & Decker or any of its Affiliates  prior to the Closing
Date which was  recognized  under Seller's U.S.  Salaried  Pension Plan shall be
recognized for the same purposes under the Buyer's U.S. Salaried Pension Plan.

                  (c) The amount of assets to be  transferred  from the Seller's
U.S.  Salaried Pension Plan shall be equal to the Projected  Benefit  Obligation
("PBO")  determined  as of the Closing  Date in  accordance  with the  Financial
Accounting  Standards Board Statement 87 ("FAS 87") and which is attributable to
the US  Transferred  Employees who are  participants  in Seller's U.S.  Salaried
Pension  Plan as of the Closing  Date or such  larger  amount  determined  under
paragraph (d) below (the "Transfer  Amount").  Determination of the PBO shall be
in accordance  with the actuarial  assumptions  used by the Seller's  actuary in
preparing the most recent  actuarial  report for Seller's U.S.  Salaried Pension
Plan. The  above-described  calculation of the amount to be transferred from the
Seller's U.S.  Salaried  Pension Plan to the Buyer's U.S.  Salaried Pension Plan
shall be made by Seller's actuary and reviewed by Buyer's actuary.

                  (d) All assets  transferred  under this  Section D.08 shall be
made  in  cash.  The  transfer   contemplated   herein  shall  comply  with  all
requirements of Sections 414(l) and 401(a)(12) of the Code and in no event shall
the  Transfer  Amount be less than the  amount  determined  pursuant  to Section
414(l) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.414(l)-1(n) (using assumptions that
are  reasonable,  as determined by Seller's  actuary in accordance with Treasury
Regulation  1.414(l)-1(b)(5)(ii))  or  required  by  Applicable  Law  or by  any
Governmental Authority. Pending completion of the transfers contemplated by this
Section D.08,  any benefits that are payable to US Transferred  Employees  under
the Seller's U.S. Salaried Pension Plan shall be paid or continue to be paid out
of such plan.  The  Transfer  Amount  will be  adjusted  on a pro-rata  basis to
reflect the actual asset  performance of the Seller's U.S. Salaried Pension Plan
from  the  Closing  Date to the  first  day of the  month  prior  to the date of
transfer  and credited  with  interest on a daily basis from that date until the
date of transfer at an interest rate equivalent to the rate on the 90-day United
States Treasury Bills announced for the auction immediately  preceding the first
day of the month in which the transfer  occurs,  and adjusted to reflect benefit
payments and expenses paid after the Closing Date by the Seller's U.S.  Salaried
Pension  Plan which are  related to the  obligations  being  transferred  to the
Buyer's U.S.  Salaried  Pension Plan.  Pending the completion of such transfers,
Black & Decker will  cooperate  with Buyer with respect to plan  administration,
disbursement of benefits and other pertinent information.

                  (e) The Buyer's U.S.  Salaried Pension Plan and Buyer shall be
liable for all benefits with respect to US Transferred  Employees  accrued under
the  Seller's  U.S.  Salaried  Pension  Plan prior to the Closing Date upon such
transfer of assets in accordance  with this Section D.08.  The Buyer agrees that
neither Black & Decker,  nor any of its  Affiliates  nor Seller's U.S.  Salaried
Pension  Plan shall have any further  responsibility  with respect to the assets
and liabilities so transferred.

         D.09 Hourly Paid Employee Pension Plans.

                  (a) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, with effect
as of the Closing Date, Buyer shall establish a defined benefit plan ("Successor
U.S.  Hourly Pension  Plan").  As soon as  practicable  following the earlier of
delivery to Black & Decker by Buyer of a favorable determination letter from the
Internal  Revenue Service  regarding the qualified  status of the Successor U.S.
Hourly  Pension  Plan,  Black & Decker shall cause the transfer  from the Hourly
Employees  Retirement  Plan  of  Hartford  Division,  Emhart  Industries,   Inc.
("Seller's  U.S. Hourly Pension Plan") to the Successor U.S. Hourly Pension Plan
of assets (in accordance  with paragraph (c) and (d) below) and all  liabilities
which are  attributable to the US Transferred  Employees who are participants in
the Seller's U.S.  Hourly Pension Plan as of the Closing Date.  Buyer shall take
(or cause to be  taken)  all  action  required  or  appropriate,  to the  extent
required under Section  411(d)(6) of the Code, to protect and preserve under the
Successor U.S. Hourly Pension Plan all benefits, rights and features relating to
those accrued  benefits  transferred  from Seller's  U.S.  Hourly  Pension Plan.
Benefit accruals in respect of US Transferred Employees under the Successor U.S.
Hourly Pension Plan shall cease as of the Closing Date. Black & Decker and Buyer
shall  make or cause  to be made  any and all  filings  and  submissions  to the
appropriate  Governmental  Authorities,   and  shall  make  any  necessary  plan
amendments  arising in  connection  with the transfer of assets and  liabilities
from Seller's U.S.  Hourly  Pension Plan to the Successor  U.S.  Hourly  Pension
Plan.  Prior to such  transfer of assets and  liabilities,  Black & Decker shall
provide to Buyer a  favorable  determination  letter from the  Internal  Revenue
Service regarding the qualified status of the Seller's U.S. Hourly Plan, as then
in effect.

                  (b)  The  US  Transferred   Employees  shall  be  eligible  to
participate  under the Successor U.S. Hourly Pension Plan in accordance with any
applicable  collective  bargaining  agreement and  Applicable  Law.  Service and
compensation  with Black & Decker or any of its Affiliates  prior to the Closing
Date which was  recognized  under  Seller's  U.S.  Hourly  Pension Plan shall be
recognized for the same purposes under the Successor U.S. Hourly Pension Plan.

                  (c) The amount of assets to be  transferred  from the Seller's
U.S.  Hourly  Pension Plan shall be equal to the  Projected  Benefit  Obligation
("PBO")  determined  as of the Closing  Date in  accordance  with the  Financial
Accounting  Standards  Board  Statement 87 ("FAS 87") but assuming that the unit
benefit rate under the plan shall  increase at the rate of 4% per year and which
is attributable to the US Transferred Employees who are participants in Seller's
U.S. Hourly Pension Plan as of the Closing Date or such larger amount determined
under  paragraph (d) below (the  "Transfer  Amount").  Determination  of the PBO
shall be in accordance with the actuarial  assumptions  used by Seller's actuary
in preparing the most recent  actuarial report for Seller's U.S. Hourly Pension.
The  above-described  calculation  of the  amount  to be  transferred  from  the
Seller's U.S.  Hourly  Pension Plan to the Successor  U.S.  Hourly  Pension Plan
shall be made by Seller's actuary and reviewed by Buyer's actuary.

                  (d) All assets  transferred  under this  Section D.09 shall be
made  in  cash.  The  transfer   contemplated   herein  shall  comply  with  all
requirements of Sections 414(l) and 401(a)(12) of the Code and in no event shall
the  Transfer  Amount be less than the  amount  determined  pursuant  to Section
414(l) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.414(l)-1(n) (using assumptions that
are  reasonable,  as determined by Seller's  actuary in accordance with Treasury
Regulation  1.414(l)-1(b)(5)(ii))  or  required  by  Applicable  Law  or by  any
Governmental Authority. Pending completion of the transfers contemplated by this
Section D.09,  any benefits that are payable to US Transferred  Employees  under
the Seller's U.S.  Hourly  Pension Plan shall be paid or continue to be paid out
of such plan.  The  Transfer  Amount  will be  adjusted  on a pro-rata  basis to
reflect the actual asset  performance  of the Seller's U.S.  Hourly Pension Plan
from  the  Closing  Date to the  first  day of the  month  prior  to the date of
transfer  and credited  with  interest on a daily basis from that date until the
date of transfer at an interest rate equivalent to the rate on the 90-day United
States Treasury Bills announced for the auction immediately  preceding the first
day of the month in which the transfer  occurs,  and adjusted to reflect benefit
payments and expenses  paid after the Closing Date by the Seller's  U.S.  Hourly
Pension  Plan which are  related to the  obligations  being  transferred  to the
Successor U.S.  Hourly Pension Plan.  Pending the completion of such  transfers,
Black & Decker will  cooperate  with Buyer with respect to plan  administration,
disbursement of benefits and other pertinent information.

                  (e) The Successor U.S. Hourly Pension Plan shall be liable for
all benefits with respect to US Transferred Employees accrued under the Seller's
U.S.  Hourly  Pension Plan prior to the Closing Date upon the transfer of assets
in  accordance  with this Section  D.09.  The Buyer agrees that neither  Black &
Decker, any of its Affiliates nor Seller's U.S. Salaried Pension Plan shall have
any  further  responsibility  with  respect  to the assets  and  liabilities  so
transferred.

         D.10 Savings Plans.

                  (a)  Black & Decker  shall  cause the  trustee  of The Black &
Decker Retirement  Savings Plan ("Seller's  Savings Plan") to transfer as of the
transfer date specified  below,  the full account balances of the US Transferred
Employees  under  Seller's  Savings  Plan,  to the  Successor  Savings  Plan (as
hereinafter  defined).  To the extent  permissible  under Seller's Savings Plan,
such assets shall be transferred to the Successor  Savings Plan in cash,  except
that  participant  loans shall be transferred in kind.  Black & Decker and Buyer
shall  make or cause  to be made  any and all  filings  and  submissions  to the
appropriate  Governmental  Authorities,   and  shall  make  any  necessary  plan
amendments  arising in  connection  with the transfer of assets and  liabilities
from Seller's Savings Plan to the Successor Savings Plan.

                  (b) As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer shall
establish or designate (or cause to be  established or designated) an individual
account plan for the benefit of US Transferred Employees (the "Successor Savings
Plan"),  shall  take (or cause to be taken) all  necessary  action,  if any,  to
qualify the Successor  Savings Plan under the applicable  provisions of the Code
and  shall  make  any  and  all  filings  and  submissions  to  the  appropriate
Governmental  Authorities  required to be made or its  Affiliates  in connection
with the transfer of assets  contemplated  hereby.  The  Successor  Savings Plan
shall  provide  that  those US  Transferred  Employees  and their  beneficiaries
covered by Seller's Savings Plan shall receive credit for all service with Black
& Decker or any of its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date for all purposes, to
the  same  extent  such  service  is  recognized  under  Seller's  Savings  Plan
immediately  prior  to the  Closing  Date  and,  to  the  extent  of the  assets
transferred,  benefit  accruals.  Buyer  shall  take (or cause to be taken)  all
action  required or appropriate to vest fully all such US Transferred  Employees
in their entire account balances  transferred to the Successor Savings Plan and,
to the extent  required  under  Section  411(d)(6)  of the Code,  to protect and
preserve all benefits,  rights and features  relating to those account  balances
transferred  from Seller's  Savings Plan. As soon as  practicable  following the
earlier of the  delivery to Black & Decker of a favorable  determination  letter
from  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  regarding  the  qualified  status  of the
Successor Savings Plan,  subject to any withdrawals or distributions made by, to
or on  behalf of a US  Transferred  Employee  under  the  terms of the  Seller's
Savings Plan prior to the transfer  date, to transfer the full account  balances
of US Transferred  Employees under Seller's Savings Plan as of the transfer date
to the  appropriate  trustee  designated by the Buyer under the trust  agreement
forming a part of the Successor Savings Plan;  provided,  that assets consisting
of  notes  or  other  instruments  evidencing  loans  made to  participating  US
Transferred Employees shall be transferred in such form to the Successor Savings
Plan.  Prior to such  transfer of assets and  liabilities,  Black & Decker shall
provide to Buyer a  favorable  determination  letter from the  Internal  Revenue
Service  regarding the qualified status of the Seller's Savings Plan, as then in
effect.

                  (c) Buyer,  effective as of the date of the transfer of assets
contemplated  by  this  Section  D.10,   assumes  all  of  the  liabilities  and
obligations of Black & Decker or any of its Affiliates in respect of the account
balances accumulated by US Transferred  Employees under Seller's Savings Plan to
the extent of the assets transferred, and the Successor Savings Plan assumes all
liabilities and obligations of Seller's Savings Plan with respect to all account
balances  under Seller's  Savings Plan of such US  Transferred  Employees to the
extent of the assets transferred.  Neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall
assume any other  obligations or liabilities  arising under or  attributable  to
Seller's Savings Plan and neither Black & Decker nor any of its Affiliates shall
assume any  liabilities or obligations  under or  attributable  to the Successor
Savings Plan. Prior to the transfer of assets contemplated by this Section D.10,
Buyer and its  Affiliates,  if consented  to by the  applicable  US  Transferred
Employee,   shall  withhold  from  such  US  Transferred  Employee's  pay,  loan
repayments  relating to any  outstanding  loan to such US  Transferred  Employee
under Seller's  Savings Plan and shall promptly  forward those  withholdings  to
Seller's Savings Plan.

         D.11 Health and Welfare Plans; Benefit Arrangements.

                  (a) For a period of one year following the Closing Date, Buyer
intends to ensure that the US Transferred  Employees are provided  benefits that
are  substantially   equivalent  on  an  aggregate  basis  (and   "substantially
identical"  with respect to health  benefit  coverage for purposes of satisfying
Section  4980B of the  Code) to those  provided  under  the  Employee  Plans and
Benefit Arrangements as in effect for those US Transferred Employees immediately
prior to the Closing  Date (except to the extent that any change is necessary to
any stock option plan or other equity-based Benefit Arrangement to eliminate the
use of any equity  securities of the employer),  it being  understood and agreed
that such  benefits  provided  by Buyer and its  Affiliates  shall  include at a
minimum health,  medical,  dental, life, disability and severance benefits. Each
U.S. Transferred Employee shall receive credit for service and compensation with
Black & Decker and its Affiliates  prior to the Closing Date for all purposes to
the same extent that service and  compensation  are  recognized  under  Employee
Plans and Benefit Arrangement immediately prior to the Closing.

                  (b) With respect to any US Transferred Employee (including any
beneficiary or dependent thereof), except as expressly set forth herein, Black &
Decker and its  Affiliates  shall  retain (i) all  liabilities  and  obligations
arising under any group life,  accident,  medical,  dental or disability plan or
similar  arrangement  (whether or not insured) to the extent that such liability
or obligation  relates to claims incurred  (whether or not reported) on or prior
to the Closing Date, and (ii) all liabilities and obligations  arising under any
worker's compensation laws to the extent such liability or obligation relates to
the period prior to the Closing Date.

                  (c) Any group  health  plan,  disability  plan or other  plans
established  or designated by the Buyer and its Affiliates for the benefit of US
Transferred Employees shall not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect
to any preexisting condition;  provided,  however, that buyer need not waive any
pre-existing  condition  which was  excluded  from  coverage  under the Seller's
plans,  to the extent the condition  would have been excluded under the Seller's
plans after the Closing Date.

                  (d) Except as otherwise  expressly provided in this Exhibit D,
effective as of the Closing,  Buyer shall assume (or cause one of its Affiliates
to assume) the  liabilities and obligations of Black & Decker and its Affiliates
in  respect  of  all US  Transferred  Employees  (and  their  beneficiaries  and
dependents) under the Bonus, Stock and Incentive Plans disclosed in Section B(h)
of Schedule B.20 and under the Other  Employment  Benefit  Arrangements/  Fringe
Benefits  disclosed in Section H(h) of Schedule B.20  sponsored or maintained by
Black & Decker and its  Affiliates at any time prior to the Closing Date (except
to the extent  that any change is  necessary  to any stock  option plan or other
equity-based  Benefit  Arrangement to eliminate the use of any equity securities
of the employer).

         D.12 Post-Retirement Medical and Life Insurance.

                  (a)  Black  &  Decker   and  its   Affiliates   shall   retain
responsibility  for providing health,  medical,  dental,  hospitalization,  life
insurance or similar benefits (including, without limitation,  reimbursement for
Medicare  premiums)  to any employee or former  employee of the Glass  Machinery
Business  and their  dependents  who retires or has  retired  before the Closing
Date.   Buyer  and  its  Affiliates  shall  be  responsible  for  providing  any
post-retirement  medical,  life or similar benefits to US Transferred  Employees
and their dependents.

                  (b)   Notwithstanding   the  provisions  of  this  Exhibit  D,
including but not limited to the provisions of this Section D.12, Black & Decker
and its  Affiliates  may amend,  modify or terminate  any plans or  arrangements
providing  post-retirement  health,  medical,  dental,   hospitalization,   life
insurance or similar benefits (including, without limitation,  reimbursement for
Medicare  premiums)  to any employee or former  employee of the Glass  Machinery
Business  and  their  dependents,  subject  in each  case to the  provisions  of
Applicable Law.

                  (c) Except as otherwise contemplated by the provisions of this
Exhibit D,  including but not limited to the  provisions of Section D.11,  Buyer
shall not be obligated by this  Agreement  to provide  post-retirement,  health,
medical, dental, hospitalization, life insurance or similar benefits (including,
without  limitation,  reimbursement  for Medicare  premiums),  or any particular
level of such benefits, to US Transferred Employees.

III.     Other Country Employee Benefit Matters.

         D.13  General.  For a period of one year  following  the Closing  Date,
Buyer  intends to ensure  that the Non-US  Transferred  Employees  are  provided
benefits  that  are  substantially  equivalent  on an  aggregate  basis to those
provided under the Non-U.S.  Benefit  Arrangements as in effect for those Non-US
Transferred  Employees  immediately  prior to the  Closing  Date  (except to the
extent  that  any  change  is  necessary  to any  stock  option  plan  or  other
equity-based  Employee Plan or Benefit  Arrangement  to eliminate the use of any
equity  securities  of the  employer),  it being  understood  that  each  Non-US
Transferred  Employee shall receive credit for all service and compensation with
Black & Decker and its Affiliates  prior to the Closing Date for all purposes to
the same extent that service and  compensation  are recognized under the Benefit
Arrangements immediately prior to the Closing.

         D.14  Severance/Termination  Indemnities.  In  furtherance  and  not in
limitation of the provisions of Section D.13, for a period of at least one year,
Buyer  intends to  provide  (or cause to be  provided)  severance  programs  and
termination  indemnities with the same terms and conditions as those provided by
Black & Decker  and its  Affiliates,  or that are  otherwise  available,  to the
Non-US Transferred Employees immediately prior to the Closing,  including credit
for service and compensation with Black & Decker and its Affiliates,  and agrees
to pay or cause to be paid any benefit to Non-US Transferred  Employees to which
they may be entitled under any severance programs and/or termination indemnities
applicable  to  either  Buyer  and its  Affiliates  or  Black &  Decker  and its
Affiliates  with respect to events that occur on or after the Closing Date or as
a result of the Contemplated Transactions.

         D.15 United Kingdom  Pension Plan. In furtherance and not in limitation
of the  provisions of Section D.13,  Black & Decker may elect,  on or before the
Closing  Date,  in its  discretion,  to have the  provisions  of either  Section
D.15(a) or D.15(b) be effective as of the Closing Date:

                  (a) If so elected by Black & Decker, the following  provisions
shall be effective:

                           (i) Black & Decker and its  Affiliates  shall  retain
all liabilities  and obligations in respect of benefits  accrued by employees of
the Glass Machinery Business (including Transferred Employees) as of the Closing
Date  under the Black & Decker  1995  Pension  Scheme  ("Seller's  U.K.  Pension
Plan").  Accrued  benefits of Non-US  Transferred  Employees under Seller's U.K.
Pension Plan shall be fully vested as of the Closing Date.  Benefit  accruals in
respect of Non-US  Transferred  Employees under Seller's U.K. Pension Plan shall
cease as of the Closing Date.  No assets of Seller's U.K.  Pension Plan shall be
transferred to Buyer or any of its Affiliates or to any employee benefit plan of
Buyer or any of its Affiliates and Buyer shall procure that no employee  benefit
or  pension  plan of  Buyer  or any of its  Affiliates,  whether  designated  in
accordance  with (ii) or  otherwise,  shall accept a transfer  from the Seller's
U.K. Pension Plan.

                           (ii)  Prior to or as soon as  practicable  after  the
Closing Date,  Buyer shall designate or establish a pension plan for the benefit
of Non-US  Transferred  Employees who were participants in Seller's U.K. Pension
Plan ("Buyer's U.K.  Pension Plan").  Buyer's U.K.  Pension Plan shall cover all
such Non-US Transferred  Employees each of whom shall be eligible to participate
therein for at least one year following the Closing Date.  Buyer's U.K.  Pension
Plan shall be a retirement  benefit scheme which is, or is capable of being,  an
exempt approved  scheme (as defined under the Income and  Corporation  Taxes Act
1988).  Buyer's U.K.  Pension  Plan shall  provide  benefits  which are at least
broadly  comparable  in value  to  those  provided  to such  Non-US  Transferred
Employees under the Seller's U.K. Pension Plan immediately  prior to the Closing
Date,  but,  for the  avoidance  of doubt,  such  benefits  may be provided on a
defined benefit or defined contribution basis.

                  (b) If so elected by Black & Decker, the following  provisions
shall be effective, in lieu of the provisions of Section D.15(a):

                           (i) Accrued benefits of Non-US Transferred  Employees
under the Black & Decker 1995 Pension  Scheme  ("Seller's  U.K.  Pension  Plan")
shall be fully  vested as of the Closing  Date.  Benefit  accruals in respect of
Non-US Transferred  Employees under Seller's U.K. Pension Plan shall cease as of
the Closing  Date.  Prior to or as soon as  practicable  after the Closing Date,
with  effect as of the  Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall  establish  a pension  plan
("Buyer's U.K.  Pension Plan") for the benefit of Non-US  Transferred  Employees
who were  participants in Seller's U.K. Pension Plan.  Buyer's U.K. Pension Plan
shall cover all such Non-US Transferred Employees each of whom shall be eligible
to  participate  therein for at least one year following the Closing Date on the
same terms and conditions as provided to such Non-US Transferred Employees under
Seller's U.K. Pension Plan immediately  prior to the Closing Date.  Buyer's U.K.
Pension  Plan shall be a  retirement  benefit  scheme which is, or is capable of
being,  an exempt  approved  scheme (as defined under the Income and Corporation
Taxes Act  1988).  Service  and  compensation  with Black & Decker or any of its
Affiliates  prior to the Closing Date which was  recognized  under Seller's U.K.
Pension Plan shall be recognized  for the same  purposes  under the Buyer's U.K.
Pension Plan.

                           (ii) As soon as  practicable  following  the Approval
Date or the  issuance of  indemnities  satisfactory  to Black & Decker,  Black &
Decker in its sole  discretion  shall  cause the  transfer  from  Seller's  U.K.
Pension Plan to the Buyer's  U.K.  Pension  Plan of assets (in  accordance  with
paragraphs  (iii) and (iv) below) and all liabilities  which are attributable to
the Non-US Transferred Employees (other than Non-Transfer Employees as described
in Section  D.15(b)(iii)) who are participants in the Seller's U.K. Pension Plan
as of the Closing  Date.  For the  purposes of this Section  D.15(b),  "Approval
Date"  shall  mean the date on which the Buyer  shall  deliver to Black & Decker
copies of the Buyer's U.K. Pension Plan,  governmental approval or determination
letter and other  documents  verifying  that all of the following  have occurred
with  respect  to the  Buyer's  U.K.  Pension  Plan:  (A) that the plan has been
established;  (B) that the plan has obtained the  approvals by all  Governmental
Authorities  which are necessary to obtain any regulatory or fiscal regime;  (C)
that the approval of the transfer by all Governmental  Authorities,  trustees or
managers of the plan has been obtained to the extent the approval is required by
law; and (D) that all notices relating to the transfer and required by law to be
given by the plan,  the  employer  sponsoring  the plan or any  trustee or other
fiduciary of the plan to any Governmental Authority,  employee or beneficiary or
collective bargaining representative, have been given.

                           (iii) The amount of assets to be transferred from the
Seller's U.K.  Pension Plan shall be equal to the Projected  Benefit  Obligation
("PBO")  determined  as of the Closing  Date in  accordance  with the  Financial
Accounting  Standards Board Statement 87 ("FAS 87") and which is attributable to
the Non-US  Transferred  Employees  (excluding  Non-Transfer  Employees) who are
participants in Seller's U.K. Pension Plan as of the Closing Date or such larger
amount as may be required to be  transferred  by the plan trustees or Applicable
Law (the  "Transfer  Amount").  Determination  of the PBO shall be in accordance
with  the  actuarial   assumptions   used  by  the  Seller's   actuary  for  the
determination  of the 1998 FAS 87 expense for Seller's U.K.  Pension  Plan.  The
above-described  calculation of the amount to be  transferred  from the Seller's
U.K.  Pension  Plan to the Buyer's  U.K.  Pension Plan shall be made by Seller's
actuary  and  reviewed by Buyer's  actuary.  For the  purposes  of this  Section
D.15(b),  "Non-Transfer  Employees" means those Transferred Employees (including
the beneficiaries of a deceased employee) whose accrued benefits in the Seller's
U.K. Pension Plan are not transferred  pursuant to this Agreement to the Buyer's
U.K.  Pension  Plan by  reason  of the  election  or  determination  by any such
Transferred Employee,  the requirements of any law, or the terms of the Seller's
U.K. Pension Plan.

                           (iv)  All  assets   transferred  under  this  Section
D.15(b)  shall be made in cash.  The transfer  contemplated  herein shall comply
with all  requirements  of Applicable Law.  Pending  completion of the transfers
contemplated  by this Section  D.15(b),  any benefits that are payable to Non-US
Transferred  Employees  under the  Seller's  U.K.  Pension Plan shall be paid or
continue to be paid out of such plan. The Transfer  Amount will be adjusted on a
pro-rata  basis to reflect the actual asset  performance  of the  Seller's  U.K.
Pension  Plan from the  Closing  Date to the first day of the month prior to the
date of transfer and  credited  with  interest  from that date until the date of
transfer at the rate of 5% per year,  and adjusted to reflect  benefit  payments
and  expenses  paid or incurred  after the  Closing  Date by the  Seller's  U.K.
Pension  Plan which are  related to the  obligations  being  transferred  to the
Buyer's U.K.  Pension Plan.  Pending the completion of such  transfers,  Black &
Decker  will  cooperate   with  Buyer  with  respect  to  plan   administration,
disbursement of benefits and other pertinent information.

                           (v) The Buyer's U.K.  Pension Plan and Buyer shall be
liable for all benefits with respect to Non-US Transferred Employees (other than
Non-Transfer  Employees)  accrued under the Seller's U.K.  Pension Plan prior to
the Closing  Date upon the  transfer of assets in  accordance  with this Section
D.15(b). The Buyer agrees that neither Black & Decker, nor any of its Affiliates
nor  Seller's  U.K.  Pension  Plan shall have any  further  responsibility  with
respect to the assets and liabilities so transferred.

         D.16 German  Retirement  Plans. In furtherance and not in limitation of
the provisions of Section D.13:

                  (a) As of the Closing Date,  Black & Decker shall  transfer or
cause to be  transferred  and  Buyer  shall  assume or cause to be  assumed  the
benefit  obligations of all  participants,  their  beneficiaries  and dependents
(including,  without  limitation,  terminated vested  participants and retirees)
under the Emhart  Glass/Emhart  Deutschland  GmbH/Versorgungsordnung  fur unsere
Mitargeiter  ("Seller's  German  Pension  Plan").  As soon  as  administratively
practicable after the Closing Date, Black & Decker and Buyer shall make or cause
to be made any and all filings and submissions to the  appropriate  Governmental
Authorities required to be made by it in connection with the transfer of benefit
obligations  contemplated  hereby.  The  participants  and  their  beneficiaries
covered by Seller's German Pension Plan shall receive credit for all service and
compensation  with Black & Decker or any of its Affiliates  prior to the Closing
Date for all  purposes,  to the same extent such  service and  compensation  are
recognized under Seller's German Pension Plan.

                  (b)  Effective  as of the  Closing,  Buyer and its  Affiliates
shall assume all of the  liabilities and obligations of Black & Decker or any of
its  Affiliates in respect of the benefit  obligations of all  participants  and
their  beneficiaries  under Seller's German Pension Plan. Neither Black & Decker
nor any of its Affiliates  shall assume any liabilities or obligations  under or
attributable to the Seller's German Pension Plan on and after the Closing Date.

         D.17  Japanese  Benefit   Arrangements.   In  furtherance  and  not  in
limitation of the provisions of Section D.13:

                  (a) As of the Closing Date,  Black & Decker shall transfer (or
cause to be  transferred)  and Buyer shall  assume (or cause to be assumed)  the
benefit  obligations of all  participants,  their  beneficiaries  and dependents
(including,  without  limitation,  terminated vested  participants and retirees)
under any Benefit  Arrangements  for employees of the Glass  Machinery  Business
employed by Nippon POP Rivets,  K.K. and its  predecessors  ("Seller's  Japanese
Plans").  Black & Decker and Buyer  shall make (or cause to be made) any and all
filings and submissions to the appropriate  Governmental  Authorities and obtain
approvals for the transfer to and assumption by Buyer of any insurance contracts
that may be  required or  appropriate  to be made by it in  connection  with the
transfer of benefit obligations and insurance contracts contemplated hereby. The
participants and their  beneficiaries  covered by Seller's  Japanese Plans shall
receive  credit for all service and  compensation  with Black & Decker or any of
its  Affiliates  prior to the Closing Date for all purposes,  to the same extent
such service and compensation are recognized under Seller's Japanese Plans.

                  (b) Effective as of the Closing Date, Buyer and its Affiliates
shall assume all of the  liabilities and obligations of Black & Decker or any of
its  Affiliates  in respect of the  benefit  obligations  of Non-US  Transferred
Employees  and  their  beneficiaries  under  Seller's  Japanese  Plans  and  any
insurance  contract  related  thereto.  Neither  Black &  Decker  nor any of its
Affiliates  shall  assume or retain  any  liabilities  or  obligations  under or
attributable to the Seller's Japanese Plan on and after the Closing Date.

         D.18 Swiss Pension Plan.  In  furtherance  and not in limitation of the
provisions of Section D.13:

                  (a) As of the Closing Date,  Black & Decker shall transfer (or
cause to be transferred) and the Buyer shall assume (or cause to be assumed) the
sponsorship of the Emhart Glass AG pension plan ("Seller's Swiss Pension Plan").
As soon as  administratively  practicable after the Closing Date, Black & Decker
and Buyer shall make (or cause to be made) any and all  filings and  submissions
to the appropriate Governmental Authorities and make any necessary plan or trust
amendments arising in connection with the transfer of the Seller's Swiss Pension
Plan from Black & Decker and its  Affiliates  to Buyer and its  Affiliates.  The
participants  and their  beneficiaries  covered by Seller's  Swiss  Pension Plan
shall receive  credit for all service and  compensation  with Black & Decker and
its  Affiliates  prior to the Closing Date for all purposes,  to the same extent
such service and  compensation  are recognized  under the Seller's Swiss Pension
Plan.

                  (b)  Effective  as of the  Closing,  Buyer and its  Affiliates
shall assume or cause to be assumed all of the  liabilities  and  obligations of
Black & Decker and any of its  Affiliates in respect of the benefit  obligations
of all  participants and their  beneficiaries  under Seller's Swiss Pension Plan
and in  respect  of the assets  thereof.  Neither  Black & Decker nor any of its
Affiliates shall retain any liabilities or obligations  under or attributable to
the Seller's Swiss Pension Plan or the assets thereof regardless of whether such
liabilities or obligations accrued before or after the Closing.

         D.19 Swedish Benefit Arrangements. In furtherance and not in limitation
of the provisions of Section D.13:

                  (a) As of the Closing Date,  Black & Decker shall transfer (or
cause to be  transferred)  and Buyer shall  assume (or cause to be assumed)  the
benefit   obligations  of  all  participants   (including  without   limitation,
terminated  vested employees and retirees),  their  beneficiaries and dependents
under any Benefit  Arrangement  maintained  for employees of Emhart Sweden AB or
any of its  Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in  this
Agreement,  it is understood and agreed that, prior to the Closing Date, Black &
Decker may insure part or all of the  benefit  liabilities  attributable  to the
employees of Emhart Sweden AB or any of its Subsidiaries as Black & Decker shall
determine in its discretion.  Buyer shall make (or cause to be made) any and all
filings  and  submissions  to  any  appropriate  organization,   institution  or
Governmental Authority, including but not limited to Forsakringsbolaget Pensions
Garanti,   Omsesidigt  (Pension  Guaranty,   Mutual  Insurance  Company).  Buyer
acknowledges  that any surety bond issued by Black & Decker in  connection  with
any Benefit  Arrangements  of Emhart Sweden AB or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a
Financial  Support  Arrangement  subject to the  provisions of Section  6.03(d),
6.03(e) and 6.03(f) of the Transaction Agreement.

                  (b)  Effective  as of the  Closing,  Buyer and its  Affiliates
shall assume all  liabilities  and  obligations  of Black & Decker or any of its
Affiliates  in respect of any Benefit  Arrangements  maintained by Emhart Sweden
AB.  Neither  Black  &  Decker  nor  any  of its  Affiliates  shall  assume  any
liabilities  or obligations  under or  attributable  to any Benefit  Arrangement
maintained by Emhart Sweden AB on and after the Closing Date.

         D.20.  Singapore  Benefit  Arrangements.  In  furtherance  and  not  in
limitation of the provisions of Section D.13:

                  (a) As of the Closing Date,  Black & Decker shall transfer (or
cause to be  transferred)  and Buyer shall  assume (or cause to be assumed)  the
benefit  obligations of all  participants,  their  beneficiaries  and dependents
(including without  limitation,  terminated vested employees and retirees) under
all Benefit  Arrangements by Black & Decker Asia Pacific that benefit  employees
of the Glass Machinery  Business.  Black & Decker and Buyer shall make (or cause
to be made) any and all filings and submissions to the appropriate  Governmental
Authorities  required  to be made in  connection  with the  transfer  of benefit
obligations  contemplated  hereby.  The  participants  and  their  beneficiaries
covered by Benefit  Arrangements  of Black & Decker Asia Pacific  shall  receive
credit  for all  service  and  compensation  with  Black & Decker  or any of its
Affiliates  prior to the Closing  Date for all  purposes to the same extent such
service and compensation are recognized under any Benefit Arrangement maintained
by Black & Decker Asia Pacific.

                  (b) Effective as of the Closing Date, Buyer and its Affiliates
shall assume all of the  liabilities and obligations of Black & Decker or any of
its  Affiliates  in  respect  of  the  benefit  obligations  under  any  Benefit
Arrangement  maintained by Black & Decker Asia  Pacific.  Neither Black & Decker
nor any of its Affiliates  shall assume any liabilities or obligations  under or
attributable  to any  Benefit  Arrangement  maintained  by Black &  Decker  Asia
Pacific on and after the Closing Date.

         D.21. Italian Benefit Arrangements In furtherance and not in limitation
of the provisions of Section D.13:

                  (a) As of the Closing Date,  Black & Decker shall transfer (or
cause to be  transferred)  and Buyer shall  assume (or cause to be assumed)  the
benefit  obligations of all  participants,  their  beneficiaries  and dependents
(including terminated employees,  retirees,  their beneficiaries and dependents)
under Benefit Arrangements  maintained by Emhart S.r.l. Black & Decker and Buyer
shall  make (or cause to be made) any and all  filings  and  submissions  to the
appropriate  Governmental Authorities required to be made in connection with the
transfer of benefit  obligations  contemplated  hereby. The participants,  their
beneficiaries and dependents  covered by any Benefit  Arrangement  maintained by
Emhart S.r.l. shall receive credit for all service and compensation with Black &
Decker or any of its  Affiliates  prior to the Closing  Date for all purposes to
the same extent such service and  compensation  are recognized under the Benefit
Arrangements maintained by Emhart S.r.l.

                  (b)  Effective  as of the  Closing,  Buyer and its  Affiliates
shall assume all of the  liabilities and obligations of Black & Decker or any of
its Affiliates in respect of the benefit obligations of any participants,  their
beneficiaries and dependents under the Benefit Arrangements maintained by Emhart
S.r.l.  Neither  Black &  Decker  nor any of its  Affiliates  shall  retain  any
liabilities or obligations  under or  attributable  to the Benefit  Arrangements
maintained by Emhart S.r.l on and after the Closing Date.

VII.     General.

         D.22 No Third Party  Beneficiaries.  No  provision of this Exhibit D or
any other  provision in the  Transaction  Documents shall create any third party
beneficiary  or other rights in any employee or former  employee  (including any
beneficiary or dependent  thereof) of Black & Decker or of any of its Affiliates
in respect of continued  employment (or  resumption of employment)  with Black &
Decker or Buyer, or any of their Affiliates,  and no provision of this Exhibit D
shall create any such rights in any such  individuals in respect of any benefits
that may be provided, directly or indirectly, under any Employee Plan or Benefit
Arrangement, or any plan or arrangement which may be established by Buyer or any
of its Affiliates.  Subject to Applicable Law, unless otherwise provided herein,
no provision of this Agreement shall constitute a limitation on rights to amend,
modify or terminate,  either before or after Closing,  any such Employee Plan or
Benefit Arrangement of Black & Decker or any of its Affiliates.

         D.23  Indemnification  by Buyer.  Effective  as of the  Closing,  Buyer
hereby  indemnifies  Black & Decker  and its  Affiliates  and  their  respective
directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  against,  and agrees to hold them
harmless  from,  any and all  Damages  arising out of or  pertaining  to (i) the
termination  of  employment  of,  hiring of or failure  or refusal to hire,  any
Active  Employee of the Glass Machinery  Business on or after the Closing;  (ii)
any  modification  of the pay,  benefits  or any other terms and  conditions  of
employment of any  Transferred  Employee on or after the Closing;  and (iii) any
breach of any covenants or agreements of the Buyer contained in this Exhibit D.

         D.24 Actuarial Calculations. Except as otherwise required by Applicable
Law, the amount of the pension obligations to be determined under this Exhibit D
shall be made using the same  assumptions and procedures used in calculating the
PBO liability in  determining  the Final Net Tangible Asset Amount in accordance
with Attachment XVIII.


EXHIBIT 3                                                       Adopted 10/17/96
                                                             As amended 07/16/98

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  Stockholders

SECTION 1.        Annual Meeting.

         The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the last Tuesday in
April of each year or on such day within 15 days thereof and at such time and at
such place as the Board of Directors may by  resolution  provide for the purpose
of electing  directors and for the transaction of only such other business as is
properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these Bylaws.

         To be properly brought before the meeting,  business must be either (a)
specified in the notice of meeting (or any  supplement  thereto)  given by or at
the direction of the Board, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by
or at the direction of the Board, or (c) otherwise  properly  brought before the
meeting by a stockholder. In addition to any other applicable requirements,  for
business to be properly  brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder,  the
stockholder  must have given  written  notice  thereof  that is  received by the
Secretary  of  the  Corporation  at  the  principal  executive  offices  of  the
Corporation  not less than 90 days nor more than 110 days prior to the  meeting;
provided,  however,  that in the event that less than 100 days'  notice or prior
public  disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to  stockholders,
notice  by the  stockholder  must be so  received  not  later  than the close of
business  on the 10th day  following  the day on which the notice of the date of
the annual meeting was mailed or the public disclosure was made, whichever first
occurred.  A  stockholder's  notice to the Secretary  shall set forth as to each
matter the  stockholder  proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief
description of the business  desired to be brought before the annual meeting and
the reasons for conducting  such business at the annual  meeting,  (ii) the name
and record address of the stockholder  proposing such business,  (iii) the class
and  number of shares of the  Corporation  which are  beneficially  owned by the
stockholder, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business.

         Notwithstanding  anything  in the Bylaws to the  contrary,  no business
shall  be  conducted  at the  annual  meeting  except  in  accordance  with  the
procedures set forth in this section,  provided,  however,  that nothing in this
section  shall be  deemed  to  preclude  discussion  by any  stockholder  of any
business properly brought before the annual meeting.

         The  Chairman  of the  annual  meeting  shall,  if the  facts  warrant,
determine  and declare to the meeting that  business  was not  properly  brought
before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Article, and if the
Chairman should so determine,  he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any
such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

SECTION 2.        Special Meetings.

         Special  meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time for any
purpose or purposes by the Chief Executive  Officer,  by a majority of the Board
of Directors,  or by a majority of the Executive Committee.  Special meetings of
the stockholders  shall be called forthwith by the Chairman of the Board, by the
President,  or by the Secretary of the  Corporation  upon the written request of
stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at the
special meeting.  A written request that a special meeting be called shall state
the purpose or  purposes of the meeting and the matters  proposed to be acted on
at the meeting.  However  called,  notice of the meeting  shall be given to each
stockholder and shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting.  No business
other than that stated in the notice shall be transacted at any special meeting.




<PAGE>
                                      -2-


SECTION 3.        Place of Meetings.

         All meetings of stockholders  shall be held at the principal offices of
the Corporation at Towson, Baltimore County, Maryland, or at such other location
in the United  States of America as the Board of  Directors  may  provide in the
notice of the meeting.

SECTION 4.        Notice of Meetings.

         Written or printed notice of each meeting of the stockholders  shall be
delivered to each  stockholder by leaving the notice with the stockholder at the
stockholder's  residence or usual place of business,  or by mailing it,  postage
prepaid and  addressed to the  stockholder  at the  stockholder's  address as it
appears  upon the records of the  Corporation.  The notice shall be delivered or
mailed  not more than 90 nor less than 20 days  before  the  meeting,  and shall
state the place,  day, and hour at which the meeting is to be held. No notice of
any meeting of the stockholders need be given to any stockholder who attends the
meeting in person or by proxy,  or to any stockholder  who, in writing  executed
and filed with the  records of the  meeting  either  before or after the holding
thereof, waives notice.

SECTION 5.        Quorum.

         At any meeting of  stockholders  the  presence in person or by proxy of
the holders of record of a majority  of the shares of stock  entitled to vote at
the  meeting  shall  constitute  a  quorum.  In the  absence  of a  quorum,  the
stockholders  entitled to vote who shall be present in person or by proxy at any
meeting (or  adjournment  thereof) may, by a majority  vote and without  further
notice,  adjourn  the  meeting  from time to time,  but not for a period of over
thirty  days at any one time,  until a quorum  shall  attend.  At any  adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present,  any business may be transacted that
could have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally scheduled.

SECTION 6.        Conduct of Meetings.

         Meetings of stockholders  shall be presided over by the Chairman of the
Board of Directors of the Corporation or, in the Chairman's absence, by the Vice
Chairman of the Board, or if both of such officers are absent,  by the President
of the Corporation.  The Secretary of the Corporation  shall act as secretary of
meetings of the stockholders and in the Secretary's  absence, the records of the
proceedings  shall be kept and  authenticated  by such  other  person  as may be
appointed  for  that  purpose  at the  meeting  by  the  presiding  officer.  To
participate  in a meeting,  stockholders  must be present in person or by proxy;
stockholders  may not  participate  by means of a conference  telephone or other
communications equipment. The rules contained in the current edition of Robert's
Rules of  Order  Newly  Revised  shall  govern  in all  cases to which  they are
applicable  and in which they are not  inconsistent  with  these  Bylaws and any
special rules of order that the meeting may adopt.

SECTION 7.        Approval of Minutes.

         The minutes of all  meetings of  stockholders  shall be  corrected  and
approved  by a committee  of  directors  designated  by the Board and if none is
designated,   by  the  Organization   Committee.  At  a  subsequent  meeting  of
stockholders,  a synopsis of the minutes  shall be read for  information  at the
request of the presiding officer or any stockholder.

SECTION 8.        Proxies.

         Stockholders  may vote either in person or by proxy,  but no proxy that
is dated more than 11 months  before the meeting at which it is offered shall be
accepted unless the proxy shall on its face name a longer period for which it is
to  remain  in  force.  Each  proxy  shall  be in  writing  and  signed  by  the
stockholder,  or by the stockholder's duly authorized agent, and shall be dated.
The proxy need not be sealed, witnessed or acknowledged.  Proxies shall be filed
with the Secretary of the Corporation at or before the meeting.




<PAGE>
                                      -3-


SECTION 9.        Voting.

         Except as otherwise provided in the charter of the Corporation,  at all
meetings  of  stockholders,  each  holder of shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be
entitled to one vote for each share of stock of the  Corporation  registered  in
the  stockholder's  name upon the books of the  Corporation on the date fixed by
the Board of Directors as the record date for the  determination of stockholders
entitled to vote at the meeting.  Except as otherwise provided in the charter of
the  Corporation,  all elections and matters  submitted to a vote at meetings of
stockholders  shall be decided  by a majority  of all votes cast in person or by
proxy,  unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute, by
charter, or by these Bylaws. If the presiding officer shall so determine, a vote
by ballot may be taken  upon any  election  or matter,  and the vote shall be so
taken upon the request of the  holders of ten  percent of the stock  present and
entitled to vote on the election or matter.  If the  presiding  officer shall so
determine,  the votes on all matters to be voted upon by ballot may be postponed
to be voted on at the same time or on a single ballot.

SECTION 10.       Inspectors of Elections.

         One or more inspectors may be appointed by the presiding officer at any
meeting.  If so appointed,  the inspector or inspectors shall open and close the
polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots,  decide all questions
as to the  qualifications  of voters and the validity of proxies,  determine and
report the results of elections and votes on matters before the meeting,  and do
such  other  acts as may be proper to  conduct  the  election  and the vote with
fairness to all stockholders.

SECTION 11.       List of Stockholders.

         Prior  to  each  meeting  of the  stockholders,  the  Secretary  of the
Corporation shall prepare, as of the record date fixed by the Board of Directors
with  respect  to the  meeting,  a full and  accurate  list of all  stockholders
entitled to vote at the  meeting,  indicating  the number of shares and class of
stock held by each.  The Secretary  shall be  responsible  for the production of
that list at the meeting.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               Board of Directors

SECTION 1.        Powers.

         The property, business, and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation.  The  Board of  Directors  may
exercise  all the powers of the  Corporation,  except  those  conferred  upon or
reserved to the  stockholders  by statute,  by charter or by these  Bylaws.  The
Board of Directors shall keep minutes of each of its meetings and a full account
of all of its transactions.

SECTION 2.        Number of Directors.

         The number of directors of the  Corporation  shall be 14 or such lesser
number not less than eight as may from time to time be determined by the vote of
three-fourths of the entire Board of Directors. However, the tenure of Office of
a director shall not be affected by any change in number.



<PAGE>
                                      -4-


SECTION 3.        Nomination of Directors.

         Only  persons  who are  nominated  in  accordance  with  the  following
procedures  shall  be  eligible  for  election  as  Directors  at a  meeting  of
stockholders.  Nominations of persons for election as Directors may be made at a
meeting of  stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors by any
nominating  committee or person  appointed by the Board or by any stockholder of
the  Corporation  entitled to vote for the  election of Directors at the meeting
who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this section.  Nominations,
other  than  those  made by or at the  direction  of the  Board,  shall  be made
pursuant to written notice  delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary
of the  Corporation at the principal  executive  offices of the  Corporation not
less  than 90 days nor  more  than 110  days  prior  to the  meeting;  provided,
however,  that in the event  that less  than 100  days'  notice or prior  public
disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to  stockholders,  notice
by the  stockholder  must be so received not later than the close of business on
the 10th day  following  the day on which  notice of the date of the meeting was
mailed or public  disclosure was made,  whichever first occurred.  The notice to
the  Secretary  shall  set  forth  (a) as to each  person  whom the  stockholder
proposes to nominate for election or  re-election  as a Director,  (i) the name,
age,  business address and residence  address of the person,  (ii) the principal
occupation or employment of the person,  (iii) the class and number of shares of
capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially  owned by the person and
(iv) any  other  information  relating  to the  person  that is  required  to be
disclosed in  solicitations  for proxies for  election of Directors  pursuant to
Rule  14a  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934;  and  (b)  as to the
stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of stockholder and
(ii) the class and number of shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation  which
are  beneficially  owned by the  stockholder.  The  Corporation  may require any
proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required
by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of the proposed nominee to serve
as Director of the Corporation.

         The  presiding  officer of the  meeting  shall,  if the facts  warrant,
determine  and  declare  to the  meeting  that a  nomination  was  not  made  in
accordance with the foregoing  procedure,  and if the presiding officer shall so
determine and shall so declare to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be
disregarded.

SECTION 4.        Election.

         Except as hereinafter  provided,  the members of the Board of Directors
shall be elected each year at the annual meeting of  stockholders by the vote of
the holders of record of a majority of the shares of stock  present in person or
by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting.  Each  director  shall hold office
until the next annual meeting of stockholders held after his or her election and
until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified,  or until
death,  or until he or she shall have  resigned,  or shall have been  removed as
hereinafter  provided.  Each person elected as director of the Corporation shall
qualify as such by written acceptance or by attendance at and participation as a
director in a duly called meeting of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5.        Removal.

         At a duly  called  meeting  of the  stockholders  at which a quorum  is
present, the stockholders may, by vote of the holders of a majority of the votes
entitled to be cast at the meeting, remove with or without cause any director or
directors  from  office,  and may elect a successor  or  successors  to fill any
resulting vacancy for the remainder of the term of the director so removed.

SECTION 6.        Vacancies.

         If any  director  shall die or  resign,  or if the  stockholders  shall
remove any director  without  electing a successor to fill the  remaining  term,
that vacancy may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining members of
the Board of Directors, although a majority may be less than a quorum. Vacancies
in the Board  created by an increase in the number of directors may be filled by
the vote of a majority of the entire Board as constituted prior to the increase.
A  director  elected  by the Board of  Directors  to fill any  vacancy,  however
created,  shall hold office until the next annual  meeting of  stockholders  and
until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.


<PAGE>
                                      -5-


SECTION 7.        Meetings.

         Immediately  after each annual meeting of stockholders at which a Board
of Directors shall have been elected, the Board of Directors shall meet, without
notice,  for the election of an Executive  Committee of the Board of  Directors,
for the  election of officers of the  Corporation,  and for the  transaction  of
other business.  Other regular  meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held
in the months of February, July, October and December on the day and at the time
designated  by the Chief  Executive  Officer.  Special  meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer or by any two
directors. Regular and special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at
such place,  in or out of the State of  Maryland,  as the Board may from time to
time determine.

SECTION 8.        Notice of Meetings.

         Except for the  meeting  immediately  following  the annual  meeting of
stockholders,  notice of the  place,  day and hour of a regular  meeting  of the
Board of  Directors  shall be given in  writing to each  director  not less than
three  days  prior  to the  meeting  and  delivered  to the  director  or to the
director's  residence  or usual place of  business,  or by mailing  it,  postage
prepaid and  addressed  to the director at his or her address as it appears upon
the records of the  Corporation.  Notice of special meetings may be given in the
same way, or may be given personally, by telephone, or by telegraph or facsimile
message sent to the director's  home or business  address as it appears upon the
records of the Corporation,  not less than one day prior to the meeting.  Unless
required by these Bylaws or by resolution  of the Board of Directors,  no notice
of any  meeting  of the  Board  of  Directors  need  state  the  business  to be
transacted  at the  meeting.  No notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors
need be given to any director who  attends,  or to any director  who, in writing
executed  and filed with the records of the meeting  either  before or after the
holding thereof, waives notice.

SECTION 9.        Quorum.

         A majority of the Board of Directors shall  constitute a quorum for the
transaction  of  business  at  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors.  Except as
otherwise  provided by statute,  by charter,  or by these Bylaws,  the vote of a
majority  of the  directors  present  at a duly  constituted  meeting  shall  be
sufficient to pass any measure,  and such decision  shall be the decision of the
Board of  Directors.  In the  absence of a quorum,  the  directors  present,  by
majority vote and without further  notice,  may adjourn the meeting from time to
time  until a quorum  shall be  present.  The Board of  Directors  may also take
action or make  decisions by any other method which may be permitted by statute,
by charter, or by these Bylaws.

SECTION 10.       Presumption of Assent.

         A director of the  Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board
of Directors at which action on any corporate  matter is taken shall be presumed
to have  assented to the action taken unless the director  announces  his or her
dissent at the  meeting,  and (a) the  dissent is entered in the  minutes of the
meeting,  (b) before the meeting  adjourns  the  director  files with the person
acting as the secretary of the meeting a written  dissent to the action,  or (c)
the  director  forwards a written  dissent  within 24 hours after the meeting is
adjourned by registered or certified  mail to the Secretary of the  Corporation.
The  right to  dissent  does not apply to a  director  who voted in favor of the
action or who failed to announce his or her dissent at the  meeting.  A director
may abstain  from  voting on any matter  before the meeting by so stating at the
time the vote is taken and by causing the abstention to be recorded or stated in
writing  in the same  manner  as  provided  above  for a  dissent.  

SECTION  11.      Compensation.

         Each director shall be entitled to receive such  remuneration as may be
fixed from time to time by the Board of  Directors.  However,  no  director  who
receives  a salary  as an  officer  or  employee  of the  Corporation  or of any
subsidiary  thereof shall receive any  remuneration as a director or as a member
of any  committee  of the Board of  Directors.  Each  director  may also receive
reimbursement for the reasonable  expenses incurred in attending the meetings of
the Board of Directors,  the meetings of any committee thereof,  or otherwise in
connection with attending to the affairs of the Corporation.


<PAGE>
                                      -6-


SECTION 12.       Director Emeritus.

         Any retired  member of the Board of Directors  may be designated by the
Board as a  Director  Emeritus  for a period  of one year for each of the  three
years next  succeeding  retirement as a Director.  Each Director  Emeritus shall
receive notices of meetings,  remuneration,  and  reimbursement  for expenses in
attending  meetings as may be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
A Director  Emeritus  shall be entitled  to attend all  meetings of the Board of
Directors  and of any  committee  to  which he or she may be  appointed  and may
participate in the discussion of (but not in the voting on) any matter  properly
before the meeting.  A Director Emeritus shall not be counted for the purpose of
determining  the  number  of  appointments  to be  made  to a  committee  or for
determining a quorum of the committee.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                   Committees

SECTION 1.        Executive Committee.

         At its first meeting after the annual meeting of the stockholders,  the
Board of Directors  shall elect an Executive  Committee  consisting  of at least
five members of the Board,  of whom the Chairman of the Board,  if any, shall be
one. The Board shall  designate a Chairman of the  Committee  who shall serve as
Chairman of the  Committee  at the pleasure of the Board.  During the  intervals
between the meetings of the Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee  shall
possess and may  exercise  all powers in the  management  and  direction  of the
business  and  affairs of the  Corporation  except as  limited  by the  Maryland
General  Corporation Law or by resolution of the Board of Directors.  All action
taken by the Executive  Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at
its meeting next  succeeding  such action,  and shall be subject to revision and
alteration  by the  Board,  provided  that no  rights  of third  parties  may be
adversely affected by any revision or alteration. Delegation of authority to the
Executive  Committee shall not relieve the Board of Directors or any director of
any responsibility imposed by law or statute or by charter.

SECTION 2.        Other Committees.

         From time to time the Board of Directors by  resolution  adopted by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  members of the entire  Board may provide
for and  appoint  other  committees  to have the powers and  perform  the duties
assigned to them by the Board of Directors.  These  committees may include,  but
are not limited to, an Organization Committee, a Finance Committee, and an Audit
Committee.

SECTION 3.        Meetings of Committees.

         Each  Committee  of the Board of  Directors  shall fix its own rules of
procedure,  and shall meet as provided by those  rules or by  resolution  of the
Board,  or at the call of the  chairman or any two members of the  committee.  A
majority of each committee shall constitute a quorum thereof,  and in every case
the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire committee shall be necessary to
take any action.  Each  committee  may also take action by any other method that
may be  permitted by statute,  by charter,  or by these  Bylaws.  In the event a
member of a committee  fails to attend any meeting of the  committee,  the other
members of the committee present at the meeting,  whether or not they constitute
a quorum,  may appoint a member of the Board of Directors to act in the place of
the absent member.  Regular  minutes of the  proceedings of each committee and a
full account of all its  transactions  shall be kept in a book  provided for the
purpose,  except that the  Organization  Committee shall not be required to keep
minutes. Vacancies in any committee of the Board of Directors shall be filled by
the Board of Directors.



<PAGE>
                                      -7-


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers

SECTION 1.        Election and Tenure.

         The Board of Directors  may elect a Chairman and a Vice  Chairman  from
among the directors. The Board of Directors shall elect a President, a Treasurer
and a  Secretary,  and  one or  more  Vice  Presidents,  one or  more  Assistant
Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and such other officers with such
powers and duties as the Board may  designate,  none of whom need be a director.
Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors
after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election and
until a successor  shall have been duly chosen and  qualified or until he or she
shall have  resigned or been  removed.  All  elections  to office  shall be by a
majority vote of the entire Board of Directors.

SECTION 2.        Chairman of the Board.

         The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of stockholders
and of the Board of Directors at which he or she shall be present.  The Chairman
shall have such other  powers and perform such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 3.        Vice Chairman of the Board.

         The Vice  Chairman of the Board,  in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board, shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors.
(In the absence of the  Chairman and the Vice  Chairman,  the Board of Directors
shall elect a chairman of the meeting.) The Vice Chairman  shall have such other
powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the
Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board.

SECTION 4.        President.

         The President shall be the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Corporation
and,  subject  to the  control  of the  Board  of  Directors  and the  Executive
Committee,  shall have  general  charge  and  supervision  of the  Corporation's
business,  affairs,  and properties.  The President shall have authority to sign
and execute,  in the name of the Corporation,  all authorized deeds,  mortgages,
bonds,  contracts  or  other  instruments.  The  President  may  sign,  with the
Secretary  or the  Treasurer,  stock  certificates  of the  Corporation.  In the
absence of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman of the Board,  the President shall
preside at meetings of stockholders. In general, the President shall perform all
the duties  ordinarily  incident to the office of a president of a  corporation,
and such other  duties as,  from time to time,  may be  assigned by the Board of
Directors or by the Executive Committee. 

SECTION 5.        Vice Presidents.

         Each Vice  President,  which  term shall  include  any  Executive  Vice
President  or Group Vice  President,  shall have the power to sign and  execute,
unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, all contracts
or other  obligations in the name of the  Corporation in the ordinary  course of
business,  and with the Secretary,  or with the Treasurer,  or with an Assistant
Secretary,  or with an Assistant  Treasurer,  may sign stock certificates of the
Corporation.  At the request of the President or in the  President's  absence or
during the  President's  inability to act, the Vice President or Vice Presidents
shall perform the duties and exercise the functions of the  President,  and when
so acting shall have the powers of the President. If there is more than one Vice
President,  the Board of Directors may  determine  which one or more of the Vice
Presidents  shall perform any of such duties or exercise any of such  functions,
or if the  determination  is not made by the Board,  the  President may make the
determination.  The Vice  President  or Vice  Presidents  shall  have such other
powers  and  perform  such  other  duties  as may be  assigned  by the  Board of
Directors or by the  President.  For purposes of this Article IV, Section 5, the
term Vice  President  does not include a Vice  President  appointed  pursuant to
Article IV, Section 9.


<PAGE>
                                      -8-


SECTION 6.        Secretary.

         The   Secretary   shall  keep  the  minutes  of  the  meetings  of  the
stockholders,  of the  Board  of  Directors,  and of  the  Executive  Committee,
including all the votes taken at the meetings, and record them in books provided
for that  purpose.  The  Secretary  shall see that all notices are duly given in
accordance  with the  provisions of these Bylaws or as required by statute.  The
Secretary shall be the custodian of the records and of the corporate seal of the
Corporation. The Secretary may affix the corporate seal to any document executed
on behalf of the  Corporation,  and may attest the same. The Secretary may sign,
with the President or a Vice President,  stock  certificates of the Corporation.
In general,  the Secretary shall perform all duties  ordinarily  incident to the
office of a secretary of a  corporation,  and such other duties as, from time to
time, may be assigned by the Board of Directors or by the President.

SECTION 7.        Treasurer.

                  The Treasurer  shall have charge of and be responsible for all
funds,  securities,  receipts and  disbursements of the  Corporation,  and shall
deposit or cause to be deposited, in the name of the Corporation,  all moneys or
other valuable effects in such banks, trust companies, or depositories as may be
designated by the Board of  Directors.  The  Treasurer  shall  maintain full and
accurate   accounts  of  all  assets,   liabilities  and   transactions  of  the
Corporation,  and shall  render  to the  President  and the Board of  Directors,
whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of
the financial  condition of the  Corporation.  In general,  the Treasurer  shall
perform all the duties  ordinarily  incident  to the office of a treasurer  of a
corporation, and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to him
or her by the Board of Directors or by the President.  The Treasurer  shall give
the  Corporation a bond,  if required by the Board of  Directors,  in a sum, and
with one or more  sureties,  satisfactory  to the  Board of  Directors,  for the
faithful  performance of the duties of the office and for the restoration to the
Corporation in case of death, resignation,  retirement or removal from office of
all corporate books, papers, vouchers,  moneys, and other properties of whatever
kind in his or her possession or under his or her control.

SECTION 8.        Subordinate Officers.

         The subordinate  officers shall consist of such assistant  officers and
agents as may be deemed  desirable  and as may be elected  by a majority  of the
members of the Board of  Directors.  Each such  subordinate  officer  shall hold
office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as the Board
of Directors may prescribe.

SECTION 9.        Appointed Vice Presidents.

         The Chief  Executive  Officer may from time to time appoint one or more
Vice Presidents with such administrative  powers and duties as may be designated
or approved by the Chief  Executive  Officer.  An appointed Vice President shall
not be a corporate officer and may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 10.       Officers Holding Two or More Offices.

         Any two or more of the above named  offices,  except  those of Chairman
and Vice Chairman of the Board and those of President and Vice President, may be
held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any
instrument in more than one capacity,  if the instrument is required by statute,
by charter,  by these  Bylaws,  or by resolution of the Board of Directors to be
executed, acknowledged, or verified by two or more officers.

SECTION 11.       Compensation.

         The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the  compensation of all
officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer upon whom the power of
appointing  subordinate officers may have been conferred to fix the compensation
of the subordinate officers.


<PAGE>
                                      -9-


SECTION 12.       Removal.

         Any officer of the Corporation  may be removed,  with or without cause,
by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, and any officer of the
Corporation  appointed by another  officer may also be removed,  with or without
cause, by the appointing officer, by the Executive Committee, or by the Board of
Directors.

SECTION 13.       Vacancies.

         A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,  removal, or any
other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by election of
the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                      Stock

SECTION 1.        Certificates.

         Each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate  or  certificates
which  shall  represent  and  certify  the  number  and  kind of  shares  of the
Corporation's  stock owned by the  stockholder  for which full  payment has been
made, or for which payment is being made by installments  in conjunction  with a
stockholder-approved  option plan. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the
Chairman,  the President or a Vice President and  countersigned by the Secretary
or Treasurer or Assistant  Treasurer  of the  Corporation.  A stock  certificate
shall be deemed to be so signed and sealed  whether the required  signatures are
manual or facsimile  signatures  and whether the seal is a facsimile seal or any
other  form of seal.  In case any  officer of the  Corporation  who has signed a
stock certificate ceases to be an officer of the Corporation, whether because of
death,  resignation or otherwise,  before the stock  certificate is issued,  the
certificate  may  nevertheless  be issued and delivered by the Corporation as if
the officer had not ceased to be such officer on the date of issue.

SECTION 2.        Transfer of Shares.

         Shares  of  stock  shall  be  transferable  only  on the  books  of the
Corporation by the holder thereof,  in person or by duly authorized  agent, upon
the  surrender  of  the  stock   certificate   representing  the  shares  to  be
transferred,  properly  endorsed.  The Board of  Directors  shall have power and
authority to make other rules and regulations concerning the issue, transfer and
registration of stock certificates as it may deem expedient.

SECTION 3.        Transfer Agents and Registrars.

         The  Corporation  may have one or more transfer  agents and one or more
registrars of its stock,  whose  respective  duties the Board of Directors  may,
from  time  to  time,   define.  No  stock  certificate  shall  be  valid  until
countersigned  by a transfer  agent,  if the Corporation has a transfer agent in
respect of that  class or series of  capital  stock,  or until  registered  by a
registrar, if the Corporation has a registrar in respect of that class or series
of capital stock. The duties of transfer agent and registrar may be combined.

SECTION 4.        New Certificates.

         In case any stock  certificate  is alleged  to have been lost,  stolen,
mutilated, or destroyed, the Board of Directors may authorize the issue of a new
certificate  in place  thereof  upon such  terms and  conditions  as it may deem
advisable.  The Board of Directors may, in its  discretion,  further require the
owner of the stock certificate or the owner's duly authorized agent to give bond
with  sufficient  surety to the  Corporation to indemnify it against any loss or
claim which may arise by reason of the issue of a stock certificate in the place
of one reportedly lost, stolen, or destroyed.


<PAGE>
                                      -10-


SECTION 5.        Record Dates.

         The Board of Directors  may fix, in advance,  a date as the record date
for the  purpose of  determining  those  stockholders  who shall be  entitled to
notice of, or to vote at, any  meeting of  stockholders,  or for the  purpose of
determining  those  stockholders who shall be entitled to receive payment of any
dividend or the allotment of any rights,  or for the purpose of making any other
proper  determination  with respect to stockholders.  The date shall be not more
than 90 days,  and in the case of a meeting  of  stockholders,  not less than 10
days,  prior  to the  date  on  which  the  particular  action,  requiring  such
determination of stockholders,  is to be taken. In lieu of fixing a record date,
the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed
for a stated period,  not to exceed in any case 20 days. When the stock transfer
books are closed for the purpose of determining  stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of  stockholders,  the closing of the transfer  books
shall be at least 10 days before the date of the meeting.

SECTION 6.        Annual Report.

         The  President of the  Corporation  shall  annually  prepare a full and
correct  statement of the affairs of the Corporation,  including a balance sheet
and a financial  statement of operations  for the preceding  fiscal year.  These
statements  shall be sent to the extent possible to each beneficial owner of the
stock of the  Corporation  prior to or with the proxy  statement  and  notice to
stockholders of the annual meeting of stockholders.  It will be submitted at the
annual  meeting,  and  within  20  days  thereafter  be  placed  on  file at the
Corporation's principal offices in Maryland.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              Dividends and Finance

SECTION 1.        Dividends.

         Subject to any statutory or charter  conditions  and  limitations,  the
Board of Directors may in its discretion  declare what, if any,  dividends shall
be paid from the  surplus or from the net profits of the  Corporation,  the date
when the  dividends  shall be  payable,  and the date for the  determination  of
holders of record to whom the dividends shall be paid.

SECTION 2.        Depositories.

         The Board of Directors  from time to time shall  designate  one or more
banks or trust  companies as depositories of the Corporation and shall designate
those officers and agents who shall have authority to deposit corporate funds in
such  depositories.  It shall also designate those officers and agents who shall
have  authority  to  withdraw  from  time to time any or all of the funds of the
Corporation  so  deposited  upon  checks,  drafts,  or orders for the payment of
money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness,  drawn against the account and
issued in the name of the Corporation.  The signatures of the officers or agents
may be made manually or by facsimile. No check or order for the payment of money
shall be invalidated because a person whose signature appears thereon has ceased
to be an officer or agent of the Corporation prior to the time of payment of the
check or order by any depository.

SECTION 3.        Corporate Obligations.

         No loans  shall be  contracted  on  behalf  of the  Corporation  and no
evidences of  indebtedness  or guaranties of the  obligations of others shall be
issued in the name of the Corporation  unless  authorized by a resolution of the
Board of Directors.  Such authority may be either general or specific. When duly
authorized,  all  loans,  promissory  notes,  acceptances,  other  evidences  of
indebtedness and guaranties shall be signed by the President,  a Vice President,
the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer.


<PAGE>
                                      -11-


SECTION 4.        Fiscal Year.

         The  fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall  begin on the first day of
January and end on the last day of December of each year.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                Books and Records

SECTION 1.        Books and Records.

         The  Corporation  shall maintain a stock ledger which shall contain the
name and  address of each  stockholder  and the number of shares of stock of the
Corporation  which  the  stockholder  holds.  The  ledger  shall  be kept at the
principal offices of the Corporation in Towson,  Baltimore County,  Maryland, or
at the offices of the  Corporation's  stock  transfer  agent.  All other  books,
accounts, and records of the Corporation,  including the original or a certified
copy of these Bylaws,  the minutes of all stockholders  meetings,  a copy of the
annual statement,  and any voting trust agreements on file with the Corporation,
shall be kept and  maintained by the  Secretary at the principal  offices of the
Corporation in Towson.

SECTION 2.        Inspection Rights.

         Except as  otherwise  provided by statute or by  charter,  the Board of
Directors shall determine  whether and to what extent the books,  accounts,  and
records of the  Corporation,  or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of
stockholders.  No stockholder shall have any right to inspect any book, account,
document  or record  of the  Corporation  except as  conferred  by  statute,  by
charter, or by resolution of the stockholders or the Board of Directors.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                      Seal

SECTION 1.        Seal.

         The seal of the  Corporation  shall  consist of a  circular  impression
bearing the name of the Corporation  and the word "Maryland"  around the rim and
in the center the word "Incorporated" and the year "1910."



<PAGE>
                                      -12-


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 Indemnification

SECTION 1.        Indemnification.

         The  Corporation  to the full  extent  permitted  by, and in the manner
permissible  under,  the laws of the State of Maryland and other applicable laws
and regulations may indemnify any person who is or was an officer,  employee, or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director,  officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or entity and
shall  indemnify any director of the  Corporation  or any director who is or was
serving at the request of the  Corporation as a director of another  corporation
or entity,  who by reason of his or her position was, is, or is threatened to be
made  a  party  to  an   action  or   proceeding,   whether   civil,   criminal,
administrative,  or investigative,  against any and all expenses (including, but
not limited to, attorneys' fees, judgments,  fines, penalties,  and amounts paid
in  settlement)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred by the  director,  officer,
employee, or agent in connection with the proceeding.  Repeal or modification of
this  Section  or the  relevant  law shall not  affect  adversely  any rights or
obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore
existing or any action, suit or proceeding  theretofore or thereafter brought or
threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                   Amendments

SECTION 1.        Amendment of Bylaws.

         These  Bylaws may be amended at any  meeting of the  stockholders  by a
majority of all the votes cast,  provided the text of the amendment is submitted
with the notice of the  meeting.  The Board of  Directors  may also amend  these
Bylaws by a vote of a majority of the directors  present at a meeting,  provided
that the Board of Directors  shall not consider or act on any amendment to these
Bylaws  that,  directly  or  indirectly,  modifies  the meaning or effect of any
amendment  to these  Bylaws  adopted by the  stockholders  within the  preceding
12-month period, or any amendment to these Bylaws that,  directly or indirectly,
contains  substantially  similar provisions to those of an amendment rejected by
the stockholders within the preceding 12-month period.



EXHIBIT 4








                          BLACK & DECKER HOLDINGS INC.,
                                   as Issuer,

                         THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION,
                                  as Guarantor


                                       AND

                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,

                                   as Trustee




                                    INDENTURE

                            Dated as of June 26, 1998




                                  $150,000,000

                           6.55% Senior Notes due 2007

                                  $150,000,000

                           7.05% Senior Notes due 2028






<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE................  1
         SECTION 1.1  Definitions............................................  1
         SECTION 1.2  Incorporation by Reference of TIA......................  9
         SECTION 1.3  Rules of Construction.................................. 10
 
                                   ARTICLE II

                        THE TRANCHE A AND TRANCHE B NOTES.................... 10
         SECTION 2.1  Form and Dating........................................ 10
         SECTION 2.2  Execution and Authentication........................... 12
         SECTION 2.3  Exchange Agent and Paying Agent........................ 13
         SECTION 2.4  Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust................... 14
         SECTION 2.5  List of Holders........................................ 14
         SECTION 2.6  Transfer and Exchange.................................. 14
         SECTION 2.7  Replacement Notes...................................... 19
         SECTION 2.8  Outstanding Notes...................................... 19
         SECTION 2.9  Treasury Notes......................................... 20
         SECTION 2.10  Temporary Notes....................................... 20
         SECTION 2.11  Cancellation.......................................... 21
         SECTION 2.12  Defaulted Interest.................................... 21
         SECTION 2.13  CUSIP and CINS Number................................. 22
         SECTION 2.14  Deposit of Moneys..................................... 22
         SECTION 2.15  Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes.............. 22

                                  ARTICLE III

                                   REDEMPTION................................ 23
         SECTION 3.1  Optional Redemption.................................... 23
         SECTION 3.2  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.................. 23
         SECTION 3.3  Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed........... 23
         SECTION 3.4  Notice of Redemption................................... 24
         SECTION 3.5  Effect of Notice of Redemption......................... 25
         SECTION 3.6  Deposit of Redemption Price............................ 25
         SECTION 3.7  Notes Redeemed in Part................................. 26
         SECTION 3.8  Applicability of This Article.......................... 26

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    COVENANTS................................ 27
         SECTION 4.1  Payment of Notes....................................... 27
         SECTION 4.2  Maintenance of Office or Agency........................ 27
         SECTION 4.3  Limitation on Liens.................................... 28
         SECTION 4.4  Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions.............. 29
         SECTION 4.5  No Lien Created, etc................................... 29
         SECTION 4.6  Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.............. 30
         SECTION 4.7  Reports................................................ 30
         SECTION 4.8  Payment of Certain Non-Income Taxes and 
                      Similar Charges........................................ 30



<PAGE>


                                                                            Page

                                    ARTICLE V

                          MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE
                        BY THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTOR..................... 31
         SECTION 5.1  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially
                      All Assets of the Company.............................. 31
         SECTION 5.2  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially
                      All Assets of the Guarantor............................ 31
 
                                   ARTICLE VI

                              DEFAULT AND REMEDIES........................... 31
         SECTION 6.1  Events of Default...................................... 31
         SECTION 6.2  Acceleration........................................... 34
         SECTION 6.3  Other Remedies......................................... 34
         SECTION 6.4  Waiver of Past Defaults................................ 34
         SECTION 6.5  Control by Majority.................................... 34
         SECTION 6.6  Limitation on Suits.................................... 35
         SECTION 6.7  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment................... 35
         SECTION 6.8  Collection Suit by Trustee............................. 35
         SECTION 6.9  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim....................... 35
         SECTION 6.10  Priorities............................................ 36
         SECTION 6.11  Undertaking for Costs................................. 36

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     TRUSTEE................................. 36
         SECTION 7.1  Duties of Trustee...................................... 36
         SECTION 7.2  Rights of Trustee...................................... 38
         SECTION 7.3  Individual Rights of Trustee........................... 39
         SECTION 7.4  Trustee's Disclaimer................................... 40
         SECTION 7.5  Notice of Default...................................... 40
         SECTION 7.6  Report by Trustee to Holders........................... 40
         SECTION 7.7  Compensation and Indemnity............................. 41
         SECTION 7.8  Replacement of Trustee................................. 42
         SECTION 7.9  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc....................... 43
         SECTION 7.10  Eligibility; Disqualification; Corporate Trust 
                       Required; Conflicting Interest........................ 44
         SECTION 7.11  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company..... 45
         SECTION 7.12  Authenticating Agents................................. 45

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE................. 46
         SECTION 8.1  Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant 
                      Defeasance............................................. 46
         SECTION 8.2  Legal Defeasance and Discharge......................... 46
         SECTION 8.3  Covenant Defeasance.................................... 47
         SECTION 8.4  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance............. 48
         SECTION 8.5  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture................ 50
         SECTION 8.6  Survival of Certain Obligations........................ 51
         SECTION 8.7  Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee................. 51
         SECTION 8.8  Application of Trust Moneys............................ 51

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page

         SECTION 8.9  Repayment to the Company; Unclaimed Money.............. 52
         SECTION 8.10 Reinstatement.......................................... 52

                                   ARTICLE IX

                       AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS................... 53
         SECTION 9.1  Without Consent of Holders of Notes.................... 53
         SECTION 9.2  With Consent of Holders of Notes....................... 54
         SECTION 9.3  Compliance with TIA.................................... 55
         SECTION 9.4  Revocation and Effect of Consents...................... 55
         SECTION 9.5  Notation on or Exchange of Notes....................... 56
         SECTION 9.6  Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc........................ 56
         SECTION 9.7  Effect of Supplemental Indentures...................... 56
 
                                    ARTICLE X

                                   GUARANTEES................................ 56
         SECTION 10.1  Guarantees............................................ 56
         SECTION 10.2  Successors and Assigns................................ 59
         SECTION 10.3  No Waiver............................................. 59
         SECTION 10.4  Modification.......................................... 59

                                   ARTICLE XI

                        MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF THE NOTES..................... 59
         SECTION 11.1  Purposes of Meetings.................................. 59
         SECTION 11.2  Place of Meetings..................................... 60
         SECTION 11.3  Call and Notice of Meetings........................... 60
         SECTION 11.4  Voting at Meetings.................................... 60
         SECTION 11.5  Voting Rights, Conduct and Adjournment................ 61
         SECTION 11.6  Revocation of Consent by Holders...................... 62
         SECTION 11.7  No Delay of Rights by Meeting......................... 62

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS.............................. 62
         SECTION 12.1  TIA Controls.......................................... 62
         SECTION 12.2  Notices............................................... 62
         SECTION 12.3  Notice to Holders..................................... 64
         SECTION 12.4  Compliance Certificates and Opinions.................. 64
         SECTION 12.5  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee................ 65
         SECTION 12.6  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent........ 65
         SECTION 12.7  Non-Business Day...................................... 65
         SECTION 12.8  Governing Law and Submission to Jurisdiction.......... 66
         SECTION 12.9  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements......... 66
         SECTION 12.10  Immunity of Incorporators, Stockholders, Employees,
                        Officers and Directors............................... 66
         SECTION 12.11  Successors and Assigns............................... 66
         SECTION 12.12  Counterpart Originals................................ 66
         SECTION 12.13  Severability......................................... 66
         SECTION 12.14  Table of Contents, Headings, etc..................... 66
         SECTION 12.15  Benefits of Indenture................................ 66

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page

         SECTION 12.16  Language of Notices, etc............................. 67
         SIGNATURES.......................................................... 67



EXHIBITS

Exhibit A           -    Form of Tranche A Global Note
Exhibit B           -    Form of Tranche A Definitive Note
Exhibit C           -    Form of Tranche B Global Note
Exhibit D           -    Form of Tranche B Definitive Note
Exhibit E           -    Form of Transfer Certificate -- U.S. Global Note to 
                         Regulation S Global Note During the Restricted Period
Exhibit F           -    Form of Transfer Certificate -- U.S. Global Note to 
                         Regulation S Global Note After the Restricted Period
Exhibit G-1         -    Form of Transfer Certificate -- Regulation S Global 
                         Note to U.S. Global Note During the Restricted Period
Exhibit G-2         -    Form of Transfer Certificate -- Regulation S Global
                         Notes to U.S. Global Note After the Expiration of the 
                         Restricted Period
Exhibit H           -    Form of Exchange Certificate -- Notes Acquired Pursuant
                         to Rule 144A
Exhibit I           -    Form of Exchange Certificate -- Notes Acquired Pursuant
                         to Regulation S

NOTE: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of
this Indenture.


<PAGE>



                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

  TIA                                                           Indenture
Section                                                          Section

 310     (a)(1)..........................................       7.10
         (a)(2)..........................................       7.10
         (a)(3)..........................................       NA
         (a)(4) .........................................       NA
         (a)(5) .........................................       7.8; 7.10
         (b).............................................       7.3; 7.10
         (c).............................................       NA
 311     (a).............................................       7.11
         (b).............................................       7.11
         (c).............................................       NA
 312     (a).............................................       2.5
         (b).............................................       14.3
         (c).............................................       14.3
 313     (a).............................................       7.6
         (b)(1)                                                 NA
         (b)(2)                                                 7.6
         (c)                                                    7.6;
         (d)                                                    7.6
 314     (a).............................................       4.8; 4.10; 14.2;
                                                                14.4
         (b).............................................       NA
         (c)(1)..........................................       7.2; 14.4
         (c)(2)..........................................       7.2; 14.4
         (c)(3)..........................................       NA
         (d).............................................       NA
         (e).............................................       14.5
         (f).............................................       NA
 315     (a).............................................       7.1(c)
         (b).............................................       7.5; 14.2
         (c).............................................       7.1(a)
         (d).............................................       6.5;
         ................................................       7.1(c)
         (e).............................................       6.11
 316     (a)(last sentence)..............................       2.9
         (a)(1)(A).......................................       6.5
         (a)(1)(B).......................................       6.4
         (a)(2)..........................................       NA
         (b).............................................       6.7
 317     (a)(1)..........................................       6.8
         (a)(2)..........................................       6.9
         (b).............................................       2.4
 318     (a).............................................       14.1
         (c).............................................       14.1
                  

NA means Not Applicable.

NOTE: This  Cross-Reference  Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a
part of this Indenture.



<PAGE>
                                      -1-


                 INDENTURE  dated  as of June  26,  1998,  among  BLACK & DECKER
         HOLDINGS INC., a corporation  organized under the laws of Delaware (the
         "Company"),  THE BLACK & DECKER  CORPORATION,  a corporation  organized
         under the laws of Maryland (the  "Guarantor"),  and THE FIRST  NATIONAL
         BANK OF  CHICAGO,  a national  banking  association,  as  Trustee  (the
         "Trustee").

                  The Company has duly  authorized  the  creation of an issue of
$150,000,000   6.55%  Senior  Notes  due  2007  (the   "Tranche  A  Notes")  and
$150,000,000  7.05%  Senior  Notes due 2028 (the  "Tranche B Notes" and together
with the Tranche A Notes, the "Notes") and, to provide therefor, the Company has
duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

                  The  Guarantor  has  duly   authorized  the  creation  of  the
Guarantee  of the  Notes  and,  to  provide  therefor,  the  Guarantor  has duly
authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

                  The Company,  the  Guarantor  and the Trustee agree as follows
for the  benefit  of each  other and for the equal and  ratable  benefit  of the
Holders of the Notes:


                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

                  SECTION  1.1  Definitions.  For  purposes  of this  Indenture,
unless otherwise  specifically  indicated herein, the term  "consolidated"  with
respect to any Person refers to such Person  consolidated with Subsidiaries.  In
addition,   for  purposes  of  the  following  definitions  and  this  Indenture
generally,  all calculations and determinations shall be made in accordance with
U.S. GAAP and shall be based upon the consolidated  financial  statements of the
Guarantor and its subsidiaries prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As used in
this Indenture, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

                  "Additional  Amounts"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in
paragraph 2 of Exhibit A and Exhibit C hereto.

                  "Affiliate"  of any  specified  Person  means any other Person
directly or indirectly  controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common  control with such  specified  Person.  For purposes of this  definition,
"control"  (including,  with  correlative  meanings,  the  terms  "controlling,"
"controlled  by" and "under common control  with"),  as used with respect to any
Person,  shall mean the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the power to
direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  or policies of such  Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

                  "Agent" means any Exchange Agent, Paying Agent, Authenticating
Agent or co-Exchange Agent.


<PAGE>
                                      -2-


                  "Agent  Members"  shall have the  meaning set forth in Section
2.15.

                  "Applicable  Procedures"  shall have the  meaning set forth in
Section 2.6(a)(i)(1).

                  "Attributable  Debt" for a lease means the  carrying  value of
the capitalized rental obligation determined under generally accepted accounting
principles whether or not such obligation is required to be shown on the balance
sheet as a  long-term  liability.  The  carrying  value  may be  reduced  by the
capitalized value of the rental obligations,  calculated on the same basis, that
any sublessee has for all or part of the sample property.

                  "Authenticating  Agent"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in
Section 2.2.

                  "Authorized Newspaper" means a newspaper customarily published
at least once a day for at least five days in each  calendar week and of general
circulation  in New York City and in London and, if and so long as the Notes are
listed  on the  Luxembourg  Stock  Exchange  and such  Stock  Exchange  shall so
require,  in Luxembourg or, if it shall be  impracticable  in the opinion of the
Trustee to make such  publication,  in another  capital city in Western  Europe.
Such publication  (which may be in different  newspapers) is expected to be made
in the Eastern  edition of The Wall Street  Journal and in the London edition of
the  Financial  Times,  and,  if and so  long as the  Notes  are  listed  on the
Luxembourg  Stock  Exchange  and such Stock  Exchange  shall so require,  in the
Luxemburger Wort.

                  "Bankruptcy  Law" shall have the  meaning set forth in Section
6.1.

                  "Board of Directors"  means,  with respect to any Person,  the
board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

                  "Board  Resolution"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  a
resolution  of the Board of Directors or of a committee or person to which or to
whom the Board of Directors has properly delegated the appropriate  authority, a
copy of which has been  certified by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
the Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full
force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

                  "Business Day" when used with respect to any particular  Place
of Payment, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,  Thursday and Friday which is
not a day on which banking  institutions in that Place of Payment are authorized
or obligated by law to close,  and shall  otherwise  mean each Monday,  Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking 


<PAGE>
                                      -3-


institutions, at the place where any specified act pursuant to this Indenture is
to occur, are authorized or obligated by law to close.

                  "Cedel" means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme.

                  "Certificate  of a Firm  of  Independent  Public  Accountants"
means a certificate  signed by any firm of  independent  public  accountants  of
recognized  standing  selected  by  the  Company  or  the  Guarantor.  The  term
"Independent" when used with respect to any specified firm of public accountants
means a firm  that is or  would be  qualified  to act as the  Company's  and the
Guarantor's accountants within the meaning of Section 210.2-01 of Regulation S-X
as promulgated by the SEC, and any successor thereto.

                  "Company"  means  the  party  named as such in this  Indenture
until a successor  replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and  thereafter  means
such successor.

                  "Company Order" means a written order or request signed in the
name of the Company by (1) the Chairman of the Board,  the Vice  Chairman of the
Board, the President or any Vice President of the Company and by a Director, the
Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller,  the
Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company  or (2) any two  Persons
designated in a Company Order previously  delivered to the Trustee by any two of
the foregoing officers and delivered to the Trustee.

                  "Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means total assets less (1)
total  current  liabilities  (excluding  any Debt  which,  at the  option of the
borrower,  is renewable or extendible to a term exceeding 12 months and which is
included in current  liabilities and further excluding any deferred income taxes
which are included in current liabilities) and (2) goodwill, patents, trademarks
and  other  like  intangibles,  all as  stated on the  Guarantor's  most  recent
quarter-end consolidated balance sheet preceding the date of determination.

                  "Corporate  Trust  Office"  means the  address of the  Trustee
specified in Section 12.2.

                  "Covenant  Defeasance"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in
Section 8.3.

                  "Custodian" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

                  "Debt"  means  any  debt for  borrowed  money  (including  the
Notes),  capitalized  lease obligations and purchase money  obligations,  or any
guarantee of such debt, in any such case which would appear on the  consolidated
balance sheet of the Guarantor as a liability.


<PAGE>
                                      -4-


                  "Default"  means any event that is or with the passage of time
or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

                  "Default  Interest  Payment  Date"  shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 2.12.

                  "Definitive Notes" means the Tranche A Notes and the Tranche B
Notes in definitive form  substantially  in the form of Exhibit B and Exhibit D,
respectively.

                  "Depositary" means the book-entry depositary or its nominee or
the custodian of either,  designated by the Company in the Depositary  Agreement
until a  successor  depositary  shall have become  such  pursuant to  applicable
provisions of the Depositary Agreement,  and thereafter  "Depositary" shall mean
such successor book-entry depositary or its nominee or the custodian of either.

                  "Depositary  Agreement"  means the Note  Depositary  Agreement
dated as of the date of this Indenture  between the Depositary,  the Company and
the Guarantor.

                  "Distribution"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any Note,  any
principal,  premium, if any, interest,  Additional Amounts, if any, or any other
payments or distributions in respect of such Note.

                  "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company or its successors.

                  "Euroclear  Operator"  means Morgan  Guaranty Trust Company of
New York (Brussels office), as operator of the Euroclear System.

                  "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
6.1.

                  "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

                  "Exchange  Agent"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.3.

                  "Exempted  Debt" means the sum,  without  duplication,  of the
following  items  outstanding as of the date Exempted Debt is being  determined:
(i) Debt incurred  after the date of this Indenture and secured by liens created
or  assumed  or  permitted  to  exist  pursuant  to  Section  4.3(b),  and  (ii)
Attributable  Debt of the Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries in respect of all sale
and lease-back  transactions with regard to any Principal  Property entered into
pursuant to Section 4.4(b).


<PAGE>
                                      -5-


                  "First Chicago" means The First National Bank of Chicago.

                  "Funded  Debt"  means all Debt  having a maturity of more than
one year from the date of its  creation  or having a  maturity  of less than one
year but by its  terms  being  renewable  or  extendible,  at the  option of the
obligor in respect thereof, beyond one year from its creation.

                  "Global Note" means a security evidencing all or a part of the
Tranche  A Notes  or the  Tranche  B Notes  deposited  with  the  Depositary  in
accordance  with  Section  2.1 and  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit A and
Exhibit C, respectively.

                  "Government  Securities"  means securities that are (i) direct
obligations  of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its
full faith and credit is pledged or (ii)  obligations of a Person  controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America  the timely  payment of which is  unconditionally  guaranteed  as a full
faith and credit  obligation by the United States of America,  which,  in either
case,  are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer  thereof,  and
shall also include a depository  receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section
3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government
Securities or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such Government
Securities  held by  such  custodian  for  the  account  of the  holder  of such
depository receipt; provided,  however, that such custodian is not authorized to
make any  deduction  from the amount  payable  to the holder of such  depository
receipt from any amount  received by the custodian in respect of the  Government
Securities  or the specific  payment of principal or interest on the  Government
Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

                  "guarantee"  means a guarantee  (other than by  endorsement of
negotiable  instruments  for  collection  in the ordinary  course of  business),
direct or indirect,  in any manner (including,  without  limitation,  letters of
credit and reimbursement  agreements in respect thereof),  of all or any part of
any Debt or other obligations.

                  "Guarantees" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

                  "Guarantor"  shall have the meaning set forth in the  preamble
of this  Indenture  until one or more successor  corporations  shall have become
such pursuant to the  applicable  provisions of this  Indenture,  and thereafter
means such successors.

                  "Guarantor  Order" means a written order signed in the name of
the Guarantor by (1) the Chairman of the Board,  the Vice Chairman of the Board,
the President or any Vice  President of the Guarantor and by the  Treasurer,  an
Assistant Treasurer, the 


<PAGE>
                                      -6-


Controller, an Assistant Controller,  the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
the Guarantor or (2) any two Persons  designated in a Guarantor Order previously
delivered to the Trustee by any two of the  foregoing  officers and delivered to
the Trustee.

                  "Holder" means, with respect to a particular  tranche of Notes
(i) for so long as the Notes of such tranche are  represented  by Global  Notes,
the bearer thereof which shall initially be the Depositary and (ii) in the event
that  Definitive  Notes of such  tranche are issued,  the person in whose name a
Definitive Note of such tranche is registered on the Exchange Agent's books.

                  "Indenture"  means this  Indenture,  as  amended,  modified or
supplemented  from time to time in accordance  with the terms hereof,  including
the terms of the Notes.

                  "Initial  Purchasers"  means Lehman  Brothers  Inc.,  Citicorp
Securities,  Inc.,  Nationsbanc  Montgomery  Securities LLC and Chase Securities
Inc.

                  "Interest  Payment  Date" means,  with respect to a particular
tranche of Notes the stated  maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes
of such tranche.

                  "Issuance  Date"  means  the  closing  date  for the  sale and
issuance of the Notes under this Indenture,  which is expected to be on or about
June 26, 1998.

                  "Legal Defeasance" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
8.2.

                  "Maturity Date" means July 1, 2007 with respect to the Tranche
A Notes and July 1, 2028 with respect to the Tranche B Notes.

                  "Notes"  shall have the meaning  set forth in the  preamble of
this Indenture.

                  "Notice  of  Default"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in
Section 6.1.

                  "Offering"  means the  offering of the Notes  described in the
Offering Memorandum.

                  "Offering  Memorandum" means the final offering  memorandum of
the Company, dated June 23, 1998 pursuant to which the Notes were sold.

                  "Officer"  means,  with respect to any Person  (other than any
Agent),  the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  Vice  Chairman  of the  Board,  the
President,  any Vice  President,  the  Treasurer or the 


<PAGE>
                                      -7-


Secretary of such Person (and with respect to the Company, a director thereof).

                  "Officers'  Certificate" means a certificate signed (i) in the
case of the Company,  on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company or
by an Officer and an Assistant  Treasurer or an Assistant  Secretary and (ii) in
the case of the  Guarantor,  on behalf of the  Guarantor  by two Officers of the
Guarantor or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary, in
each case that meets the requirements of Sections 12.4 and 12.5.

                  "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means a  written  opinion  from  legal
counsel  (including,  if  applicable,  tax counsel) which and who are reasonably
acceptable to, and addressed to, the Trustee  complying with the requirements of
Sections 12.4 and 12.5. Unless otherwise  required by the TIA, the legal counsel
may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee.

                  "Paying  Agent"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in Section
2.3.

                  "Paying Agent  Agreement"  shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.3.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture,  association,  joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

                  "Place of Payment,"  when used with respect to the Notes means
the  place  or  places  where  the  principal,  premium,  if any,  interest  and
Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes are payable, as contemplated by Section
2.3.

                  "Principal Property" means land, land improvements,  buildings
and associated  factory and laboratory  equipment  owned or leased pursuant to a
capital  lease  and  used  by the  Guarantor  or any  Subsidiary  primarily  for
manufacturing,  assembling,  processing,  producing,  packaging  or storing  its
products, raw materials,  inventories or other materials and supplies located in
the United States and having an acquisition cost plus  capitalized  improvements
in  excess  of 2%  of  Consolidated  Net  Tangible  Assets  as of  the  date  of
determination,  but shall not include  any such  property  financed  through the
issuance of tax exempt governmental  obligations,  or any such property that has
been  determined  by Board  Resolution  of the  Guarantor  not to be of material
importance  to the  respective  businesses  conducted by the  Guarantor  and its
Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,  effective  as of the date  such  resolution  is
adopted.


<PAGE>
                                      -8-


                  "Private  Placement  Legend"  means the legend  initially  set
forth on the Notes in the form set forth on Exhibit A, B, C and D.

                  "Record  Date" means,  with  respect to  Definitive  Notes,  a
particular  tranche of Notes,  the Record  Dates  specified in the Notes of such
tranche.

                  "Redemption  Date"  when  used with  respect  to any Note of a
particular  tranche to be  redeemed,  means the date  fixed for such  redemption
pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Notes of such tranche.

                  "Redemption  Price"  when used with  respect  to any Note of a
particular  tranche to be  redeemed,  means the price fixed for such  redemption
pursuant to this  Indenture and Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Notes of such tranche,
which shall include accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional  Amounts,
if any, to the Redemption Date.

                  "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

                  "Regulation S Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.6(a)(i)(3)(a).

                  "Regulation  S Global  Notes" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 2.1.

                  "Regulation  S Notes"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in
Section 2.1.

                  "Release  Date"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in Section
2.6(a)(i)(3)(a).

                  "Restricted  Period" means the period of 40  consecutive  days
beginning on and including the first day after the Issuance Date.

                  "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

                  "SEC"  means  the  United  States   Securities   and  Exchange
Commission.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

                  "Subsidiary"  means a  corporation  a  majority  of the Voting
Stock of which is owned by (i) the Guarantor, (ii) the Guarantor and one or more
Subsidiaries, or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries.


<PAGE>
                                      -9-


                  "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.  ss.ss.
77aaa-77bbbb), as it may be amended from time to time.

                  "Tranche  A Notes"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in the
preamble to this Indenture.

                  "Tranche  B Notes"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in the
preamble to this Indenture.

                  "Trust  Officer" means any officer within the corporate  trust
department  (or  any  successor  group  of  the  Trustee),  including  any  vice
president,   assistant  vice  president,   corporate  trust  officer,  assistant
corporate trust officer,  assistant  secretary or any other officer or assistant
officer  of the  Trustee  customarily  performing  functions  similar  to  those
performed  by the  persons  who at that time  shall be such  officers,  and also
means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to
whom such  trust  matter is  referred  because  of his or her  knowledge  of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

                  "Trustee"  means  the  party  named as such in this  Indenture
until  a  successor  replaces  it in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of this
Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

                  "U.S. GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles in
the United  States as have been  approved by a  significant  segment of the U.S.
accounting  profession,  which are in effect at the time of each application for
determining  compliance  with the  covenants  pursuant  to  Article  IV. For the
purposes of this Indenture,  the term  "consolidated" with respect to any Person
shall mean such Person consolidated with its Subsidiaries.

                  "United  States"  means  the  United  States of  America,  but
excluding  the  Commonwealth  of  Puerto  Rico,  the  Virgin  Islands  and other
territories and possessions thereof.

                  "U.S.  Global  Notes"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in
Section 2.1.

                  "U.S. Note" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

                  "U.S. Persons" has the meaning given in Regulation S under the
Securities Act.

                  "Voting  Stock" means  capital stock having voting power under
ordinary circumstances to elect directors.

                  SECTION 1.2  Incorporation  by Reference of TIA. Except as set
forth in 7.6, this  Indenture is subject to the mandatory  provisions of the TIA
which are incorporated by reference in, and 


<PAGE>
                                      -10-


made a part of, this  Indenture.  The following TIA terms used in this Indenture
have the following meanings:

                  "Commission" means the SEC;

                  "indenture securities" means the Notes and the Guarantees;

                  "indenture security holder" means a Holder;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture  trustee"  or  "institutional  trustee"  means  the
         Trustee; and

                  "obligor" on the indenture  securities means the Company,  the
         Guarantor or any other obligor on the indenture securities.

                  All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by
the TIA,  defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule and
not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

                  SECTION  1.3  Rules  of   Construction.   Unless  the  context
otherwise requires:

                  (a)      a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (b)      an  accounting  term not  otherwise  defined  has the
         meaning assigned to it in accordance with U.S. GAAP;

                  (c)      "or" is not exclusive;

                  (d)      words  in the singular include the plural,  and words
         in the plural include the singular;

                  (e)      provisions    apply   to   successive    events   and
         transactions; and

                  (f)      "herein,"  "hereof" and other words of similar import
         refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any  particular  Article,
         Section or other subdivision.


                                   ARTICLE II

                        THE TRANCHE A AND TRANCHE B NOTES

                  SECTION  2.1 Form and  Dating.  The  Tranche  A Notes  and the
notation  relating  to the  Trustee's  certificate  of  authentication  shall be
substantially  in the form of Exhibits A or B, as applicable,  and the Tranche B
Notes and the notation  relating to the Trustee's  certificate of authentication
shall be


<PAGE>
                                      -11-


substantially in the form of Exhibits C or D, as applicable.  The Notes may have
notations,  legends or  endorsements  required by law,  stock  exchange  rule or
usage.  The Company and the Trustee  shall approve the form of the Notes and any
notation,  legend or endorsement  on them.  Each Note shall be dated the date of
its issuance and shall show the date of its authentication.

                  The terms  and  provisions  contained  in the  Notes,  annexed
hereto as  Exhibits  A, B, C and D shall  constitute,  and are hereby  expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable,  the Company,  the
Guarantor and the Trustee,  by their  execution and delivery of this  Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  The Notes
will initially be represented by the Global Notes.

                  The Tranche A Notes and Tranche B Notes,  if any,  offered and
sold in  their  initial  distribution  in  reliance  on  Regulation  S shall  be
initially  issued as a single  note,  with  respect to each  tranche,  in global
bearer form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (in
respect of Tranche A Notes) or Exhibit C (in respect of Tranche B Notes) hereto,
with such  applicable  legends as are provided in Exhibit A or Exhibit C hereto,
as applicable,  except as otherwise permitted herein. It is understood that such
Global Notes, if any, shall be deposited  initially with the Depositary pursuant
to the terms of the  Depositary  Agreement,  duly  executed  by the  Company and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Such Global Notes shall be
referred to herein as the "Regulation S Global Notes".  The aggregate  principal
amount of each  Regulation  S Global Note may from time to time be  increased or
decreased  by  adjustments  made by  annotation  or  endorsement  thereon by the
Company or by the Trustee,  the Depositary or a custodian of either on behalf of
the  Company  (or by the  issue of a  further  Regulation  S Global  Notes),  in
connection with a corresponding  decrease or increase in the aggregate principal
amount of the U.S.  Global  Note of the same  tranche or in  consequence  of the
issue of  Definitive  Notes or  additional  Regulation S Notes,  as  hereinafter
provided.  The  Regulation  S Global Notes and all other Notes that are not U.S.
Global  Notes shall  collectively  be referred  to herein as the  "Regulation  S
Notes".

                  The Tranche A Notes and Tranche B Notes,  if any,  offered and
sold in their initial  distribution  in reliance on Rule 144A shall be initially
issued as a single note,  with respect to each  tranche,  in global  bearer form
without interest coupons,  substantially in the form of Exhibit A (in respect of
Tranche A) or Exhibit C (in respect of Tranche B) hereto,  with such  applicable
legends as are provided in Exhibit A and Exhibit C hereto, as applicable, except
as otherwise  permitted herein. It is understood that such Global Notes, if any,
shall be deposited  initially with the  Depositary  pursuant to the terms of the
Depositary  Agreement,  duly  executed by the Company and  authenticated  by the
Trustee as hereinafter  provided.  Such Global Notes shall be referred to herein
as the "U.S. Global 


<PAGE>
                                      -12-


Notes". The aggregate principal amount of each U.S. Global Note may from time to
time be increased or decreased by adjustments  made by annotation or endorsement
thereon by the Company or by the  Trustee,  the  Depositary  or a  custodian  of
either on  behalf of the  Company  (or by the  issue of a  further  U.S.  Global
Notes), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate
principal  amount  the  Regulation  S  Global  Note of the  same  tranche  or in
consequence  of the issue of  Definitive  Notes or  additional  U.S.  Notes,  as
hereinafter  provided.  The U.S. Global Notes and all other Notes evidencing the
debt, or any portion of the debt, initially evidenced by such U.S. Global Notes,
other than Notes  transferred  or exchanged  upon  certification  as provided in
Section  2.6(a)(i)(1),  (2) or (4), shall  collectively be referred to herein as
the "U.S. Notes."

                  SECTION 2.2 Execution and  Authentication.  The Notes shall be
executed  on behalf  of the  Company  by two  Officers  by  manual or  facsimile
signature. The Notes shall be so executed under the corporate seal (which may be
in facsimile form) of the Company reproduced thereon.

                  If an Officer  whose  signature is on a Note was an Officer at
the time of such  execution  but no longer  holds that office or position at the
time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

                  A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee  manually  signs the  certificate  of  authentication  on the Note.  The
signature  shall be  conclusive  evidence  that the Note has been  authenticated
under this Indenture.

                  The Trustee  shall  authenticate  Tranche A Notes for original
issue in the aggregate  principal amount of $150,000,000 and Tranche B Notes for
an original issue in the aggregate  principal  amount of  $150,000,000,  in each
case upon receipt of a Company Order and Guarantor Order, each in the form of an
Officers'  Certificate.  The Officers'  Certificate  shall specify the amount of
Tranche A Notes and Tranche B Notes to be  authenticated,  the type of Notes and
the date on which the Notes of each tranche are to be authenticated, whether the
Notes of each tranche are to be Definitive  Notes or Global Notes and whether or
not the Notes of each tranche shall bear the Private  Placement  Legend, or such
other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. The aggregate principal
amount of Tranche A Notes  outstanding  at any time may not exceed  $150,000,000
and the aggregate  principal  amount of Tranche B Notes  outstanding  at any one
time may not exceed  $150,000,000  except,  in each case, as provided in Section
2.7. Upon receipt of a Company Order,  the Trustee shall  authenticate  Notes in
substitution  of Notes  originally  issued  to  reflect  any name  change of the
Company.

                  The   Trustee   may    appoint   an    authenticating    agent
("Authenticating  Agent") reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Guarantor
to  authenticate  Notes.  Unless  otherwise  provided  


<PAGE>
                                      -13-


in the appointment,  an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the
Trustee may do so. Each  reference in this  Indenture to  authentication  by the
Trustee includes  authentication by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating
Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the  Company,  the  Guarantor
and Affiliates of the Company and the Guarantor. The Trustee hereby appoints The
First  National Bank of Chicago to be the  Authenticating  Agent on the Issuance
Date.

                  The Notes shall be issuable  only in  denominations  of $1,000
and any  multiple  thereof.  The Global  Notes shall be in bearer  form  without
coupons and the Definitive Notes shall be in registered form.

                  SECTION 2.3 Exchange Agent and Paying Agent. The Company shall
maintain  (a) an office or agency in the United  States,  where (a) Global Notes
may be presented or surrendered for transfer or for exchange pursuant to Section
2.6 (the "Exchange Agent"), (b) Global Notes may be presented or surrendered for
payment  ("Paying  Agent") and (c) notices and demands in respect of such Global
Notes and this Indenture may be served.  In the event that Definitive  Notes are
issued, (x) Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or for exchange,  (y) Definitive  Notes may be presented or surrendered
for payment and (z) notices and demands in respect of the  Definitive  Notes and
this  Indenture  may be served at an office of the Exchange  Agent or the Paying
Agent, as applicable,  in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. In the
event that Definitive Notes are issued, the Exchange Agent shall keep a register
of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company, upon notice to the
Trustee,  may have one or more  co-Exchange  Agents  and one or more  additional
Paying Agents  reasonably  acceptable to the Trustee.  The term "Exchange Agent"
includes  any  co-Exchange  Agent  and the  term  "Paying  Agent"  includes  any
additional Paying Agent. The Company is initially appointing First Chicago Trust
Company of New York as Exchange  Agent and Paying  Agent  pursuant to the Paying
Agent Agreement dated as of June 26, 1998, among the Company,  the Guarantor and
the Paying Agent (the "Paying Agent Agreement") until such time as First Chicago
Trust  Company of New York has resigned or a successor has been  appointed.  The
Company may change any  Exchange  Agent or Paying  Agent  without  notice to any
Holder. The Company may appoint the Guarantor to act as Exchange Agent or Paying
Agent, except that for purposes of a redemption pursuant to paragraph 7 and 8 of
the Notes,  none of the Company,  the Guarantor and any Affiliate of the Company
or Guarantor,  may act as Paying  Agent.  If  Definitive  Notes are issued,  the
Company  will appoint  Kredietbank  S.A.  Luxembourgeoise,  or such other Person
located in Luxembourg and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, as an additional
paying and transfer agent. Upon the issuance of Definitive  Notes,  Holders will
be able to receive principal,  premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts,
if any,  on the  Notes  and  will be able to  transfer  Definitive  Notes at the
Luxembourg office of such paying and transfer agent,


<PAGE>
                                      -14-


subject  to the  right of the  Company  or the  Guarantor  to mail  payments  in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture.  In all circumstances,  the Company
shall ensure that the Paying Agent shall be located outside the United Kingdom.

                  SECTION 2.4 Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.  The Company
shall  require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that
each Paying  Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee
all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of  principal,  premium,  if
any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, and shall notify the
Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. The Company at
any time may require a Paying Agent to  distribute  all assets held by it to the
Trustee  and account  for any assets  disbursed  and the Trustee may at any time
during the continuance of any payment Default,  upon written request to a Paying
Agent,  require  such Paying  Agent to  distribute  all assets held by it to the
Trustee  and to account for any assets  distributed.  Upon  distribution  to the
Trustee of all  assets  that shall  have been  delivered  by the  Company to the
Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

                  SECTION 2.5 List of Holders. In the event Definitive Notes are
issued,  the  Trustee  shall  preserve  in as  current  a form as is  reasonably
practicable  the most recent list  available to it of the names and addresses of
Holders.  If the Trustee is not the Exchange Agent, the Company shall furnish to
the  Trustee  before each Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request  in writing a list as of such date and in such form as the  Trustee  may
reasonably  require of the names and  addresses  of  Holders,  which list may be
conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

                  SECTION  2.6  Transfer  and   Exchange.   (a)  The   following
procedures  and  restrictions  shall  not  apply  with  respect  to  Notes  of a
particular  tranche  transferred or exchanged for the account of a Person who is
not an  Affiliate of the Company at the time of the transfer or exchange and has
not been an Affiliate during the preceding three months, provided a period of at
least  two  years  has  elapsed  since  the  later of the date the Notes of such
tranche were acquired from the Company or from an Affiliate of the Company.

                  (i)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or
the Notes, transfers and exchanges, of any whole or part of a Global Note of the
kinds described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) below and exchanges of any
whole or part of Global  Notes or of other  Notes as  described  in  clause  (6)
below,  shall be made only in  accordance  with  this  Section  2.6(a),  and all
transfers  of any whole or part of  Regulation  S Global  Notes,  if any,  shall
comply with clause (7) below.

                  (1) Transfers of U.S.  Global Note to Regulation S Global Note
During  the  Restricted  Period.  If the  Holder  of a  


<PAGE>
                                      -15-


U.S.  Global  Note  of a  particular  tranche  wishes  at any  time  during  the
Restricted  Period to  transfer,  in whole or in part, a portion of such Note to
the applicable Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected,  subject
to the rules and  procedures  of DTC, the Euroclear  Operator and Cedel,  to the
extent  applicable (the  "Applicable  Procedures"),  only in accordance with the
provisions  of this  Section  2.6(a)(i)(1).  Upon  receipt  by the  Trustee of a
certificate in substantially  the form set forth in Exhibit E, the Trustee shall
present  the  relevant  Global  Notes to the  Company or its agent to reduce the
principal  amount  of the  applicable  U.S.  Global  Note  and to  increase  the
principal  amount of the  applicable  Regulation S Global Note, by the principal
amount  of  the  portion  of the  U.S.  Global  Note  to be so  transferred,  by
annotation thereon.

                  (2) Transfers of U.S.  Global Note to Regulation S Global Note
After the Expiration of the Restricted  Period.  If the Holder of a U.S.  Global
Note of a  particular  tranche  wishes at any time after the  expiration  of the
Restricted  Period to  transfer,  in whole or in part, a portion of such Note to
the applicable Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may be effected,  subject
to the Applicable Procedures, only in accordance with this Section 2.6(a)(i)(2).
Upon receipt by the Trustee of a certificate in substantially the form set forth
in Exhibit F, the Trustee shall present the relevant Global Notes to the Company
or its agent to reduce the principal  amount of the applicable U.S. Global Note,
and to increase the principal amount of the applicable Regulation S Global Note,
by the  principal  amount  of the  portion  of the  U.S.  Global  Notes to be so
transferred, by annotation thereon.

                  (3) Transfers of Regulation S Global Note to U.S.  Global Note
During the  Restricted  Period;  Transfers  of  Regulation S Global Note to U.S.
Global Note After Restricted  Period. (a) If the Holder of a Regulation S Global
Note of a particular  tranche wishes at any time during the Restricted Period to
transfer,  in whole or in part,  a portion of such Note to the  applicable  U.S.
Global  Note,  such  transfer  may  be  effected,   subject  to  the  Applicable
Procedures,  only in accordance with this Section 2.6(a)(i)(3)(a).  Upon receipt
by the  Trustee  with  respect to a transfer  of such  Regulation  S Global Note
during the  Restricted  Period (but not after the  expiration of the  Restricted
Period) of a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit G-1, the
Trustee shall  present the relevant  Global Notes to the Company or its agent to
reduce the principal  amount of the applicable  Regulation S Global Note, and to
increase the  principal  amount of the  applicable  U.S.  Global  Notes,  by the
principal  amount  of the  portion  of the  Regulation  S  Global  Note to be so
transferred, by annotation thereon.

                  (b)  If  the  Holder  of  a  Regulation  S  Global  Note  of a
particular  tranche  wishes at any time after the  expiration of the  Restricted
Period  to  transfer,  in  whole  or in  part,  a  portion  of such  Note to the
applicable  U.S.  Global Note,  such  transfer  may 


<PAGE>
                                      -16-


be effected, subject to the Applicable Procedures,  only in accordance with this
Section  2.6(a)(i)(3)(b).  Upon  receipt  by the  Trustee  of a  certificate  in
substantially  the form set forth in Exhibit G-2, the Trustee  shall present the
relevant Global Notes to the Company or its agent to reduce the principal amount
of the applicable Regulation S Global Note, and to increase the principal amount
of the applicable  U.S.  Global Note, by the principal  amount of the portion of
the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred, by annotation thereon.


                  (4)  Exchanges  of U.S.  Global Note for  Regulation  S Global
Note. If the Holder of a U.S. Global Note of a particular  tranche wishes at any
time to exchange,  in whole or in part, a portion of such Note to the applicable
Regulation  S  Global  Note,  such  exchange  may be  effected,  subject  to the
Applicable  Procedures,  only in accordance  with the provisions of this Section
2.6(a)(i)(4).  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a certificate in substantially the
form set forth in Exhibit H, the Trustee shall present the relevant Global Notes
to the  Company or its agent to reduce the  principal  amount of the  applicable
U.S.  Global  Note,  and to  increase  the  principal  amount of the  applicable
Regulation S Global  Note,  by the  principal  amount of the portion of the U.S.
Global Note to be so exchanged, by annotation thereon.

                  (5) Exchanges of Regulation S Global Note for U.S Global Note.
If the Holder of a Regulation S Global Note of a  particular  tranche  wishes at
any  time to  exchange,  in  whole or in part,  a  portion  of such  Note to the
applicable  U.S.  Global Note,  such  exchange  may be effected,  subject to the
Applicable  Procedures,  only in accordance  with the provisions of this Section
2.6(a)(i)(5).  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a certificate in substantially the
form set forth in Exhibit I, the Trustee shall present the relevant Global Notes
to the  Company or its agent to reduce the  principal  amount of the  applicable
Regulation S Global Note, and to increase the principal amount of the applicable
U.S.  Global Note,  by the principal  amount of the portion of the  Regulation S
Global Note to be so exchanged, by annotation thereon.

                  (6) Other Exchanges.  In the event that any Global Note or any
portion  thereof is exchanged for Notes in  definitive  form pursuant to Section
2.6(c) hereof,  such  Definitive  Notes may in turn be exchanged (on transfer or
otherwise)  for  other  Definitive  Notes  and  only  in  accordance  with  such
procedures,  which shall be  substantially  consistent  with the  provisions  of
clauses  (1)  through  (5)  above  and (7) below  (including  the  certification
requirements  intended to ensure that  transfers  and exchanges of portions of a
Note  comply  with  Rule  144A  or  Regulation  S, as the  case  may be) and any
Applicable  Procedures,  as may from time to time be adopted by the  Company and
the Exchange Agent.


<PAGE>
                                      -17-


                  (7)  Interests in  Regulation S Global Note to be Held Through
the Euroclear  Operator or Cedel. Until the expiration of the Restricted Period,
interests in a  Regulation S Global Note may be held only through the  Euroclear
Operator and Cedel.

                  (ii) Each U.S. Note issued  hereunder  shall,  upon  issuance,
bear the legend set forth on the form of the Note attached  hereto as Exhibit A,
B, C and D and such  legend  shall  not be  removed  from  such  Note  except as
provided  in the  next  sentence.  The  legend  required  for a U.S.  Note  of a
particular  tranche may be removed from such U.S.  Note if there is delivered to
the  Company  such  satisfactory  evidence,  which may  include  an  opinion  of
independent U.S.  counsel,  as may be reasonably  required by the Company,  that
neither  such  legend nor the  restrictions  on transfer  set forth  therein are
required to ensure that transfers of such Note will not violate the registration
requirements  of  the  Securities  Act.  Upon  provision  of  such  satisfactory
evidence,  the Trustee, at the direction of the Company,  shall authenticate and
deliver  in  exchange  for  such  Note  another  Note or Notes  having  an equal
aggregate  principal  amount  that does not bear such  legend.  If such a legend
required for a U.S. Note has been removed from a U.S. Note as provided above, no
other Note issued in  exchange  for all or any part of such Note shall bear such
legend,  unless the Company has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note
is a  "restricted  security"  within the meaning of Rule 144 and  instructs  the
Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

                  (b)  Transfer  of any Global Note shall be by  delivery.  Each
Global Note of a tranche  authenticated  under this Indenture shall be in bearer
form and it is understood  that such Global Note will  initially be delivered to
the Depositary or a nominee or custodian therefor,  and each such Global Note of
such tranche shall constitute a single Note for all purposes of this Indenture.

                  (c)  All  Global  Notes  of  a  particular  tranche  shall  be
exchanged by the Company  (with  authentication  by the Trustee) for one or more
Definitive  Notes of the same tranche free of charge,  substantially in the form
of Exhibit B (in respect of Tranche A Notes) or Exhibit D (in respect of Tranche
B Notes),  if, for such  tranche of Notes,  (a) DTC (i) has notified the Company
that it is  unwilling  or unable  to  continue  as, or ceases to be, a  clearing
agency  registered under the Exchange Act and (ii) a successor to DTC registered
as a clearing  agency  under the Exchange Act is not able to be appointed by the
Company within 90 days of such  notification,  (b) for so long as the Depositary
is the Holder,  such  circumstances  as set out in Section 2.4 of the Depositary
Agreement  have occurred or (c) at any time at the option of the Company.  If an
Event of Default  with  respect to a  particular  tranche of Notes occurs and is
continuing,  the Company shall, at the request of the Holder  thereof,  exchange
all or part of a Global Note of such tranche for one or more Definitive Notes of
the same tranche (with authentication by the Trustee), 


<PAGE>
                                      -18-


substantially  in the form of  Exhibit  B (in  respect  of  Tranche  A Notes) or
Exhibit D (in respect of Tranche B Notes); provided, however, that the principal
amount at  maturity  of such  Definitive  Notes and such  Global Note after such
exchange shall be $1,000 or multiples thereof.  Whenever all of a Global Note is
exchanged  for one or more  Definitive  Notes,  it shall be  surrendered  by the
Holder thereof to the Trustee for cancellation. Whenever a part of a Global Note
is  exchanged  for one or  more  Definitive  Notes  the  Global  Note  shall  be
surrendered  by the Holder  thereof to the Trustee who shall cause an adjustment
to be made to Schedule A of such Global Note such that the  principal  amount of
such Global Note will be equal to the portion of such Global Note not  exchanged
and shall  thereafter  return such Global Note to such  Holder.  All  Definitive
Notes  issued in  exchange  for a Global Note or any  portion  thereof  shall be
registered in such names as the  Depositary  shall instruct the Trustee based on
the instructions of DTC. Every Note  authenticated and delivered in exchange for
or in lieu of a Global Note, or any portion thereof, pursuant to Section 2.6(a),
2.7, 2.10 or 3.7 hereof or otherwise,  shall be  authenticated  and delivered in
the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for
a Definitive Note other than as provided in this Section 2.6(c).

                  (d)  Definitive  Notes  of  a  particular   tranche  shall  be
transferable  only upon the  surrender of a Definitive  Note of the same tranche
for  registration  of  transfer.  When a  Definitive  Note is  presented  to the
Exchange Agent or a co-Exchange Agent with a request to register a transfer, the
Exchange Agent shall register the transfer as requested if its  requirements for
such  transfers  are met.  When  Definitive  Notes are presented to the Exchange
Agent or a  co-Exchange  Agent  with a  request  to  exchange  them for an equal
principal amount of Definitive Notes of other denominations,  the Exchange Agent
shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit
registration  of transfers and  exchanges,  the Company and the Guarantor  shall
execute and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  Definitive  Notes at the  Exchange
Agent's or co-Exchange Agent's request.

                  (e)  The  Company  shall  not be  required  to  make,  and the
Exchange  Agent need not register  transfers or exchanges of,  Definitive  Notes
selected for redemption  (except, in the case of Definitive Notes to be redeemed
in part, the portion  thereof not to be redeemed) for a period of 15 days before
a selection of Definitive Notes to be redeemed.

                  (f) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer
of any Definitive  Note, the Company,  the  Guarantor,  the Trustee,  the Paying
Agent, the Exchange Agent or any co-Exchange Agent may deem and treat the Person
in whose name a Definitive  Note is  registered  as the  absolute  owner of such
Definitive Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal,  premium,  if
any,  interest and Additional  Amounts,  if any, on such Definitive Note and for
all other purposes  whatsoever,  whether or not such 


<PAGE>
                                      -19-


Definitive Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee,
the Paying Agent, the Exchange Agent or any co-Exchange  Agent shall be affected
by notice to the contrary.

                  (g) The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay
all taxes,  assessments  or other  governmental  charges in connection  with any
transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.6.

                  (h) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to
the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt (including the Guarantee
of the Guarantor) and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture
as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

                  (i) Holders of Notes (or  holders of  interests  therein)  and
prospective  purchasers  designated  by such  Holders (or  holders of  interests
therein) will have the right to obtain from the Company and the  Guarantor  upon
request  by such  Holders  (or  holders of  interests  therein)  or  prospective
purchasers,  during any period in which the  Guarantor is not subject to Section
13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act,  or is  exempt  from  reporting  pursuant  to
12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the information  required by paragraph d(4)(i)
of Rule 144A in connection with any transfer or proposed transfer of such Notes.

                  SECTION 2.7 Replacement Notes. If a mutilated  Definitive Note
is surrendered to the Exchange Agent, if a mutilated  Global Note is surrendered
to the  Company or if the Holder of a Note  claims that such Note has been lost,
destroyed or  wrongfully  taken,  the Company  shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate a replacement  Note (including the  Guarantor's  Guarantee) in such
form as the Note being replaced if the requirements of the Trustee, the Exchange
Agent,  the Company and the Guarantor  are met. If required by the Trustee,  the
Exchange  Agent,  the Company or the  Guarantor,  such  Holder  must  provide an
indemnity  bond or other  indemnity,  sufficient in the judgment of the Company,
the Guarantor,  the Exchange Agent and the Trustee, to protect the Company,  the
Guarantor,  the Trustee and any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer
if a Note is replaced.  The Company,  the  Guarantor  and the Trustee may charge
such Holder for its  reasonable,  out-of-pocket  expenses  in  replacing a Note,
including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel.  Every replacement Note is an
additional obligation of the Company guaranteed by the Guarantor.

                  SECTION 2.8 Outstanding  Notes.  Notes outstanding at any time
of a  particular  tranche  are all the  Notes of such  tranche  that  have  been
authenticated by the Trustee except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it
for  cancellation,  those reductions in the Global Note of such tranche effected
in accordance with the provisions  hereof and those described in this Section as
not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.9, a Note does


<PAGE>
                                      -20-


not cease to be  outstanding  because the Company,  the  Guarantor or any of its
Affiliates holds the Note.

                  If a Note is  replaced  pursuant  to Section 2.7 (other than a
mutilated Note surrendered for replacement),  it ceases to be outstanding unless
the Trustee receives proof  satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by
a bona fide purchaser.  A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender
of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.7.

                  If the principal  amount of any Note is considered  paid under
Section 4.1 hereof,  it ceases to be  outstanding  and interest  and  Additional
Amounts, if any, on it cease to accrue.

                  If on a Redemption  Date or the Maturity  Date of a particular
tranche the Paying  Agent holds cash in U.S.  dollars or  Government  Securities
sufficient to pay all of the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional
Amounts,  if any, due on the Notes of such tranche payable on that date, then on
and  after  that  date such  Notes  cease to be  outstanding  and  interest  and
Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes cease to accrue.

                  SECTION 2.9 Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders
of the required principal amount of Notes of a particular tranche have concurred
in any direction,  waiver or consent, Notes of such tranche owned by the Company
or its  Affiliates  shall be  disregarded,  except  that,  for the  purposes  of
determining  whether  the  Trustee  shall be  protected  in  relying on any such
direction,  waiver or  consent,  only  Notes of such  tranche  that the  Trustee
actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

                  The Company shall notify the Trustee,  in writing,  when it or
any of its Affiliates  repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes, of the aggregate
principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired. The Trustee
may require an  Officers'  Certificate  listing  Notes owned by the  Company,  a
Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

                  SECTION 2.10 Temporary Notes. Until permanent Definitive Notes
of a particular  tranche are ready for  delivery,  the Company and the Guarantor
may prepare and the Trustee shall  authenticate  temporary  Definitive  Notes of
such  tranche upon receipt of a Company  Order and  Guarantor  Order each in the
form of an Officers'  Certificate.  Each Officers' Certificate shall specify the
amount of temporary Definitive Notes of a particular tranche to be authenticated
and the date on which the temporary  Definitive  Notes of such tranche are to be
authenticated.  Temporary  Definitive  Notes of a  particular  tranche  shall be
substantially in the form of permanent  Definitive Notes of such tranche but may
have  variations  that the Company or the Guarantor  considers  appropriate  for
temporary  Definitive  Notes of such tranche.  Without  unreasonable  delay, the
Company and the Guarantor shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate upon


<PAGE>
                                      -21-


receipt of a Company Order and Guarantor Order pursuant to Section 2.2 permanent
Definitive  Notes of a particular  tranche in exchange for temporary  Definitive
Notes of such tranche.

                  SECTION 2.11 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver
Notes to the Trustee for  cancellation.  The Exchange Agent and the Paying Agent
shall  forward  to the  Trustee  any  Notes  surrendered  to them for  transfer,
exchange or payment.  The  Trustee,  or at the  direction  of the  Trustee,  the
Exchange  Agent or the Paying Agent,  and no one else,  shall cancel and, at the
written  direction  of the  Company,  shall  dispose of  (subject  to the record
retention  requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for transfer,
exchange, payment or cancellation;  provided, however, that the Trustee may, but
shall not be required to, destroy such cancelled Notes.  Subject to Section 2.7,
the  Company  may not  issue  new  Notes to  replace  Notes  that it has paid or
delivered to the Trustee for  cancellation.  If the Company shall acquire any of
the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of
the Debt  represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to
the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

                  SECTION 2.12 Defaulted Interest.  If the Company defaults in a
payment of interest on the Tranche A Notes or the Tranche B Notes,  it shall pay
the defaulted  interest of such Notes,  plus (to the extent lawful) any interest
payable on the  defaulted  interest to the Holder  thereof.  The  Company  shall
notify  the  Trustee  and Paying  Agent in  writing  of the amount of  defaulted
interest  proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed  payment
(a "Default  Interest  Payment  Date"),  and at the same time the Company  shall
deposit  with the  Trustee  or  Paying  Agent an  amount  of money  equal to the
aggregate  amount  proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted  interest or
shall make  arrangements  satisfactory  to the Trustee or Paying  Agent for such
deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment,  such money when deposited to
be held in trust for the  benefit  of the  Persons  entitled  to such  defaulted
interest as in this Section 2.12; provided,  however, that in no event shall the
Company  deposit  monies  proposed to be paid in respect of  defaulted  interest
later  than  11:00  a.m.  New York City time on the  proposed  Default  Interest
Payment Date.  At least 30 days before the Default  Interest  Payment Date,  the
Company shall mail to each Holder of Notes of the applicable tranche and publish
in a  leading  newspaper  having a  general  circulation  in New York  (which is
expected to be the Wall Street  Journal)  (and so long as the Tranche A Notes or
the Tranche B Notes, as applicable,  are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange
and the rules of such  Luxembourg  Stock Exchange shall so require,  a newspaper
having  a  general  circulation  in  Luxembourg  (which  is  expected  to be the
Luxemburger Wort)) or, in the case of Definitive Notes of a particular  tranche,
mail by first-class  mail to each Holder's  registered  address (and, so long as
the  Tranche A Notes or the Tranche B Notes are listed on the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange and


<PAGE>
                                      -22-


the rules of such Stock Exchange shall so require, publish in a newspaper having
a general  circulation  in Luxembourg  (which is expected to be the  Luxemburger
Wort)),  with a copy to the Trustee,  a notice that states the Default  Interest
Payment Date and the amount of defaulted interest,  and interest payable on such
defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

                  SECTION 2.13 CUSIP and CINS Number. The Company in issuing the
Tranche A and the Tranche B Notes may use a "CUSIP" or "CINS" number, and if so,
the  Trustee  shall use the CUSIP and CINS  number in notices of  redemption  or
exchange as a convenience to Holders;  provided,  however,  that any such notice
may state that no  representation  is made as to the  correctness or accuracy of
the CUSIP and CINS  number  printed  in the  notice  or on the  Notes,  and that
reliance may be placed only on the other  identification  numbers printed on the
Notes.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP
or CINS number.

                  SECTION 2.14  Deposit of Moneys.  Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York
City time on each  Interest  Payment Date and Maturity  Date,  the Company shall
have  deposited  with the Paying  Agent in  immediately  available  funds  money
sufficient to make cash payments,  if any, due on such Interest  Payment Date or
Maturity  Date,  as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying
Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest  Payment Date or Maturity
Date, as the case may be.

                  SECTION 2.15 Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes.

                  (a) For the  avoidance of doubt,  members of, or  participants
in, the Depositary  ("Agent  Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture
with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the  Depositary,  or the
Trustee as its  custodian,  or under the Global Note,  and the Depositary for so
long as it is Holder may be treated by the Company,  the Guarantor,  the Trustee
and any agent of the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee as the absolute owner
of the Global Note for all purposes  whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing  herein shall  prevent the Company,  the  Guarantor,  the Trustee or any
agent  of  the  Company  or the  Trustee  from  giving  effect  to  any  written
certification,  proxy or other  authorization  furnished  by the  Depositary  or
impair,  as between the  Depositary  and its Agent  Members,  the  operation  of
customary  practices  governing  the  exercise  of the rights of a Holder of any
Note.

                  (b) The Holder of any Global Note of a particular  tranche may
grant proxies and otherwise  authorize any person,  including  Agent Members and
persons that may hold interests through Agent Members,  to take any action which
a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes of that tranche.



<PAGE>
                                      -23-


                                   ARTICLE III

                                   REDEMPTION

                  SECTION 3.1 Optional Redemption. The Company may redeem all or
any  portion  of the Notes of a  particular  tranche,  upon the terms and at the
Redemption Prices set forth in each of the Notes of that tranche.  The Guarantor
may redeem all of the Notes of a  particular  tranche  upon the terms and at the
Redemption  Prices  set  forth in the  Notes  of that  tranche.  Any  redemption
pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall be made  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
Article III.

                  SECTION  3.2  Election  to  Redeem;  Notice  to  Trustee.  The
election of the  Company or the  Guarantor  to redeem any Notes of a  particular
tranche shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution.  In case of any
redemption  at the  election  of the  Company of less than all of the Notes of a
particular tranche,  the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption
Date fixed by the Company  (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee)  notify the  Trustee  by Company  Order of such  Redemption  Date,  the
Redemption Price (or if the Redemption Price is not calculable at such time, the
formula for calculating such price) and of the principal amount of Notes of such
tranche to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such  documentation  and
records as shall  enable such  Trustee to select the Notes of such tranche to be
redeemed  pursuant to Section 3.3;  provided,  however,  that if the  Redemption
Price is not  calculable  at the time such  notice is sent,  the  Company  shall
notify the Trustee promptly at such time such Redemption Price is calculable. In
any case of redemption of Notes of a particular tranche pursuant to Section 8 of
the Notes of such tranche,  prior to any Notice of redemption  given pursuant to
Section 3.4, the Company or the Guarantor,  as the case may be, shall deliver to
the Trustee an opinion of tax counsel reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee to
the effect that the circumstances referred to in Section 8 in such Note exist.

                  SECTION 3.3  Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.  If
less than all the Notes of a particular tranche are to be redeemed,  the Trustee
may select the particular  Notes of such tranche to be redeemed not more than 60
days prior to the Redemption Date for such Notes,  from the outstanding Notes of
such tranche not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee
shall deem fair and  appropriate  and which may  provide for the  selection  for
redemption of portions (equal to the minimum  authorized  denomination  for such
Notes, or any multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Notes of such tranche
of a  denomination  larger than the  minimum  authorized  denomination  for such
Notes.

                  The Trustee  shall  promptly  notify the Company in writing of
the Notes  selected for  redemption  and, in the case of 


<PAGE>
                                      -24-


any Notes selected for partial  redemption,  the principal  amount thereof to be
redeemed.

                  For  all  purposes  of  this  Indenture,  unless  the  context
otherwise  requires,  all  provisions  relating to the  redemption of Notes of a
particular tranche shall relate, in the case of any Note of a particular tranche
redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal  amount
of such Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

                  SECTION 3.4 Notice of  Redemption.  Notice of  redemption of a
particular  tranche of Notes shall be mailed to the Holders by first-class  mail
and given in the manner  provided in Section  12.3 not later than the  thirtieth
day and not earlier than the sixtieth day prior to the Redemption  Date, to each
Holder of Notes of the relevant tranche to be redeemed.

                  All notices of redemption shall state:

                  (a) the Redemption Date;

                  (b) the  Redemption  Price if such price is  calculable at the
         time such notice is sent or, if not, the formula for  calculating  such
         price; provided,  however, that notice of the Redemption Price shall be
         mailed to the  Holders  by  first-class  mail and  given in the  manner
         provided in Section 12.3 promptly after such price is calculable;

                  (c) if less than all outstanding Notes of a particular tranche
         are to be redeemed,  the  identification  (and,  in the case of partial
         redemption,  the respective  principal amounts) of the particular Notes
         such tranche to be redeemed;

                  (d) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered
         for payment of the Redemption Price;

                  (e) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                  (f) that Notes of a particular  tranche  called for redemption
         must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price
         plus accrued and unpaid interest,  if any, and Additional  Amounts,  if
         any;

                  (g) that,  unless the  Company or the  Guarantor  defaults  in
         making the redemption payment, interest and Additional Amounts, if any,
         on Notes of a particular tranche called for redemption ceases to accrue
         on and after the Redemption  Date, and the only remaining  right of the
         Holders  of such Notes of such  tranche  is to  receive  payment of the
         Redemption  Price upon  surrender  to the Paying  Agent of the Notes of
         such tranche redeemed;


<PAGE>
                                      -25-


                  (h) (i) if any Global  Note of a  particular  tranche is being
         redeemed in part,  the portion of the principal  amount of such Note of
         such  tranche  to be  redeemed  and that,  after the  Redemption  Date,
         interest and Additional  Amounts,  if any, shall cease to accrue on the
         portion called for  redemption,  and upon surrender of such Global Note
         of such  tranche,  the Global Note of such  tranche  with a notation on
         Schedule A thereof  adjusting the principal  amount thereof to be equal
         to the unredeemed portion,  will be returned and (ii) if any Definitive
         Note of a particular  tranche is being redeemed in part, the portion of
         the principal  amount of such Note of such tranche to be redeemed,  and
         that, after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Definitive Note
         of such  tranche,  a new  Definitive  Note or Notes of such  tranche in
         aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will
         be issued in the name of the Holder thereof,  upon  cancellation of the
         original Note of such tranche;

                  (i) the paragraph of the Notes  pursuant to which the Notes of
         a particular tranche are to be redeemed; and

                  (j) the CUSIP or CINS number,  and that no  representation  is
         made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or CINS number,  if
         any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes of such tranche.

                  If at the time a notice of redemption is being made to Holders
of Notes of a particular  tranche  pursuant to this  Section 3.4,  Notes of such
tranche are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, and so long as the rules of
the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require,  the Company or the Guarantor,  as the
case may be,  shall  also  cause a notice of  redemption  to be  published  in a
leading daily newspaper of general  circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected
to be the  Luxemburger  Wort), at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before
the Redemption Date.

                  SECTION  3.5 Effect of Notice of  Redemption.  Once  notice of
redemption  is given in  accordance  with  Section  3.4,  Notes of a  particular
tranche called for redemption  become due and payable on the Redemption Date and
at the Redemption  Price.  Upon  surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent,  such
Notes of such  tranche  called for  redemption  shall be paid at the  Redemption
Price, but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the
Redemption  Date,  shall be payable to Holders on the relevant  Interest Payment
Date,  or, in the case of  Definitive  Notes,  Holders of record at the close of
business on the relevant Record Dates.

                  SECTION 3.6 Deposit of Redemption  Price.  Prior to 11:00 a.m.
New York City time on the Redemption Date, the Company or the Guarantor,  as the
case may be,  shall  deposit with the Paying  Agent,  in  immediately  available
funds, U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Notes of a



<PAGE>
                                      -26-


particular  tranche to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly
return to the  Company  or the  Guarantor,  as the case may be, any cash in U.S.
dollars so  deposited  which is not  required  for that purpose upon the written
request of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

                  If the Company or the Guarantor,  as the case may be, complies
with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Company or the Guarantor defaults
in the payment of such Redemption Price on the Notes of a particular  tranche to
be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the  applicable  Redemption  Date,
whether  or not such Notes of such  tranche  are  presented  for  payment.  With
respect to Definitive  Notes of a particular  tranche,  if a Definitive  Note of
such tranche is redeemed on or after an interest  Record Date but on or prior to
the related  Interest  Payment  Date,  then any accrued and unpaid  interest and
Additional  Amounts, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note
of such tranche was  registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If
any Note of a particular tranche called for redemption shall not be so paid upon
surrender for redemption  because of the failure of the Company or the Guarantor
to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest and Additional Amounts, if any,
shall be paid on the unpaid principal (or premium,  if any), from the Redemption
Date until such  principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid  principal,  in each case at the rate  provided in the Notes
and in Section 4.1.

                  SECTION  3.7  Notes  Redeemed  in  Part.  Upon  surrender  and
cancellation  of a Definitive  Note of a particular  tranche that is redeemed in
part,  the  Company  and the  Guarantor  shall  execute  and the  Trustee  shall
authenticate for the Holder (at the Company's  expense) a new Definitive Note of
such  tranche  equal  in  principal  amount  to the  unredeemed  portion  of the
Definitive Note  surrendered and cancelled;  provided,  however,  that each such
Definitive  Note  shall be in a  principal  amount  at  maturity  of $1,000 or a
multiple thereof.  Upon surrender of a Global Note of a particular  tranche that
is redeemed in part,  the Paying  Agent  shall  forward  such Global Note to the
Trustee who shall make a notation on Schedule A thereof to reduce the  principal
amount of such Global Note to an amount equal to the  unredeemed  portion of the
Global Note surrendered;  provided, however, that each such Global Note shall be
in a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 or a multiple thereof.

                  SECTION 3.8 Applicability of This Article. Redemption of Notes
of a  particular  tranche as  permitted  or required by any form of Note of such
tranche issued  pursuant to this Indenture shall be made in accordance with such
form of Note and this Article,  provided,  however, that if any provision of any
such  form of Note  shall  conflict  with any  provision  of this  Article,  the
provision of such form of Note shall govern.


<PAGE>
                                      -27-


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    COVENANTS

                  SECTION 4.1 Payment of Notes.  The Company shall  promptly pay
the principal,  premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the
Tranche A Notes on the dates and in the manner  provided in the Tranche A Notes.
The Company shall  promptly pay the  principal,  premium,  if any,  interest and
Additional  Amounts,  if any,  on the  Tranche  B Notes on the  dates and in the
manner provided in the Tranche B Notes. Except in the case that the Guarantor or
any Affiliate of the Guarantor is the Paying Agent,  the Company may satisfy its
obligations under the preceding sentences by making payment to the Paying Agent.

                  To the extent lawful,  the Company or the Guarantor  shall pay
interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Tranche A Notes and shall
pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate. Interest will
be computed on the basis of a 360-day  year  comprised of twelve  30-day  months
and, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed,  the amount
of  interest  payable  on the  Tranche A Notes for any period to be equal to the
product of (i) the principal  amount of the Tranche A Notes  outstanding  during
such period,  (ii) the stated rate of interest per annum (expressed as a decimal
fraction) payable on the Tranche A Notes and (iii) a fraction,  the numerator of
which is the total number of full months  elapsed in such period  multiplied  by
30, plus the number of days in an  incomplete  month during which such Tranche A
Notes were outstanding, and the denominator of which is 360.

                  To the extent lawful,  the Company or the Guarantor  shall pay
interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Tranche B Notes and shall
pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate. Interest will
be computed on the basis of a 360-day  year  comprised of twelve  30-day  months
and, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed,  the amount
of  interest  payable  on the  Tranche B Notes for any period to be equal to the
product of (i) the principal  amount of the Tranche B Notes  outstanding  during
such period,  (ii) the stated rate of interest per annum (expressed as a decimal
fraction) payable on the Tranche B Notes and (iii) a fraction,  the numerator of
which is the total number of full months  elapsed in such period  multiplied  by
30, plus the number of days in an  incomplete  month during which such Tranche B
Notes were outstanding, and the denominator of which is 360.

                  SECTION 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall
maintain the office or agency  (which  office may be an office of the Trustee or
an affiliate of the Trustee, Exchange Agent or co-Exchange Agent) required under
Section 2.3 where Notes may be surrendered  for  registration of transfer or for
exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in



<PAGE>
                                      -28-


respect of the Notes and this  Indenture  may be served.  The Company shall give
prompt  written  notice to the  Trustee of the  location,  and any change in the
location,  of such office or agency.  If at any time the  Company  shall fail to
maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee
with the address thereof,  such presentations,  surrenders,  notices and demands
may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.2.

                  SECTION 4.3  Limitation on Liens.  (a) The Guarantor will not,
and will not permit any Subsidiary to,  directly or indirectly,  as security for
any Debt,  mortgage,  pledge or create or permit to exist any lien on any shares
of stock,  indebtedness  or other  obligations  of a Subsidiary or any Principal
Property,  whether such shares of stock,  indebtedness or other obligations of a
Subsidiary  or  Principal  Property  are owned at the date of this  Indenture or
hereafter acquired,  unless the Company or the Guarantor secures or causes to be
secured any outstanding  Notes equally and ratably with all Debt secured by such
mortgage,  pledge or lien,  so long as that  Debt  shall be  secured;  provided,
however,  that this covenant  shall not apply in the case of (i) the creation of
any mortgage, pledge or other lien on any shares of stock, indebtedness or other
obligations  of  a  Subsidiary  or  a  Principal   Property  hereafter  acquired
(including acquisitions by way of merger or consolidation) by the Guarantor or a
Subsidiary   contemporaneously  with  such  acquisition,   or  within  120  days
thereafter, to secure or provide for the payment or financing of any part of the
purchase price thereof, or the assumption of any mortgage,  pledge or other lien
upon any shares of stock, indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary or a
Principal  Property hereafter acquired existing at the time of such acquisition,
or the acquisition of any shares of stock,  indebtedness or other obligations of
a Subsidiary or a Principal  Property  subject to any mortgage,  pledge or other
lien without the assumption thereof,  provided that any mortgage, pledge or lien
referred  to in this  clause  (i)  shall  attach  only to the  shares  of stock,
indebtedness  or other  obligations  of a Subsidiary or a Principal  Property so
acquired and fixed improvements thereon; (ii) any mortgage, pledge or other lien
on any shares of stock,  indebtedness or other  obligations of a Subsidiary or a
Principal  Property existing on the date that the Notes are first issued;  (iii)
any mortgage, pledge or other lien on any shares of stock, indebtedness or other
obligations of a Subsidiary or a Principal Property in favor of the Company, the
Guarantor or any other Subsidiary;  (iv) any mortgage, pledge or other lien on a
Principal  Property  being  constructed  or improved  securing  Debt incurred to
finance the construction or improvements; (v) any mortgage, pledge or other lien
on shares of stock,  indebtedness  or other  obligations  of a  Subsidiary  or a
Principal  Property  incurred  in  connection  with the  issuance  by a state or
political  subdivision thereof of any securities the interest on which is exempt
from Federal income taxes by virtue of Section 103 of the United States Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any other laws and regulations in effect at



<PAGE>
                                      -29-


the time of such  issuance;  and (vi) any  renewal  of or  substitution  for any
mortgage,  pledge or other lien  permitted by any of the  preceding  clauses (i)
through (v), provided, in the case of a mortgage, pledge or other lien permitted
under clause (i),  (ii) or (iv),  the Debt secured is not increased nor the line
extended to any additional assets.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of paragraph (a) of this
Section  4.3,  the  Guarantor  or any  Subsidiary  may create or assume liens in
addition to those  permitted  by  paragraph  (a) of this Section 4.3, and renew,
extend or  replace  such  liens,  provided,  that at the time of such  creation,
assumption,  renewal, extension or replacement, and after giving effect thereto,
Exempted Debt does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

                  SECTION 4.4 Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions. (a) The
Guarantor  will not, and will not permit,  any  Subsidiary to, sell or transfer,
directly or  indirectly,  except to the Guarantor or a  Subsidiary,  a Principal
Property as an entirety,  or any substantial portion thereof, with the intention
of  taking  back a lease of all or part of such  property  except a lease  for a
period of three years or less at the end of which it is intended that the use of
such property by the lessee will be discontinued; provided that, notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may sell a Principal Property and
lease it back for a longer period (i) if the Guarantor or such Subsidiary  would
be entitled,  pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3(a), to create a mortgage
on  the  property  to  be  leased  securing  Debt  in an  amount  equal  to  the
Attributable  Debt with respect to the sale and lease-back  transaction  without
equally and ratably securing the outstanding  Notes or (ii) if (A) the Guarantor
promptly informs the Trustee of such transactions,  (B) the net proceeds of such
transactions  are at least  equal to the fair  value (as  determined  by a Board
Resolution) of such property and (C) the Guarantor causes an amount equal to the
net proceeds of the sale to be applied to the retirement (whether by redemption,
cancellation after open-market purchases,  or otherwise),  within 120 days after
receipt of such  proceeds,  of Funded Debt and having an  outstanding  principal
amount equal to the net proceeds.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of paragraph (a) of this
Section 4.4, the Guarantor or any  Subsidiary may enter into sale and lease-back
transactions in addition to those permitted by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.4
and without any obligation to retire any outstanding Funded Debt,  provided that
at the time of entering  into such sale and  lease-back  transactions  and after
giving effect  thereto,  Exempted Debt does not exceed 10% of  Consolidated  Net
Tangible Assets.

                  SECTION 4.5 No Lien Created, etc. This Indenture and the Notes
do not create a lien, charge or encumbrances on any property of the Company, the
Guarantor or any Subsidiary.


<PAGE>
                                      -30-


                  SECTION 4.6 Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default. (a) The
Company  shall  deliver  to the  Trustee  within  120 days after the end of each
fiscal  year of the Company an  Officers'  Certificate  signed by the  principal
executive officer,  principal financial officer or principal  accounting officer
of the Company  stating  whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event
of Default. If they know of a Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall
describe the Default or Event of Default.  The certificate  need not comply with
Section 12.4

                  (b) The Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days
after the end of each  fiscal year of the  Guarantor  an  Officers'  Certificate
signed by the  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer  or
principal accounting officer of the Guarantor stating whether or not the signers
know of any Default or Event of  Default.  If they know of a Default or Event of
Default,  the  certificate  shall describe the Default or Event of Default.  The
certificate need not comply with Section 12.4.

                  SECTION 4.7  Reports.  (a) The Company  shall  comply with the
provisions of Section 314(c) of the TIA.

                  (b) The Guarantor  shall file with the Trustee  within 15 days
after it files them with the Commission  copies of the annual reports and of the
information,  documents  and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of
the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and  regulations  prescribe)  which
the Guarantor is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13 or
15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  The Guarantor also shall comply
with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

                  (c) Such reports shall be delivered to the Exchange Agent and,
after the issuance of Definitive Notes, the Exchange Agent will mail them at the
Company's expense to the Holders at their addresses appearing in the register of
Notes maintained by the Exchange Agent.

                  SECTION  4.8 Payment of Certain  Non-Income  Taxes and Similar
Charges.  The Company will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary
taxes,  or any other excise or property  taxes,  charges or similar levies which
arise in any  jurisdiction  from the execution,  delivery or registration of the
Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of
any payments  with respect to the Notes,  excluding  any such taxes,  charges or
similar  levies  imposed by any  jurisdiction  outside the United  Kingdom,  the
United States of America or any jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent is located,
other than those resulting from, or required to be paid in connection  with, the
enforcement  of the Notes of a particular  tranche or any other such document or
instrument  following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the
Notes of such tranche.



<PAGE>
                                      -31-


                                    ARTICLE V

                          MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE
                        BY THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTOR

                  SECTION   5.1  Merger,   Consolidation   or  Sale  of  All  or
Substantially All Assets of the Company.  The Company shall not consolidate with
or merge into, or transfer,  directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of
its assets to another  corporation  or other  Person  unless (1) the  resulting,
surviving or  transferee  corporation  or other Person  assumes by  supplemental
indenture all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture,
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and
no  circumstances  that,  after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an
Event of Default,  shall have  happened and be  continuing,  and (3) the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of
Counsel,  each  stating  that such  consolidation,  merger or transfer  and such
supplemental  indenture  comply with this  Indenture,  and  thereafter  all such
obligations of the Company shall terminate.

                  SECTION   5.2  Merger,   Consolidation   or  Sale  of  All  or
Substantially  All Assets of the Guarantor.  The Guarantor shall not consolidate
with or merge into, or transfer,  directly or indirectly,  all or  substantially
all of its  assets  to  another  corporation  or  other  Person  unless  (1) the
resulting,  surviving  or  transferee  corporation  or other  Person  assumes by
supplemental  indenture all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Notes and
this Indenture,  (2)  immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction,  no
Event of Default and no  circumstances  that,  after  notice or lapse of time or
both,  would become an Event of Default,  shall have happened and be continuing,
and  (3)  the  Guarantor  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an  Officers'
Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel,  each stating  that such  consolidation,
merger or transfer and such  supplemental  indenture comply with this Indenture,
and thereafter all such obligations of the Guarantor shall terminate.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

                  SECTION  6.1 Events of Default.  An "Event of Default"  occurs
with respect to the Notes of a particular tranche if:

                  (a) the  Company or the  Guarantor  defaults in the payment of
         interest or  Additional  Amounts,  if any, on any Note of such tranche,
         when the same becomes due and payable and the default  continues  for a
         period of 30 days;

                  (b) the  Company or the  Guarantor  defaults in the payment of
         the  principal of (or premium on, if any) any Note 


<PAGE>
                                      -32-


         of such tranche when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
         redemption or otherwise;

                  (c) the Company or the  Guarantor  fails to comply with any of
         its other agreements in the Notes of such tranche or this Indenture for
         the benefit of such  tranche and the default  continues  for the period
         and after the notice specified in this Section;

                  (d) the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary fails to pay,
         in accordance  with its terms and when payable,  any of the  principal,
         premium,  if any, interest or additional  amounts,  if any, on any Debt
         (including any tranche of Notes other than the tranche or tranches,  if
         any, with respect to which the failure to pay  principal,  premium,  if
         any, interest or Additional Amounts is also an "Event of Default" under
         Section  6.1(a) and/or 6.1(b) above) having,  in the aggregate,  a then
         outstanding  principal  amount in excess of $20,000,000 or the maturity
         of any Debt in such amount shall have been accelerated by any holder or
         holders thereof or any trustee or agent acting on behalf of such holder
         or holders, or any Debt in such amount shall have been required by such
         holder,  holders,  trustee or agent to be  prepaid  prior to the stated
         maturity  thereof,  in accordance  with the  provisions of any contract
         evidencing, providing for the creation of or concerning such Debt;

                  (e) the  Company or the  Guarantor  pursuant  to or within the
         meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

                           (1)      commences a voluntary case,

                           (2)      consents to the entry of an order for relief
                                    against it in an involuntary case,

                           (3)      consents to the  appointment  of a Custodian
                                    of it or for all or substantially all of its
                                    property,

                           (4)      makes a general  assignment  for the benefit
                                    of its creditors, or

                           (5)      ceases or suspends generally payments of its
                                    debts or  announces an intention so to do or
                                    is (or is deemed for the purposes of any law
                                    applicable  to it to be)  unable  to pay its
                                    debts as they fall  due,  or makes a general
                                    assignment   for   the   benefit   of  or  a
                                    composition with its creditors  generally or
                                    a  moratorium  is declared in respect of any
                                    of its indebtedness;

                  (f) a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  enters  an  order or
         decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:


<PAGE>
                                      -33-


                           (1)      is for  relief  against  the  Company or the
                                    Guarantor in an involuntary case,

                           (2)      appoints a  Custodian  of the  Company or of
                                    the  Guarantor  or for all or  substantially
                                    all  of   the   Company's   or   Guarantor's
                                    property, as the case may be,

                           (3)      orders the winding up or  liquidation of the
                                    Company or the Guarantor, or

                           (4)      orders any  execution of distress in respect
                                    of  any  material  liability  to  be  levied
                                    against the Company or the  Guarantor  or an
                                    encumbrancer  takes  possession of the whole
                                    or  any  material  part  of,  the  property,
                                    undertaking, or assets of the Company or the
                                    Guarantor,

         and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

                  (g) the Guarantee with respect to such tranche of Notes ceases
         to be in full force and effect or the  Guarantor  denies or  disaffirms
         its obligations under such Guarantee.

                  The term  "Bankruptcy  Law" means Title 11, United States Code
or any  similar  Federal  or state law for the  relief of  debtors  and the U.K.
Insolvency  Act  1986 as  supplemented  or  amended  together  with  all  rules,
regulations  and instruments  made thereunder and applicable  United Kingdom law
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, administration, receivership and
other  similar  matters.  The term  "Custodian"  means  any  receiver,  trustee,
assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

                  A default  under  clause (c) is not an Event of  Default  with
respect to the Notes of a particular tranche until the Trustee or the Holders of
at least 25% in  principal  amount of all the Notes of such  tranche  notify the
Company or the Guarantor (and the Trustee if such notice is given by Holders) of
the default and the Company or the Guarantor,  as the case may be, does not cure
the default within 30 days after receipt of the notice.  The notice must specify
the  default,  demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a "Notice
of Default."  Subject to the provisions of Article VII, the Trustee shall not be
charged with  knowledge of any default  unless written notice thereof shall have
been given to the Trustee by the Company,  the Guarantor,  the Paying Agent, the
Holder of a Note of the applicable tranche or an agent of such Holder.


<PAGE>
                                      -34-


                  SECTION 6.2 Acceleration.  If an Event of Default with respect
to the Notes of a particular  tranche occurs and is  continuing,  the Trustee by
notice  to the  Company  and the  Guarantor  or the  Holders  of at least 25% in
principal  amount of the Notes of such  tranche,  by notice to the Company,  the
Guarantor and the Trustee,  may declare the principal,  premium, if any, accrued
interest and Additional  Amounts, if any, on all the Notes of such tranche to be
due and payable immediately. Upon a declaration such principal, premium, if any,
interest and Additional Amounts,  if any, shall be due and payable  immediately.
The  Holders  of a majority  in  principal  amount of the Notes of a  particular
tranche by notice to the  Trustee  may  rescind an  acceleration  (and upon such
rescission any past Event of Default caused by such acceleration shall be deemed
cured) with  respect to the Notes of such  tranche and its  consequences  if all
existing  Events of Default  with respect to the Notes of such tranche have been
cured or waived,  if the  rescission  would not  conflict  with any  judgment or
decree, and if all payments due to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under
Section  7.7 have been made.  No such  rescission  shall  affect any  subsequent
Default or impair any rights consequent thereto.

                  SECTION  6.3  Other  Remedies.  If an  Event of  Default  with
respect  to the Notes of a  particular  tranche  occurs and is  continuing,  the
Trustee may pursue any  available  remedy by  proceeding  at law or in equity to
collect the payment of  principal,  premium,  if any,  interest  and  Additional
Amounts,  if any, on the Notes of such tranche or to enforce the  performance of
any provision of such Notes, the applicable Guarantees or this Indenture.

                  The  Trustee  may  maintain a  proceeding  even if it does not
possess any of the Notes or does not produce  any of them in the  proceeding.  A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy
accruing  upon an Event of  Default  shall  not  impair  the  right or remedy or
constitute  a waiver of or  acquiescence  in the Event of Default.  No remedy is
exclusive of any other  remedy.  All  available  remedies are  cumulative to the
extent permitted by law.

                  SECTION 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority
in  principal  amount  of the  Notes of a  particular  tranche  by notice to the
Trustee may waive an existing  Default or Event of Default  with  respect to the
Notes of such tranche and its  consequences.  When a Default or Event of Default
is waived, it is cured and stops continuing,  but no such waiver shall extend to
any  subsequent  or other  Default  or Event of  Default  or  impair  any  right
consequent thereto.

                  SECTION 6.5 Control by Majority.  The Holders of a majority in
principal  amount of the Notes of a  particular  tranche  may  direct  the time,
method and place of conducting any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the
Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on it with respect to the



<PAGE>
                                      -35-


Notes of such tranche.  However,  the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction
that conflicts with law or this Indenture,  or, subject to Section 7.1, that the
Trustee  determines is unduly  prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of the
Notes of the same tranche or would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

                  SECTION  6.6  Limitation  on  Suits.  No Holder of a Note of a
particular  tranche may pursue any remedy with respect to this  Indenture or the
Notes of such tranche unless:

                  (a) the Holder  gives to the Trustee  written  notice  stating
         that an Event of Default  with  respect to the Notes of such tranche is
         continuing;

                  (b) the  Holders  of at least 25% in  principal  amount of the
         Notes of such tranche  make a written  request to the Trustee to pursue
         the remedy;

                  (c) such  Holder or  Holders  offer to the  Trustee  indemnity
         satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

                  (d) the Trustee  does not comply  with the  request  within 60
         days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

                  (e) during  such  60-day  period the  Holders of a majority in
         principal amount of the Notes of such tranche do not give the Trustee a
         direction inconsistent with the request.

                  A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over the other Holder.

                  SECTION   6.7   Rights  of   Holders   to   Receive   Payment.
Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Indenture,  the right of any Holder
to receive  payment of  principal,  premium,  if any,  interest  and  Additional
Amounts, if any, on the Notes, on or after the respective due dates expressed in
the Notes,  or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after
such respective  date,  shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of
the Holder.

                  SECTION 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default
in payment of principal,  premium,  if any, interest or Additional  Amounts,  if
any,  specified in Section 6.1(a) or (b) occurs and is  continuing,  the Trustee
may recover  judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against
the Company or the Guarantor for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any,
interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid.

                  SECTION 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee may
file such proofs of claim and other papers or


<PAGE>
                                      -36-


documents  as may be  necessary  or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee  and the Holders  allowed in any  judicial  proceedings  relative to the
Company or the Guarantor,  its creditors or its property,  and unless prohibited
by law or  applicable  regulations,  may vote on  behalf of the  Holders  in any
election  of  a  trustee  in  bankruptcy  or  other  Person  performing  similar
functions.

                  SECTION  6.10  Priorities.  If the Trustee  collects any money
pursuant to this Article with respect to the Notes of a particular  tranche,  it
shall pay out the money in the following order:

                  First:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7.

                  Second:  to the  Holders of Notes of such  tranche for amounts
due and  unpaid on such  Notes for  principal,  premium,  if any,  interest  and
Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for  principal,  premium,
if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

                  Third:  to the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

                  The Trustee  may fix a record  date and  payment  date for any
payment to Holders pursuant to this Section.

                  SECTION  6.11  Undertaking  for  Costs.  In any  suit  for the
enforcement  of any right or remedy under this  Indenture or in any suit against
the  Trustee for any action  taken or omitted by it as  Trustee,  a court in its
discretion  may require the filing by any party  litigant in the suit other than
the Trustee of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its
discretion may assess reasonable costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees,
against any party litigant in the suit including the Trustee,  having due regard
to the  merits  and good  faith of the  claims  or  defenses  made by the  party
litigant.  This  Section  does not apply to a suit by the  Trustee,  a suit by a
Holder  pursuant  to  Section  6.7 or a suit  by  Holders  of more  than  10% in
principal amount of the Notes.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     TRUSTEE

                  SECTION 7.1 Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default with
respect to a  particular  tranche of Notes known to the Trustee has occurred and
is continuing,  the Trustee shall, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes of such
tranche,  exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this  Indenture
and use the same degree of care and skill in their  exercise as a prudent person
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the


<PAGE>
                                      -37-


conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to such provisions,  the Trustee will
be under no  obligation  to  exercise  any of its  rights or powers  under  this
Indenture at the request of any of the Holders of Notes,  unless they shall have
offered to the Trustee  security and  indemnity  satisfactory  to it against any
loss, liability or expense.

                  (b) Except during the  continuance of an Event of Default with
respect to a particular tranche of Notes known to the Trustee:

                  (i) The Trustee and the Agents will  perform only those duties
as are specifically  set forth herein and no others and no implied  covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents.

                  (ii) In the  absence of bad faith on their  part,  the Trustee
and the Agents may conclusively  rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions and
such other documents delivered to them pursuant to Section 12.4 hereof furnished
to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in
the case of any such  certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
required  to be  furnished  to  the  Trustee,  the  Trustee  shall  examine  the
certificates  and  opinions  to  determine  whether  or not they  conform to the
requirements of this Indenture.

                  (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent  action,  its  own  negligent  failure  to  act,  or its  own  willful
misconduct, except that:

                  (i) This  paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b)
of this Section 7.1.

                  (ii) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be liable for any
error of  judgment  made in good faith by a Trust  Officer,  unless it is proved
that the  Trustee or such Agent was  negligent  in  ascertaining  the  pertinent
facts.

                  (iii) The  Trustee  shall not be liable  with  respect  to any
action taken,  suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance
with the  direction  of the  Holders  of not less than a majority  in  principal
amount of the outstanding  Notes of a particular  tranche  relating to the time,
method and place of conducting any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the
Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this
Indenture with respect to such Notes; and

                  (d) No provision of this  Indenture  shall require the Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise  incur any  financial  liability in
the  performance  of any of its duties  hereunder or to take or omit to take any
action  under this  Indenture  or take any action at the request or direction of



<PAGE>
                                      -38-


Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such
funds is not assured to it or it does not receive an indemnity  satisfactory  to
it in its sole  discretion  against such risk,  liability,  loss, fee or expense
which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

                  (e)  Whether  or not  therein  expressly  so  provided,  every
provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.1.

                  (f) The Trustee  shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the  Trustee  may agree in writing  with the Company or
the  Guarantor.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated  from
other funds except to the extent required by law.

                  (g) Any provision  hereof relating to the conduct or affecting
the liability of or affording  protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the
provisions of this Section 7.1 and, upon  qualification  of this Indenture under
the TIA, the TIA.

                  SECTION 7.2 Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1:

                  (a) The  Trustee and each Agent may rely  conclusively  on and
shall be protected from acting or refraining from acting based upon any document
believed  by them to be  genuine  and to have been  signed or  presented  by the
proper  person.  Neither  the  Trustee  nor any Agent shall be bound to make any
investigation  into the facts or matters stated in any resolution,  certificate,
statement,   instrument,   opinion,  report,  notice,  request,  consent  order,
approval,  appraisal,  bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or
document,  but the Trustee or its Agent,  as the case may be, in its discretion,
may make reasonable  further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters
stated  in such  document  and if the  Trustee  or its Agent as the case may be,
shall  determine  to make such  further  inquiry or  investigation,  it shall be
entitled  to examine  the books,  records  and  premises  of the Company and the
Guarantor,  at reasonable  times during normal business hours,  personally or by
agent or attorney;

                  (b) any request,  direction, order or demand of the Company or
Guarantor  mentioned  herein  shall be  sufficiently  evidenced by (i) a Company
Order or Guarantor  Order,  as the case may be, or an Officers'  Certificate and
(ii) any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or Guarantor may be
sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

                  (c) before the Trustee acts or refrains  from  acting,  it may
require, in the absence of bad faith, an Officers'  Certificate or an Opinion of
Counsel or both,  which shall  conform to the  provisions  of Sections  12.4 and
12.5.  Neither the Trustee 


<PAGE>
                                      -39-


nor any Agent  shall be liable  for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion;

                  (d) The Trustee and any Agent may act through their  attorneys
and agents and shall not be responsible  for the misconduct or negligence of any
agent  (other  than an agent who is an  employee  of the  Trustee or such Agent)
appointed with due care.

                  (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith which it  reasonably  believes to be  authorized  or
within  its  rights or powers  conferred  upon it by this  Indenture;  provided,
however,  that the Trustee's  conduct does not  constitute  willful  misconduct,
negligence or bad faith.

                  (f) The Trustee or any Agent may consult  with  counsel of its
selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel as
to matters of law shall be full and complete  authorization  and protection from
liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in
good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

                  (g) Subject to Section 9.2 hereof,  the Trustee may (but shall
not be  obligated  to),  without the consent of the  Holders,  give any consent,
waiver or  approval  required  by the terms  hereof,  but shall not  without the
consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the  Notes  of a  particular  tranche  at the time  outstanding  (i) give any
consent,  waiver or approval or (ii) agree to any amendment or  modification  of
this Indenture,  in each case, that shall have a material  adverse effect on the
interests of any Holder of Notes of such tranche.  The Trustee shall be entitled
to request  and  conclusively  rely on an Opinion  of  Counsel  with  respect to
whether any consent,  waiver,  approval,  amendment or modification shall have a
material  adverse effect on the interests of any Holder of Notes of a particular
tranche.

                  (h) The Trustee  shall not be charged  with  knowledge  of any
Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a particular tranche unless either
(1) a Trust Officer shall have actual  knowledge of such Event of Default or (2)
written  notice of such Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by
the Company,  the Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes of such tranche or
by any Holder of the Notes of such tranche.

                  (i) The Trustee shall have no duties or responsibilities  with
respect to and shall have no liability  for the actions taken or the failures to
act of any other Trustees appointed hereunder.

                  SECTION 7.3 Individual  Rights of Trustee.  The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may, subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11,  become
the owner or pledgee of Notes and may


<PAGE>
                                      -40-


otherwise  deal with the Company,  the  Guarantor,  its  Subsidiaries,  or their
respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
However,  in the event that the Trustee  acquires any conflicting  interest,  as
defined by Section 310(b) of the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict  within 90
days,  apply to the SEC for  permission  to continue  as trustee or resign.  Any
Agent may do the same with like rights.

                  SECTION 7.4 Trustee's  Disclaimer.  The Trustee and the Agents
shall not be  responsible  for and make no  representation  as to the  validity,
effectiveness  or  adequacy  of this  Indenture  or the  Notes;  it shall not be
accountable  for the  Company's  use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money
paid to the Company or upon the Company's  direction under any provision hereof,
it shall not be responsible  for the use or application of any money received by
any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and it shall not be responsible  for any
statement  or recital  herein of the  Company  or the  Guarantor,  the  Offering
Memorandum or any other document  issued in connection with the sale of Notes or
any   statement  in  the  Notes  other  than  the   Trustee's   certificate   of
authentication.

                  SECTION 7.5 Notice of Default. (a) If a Default or an Event of
Default with respect to a particular  tranche of Notes occurs and is  continuing
and the Trustee  receives actual notice of such event, the Trustee shall mail to
each Holder of Notes of such tranche, as their names and addresses appear on the
list of Holders described in Section 2.5, notice of the uncured Default or Event
of Default within 90 days after the Trustee receives such notice.  Except in the
case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal,  premium, if any,
interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note of a particular tranche, the
Trustee  may  withhold  the  notice if and so long as a  committee  of its Trust
Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest
of the Holders of Notes of such tranche, and provided, further, that in the case
of any default of the  character  specified in Section  6.1(c) no such notice to
Holders shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof.  For
the purpose of this  Section,  the term  "default"  means any event which is, or
after  notice or lapse of time or both would  become,  an Event of Default  with
respect to the Notes.

                  SECTION  7.6 Report by Trustee to  Holders.  This  Section 7.6
shall not be  operative  as a part of this  Indenture  until this  Indenture  is
qualified under the TIA, and, until such qualification,  this Indenture shall be
construed as if this Section 7.6 were not contained herein.

                  Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning  with May 15, 1999,
the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA Section
313(a) occurred within the previous  twelve months,  but not otherwise,  mail to
each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that  complies with TIA Section



<PAGE>
                                      -41-


313(a).  The Trustee  also shall  comply with TIA  Sections  313(b),  313(c) and
313(d).

                  A copy of each  report at the time of its  mailing  to Holders
shall be mailed to the Company and the Guarantor and filed with the SEC and each
securities  exchange,  if any,  on which the Notes of a  particular  tranche are
listed.

                  The Company shall promptly  notify the Trustee if the Notes of
a  particular  tranche  become  listed  on  any  securities  exchange  or of any
delisting thereof.

                  SECTION 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity.  The Company shall pay
to the  Trustee  from  time to time such  compensation  as the  Company  and the
Trustee  shall  from time to time agree in writing  for its  acceptance  of this
Indenture and services  hereunder.  The  Trustee's and the Agents'  compensation
shall not be  limited  by any law on  compensation  of a trustee  of an  express
trust.  The Company shall  reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable
disbursements,  expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel)  incurred  or made by it in  addition  to the  compensation  for  their
services,  except  any  such  disbursements,  expenses  and  advances  as may be
attributable  to the  Trustee's  or any Agent's  negligence  or bad faith.  Such
expenses shall include the reasonable  compensation,  disbursements and expenses
of the Trustee's and Agents'  accountants,  experts and counsel and any taxes or
other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

                  The  Company  shall  indemnify  each  of  the  Trustees,   any
predecessor Trustee and the Agents for, and hold them harmless against,  any and
all loss, damage,  claim, expense or liability including taxes (other than taxes
based on the income of the Trustee)  incurred by the Trustee or an Agent without
negligence,  willful  misconduct  or bad  faith on its part in  connection  with
acceptance of  administration of this trust and its duties under this Indenture,
including the reasonable  expenses and attorneys' fees and expenses of defending
itself  against any claim of liability  arising  hereunder.  The Trustee and the
Agents  shall  notify the  Company  promptly of any claim  asserted  against the
Trustee or such Agent for which it may seek indemnity.  However,  the failure by
the Trustee or the Agent to so notify the Company  shall not relieve the Company
of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee
or such Agent shall cooperate in the defense (and may employ its own counsel) at
the Company's  expense.  The Trustee or such Agent may have separate counsel and
the Company  shall pay the  reasonable  fees and expenses of such  counsel.  The
Company need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent,  which
consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  The Company need not reimburse any
expense or indemnify  against any loss or  liability  incurred by the Trustee or
such Agent as a result of the violation of this Indenture by the Trustee or such
Agent if such violation  arose from the Trustee's or such Agent's  negligence or
bad faith.


<PAGE>
                                      -42-


                  To secure the Company's  payment  obligations  in this Section
7.7,  the  Trustee  and the Agents  shall have a senior  lien prior to the Notes
against all money or property  held or  collected by the Trustee and the Agents,
in its capacitY as Trustee or Agent,  except money or property  held in trust to
pay  principal,  premium,  if any,  interest or Additional  Amounts,  if any, on
particular Notes.

                  When  the  Trustee  or an Agent  incurs  expenses  or  renders
services  after an Event of Default  specified in Section  6.1(e) or (f) occurs,
the  expenses  (including  the  reasonable  fees and  expenses of its agents and
counsel)  and the  compensation  for the services  shall be  preferred  over the
status of the Holders in a proceeding  under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended
to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. The Company's
obligations under this Section 7.7 and any claim or lien arising hereunder shall
survive the resignation or removal of any Trustee or Agent, the discharge of the
Company's  obligations pursuant to Article VIII and any rejection or termination
under any Bankruptcy Law.

                  SECTION 7.8 Replacement of Trustee.  The Trustee may resign as
Trustee on behalf of the Holders of Notes of a particular tranche at any time by
so notifying the Company and the Guarantor in writing. The Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a particular  tranche may remove
the  Trustee as  Trustee  on behalf of  Holders  of Notes of such  tranche by so
notifying the Company,  the Guarantor and the Trustee in writing and may appoint
a  successor  trustee  with  the  Company's  and  the  Guarantor's   consent.  A
resignation  or removal of the Trustee and  appointment  of a successor  Trustee
shall  become  effective  only  upon  the  successor  Trustee's   acceptance  of
appointment as provided in this section. The Company or the Guarantor may remove
the Trustee if:

                  (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

                  (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an  insolvent or an
order for relief is entered  with  respect to the Trustee  under any  Bankruptcy
Law;

                  (iii) a receiver or other public  officer  takes charge of the
Trustee or its property; or

                  (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee for any reason,  the Company  shall  notify each Holder of
such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after
the  successor  Trustee  takes  office,  the Holders of a majority in  principal
amount of the then  outstanding  Notes of a  particular  tranche  may,  with the
Company's consent,  appoint a successor Trustee to replace the 


<PAGE>
                                      -43-


successor  Trustee  appointed  by the  Company  to serve as Trustee on behalf of
Holders of Notes of such tranche.

                  Every successor  Trustee  appointed  hereunder with respect to
the Notes of a particular tranche shall execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the
Company,  the Guarantor and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment  and thereupon the  resignation  or removal of the retiring  Trustee
shall become effective and such successor  Trustee without any further act, deed
or  conveyance,  shall  become  vested with all the rights,  powers,  trusts and
duties of the retiring Trustee; but on the request of the Company, the Guarantor
or the successor  Trustee,  such  retiring  Trustee  shall,  upon payment of its
charges,  execute  and  deliver an  instrument  transferring  to such  successor
Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly
assign,  transfer and deliver to such  successor  Trustee all property and money
held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

                  Upon request of any such successor Trustee,  the Company shall
execute  any and all  instruments  for more fully and  certainly  vesting in and
confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred
to in the immediately preceding paragraph of this Section, as the case may be.

                  If a successor  Trustee  does not take  office  within 30 days
after the retiring  Trustee  resigns or is removed,  the retiring  Trustee,  the
Company, the Guarantor or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the
then  outstanding  Notes of a  particular  tranche  may  petition  any  court of
competent  jurisdiction  for the appointment of a successor  Trustee to serve as
Trustee on behalf of Holders of Notes of such tranche.

                  If the  Trustee  after  written  request by any Holder who has
been a Holder for at least six months  fails to comply with Section  7.10,  such
Holder may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the removal of the
Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  Notwithstanding  replacement  of the Trustee  pursuant to this
Section 7.8, the Company's  obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

                  SECTION 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger,  Etc. Any corporation
into  which  the  Trustee  may be merged or  converted  or with  which it may be
consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any  merger,  conversion  or
consolidation  to  which  such  Trustee  shall be a  party,  or any  corporation
succeeding to all or  substantially  all of the corporate trust business of such
Trustee,  shall  be the  successor  of such  Trustee  hereunder,  provided  such
corporation  shall be  otherwise  qualified  and  eligible  under this  Article,
without the  execution  or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated,  but
not


<PAGE>
                                      -44-


delivered,  by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, any successor by merger,
conversion or consolidation  to such  authenticating  Trustee,  or any successor
Authenticating  Agent,  as the case may be,  may adopt such  authentication  and
deliver the Notes so  authenticated  with the same  effect as if such  successor
Trustee or successor Authenticating Agent had itself authenticated such Notes.

                  SECTION 7.10  Eligibility;  Disqualification;  Corporate Trust
Required;  Conflicting  Interest.  The Trustee for the Notes shall be subject to
the provisions of Section 310(b) of the TIA (as if this Indenture were qualified
thereunder)  during the period of time required  thereby.  Nothing  herein shall
prevent the Trustee from filing with the SEC the application  referred to in the
penultimate  paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA. In determining  whether the
Trustee has a conflicting  interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the TIA with
respect  to a  tranche  of Notes,  there  shall be  excluded  Notes of the other
tranche of Notes.

                  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflict of interest
under Section 310(b) of the TIA with respect to any other indenture entered into
with the Company or the  Guarantor,  provided  that the Notes  issued under this
Indenture are wholly unsecured and any other indenture and the securities issued
thereunder are wholly unsecured and rank equally with the Notes.

                  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be
(i) a  corporation  organized  and doing  business  under the laws of the United
States of America,  any state thereof,  or the District of Columbia,  authorized
under such laws to exercise  corporate trust powers,  and subject to supervision
or  examination  by Federal or State  authority,  or (ii) a corporation or other
Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign  government that
is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule, regulation, or other order of
the SEC,  authorized  under such laws to exercise  corporate  trust powers,  and
subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or
a political  subdivision  thereof  substantially  equivalent to  supervision  or
examination  applicable  to United States  institutional  trustees,  having,  in
either case,  a combined  capital and surplus of at least  $10,000,000.  If such
corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or
to requirements of the aforesaid  supervising or examining  authority,  then for
the  purposes  of  this  Section,  the  combined  capital  and  surplus  of such
corporation  shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth
in its most recent report of condition so published.  The Company, the Guarantor
or any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common
control  with the  Company or the  Guarantor  shall not serve as Trustee for the
Notes.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the  provisions of this Section,  it shall resign  immediately in the manner and
with the effect hereunder specified in this Article.


<PAGE>
                                      -45-


                  SECTION  7.11   Preferential   Collection  of  Claims  Against
Company.  The Trustee,  in its capacity as Trustee hereunder,  shall comply with
TIA Section 311(a),  excluding any creditor  relationship  listed in TIA Section
311(b).  A Trustee  who has  resigned  or been  removed  shall be subject to TIA
Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

                  SECTION 7.12  Authenticating  Agents.  From time to time,  the
Trustee may, subject to its sole discretion,  appoint one or more Authenticating
Agents with respect to the Notes of a particular tranche,  which may include any
director or officer of the Company, the Guarantor or any Affiliate with power to
act  in  the  name  of  the  Trustee  and  subject  to  its  discretion  in  the
authentication  and  delivery of the Notes of such  tranche in  connection  with
registrations  of transfers  and exchanges  under  Sections 2.6, 2.7, and 3.7 as
fully to all intents and purposes as though such  Authenticating  Agent had been
expressly  authorized by those  Sections of this Indenture to  authenticate  and
deliver such Notes.  For all purposes of this Indenture the  authentication  and
delivery  of such Notes by an  Authentication  Agent for such Notes  pursuant to
this Section shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes "by
the Trustee" for the Notes of such series. Any such  Authenticating  Agent shall
at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the
United States or of any State thereof,  or the District of Columbia,  authorized
under  such laws to  exercise  corporate  trust  powers,  and,  if other than an
Affiliate  of the  Trustee,  having a combined  capital  and surplus of at least
$10,000,000,  and subject to supervision or  examination by Federal,  State,  or
District  of  Columbia  authority.  If such  corporation  publishes  reports  of
condition  at  least  annually  pursuant  to  law or the  requirements  of  such
supervising  or examining  authority,  then for the purposes of this Section the
combined  capital  and  surplus  of such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible
in accordance  with the provisions of this Section,  such  Authenticating  Agent
shall  resign  immediately  in the manner and with the effect  specified in this
Section.

                  Any  Authenticating  Agent  may  resign  at any time by giving
written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may
at any time  terminate the  appointment  of any  Authenticating  Agent by giving
written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company in
the  manner  set  forth  in  Section  12.2.  Upon  receiving  such a  notice  of
resignation  or  upon  such  a   termination,   or  in  case  at  any  time  any
Authenticating  Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee
may appoint a successor  Authenticating Agent, shall give written notice of such
appointment to the Company and shall give written notice of such  appointment to
all  Holders of Notes of such  tranche in the manner set forth in Section  12.3.
Any successor Authenticating Agent 


<PAGE>
                                      -46-


upon acceptance of his appointment  hereunder,  shall become vested with all the
rights, powers and duties of his predecessor  hereunder,  with like effect as if
originally named as an Authenticating  Agent. No successor  Authenticating Agent
shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

                  The  Company  agrees to pay to any  corporation  that has been
appointed as Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable  compensation for
such services.

                  If an  appointment  with  respect to the Notes of a particular
tranche is made  pursuant to this  Section,  the Notes of such  tranche may have
endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee's  certification of authentication,
an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:

                  "This is one of the Notes designated  therein described in the
within-mentioned Indenture.

                                            [-----------------------],
                                              as Trustee


                                            By:_________________________________
                                               As Authenticating Agent


                                            By:________________________________"




                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

                  SECTION  8.1 Option To Effect  Legal  Defeasance  or  Covenant
Defeasance. The Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, may, at the option
of its Board of Directors  evidenced  by a resolution  set forth in an Officers'
Certificate,  at any time,  with respect to the Notes of a  particular  tranche,
elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 be applied to all  outstanding  Notes of
such tranche upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article
VIII.

                  SECTION 8.2 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company's
or the Guarantor's  exercise under Section 8.1 of the option  applicable to this
Section 8.2, the Company or the  Guarantor,  as the case may be, shall be deemed
to have been  discharged  from its  obligations  with respect to all outstanding
Notes of a  particular  tranche or  Guarantees  with  respect to such tranche of
Notes,  as the case may be,  on the date the  conditions  set  forth  below  are
satisfied  (hereinafter,  "Legal  Defeasance").  For this  purpose,  such  Legal
Defeasance means that the Company


<PAGE>
                                      -47-


shall be deemed to have paid and discharged all the obligations  relating to the
outstanding  Notes of such  tranche  or the  Guarantor  shall be  deemed to have
discharged all the  obligations  relating to the Guarantees with respect to such
tranche of Notes, and such Notes and Guarantees, as applicable, shall thereafter
be deemed to be "outstanding"  only for the purposes of Section 8.6, Section 8.8
and the other  Sections  of this  Indenture  referred  to in clauses (a) and (d)
below,  and to have satisfied all of their other  respective  obligations  under
such Notes or Guarantees and this  Indenture and cured all then existing  Events
of Default with respect to such tranche of Notes (and the Trustee,  on demand of
and at the expense of the Company or the  Guarantor,  as the case may be,  shall
execute proper  instruments  acknowledging  the same),  except for the following
which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the
rights of holders of  outstanding  Notes of such  tranche  and  Guarantees  with
respect  to such  tranche  of  Notes  to  receive  payments  in  respect  of the
principal, premium, if any and interest on such Notes when such payments are due
or on the  Redemption  Date  solely out of the trust  created  pursuant  to this
Indenture,  (b) the right of holders  of  outstanding  Notes of such  tranche to
receive  payments in respect of Additional  Amounts,  if any, on such Notes when
such payments are due or on the Redemption Date; (c) the rights, powers, trusts,
duties  and  immunities  of the  Trustee,  and  the  Company's  and  Guarantor's
obligations  in  connection  therewith;  and  (d)  this  Article  VIII  and  the
obligations set forth in Section 8.6 hereof.

                  Subject to compliance  with this Article VIII,  the Company or
the Guarantor may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the
prior  exercise of its option  under  Section 8.3 with respect to the Notes of a
particular  tranche or the Guarantee  with respect to such tranche of Notes,  as
applicable.

                  SECTION 8.3  Covenant  Defeasance.  Upon the  Company's or the
Guarantor's  exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section
8.3, the Company or the  Guarantor,  as the case may be, shall be released  from
any  obligations  under the  covenants  contained  in Sections  4.3, 4.4 and 4.6
hereof  with  respect  to the  outstanding  Notes  of a  particular  tranche  or
Guarantees  with  respect to such  tranche of Notes,  as the case may be, on and
after the date the  conditions  set  forth  below  are  satisfied  (hereinafter,
"Covenant  Defeasance"),  and the  Notes of such  tranche  and  Guarantees  with
respect to such tranche of Notes, as applicable,  shall thereafter be deemed not
"outstanding" for the purposes of any direction,  waiver, consent or declaration
or act of Holders (and the  consequences of any thereof) in connection with such
covenants,  but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes
hereunder  (it being  understood  that such  Notes and  Guarantees  shall not be
deemed  outstanding for accounting  purposes).  For this purpose,  such Covenant
Defeasance  means that,  with respect to the  outstanding  Notes of a particular
tranche and Guarantees with


<PAGE>
                                      -48-


respect  to  the  Notes  of  such  tranche,   the  Company  and  the  Guarantor,
respectively,  may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of
any  term,  condition  or  limitation  set forth in any such  covenant,  whether
directly or indirectly,  by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such
covenant  or by  reason  of any  reference  in any such  covenant  to any  other
provision  herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not
constitute  a Default  or Event of  Default  with  respect  to the Notes of such
tranche under Section 6.1(c), nor shall any event referred to in Sections 6.1(d)
thereafter constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes of
such tranche,  but, except as specified  above,  the remainder of this Indenture
and such Notes and Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby.

                  SECTION 8.4  Conditions to Legal or Covenant  Defeasance.  The
following  shall be the  conditions to the  application of either Section 8.2 or
Section 8.3 to the outstanding Notes of a particular tranche and Guarantees with
respect to the Notes of such tranche:

                      (i) in the case of Legal Defeasance,  either (A) all Notes
         of such  tranche  theretofore  authenticated  and  delivered  under the
         Indenture must have been delivered to the Trustee for  cancellation  or
         (B) the Company or the Guarantor,  as the case may be, must irrevocably
         deposit,  or cause to be irrevocably  deposited,  with the Trustee,  in
         trust,  for the  benefit of the  Holders of the Notes of such  tranche,
         cash  in  U.S.  dollars,   non-callable   Government  Securities  or  a
         combination  thereof in such amounts  (and,  in the case of  Government
         Securities,  together  with the  predetermined  and  certain  income to
         accrue thereon,  without  consideration of any reinvestment thereof) as
         will  be  sufficient,  as  evidenced  by a  Certificate  of a  Firm  of
         Independent  Public  Accountants  delivered  to the  Trustee to pay the
         principal,  premium,  if any, interest and Additional  Amounts, if any,
         due on the  outstanding  Notes of such  tranche on the stated  maturity
         date or on the applicable  Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such
         principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on
         the outstanding Notes of such tranche;

                     (ii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company or the
         Guarantor, as the case may be, must irrevocably deposit, or cause to be
         irrevocably  deposited,  with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
         the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
         Securities or a  combination  thereof in such amounts (and, in the case
         of Government  Securities,  together with the predetermined and certain
         income to accrue thereon,  without  consideration  of any  reinvestment
         thereof) as will be sufficient, as evidenced by a Certificate of a Firm
         of Independent Public  Accountants  delivered to the Trustee to pay the
         principal,  premium,  if any, interest and Additional  Amounts, if any,



<PAGE>
                                      -49-


         due on the  outstanding  Notes of such  tranche on the stated  maturity
         date or on the applicable  Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such
         principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on
         the outstanding Notes of such tranche;

                    (iii) in the case of Legal  Defeasance,  the  Company or the
         Guarantor,  as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee (A)
         an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the
         Trustee   confirming  that,   subject  to  customary   assumptions  and
         exclusions,  (1) the  Company  has  received  from,  or there  has been
         published by, the U.S.  Internal  Revenue Service a ruling or (2) since
         the  Issuance  Date,  there  has been a change in the  applicable  U.S.
         federal  income tax law, in either case to the effect  that,  and based
         thereon  such  opinion of counsel in the United  States  shall  confirm
         that, subject to customary  assumptions and exclusions,  the Holders of
         the outstanding Notes of such tranche will not recognize  income,  gain
         or loss for U.S.  federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal
         Defeasance  and will be subject to U.S.  federal income tax on the same
         amounts,  in the same  manner  and at the same times as would have been
         the case if such Legal  Defeasance  had not occurred and (B) an Opinion
         of Counsel in the United Kingdom  reasonably  acceptable to the Trustee
         to the effect that  Holders of the  outstanding  Notes of such  tranche
         will not recognize  income,  gain or loss for United Kingdom income tax
         purposes  as a result of such Legal  Defeasance  and will be subject to
         United Kingdom  income tax on the same amounts,  in the same manner and
         at the same time as would have been the case if such  Legal  Defeasance
         had not occurred;

                     (iv) in the case of Covenant Defeasance,  the Company shall
         have  delivered  to the Trustee (A) an Opinion of Counsel in the United
         States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to
         customary  assumptions and  exclusions,  the Holders of the outstanding
         Notes of such tranche will not recognize income,  gain or loss for U.S.
         federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
         will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
         at the  same  times  as  would  have  been  the  case if such  Covenant
         Defeasance had not occurred and (B) an Opinion of Counsel in the United
         Kingdom reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that Holders
         of the  outstanding  Notes of such tranche will not  recognize  income,
         gain or loss for United Kingdom income tax purposes as a result of such
         Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to United Kingdom income tax on
         the same  amount in the same manner and at the same times as would have
         been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

                      (v) such Covenant  Defeasance shall not result in a breach
         or violation of, or  constitute a default under any 


<PAGE>
                                      -50-


         material  agreement or instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor
         is a party or by which the Company or the Guarantor is bound;

                     (vi) in the case of Legal  Defeasance,  91 days  shall have
         passed during which no Event of Default under Section  6.1(e) or 6.1(f)
         has occurred;

                    (vii)  the  Company  or the  Guarantor,  as the case may be,
         shall have  delivered to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  stating
         that the deposit was not made by the Company or the  Guarantor,  as the
         case may be,  with the  intent of  defeating,  hindering,  delaying  or
         defrauding any creditors of the Company or the  Guarantor,  as the case
         may be, or others;

                   (viii)  the  Company  or the  Guarantor,  as the case may be,
         shall have  delivered  to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  and an
         Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 12.4; and

                     (ix) if the Notes of such  tranche  are then  listed on any
         securities exchange, the Company or the Guarantor,  as the case may be,
         has  delivered  to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
         such deposit and defeasance will not cause such Notes to be delisted.

                  SECTION 8.5  Satisfaction  and  Discharge of  Indenture.  This
Indenture will be discharged  with respect of the Notes of a particular  tranche
and will cease to be of further  effect as to all Notes of such  tranche  issued
thereunder  and all  obligations  of the Guarantor  with respect to the Notes of
such  tranche,  including  the  Guarantees  with  respect  to the  Notes of such
tranche, when either (a) all such Notes theretofore  authenticated and delivered
(except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes of such tranche which have been replaced
or paid and Notes of such tranche for whose payment money has  theretofore  been
deposited in trust and thereafter  repaid to the Company) have been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation; or (b)(i) all such Notes not theretofore delivered
to the  Trustee  for  cancellation  have become due and payable by reason of the
mailing of a notice of  redemption  or  otherwise or will become due and payable
within one year and the Company or the  Guarantor has  irrevocably  deposited or
caused to be  deposited  with the  Trustee as trust  funds in trust an amount of
money in U.S.  dollars  or  Government  Securities  or any  combination  thereof
sufficient  to pay and  discharge  the  entire  indebtedness  on such  Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if
any, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional  Amounts, if any, to the date of
maturity  or  redemption;  (ii) no  Default  with  respect  to the Notes of such
tranche shall have  occurred  within 91 days of such deposit or shall occur as a
result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation
of, or constitute a default under,  any other instrument to which the Company or
the  Guarantor  is a party or by which it is  bound;  (iii) the  Company  or the
Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid


<PAGE>
                                      -51-


all sums  payable  by it with  respect to the Notes of such  tranche  under this
Indenture;  and (iv) the  Company or the  Guarantor  has  delivered  irrevocable
instructions  to the Trustee under this  Indenture to apply the deposited  money
toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case
may be. In addition,  with respect to clause (b) of the preceding sentence,  the
Company or the  Guarantor  shall have (i) delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the Holders of Notes will not recognize income,  gain
or loss for United States  federal  income tax purposes or United Kingdom income
tax purposes as a result of such deposit,  defeasance  and discharge and will be
subject to federal  income tax on the same  amount and in the same manner and at
the same  times as would  have  been the case if such  deposit,  defeasance  and
discharge had not occurred; (ii) if such Notes are then listed on any securities
exchange, delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
deposit,  defeasance and discharge will not cause such Notes to be delisted; and
(iii)  delivered  to the  Trustee  an  Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of
Counsel, complying with Section 12.4.

                  SECTION 8.6 Survival of Certain  Obligations.  Notwithstanding
the  satisfaction  and discharge of this  Indenture with respect to a particular
tranche of Notes and of the Notes of such tranche and Guarantees with respect to
the Notes of such tranche  referred to in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5, the
respective  obligations  of the Company,  the  Guarantor  and the Trustee  under
Sections  2.6, 2.7, 4.2, 7.7, 7.8 and 7.10 shall survive until the Notes of such
tranche and related Guarantees are no longer  outstanding.  Nothing contained in
this Article VIII shall abrogate any of the obligations or duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture.

                  SECTION 8.7 Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee. Subject to
Section  8.10,  after  (i)  the  conditions  of  Section  8.4 or 8.5  have  been
satisfied,  (ii) the Company or the  Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all
other sums  payable  hereunder  by the  Company or the  Guarantor  and (iii) the
Company and the Guarantor have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel,  each stating that all conditions  precedent referred
to in clause  (i) above  relating  to the  satisfaction  and  discharge  of this
Indenture with respect to a particular tranche of Notes have been complied with,
the Trustee upon written  request shall  acknowledge in writing the discharge of
all of the  Guarantor's  obligations  under this  Indenture  with respect to the
Notes of such tranche and all of the Company's  obligations under this Indenture
with respect to the Notes of such tranche except for those surviving obligations
specified in this Article VIII.

                  SECTION  8.8  Application  of Trust  Moneys.  All cash in U.S.
dollars and Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section
8.4 or 8.5 in  respect  of Notes of a  particular  tranche  or  Guarantees  with
respect to the Notes of such  tranche  shall be held in trust and applied by the
Trustee,


<PAGE>
                                      -52-


in accordance with the provisions of such Notes,  Guarantees and this Indenture,
to the  payment,  either  directly or through any Paying  Agent  (including  the
Company  acting as its own Paying  Agent) as the Trustee may  determine,  to the
Holders of such Notes,  of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal,
premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any but such money need not
be segregated  from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Holder
of any Note  replaced  pursuant to Section 2.7 shall not be entitled to any such
payment  and shall look only to the  Company or the  Guarantor  for any  payment
which  such  Holder  may  be  entitled  to  collect.   In  connection  with  the
satisfaction  and  discharge  of this  Indenture  or the  defeasance  of certain
obligations  under this  Indenture,  the  Company  may direct the Trustee to (i)
invest any money received by the Trustee on the Government  Securities deposited
in trust in  additional  Government  Securities,  and (ii) deliver or pay to the
Company  from  time to time  upon  the  request  of the  Company  any  money  or
Government Securities held by it, which, as evidenced by a Certificate of a Firm
of  Independent  Public  Accountants,  are in excess of the amount thereof which
would then have been  required  to be  deposited  for the purpose for which such
money or Government Securities were deposited or received.

                  The Company shall pay and  indemnify  the Trustee  against any
tax,  fee  or  other  charge  imposed  on or  assessed  against  the  Government
Securities  deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 or the principal,  premium,
if any,  interest and Additional  Amounts,  if any,  received in respect thereof
other than any such tax,  fee or other charge which by law is for the account of
the Holders of outstanding Notes.

                  SECTION 8.9  Repayment to the Company;  Unclaimed  Money.  The
Trustee and any Paying  Agent shall  promptly  pay or return to the Company upon
Company  Order,  as the case may be, any cash or Government  Securities  held by
them at any  time  that  are not  required  for the  payment  of the  principal,
premium,  if any, interest and any Additional  Amounts, if any, on the Notes for
which cash or Government  Securities have been deposited pursuant to Section 8.4
or 8.5.

                  SECTION 8.10 Reinstatement.  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is
unable to apply any cash or Government  Securities  in  accordance  with Section
8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order
or judgment of any court or  governmental  authority  enjoining,  restraining or
otherwise  prohibiting such  application,  the Company's  obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes and the  Guarantor's  obligations  under this  Indenture
shall be revived and  reinstated  as though no deposit had occurred  pursuant to
Section  8.2,  8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such cash or Government  Securities  in  accordance  with
Section 8.2,  8.3,  8.4 or 8.5;  provided,  however,  that if the Company or the
Guarantor has made any payment of principal,  premium,  if any,  interest or any
Additional Amounts,


<PAGE>
                                      -53-


if any,  on any Notes  because  of the  reinstatement  of its  obligations,  the
Company and the  Guarantor  shall be  subrogated to the rights of the Holders of
such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government  Securities held
by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                       AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

                  SECTION  9.1  Without  Consent of  Holders  of Notes.  Without
notice to or the consent of any  Holders,  the Company and the  Guarantor,  when
each is authorized by a Board  Resolution,and the Trustee,  at any time and from
time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form
satisfactory to such Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

                  (i) to evidence the succession of another corporation or other
         Person to the Company or the Guarantor,  and the assumption by any such
         successor of the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case
         may be, herein and in the Notes;

                  (ii) to add to the covenants of the Company or the  Guarantor,
         for the benefit of the  Holders of Notes of a  particular  tranche,  to
         convey,  transfer,  assign,  mortgage or pledge any property to or with
         the Trustee or otherwise secure the Notes of a particular tranche or to
         surrender any right or power herein  conferred  upon the Company or the
         Guarantor;

                  (iii) to add any additional  Events of Default with respect to
         the Notes;

                  (iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment
         hereunder of a Trustee other than First Chicago,  as Trustee and to add
         to or  change  any of the  provisions  of this  Indenture  as  shall be
         necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts
         hereunder;

                  (v) to evidence and provide for the  acceptance of appointment
         hereunder  by a  successor  Trustee  with  respect  to the  Notes  of a
         particular  tranche  and to add to or change any of the  provisions  of
         this  Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate  the
         administration of the trust hereunder;

                  (vi) to add to the conditions, limitations and restrictions on
         the authorized amount, form, terms or purposes of issue, authentication
         and  delivery  of  Notes,  as  herein  set  forth,   other  conditions,
         limitations and restrictions thereafter to be observed;


<PAGE>
                                      -54-


                  (vii) to add to or change or eliminate any  provisions of this
         Indenture as shall be necessary  or  desirable in  accordance  with any
         amendments to the TIA;

                  (viii)   to  cure   any   ambiguity,   omission,   defect   or
         inconsistency;

                  (ix) to make any  other  amendment,  modification,  change  or
         supplement to this  Indenture or the Notes of any tranche that does not
         materially  adversely  affect  the rights of any Holder of any Notes of
         that tranche;

                  (x) to make any  change  that  would  provide  any  additional
         rights  or  benefits  to the  Holders  of the  Notes  or that  does not
         adversely  affect the legal  rights  under this  Indenture  of any such
         Holder; and

                  (xi) to  surrender  any  right  or  power  conferred  upon the
         Company or the Guarantor.

         The Trustee may waive  compliance by the Company or the Guarantor  with
any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any
Holder of any Notes if such  waiver  does not  materially  adversely  affect the
rights of any Holder of any Notes.

                  SECTION 9.2 With Consent of Holders of Notes. The Company, the
Guarantor and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental
hereto for the purpose of amending or  supplementing  any of the  provisions  of
this Indenture,  to the extent applicable to the Notes of a particular  tranche,
or the Notes of a particular  tranche or Guarantees  of a particular  tranche of
Notes, without notice to any Holder, but with the written consent of the Holders
of a majority in  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes of such tranche then
outstanding.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such
tranche  affected may waive  compliance by the Company or the Guarantor with any
provision  of this  Indenture  or the Notes of such tranche or Guarantee of such
tranche  without  notice  to any  Holder,  in each  case by act of said  Holders
delivered to the Company the  Guarantor  and the Trustee.  No such  supplemental
indenture  shall,  without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note of
such tranche affected thereby:

                  (i)  change  the  Maturity  Date of the  principal  of, or any
         installment  of principal of or interest on, any Note of such  tranche,
         or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon,
         if any, or any premium payable upon the redemption  thereof,  or change
         any  obligation  of the  Company  or the  Guarantor  to pay  Additional
         Amounts,  if any,  (except as  contemplated by Sections 5.1 and 5.2 and
         permitted  by  Section  9.1(i))  or change  the Place of Payment or the
         currency in which any Note of such tranche or the  interest  thereon is
         payable;


<PAGE>
                                      -55-


                  (ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Notes of
         such  tranche,  the consent of whose  Holders is required  for any such
         supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for
         any waiver (of compliance with certain  provisions of this Indenture or
         certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this
         Indenture;

                  (iii) modify any of the provisions of this Section,  except to
         increase  any  such   percentage  or  to  provide  that  certain  other
         provisions of this  Indenture  cannot be modified or waived without the
         consent of the Holder of each Note of such  tranche  affected  thereby;
         provided,  however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the
         consent of any Holder of a Note of such tranche with respect to changes
         in the  references  to "the  Trustee" and  concomitant  changes in this
         Section,  or the  deletion  of this  proviso,  in  accordance  with the
         requirements of Sections 7.8, 7.10, 9.1(iv) and 9.1(v); and

                  (iv) amend the terms of the Notes of such  tranche  (including
         the  Guarantees)  or this  Indenture  in a way that would result in the
         loss of an exemption from any taxes or an exemption from any obligation
         to withhold or deduct taxes unless the Company and the Guarantor  agree
         to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof.

                  After an  amendment,  supplement  or waiver under this Section
becomes  effective,  the Company or the  Guarantor  shall mail to the Holders of
Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment,  supplement or
waiver.  Any failure of the Company or the Guarantor to mail such notice, or any
defect therein,  shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of
any such amendment or supplemental indenture or waiver.

                  SECTION 9.3  Compliance  with TIA. From the date on which this
Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every  amendment,  waiver or supplement of
this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

                  SECTION  9.4  Revocation  and  Effect  of  Consents.  Until an
amendment,  supplement or waiver becomes effective,  a consent to it by a Holder
of a Note is a continuing  consent by the Holder of a Note and every  subsequent
Holder  of a Note or  portion  of a Note  that  evidences  the same  debt as the
consenting  Holder's  Note,  even if  notation of the consent is not made on any
Note.  However,  any such  Holder of a Note or  subsequent  Holder of a Note may
revoke the  consent as to its Note if the  Trustee  receives  written  notice of
revocation  before  the  date  the  waiver,   supplement  or  amendment  becomes
effective.  An amendment,  supplement or waiver becomes  effective in accordance
with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a Note.


<PAGE>
                                      -56-


                  The  Company  may fix a  record  date  for  determining  which
Holders of the Notes must consent to such  amendment,  supplement or waiver.  If
the Company fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later
of 30 days prior to the first  solicitation  of such  consent or the date of the
most recent  list of Holders of Notes  furnished  to the  Trustee  prior to such
solicitation  pursuant  to Section  2.5 or (ii) such  other date as the  Company
shall designate.

                  SECTION 9.5 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.  The Trustee may
place an appropriate  notation  about an amendment,  supplement or waiver on any
Note  thereafter  authenticated.  The  Company  in  exchange  for all Notes of a
particular  tranche may issue and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  new Notes of
such tranche that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

                  Failure to make the  appropriate  notation or issue a new Note
of a  particular  tranche  shall not  affect  the  validity  and  effect of such
amendment, supplement or waiver.

                  SECTION 9.6 Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee shall
execute any amendment,  supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article
IX;  provided,  however,  that the Trustee may,  but shall not be obligated  to,
execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled
to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and shall be fully protected
in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers' Certificate from each of
the Company and the Guarantor  each stating that the execution of any amendment,
supplement  or waiver  authorized  pursuant to this Article IX is  authorized or
permitted  by this  Indenture  and  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and  binding
obligations of the Company and the Guarantor  enforceable in accordance with its
terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall not be an expense of the Trustee.

                  SECTION  9.7  Effect  of  Supplemental  Indentures.  Upon  the
execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall
be modified in accordance therewith and such supplemental indenture shall form a
part of this Indenture for all purposes;  and every Holder of Notes  theretofore
or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.



                                    ARTICLE X

                                   GUARANTEES

                  SECTION 10.1 Guarantees.  The Guarantor hereby unconditionally
and irrevocably  guarantees to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors
and assigns  (i)(a) the full and punctual  payment of principal  and interest on
the Notes of such Holder when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by



<PAGE>
                                      -57-


redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under
this Indenture and the Notes (including  Additional Amounts, if any) and (b) the
full and  punctual  performance  within  applicable  grace  periods of all other
obligations  of the Company  under this  Indenture and the Notes and (ii) in the
case of any  extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other  obligations,  that the same  will be  promptly  paid in full  when due or
performed in  accordance  with the terms of the extension or renewal (all of the
foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the "Guarantees").

                  The Guarantor waives  presentation to, demand of, payment from
and protest to the Company of any of the  Guarantees  and also waives  notice of
protest for  nonpayment.  The  Guarantor  waives notice of any default under the
Notes or the Guarantees.  The Guarantees  hereunder shall not be affected by (a)
the  failure  of any  Holder or the  Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to
enforce any right or remedy  against the Company or any other  Person under this
Indenture,  the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise;  (b) any extension or
renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of
any of the  terms or  provisions  of this  Indenture,  the  Notes  or any  other
agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for
the  Guarantees  or any of them;  (e) the  failure  of any  Holder or Trustee to
exercise any right or remedy  against any other  guarantor of the  Guarantees or
(f) any change in the ownership of the Guarantor.

                  The Guarantor  further  agrees that its  Guarantees  hereunder
constitute a guarantee of payment,  performance and compliance when due (and not
a guarantee of collection).

                  The  Guarantor  hereby agrees that its  obligations  hereunder
shall be as  principal  and not  merely as  surety,  and shall be  absolute  and
unconditional,  irrespective  of, and shall be  unaffected  by, any  invalidity,
irregularity or failure to enforce the provisions of any Note or this Indenture,
or any waiver,  modification,  consent or indulgence granted to the Company with
respect thereto  (unless the same shall also be provided the Guarantor),  by the
Holder of any Note or the  Trustee,  the  recovery of any  judgment  against the
Company or any action to enforce the same, or any other  circumstances which may
otherwise  constitute a legal or equitable  discharge of a surety or  guarantor;
provided  that,  notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no such waiver,  modification,
indulgence or circumstance shall, without the consent of the Guarantor, increase
the  principal  amount of a Note or the  interest  rate  thereon or increase any
premium payable upon redemption thereof.  The Guarantees shall not be subject to
any reduction,  limitation,  impairment or termination for any reason, including
any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not
be subject to any defense of setoff,  counterclaim,  recoupment  or  termination
whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the
Guarantees or otherwise.  Without 


<PAGE>
                                      -58-


limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the Guarantor  covenants  that the
Guarantees  shall not be  discharged  or impaired or  otherwise  affected by the
failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce
any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver
or modification  of any thereof,  by any default,  failure or delay,  willful or
otherwise,  in the performance of the obligations,  or by any other act or thing
or  omission  or delay to do any  other  act or thing  which may or might in any
manner  or to any  extent  vary the  risk of the  Guarantor  or would  otherwise
operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

                  The  Guarantor   further  agrees  that  the  Guarantees  shall
continue to be  effective or be  reinstated,  as the case may be, if at any time
payment,  or any part  thereof,  of  principal,  premium,  if any,  interest  or
Additional  Amounts,  if any,  on the  Tranche A Notes or the Tranche B Notes is
rescinded  or must  otherwise  be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the
bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

                  In  furtherance  of the foregoing and not in limitation of any
other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity  against the
Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal
of,  premium on, if any,  interest  on, or  Additional  Amounts,  if any, on the
Tranche A Notes or the  Tranche B Notes when and as the same shall  become  due,
whether at maturity, by acceleration,  by redemption or otherwise, or to perform
or comply  with any other  obligation  under the  Notes,  the  Guarantor  hereby
promises to and will,  upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee,  forthwith
pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal
to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such obligations  under such Notes,  (ii)
accrued and unpaid  interest on such  obligations  under such Notes (but only to
the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary  obligations with
respect to such Notes (including  Additional  Amounts, if any) of the Company to
the Holders and the Trustee.

                  The  Guarantor  will be subrogated to all rights of the Holder
against the Company in respect of any amount paid by the  Guarantor  pursuant to
the provisions of the Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not
be entitled to enforce, or to receive any payments arising out of or based upon,
such right of subrogation  until the principal of, premium on, if any,  interest
and Additional  Amounts,  if any, on such Note shall have been paid in full. The
Guarantor  further  agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders
and the Trustee,  on the other hand,  (x) the maturity of the  obligations  with
respect to the Tranche A Notes or Tranche B Notes hereby may be  accelerated  as
provided   in  Article  VI  for  the   purposes  of  the   Guarantees,   herein,
notwithstanding  any  stay,  injunction  or other  prohibition  preventing  such
acceleration in respect of the obligations  with respect to such Notes,  and (y)
in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such  obligations as provided
in Article VI, the 


<PAGE>
                                      -59-


Guarantees  (whether  or not due and  payable)  shall  forthwith  become due and
payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.

                  The  Guarantor  also  agrees  to pay  any and  all  costs  and
expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses)  incurred by the
Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.

                  SECTION 10.2  Successors and Assigns.  This Article X shall be
binding upon the Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the
benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the
event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee,  the
rights and  privileges  conferred  upon that party in this  Indenture and in the
Notes  shall  automatically  extend  to and be  vested  in  such  transferee  or
assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

                  SECTION  10.3 No Waiver.  Neither a failure nor a delay on the
part of either the  Trustee or the  Holders in  exercising  any right,  power or
privilege  under this Article X shall operate as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall a
single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any
right, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and
the Holders herein  expressly  specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any
other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at
law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

                  SECTION  10.4  Modification.  No  modification,  amendment  or
waiver of any  provision of this Article X, nor the consent to any  departure by
the Guarantor  therefrom,  shall in any event be effective unless the same shall
be in writing and signed by the Trustee,  and then such waiver or consent  shall
be effective only in the specific  instance and for the purpose for which given.
No notice to or demand on the  Guarantor in any case shall entitle the Guarantor
to any  other  or  further  notice  or  demand  in the  same,  similar  or other
circumstances.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                        MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF THE NOTES

                  SECTION 11.1 Purposes of Meetings. A meeting of the Holders of
a  particular  tranche  of Notes  may be  called  at any time  from time to time
pursuant to this Article XI for any of the following purposes:

                  (1) to give any notice to the Company, the Guarantor or to the
         Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the
         waiving of any Default hereunder and 


<PAGE>
                                      -60-


         its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by
         Holders pursuant to Article VI hereof;

                  (2) to remove the  Trustee  and  appoint a  successor  trustee
         pursuant to Article VII hereof;

                  (3) to consent to the  execution of an indenture  supplemental
         hereto pursuant to Article IX hereof; or

                  (4) to take any other action  authorized  to be taken by or on
         behalf of the Holders of any specified  aggregate  principal  amount of
         the outstanding Notes of a particular tranche under any other provision
         of this Indenture or under applicable law.

                  SECTION  11.2 Place of  Meetings.  Meetings  of Holders may be
held at such place or places as the  Trustee  or, in case of its failure to act,
the Company,  the Guarantor or the Holders calling the meeting,  shall from time
to time determine.

                  SECTION 11.3 Call and Notice of Meetings.  (a) The Trustee may
at any time call a meeting  of Holders  of a  particular  tranche of Notes to be
held at such time and at such place in the  location  determined  by the Trustee
pursuant to Section 11.2  hereof.  Notice of every  meeting of Holders,  setting
forth the time and the place of such  meeting  and in  general  terms the action
proposed  to be taken  at such  meeting,  shall be  mailed  to each  Holder  and
published in the manner  contemplated by Section 12.3 hereof.  Such notice shall
be given not less than 20 days nor more than 90 days prior to the date fixed for
the meeting.

                  (b) In case at any time the Company or the  Guarantor,  as the
case  may be,  pursuant  to a Board  Resolution,  or the  Holders  of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of a particular tranche then
outstanding,  shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders,
by written request setting forth in reasonable  detail the action proposed to be
taken at the  meeting,  and the Trustee  shall not have made the first giving of
the notice of such meeting  within 20 days after receipt of such  request,  then
the Company,  the  Guarantor or the Holders in the amount  above  specified  may
determine  the time (not less than 21 days after  notice is given) and the place
in the location determined by the Company, the Guarantor or the Holders pursuant
to Section  11.2 hereof for such  meeting and may call such  meeting to take any
action authorized in Section 11.1 hereof by giving notice thereof as provided in
Section 11.3(a) hereof.

                  SECTION 11.4 Voting at Meetings. To be entitled to vote at any
meeting of Holders, a Person shall be (i) a Holder or (ii) a Person appointed in
writing  as proxy for a Holder or Holders by such  Holder or  Holders.  The only
Persons  who shall be  entitled  to be  present  or to speak at any  meeting  of
Holders shall be the Persons so entitled to vote at such meeting and


<PAGE>
                                      -61-


their  counsel,  any  representatives  of  the  Trustee  and  its  counsel,  any
representatives  of the Company and its counsel and any  representatives  of the
Guarantor and its counsel.

                  SECTION  11.5  Voting  Rights,  Conduct and  Adjournment.  (a)
Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of this  Indenture,  the Trustee may make
such reasonable  regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders
in regard to proof of the  holding of Notes of a  particular  tranche and of the
appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors
of votes,  the submission and  examination  of proxies,  certificates  and other
evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters  concerning the conduct of
the  meeting as it shall deem  appropriate.  Except as  otherwise  permitted  or
required by any such regulations,  the holding of Notes of a particular  tranche
shall be proved in the manner specified in Article II hereof and the appointment
of any  proxy  shall be proved in such  manner as is deemed  appropriate  by the
Trustee or by having the signature of the person  executing the proxy  witnessed
or guaranteed by any bank,  banker or trust  company  customarily  authorized to
certify to the holding of a security such as a Global Note.

                  (b) No action  at a  meeting  of  Holders  shall be  effective
unless approved by Persons holding or representing Notes of a particular tranche
in the aggregate  principal  amount  required by the provision of this Indenture
pursuant to which such action is being taken.

                  (c) At any meeting of  Holders,  each Holder or proxy shall be
entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding  Notes of a
particular tranche held or represented; provided, however, that no vote shall be
cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note of such tranche challenged
as  not  outstanding  and  ruled  by  the  chairman  of  the  meeting  to be not
outstanding.  The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than
by virtue of  outstanding  Note of such  tranche held by him or  instruments  in
writing  duly  designating  him as the person to vote on behalf of Holders.  Any
meeting of Holders with  respect to which a meeting was duly called  pursuant to
the  provisions of Section 11.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority
of such  Holders  present and the meeting  may be held as so  adjourned  without
further notice.

                  (d) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing,  appoint a
temporary chairman of the meeting,  unless the meeting shall have been called by
the Company,  the  Guarantor or by Holders as provided in Section 11.3, in which
case the Company,  the Guarantor or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case
may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman.  A permanent chairman
and a permanent  secretary of the meeting shall be elected by a majority vote of
the meeting.


<PAGE>
                                      -62-


                  SECTION  11.6  Revocation  of Consent by Holders.  At any time
prior to (but not  after)  the  evidencing  to the  Trustee of the taking of any
action at a meeting of Holders by the  Holders of the  percentage  in  aggregate
principal  amount  of the  Notes  of a  particular  tranche  specified  in  this
Indenture in connection  with such action,  any Holder of a Note of such tranche
the serial  number of which is included in the Notes of such tranche the Holders
of which have  consented to such action may, by filing  written  notice with the
Trustee at its  principal  corporate  trust  office and upon proof of holding as
provided  herein,  revoke such consent so far as concerns such Notes.  Except as
aforesaid  any such consent given by the Holder of any Notes shall be conclusive
and  binding  upon such  Holder and upon all future  Holders  and owners of such
Notes and of any Notes  issued in exchange  therefore,  in lieu  thereof or upon
transfer thereof,  irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto
is made upon such Notes.  Any action taken by the Holders of the  percentage  in
aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Holders  specified  in this  Indenture  in
connection with such action shall be conclusively  binding upon the Company, the
Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders of all the Notes of such tranche.

                  SECTION 11.7 No Delay of Rights by Meeting.  Nothing contained
in this  Article XI shall be deemed or  construed  to  authorize  or permit,  by
reason of any call of a meeting of Holders or any rights  expressly or impliedly
conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of
any right or rights  conferred  upon or reserved to the Trustee or to any Holder
under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes of any tranche.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION  12.1  TIA  Controls.  Except  as  otherwise  provided
herein,  if any provision hereof limits,  qualifies or conflicts with the duties
imposed by any of Sections  310 through 317,  inclusive,  of the TIA through the
operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control.

                  SECTION 12.2  Notices.  Any notice or  communication  shall be
sufficiently  given  if  in  writing  and  delivered  in  person  or  mailed  by
first-class mail addressed as follows:

         if to the Company:

                  Black & Decker Holdings Inc.
                  210 Bath Road
                  Slough, Berkshire
                  SL1 3YD England
                  Attention:  Secretary


<PAGE>
                                      -63-


         with a copy to the Guarantor;

         if to the Guarantor:

                  The Black & Decker Corporation
                  701 East Joppa Road
                  Towson, Maryland 21286
                  Attention:  Treasurer

         with a copy to:

                  Miles & Stockbridge P.C.
                  10 Light Street
                  Baltimore, Maryland 21202
                  Attention:  Glenn Campbell

                  and

                  The Black & Decker Corporation
                  701 East Joppa Road
                  Towson, Maryland 21228
                  Attention:  General Counsel

         if to the Trustee:

                  The First National Bank of Chicago
                  One First National Plaza, Suite 0126
                  Chicago, Illinois 60670-0126
                  Attention:  Corporate Trust Services Division
                  Facsimile:  312-407-1708

         with a copy to:

                  The First National Bank of Chicago
                  153 West 51st Street, 6th Floor
                  New York, New York 10019
                  Attention:  Michael Pinzon

                  For purposes of Section 4.2:

                  The First Chicago Trust Company of New York
                  14 Wall Street, 8th Floor
                  New York, New York 10005
                  Attention:  Michael Pinzon
                  Facsimile:  212-240-8938

         if to the Exchange Agent or Paying Agent:

                  The First Chicago Trust Company of New York
                  14 Wall Street, 8th Floor
                  New York, New York 10005
                  Attention:  Michael Pinzon
                  Facsimile:  212-240-8938



<PAGE>
                                      -64-


         The Company,  the  Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the others may
designate   additional  or  different   addresses  for  subsequent   notices  or
communications.  If the Trustee of any Notes is other than the Trustee initially
named in this Indenture or any successor  thereto,  any notice or  communication
shall be  sufficiently  given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by
first class mail  addressed to that  Trustee at the address  provided for in the
supplemental  indenture  executed in  connection  with the  appointment  of that
Trustee in respect of the Notes.

                  SECTION  12.3 Notice to Holders.  Any notice or  communication
mailed to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail or other equivalent means
at that Holder's address as it appears on the registration books of the Exchange
Agent and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

                  Failure to mail a notice or  communication  to a Holder or any
defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If
a notice or  communication  is mailed in the manner  provided  above, it is duly
given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

                  Notices  regarding  the Notes of a particular  tranche will be
(i) published in a leading  newspaper  having a general  circulation in New York
(which is expected to be the Wall Street Journal) (and so long as such Notes are
listed on the Luxembourg  Stock Exchange and the rules of such Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange  shall  so  require,  a  newspaper  having  a  general  circulation  in
Luxembourg  (which is expected to be the Luxemburger  Wort)) or (ii) in the case
of Definitive  Notes of a particular  tranche,  mailed to Holders by first-class
mail at their respective  addresses as they appear on the registration  books of
the  Exchange  Agent  (and,  so long as such Notes are listed on the  Luxembourg
Stock Exchange and the rules of such Stock Exchange shall so require,  published
in a newspaper having a general  circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to
be the Luxemburger Wort)).  Notices given by publication will be deemed given on
the first date on which  publication  is made and notices  given by  first-class
mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

                  SECTION 12.4 Compliance  Certificates  and Opinions.  Upon any
request or  application  by the Company or the  Guarantor to the Trustee to take
any action under this  Indenture,  the Company or the Guarantor shall furnish to
the Trustee (i) an Officers'  Certificate  stating  that,  in the opinion of the
signers,  all  conditions  precedent,  if any,  provided  for in this  Indenture
relating to the proposed  action have been  complied with and (ii) an Opinion of
Counsel  stating  that,  in the  opinion of such  counsel,  all such  conditions
precedent have been complied with.


<PAGE>
                                      -65-


                  Each  certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition  or  covenant  provided  for in this  Indenture  shall  include  (i) a
statement  that the person  making  such  certificate  or opinion  has read such
certificate or condition,  (ii) a brief  statement as to the nature and scope of
the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained
in such certificate or opinion are based, (iii) a statement that, in the opinion
of such person,  the person has made such  examination  or  investigation  as is
necessary to enable the person to express an informed opinion as to whether such
covenant or condition has been complied with, and (iv) a statement as to whether
or not, in the  opinion of such  person,  such  condition  or covenant  has been
complied with.

                  SECTION  12.5 Form of  Documents  Delivered  to  Trustee.  Any
certificate  or opinion of an officer  of the  Company or the  Guarantor  may be
based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of,
or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or  representations
with  respect to  matters  upon  which his  certificate  or opinion is based are
erroneous.

                  Any such  certificate  or  Opinion  of  Counsel  may be based,
insofar as it relates to factual  matters,  upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations  by, an officer or officers of the Company or Guarantor  stating
that the  information  with respect to such factual matters is in the possession
of the Company or Guarantor,  unless such counsel  knows,  or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or  representations
with respect to such matters are erroneous.

                  Where any Person is required  to make,  give or execute two or
more applications,  requests, consents,  certificates,  statements,  opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated
and form one instrument.

                  SECTION 12.6 Rules by Trustee,  Paying Agent,  Exchange Agent.
The Trustee,  Paying Agent or Exchange Agent may make  reasonable  rules for its
functions.

                  SECTION 12.7  Non-Business  Day. In any case where any payment
date of a Note of any  particular  tranche  shall not be a  Business  Day at any
Place of Payment with respect to Notes of that  tranche,  then  (notwithstanding
any other  provision of this  Indenture or of the Notes)  payment of  principal,
premium,  if any, interest or Additional  Amounts,  if any, with respect to such
Note need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date,  but may be made on
the next  succeeding  Business  Day at such Place of Payment with the same force
and effect as if made on the  payment  date,  provided  that no  interest  shall
accrue for the period from and after such payment date.


<PAGE>
                                      -66-


                  SECTION 12.8  Governing Law and  Submission  to  Jurisdiction.
THIS  INDENTURE,  THE GUARANTEE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND
THE GUARANTOR  AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE  JURISDICTION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL AND NEW
YORK STATE  COURTS  LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF  MANHATTAN,  CITY AND STATE OF NEW
YORK FOR PURPOSES OF ANY LEGAL ACTIONS AND  PROCEEDINGS  ARISING OUT OF OR BASED
UPON THE NOTES AND THE INDENTURE, IN THE CASE OF THE COMPANY, AND THE GUARANTEES
AND THE INDENTURE IN THE CASE OF THE GUARANTOR.

                  SECTION 12.9 No Adverse  Interpretation  of Other  Agreements.
This  Indenture  may not be used to interpret  another  indenture,  loan or debt
agreement of any of the Company,  the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.  Any
such  indenture,  loan or debt  agreement  may  not be  used to  interpret  this
Indenture.

                  SECTION  12.10   Immunity  of   Incorporators,   Stockholders,
Employees, Officers and Directors. A director, officer, employee, stockholder or
incorporator,  as such,  of the  Company  or the  Guarantor  shall  not have any
liability for any obligation of the Company or the Guarantor  under the Notes or
the  Indenture  or for any claim based on, with  respect to or by reason of such
obligations  or their  creation.  All such liability is waived and released as a
condition of, and as partial  consideration for, the execution of this Indenture
and the issue of the Notes.

                  SECTION  12.11  Successors  and  Assigns.  Except as otherwise
provided  herein,  all covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company
and the Guarantor shall bind their successors and assigns,  whether so expressed
or not.

                  SECTION 12.12  Counterpart  Originals.  All parties hereto may
sign any number of copies of this  Indenture.  Each signed  copy or  counterpart
shall be an original,  but all of them together shall represent one and the same
agreement.

                  SECTION 12.13 Severability.  In any case any provision in this
Indenture  or in the Notes  shall be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the
validity,  legality and enforceability of the remaining  provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                  SECTION  12.14 Table of Contents,  Headings,  etc. The Article
and Section  headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience  only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.

                  SECTION 12.15 Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture
or in the Notes,  expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the
parties hereto,  any Paying Agent,  any Exchange Agent or co-Exchange  Agent and
their successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.


<PAGE>
                                      -67-


                  SECTION 12.16 Language of Notices,  etc. Any request,  demand,
authorization,  direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under
this Indenture shall be in the English  language,  and any published  notice may
also be in an official language of the country or province of publication.


<PAGE>





                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Indenture  to be duly  executed,  and  their  respective  corporate  seals to be
hereunto affixed and attested as of the date first written above.



         [SEAL]                             BLACK & DECKER HOLDINGS INC.,
                                              as Issuer



Attest: /s/Norman R. Judd                   By  /s/Mark M. Rothleitner
             Director                           Name:    Mark M. Rothleitner
                                                Title:   Director



         [SEAL]                             THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION,
                                              as Guarantor



Attest: /s/Lucy A. Bosley  By                   /s/Thomas M. Schoewe
        Asst. Secretary                         Name:    Thomas M. Schoewe
                                               Title:    Senior Vice President
                                                         and Chief Financial
                                                         Officer


                                            THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                                              as Trustee



                                            By  /s/Michael Pinzon
                                                Name:    Michael Pinzon
                                                Title:   Trust Officer




                                                                   EXHIBIT 11(a)

                 THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                   (Amounts in Millions Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      For The Three Months Ended
                                             June 28, 1998                  June 29, 1997
                                         Amount      Per Share          Amount      Per Share
Basic:

<S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>             <C> 
Average shares outstanding                 94.1                           94.5
                                           ====                           ====

Net earnings                              $58.4           $.62           $45.5           $.48
                                          =====           ====           =====           ====


Diluted:

Average shares outstanding                 94.1                           94.5

Dilutive  stock  options  and stock
   issuable under employee  benefit
   plans--based   on  the  Treasury
   stock  method  using the average
   market price                             1.7                            1.6
                                           ----                           ----

Adjusted average shares outstanding
   for diluted calculation                 95.8                           96.1
                                           ====                           ====

Net earnings                              $58.4           $.61           $45.5           $.47
                                          =====           ====           =====           ====


</TABLE>





                                                                   EXHIBIT 11(b)

                 THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                   (Amounts in Millions Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      For The Six Months Ended
                                             June 28, 1998                  June 29, 1997
                                         Amount      Per Share          Amount      Per Share
Basic:

<S>                                     <C>             <C>              <C>             <C> 
Average shares outstanding                 94.6                           94.4
                                           ====                           ====

Net earnings (loss)                     $(913.0)        $(9.65)          $71.8           $.76
                                        ========        =======          =====           ====


Diluted:

Average shares outstanding                 94.6                           94.4

Dilutive  stock  options  and stock
   issuable under employee  benefit
   plans--based   on  the  Treasury
   stock  method  using the average
   market price                             1.8 (Note 1)                   1.7
                                           ----                          -----

Adjusted average shares outstanding
   for diluted calculation                 96.4                           96.1
                                           ====                           ====

Net earnings (loss)                     $(913.0)        $(9.48)          $71.8           $.75
                                        ========        =======          =====           ====


<FN>
Notes:          1.  Due to the net  loss  incurred  by the  Corporation  for the
                six-month  period ended June 28, 1998,  the assumed  exercise of
                stock options and stock issuable under employee benefit plans is
                anti-dilutive and, therefore,  is not used in the calculation of
                diluted earnings per share included in the financial statements.
                As a result,  the financial  statements reflect diluted earnings
                per share equal to basic  earnings per share for the  six-months
                ended June 28, 1998--both a loss of $9.65 per share.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 12



<TABLE>
                 THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                       (Millions of Dollars Except Ratios)


<CAPTION>
                                                                 Three Months Ended               Six  Months Ended
                                                                    June 28, 1998                    June 28, 1998
                                                                   --------------                   --------------


EARNINGS:


<S>                                                                     <C>                             <C>     
Earnings (loss) before income taxes (Note 1)                            $ 116.3                         $(881.7)
Interest expense                                                           35.7                            72.3
Portion of rent expense representative of an
   interest factor                                                          6.3                            12.6
                                                                        -------                         -------

Adjusted earnings (loss) before income taxes 
   and fixed charges                                                    $ 158.3                         $(796.8)
                                                                        =======                         =======


FIXED CHARGES:

Interest expense                                                        $  35.7                         $  72.3
Portion of rent expense representative
   of an interest factor                                                    6.3                            12.6
                                                                        -------                         -------

Total fixed charges                                                     $  42.0                         $  84.9
                                                                        =======                         =======

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED
   CHARGES (DEFICIENCY) (Notes 1 and 2)                                    3.77                              --
                                                                        =======                         =======




<FN>
Note:         1. Included in earnings  (loss)  before  income  taxes for the six
                 months ended June 28, 1998,  are  restructuring  charges in the
                 amount of $140.0 and a  write-off  of goodwill in the amount of
                 $900.0,  both of which were  recognized in the first quarter of
                 1998.

              2. Earnings  (loss)  before  income taxes for the six months ended
                 June 28, 1998, were  insufficient to cover fixed charges by the
                 amount of $881.7.


</FN>
</TABLE>


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains financial information extracted from the Corporation's
unaudited interim financial statements as of and for the six months ended
June 28, 1998, and the accompanying footnotes and is qualified in its entirety
by the reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0000012355
<NAME> THE BLACK & DECKER CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-28-1998
<CASH>                                         204,100
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  815,700<F1>
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    765,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                             1,989,900
<PP&E>                                         781,300<F2>
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               4,217,600
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        1,327,300
<BONDS>                                      1,658,100
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        46,500
<OTHER-SE>                                     654,800
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 4,217,600
<SALES>                                      2,178,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             2,178,000
<CGS>                                        1,430,200
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                2,999,100<F3>
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              72,300
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (881,700)<F3>
<INCOME-TAX>                                    31,300<F4>
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (913,000)<F5>
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (913,000)<F5>
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (9.65)<F6>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (9.65)
<FN>
<F1>Represents net trade receivables.
<F2>Represents net property, plant, and equipment.
<F3>Includes  a pre-tax  restructuring  charge  in the  amount  of  $140,000,  a
    write-off  of goodwill in the amount of $900,000  and a pre-tax  gain on the
    sale of businesses of $36,500.
<F4>Includes a $40,000 tax benefit associated with the restructuring  charge and
    $32,300 of tax  expense  resulting  from the gain on the sale of businesses,
    both items were recognized during the six months ended June 28,1998.
<F5>Includes a restructuring charge and a gain on the sale of businesses, net of
    tax  effects,  in the amounts of $100,000  and $4,200,  respectively,  and a
    write-off of goodwill in the amount of $900,000.
<F6>Represents basic earnings per share.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission